Graduate Prospectus 2009 by King's College London

Graduate Prospectus 9

Term dates The provisional term dates are: 21 September to 11 December 2009 11 January to 26 March 2010 26 April to 11 June 2010 Registration for new students takes place the week before term starts in September.

Open days Find out more about graduate study at King’s, get the latest information on funding opportunities, tour the facilities and meet with key academics and students from your subject area. More information can be found online at: www.kcl.ac.uk/gradopenday

Ask a Graduate Email current graduate students from a range of different subjects, countries and backgrounds. This is a great opportunity to discover more about what it is really like at King’s. www.kcl.ac.uk/askagraduate

Applying to King’s You can apply using our online application form, available from www.kcl.ac.uk/gradapply. Your referees can also use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit your references. Our online application form makes applying easier and quicker for you.

King’s is… One of the world’s top 25 universities England’s most successful university for PhD completion rates A multi-faculty institution, offering high-quality research and teaching across the sciences, humanities, medicine, law, dentistry and social sciences Internationally recognised for the quality of its research, with 24 subject areas rated 5 or 5* in the latest Research Assessment Exercise Linked for research and teaching with some of the world’s best-known arts and cultural organisations, including the British Museum, the British Library and the BBC Europe’s largest centre for medical and professional healthcare education. Creating a world-leading Academic Health Sciences Centre to deliver better clinical care and patient outcomes, through seamless integration and sharing of research and training expertise with our partner NHS Trusts Rated ‘excellent’ for students’ educational experience by the Quality Assurance Agency

Introducing King’s The strength of King’s can be measured by its history, its performance in many different tables, and the assessment of its quality by students, research councils, employers, statisticians, government bodies and academics worldwide.

Medical Research Council centres (more than any other UK university, and over a quarter of the country’s total)

6,600 graduate students at King’s

180 1st

King’s sportswomen (two alumnae and one current student) won silver at the Beijing Olympics

25 new patent

applications each year from King’s research

255

taught graduate programmes

5 or 5*

for PhD (the highest rating available) years of completion rates for 24 subject areas (UK Research excellence in in England Assessment Exercise, 2001) research and teaching since King’s was founded in 1829 by King George countries oldest university IV and the Duke represented by institution in of Wellington students at King’s England

140

4th

King’s academics are National Institute for Health Research investigators (more than invested in King’s campus any other UK university) environments in the last 10 years

£550m

9 Nobel Prize winners

24th

place in the world universities’ league table (Tımes HigherQS World university rankings, 2007)

20 7th spin-out companies from King’s research in the past five years

Thames-side campuses in the heart of London and one at Denmark Hill, South London

Our events Because of its high academic profile and central London location, King’s regularly hosts important speakers including state leaders, Cabinet ministers, famous authors and star performers. Recent visitors to King’s events include:

Gordon Brown MP, Prime Minister Jacqui Smith MP, Home Secretary Alan Johnson MP, Secretary of State for Health Ed Balls MP, Secretary of State for Children and Families John Denham MP, Secretary of State for Innovation, Universities and Skills Kofi Annan, former SecretaryGeneral of the United Nations and Nobel Prize-winner Desmond Tutu, Nobel Prize-winner and King’s alumnus Lord Bingham, Senior Law Lord

highest UK university research supplier to UK government departments

£100m

research income in 2006-7 Professor Sir David King, Government Chief Scientific Adviser Admiral Sir Jonathan Band, First Sea Lord and Chief of the Naval Staff Sir Peter Ricketts, Head of the Diplomatic Service Sir William Castell, Chairman of the Wellcome Trust Professor Sir Alec Jeffreys, inventor of DNA fingerprinting Don Carlos de Miranda, the Spanish Ambassador

Vivienne Westwood, fashion designer AS Byatt, Ian McEwan and John Irving, writers Jonathan Dimbleby and David Dimbleby, both broadcasters, commentators and writers Rory Bremner, impressionist, political satirist and King’s alumnus Mark Lawson, journalist, broadcaster and author.

Contents Introducing King’s 2

An overview of the College and an introduction to life at one of the UK’s foremost seats of learning.

Research degrees 31 Age-Related Diseases 31 Applied Biomedical Research 32 Cell & Molecular Biophysics 34 Developmental Neurobiology 35 Nutritional Sciences 36 Pharmaceutical Science 38 Reproduction & Endocrinology 40 Taught programmes 42

Interdisciplinary taught programmes 69 Research degrees & taught programmes in American Studies 72 Australian Studies 74 Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies 76 Classics 79 Comparative Literature 82 Computing in the Humanities 84 Cultural, Media & Creative Industries 87 English 89 European Studies 93 Film Studies 96 French 98 German 100 History 102 Middle East & Mediterranean Studies 105 Music 107 Palaeography 109 Philosophy 110 Portuguese & Brazilian Studies 113 Spanish & Spanish American Studies 115 Theology & Religious Studies 117

Biomedical & Health Sciences

Humanities

Making headlines 6

A collection of achievements, headlines and events at King’s. The Graduate School 10

With over 6,600 graduates studying at King’s we offer individuals the highest level of support and a sense of community. Programmes & skills 14

Our programmes are supported by a range of skills development and special study opportunities. Cultural & social connections 16

From your first contact with the students’ union to alumni events, see how to get the most out of life at King’s. Heart of London 18

Access to the leading cultural and scientific societies, our campuses, and the benefits of a truly multicultural city.

Dental Institute

Accommodation 22

Information on both College accommodation and advice about renting privately. International students 24

Discover why King’s is the destination of choice for over 4,000 international students.

Research degrees 53 Taught programmes 56 Distance learning programmes 63

121 Law

Support & resources 26

Key information about how you can get the most out of our range of facilities and services. Programme information (see right) Applying to King’s 262 Fees, funding & finance 264 Index 268 Campus map 272

Taught programmes 123 Distance learning programmes 126 Research degrees 129

131

191

Research degrees 33 Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology 133 Cancer Studies 135 Cardiovascular 137 Gene & Cell Based Therapy 138 Genetics & Molecular Medicine 140 Imaging Sciences 143 Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease 145 Taught programmes 148

Research degrees 193 Biostatistics & Computing 193 Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 193 Clinical Neuroscience 194 Forensic Mental Health Science 195 Health Service & Population Research 196 Neuroscience 197 Psychological Medicine & Psychiatry 197 Psychology 200 Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry 201 Taught programmes 202

Medicine

155

Nursing & Midwifery

Institute of Psychiatry

215

Social Science & Public Policy

Research degrees 157 Taught programmes 159

169

Physical Sciences & Engineering

Bioinformatics 171 Research degrees 171 Taught programmes 172 Computer Science 173 Research degrees 174 Taught programmes 175 Engineering 178 Research degrees 178 Taught programmes 180 Mathematics 185 Research degrees 185 Taught programmes 187 Physics 189 Research degrees 189 Taught programmes 190

Biomedicine & Society 217 Research degrees 217 Taught programmes 218 Education & Professional Studies 219 Research degrees 220 Taught programmes 223 Geography 232 Research degrees 233 Taught programmes 235 Gerontology 242 Research degrees 243 Taught programmes 244 Management 246 Research degrees 246 Taught programmes 248 Public Policy 250 Research degrees 250 Taught programmes 251 War Studies 252 Research degrees 253 Taught programmes 255

A–Z of general information Accommodation 22 Alumni 17 Applying 262 Campuses 19, 20 Careers service 27 Chaplaincy 28 Clubs & societies 17 Commercial opportunities 15 Cost of living 267 Counselling services 27 Dates of terms (see inside front cover) Disabled students 28,262 Employability 25 English language requirements 263 Entertainment 17 Entry requirements 262 Equal opportunities (see inside back cover) Fees, funding & finance 264 Foreign language study 15 Graduate School 10 Halls of residence 22 Health 27 International students 25 IT facilities 27 Libraries 27 London 18 Map 18, 272 Open days 20 Part-time study 15 Qualifications 262 Religious provision 28 Research 10 Scholarships 265 Sports 17 Students’ Union 17 Tuition fees 264 Welfare & support 27 Working 267

There is a full index of programmes at the back of this prospectus

215

King’s Learning Institute Research degrees 260 Taught programmes 261

Making headlines

Making headlines King’s has made headlines ever since it was founded in 1829. It is now regularly in the news for its research, discoveries, publications, innovations and award-winning performance.

Now… Master’s graduates from the war zone

Westwood creates stunning new gowns Twenty new gowns and hoods that make up the new King’s academic dress have been created for the College by fashion designer Dame Vivienne Westwood. The gowns and hoods have colours that reflect King’s nine Schools of study and levels of degree, and a unique feature is the King’s College London lion button on each shoulder. The new academic dress follows the grant of powers to the College to award its own degrees rather than those of the University of London. The first students to wear it were those at the King’s degree ceremonies in July 2008.

Bioinformatics

Complete success

The Centre for Bioinformatics at King’s was officially launched in January 2008. Bioinformatics involves the analysis, storage and distribution of biological information at the molecular and supra-molecular levels of biological organisms. The Centre is based in the School of Physical Sciences & Engineering but draws upon the expertise of academics in other Schools.

King’s is the most successful university in England for PhD completion rates. The first report of the Higher Education Funding Council for England to show this data for individual higher education institutions, published last October, revealed that King’s achieved a completion rate of 92 per cent for home students: of the 190 students who started, 174 completed their theses between 1999 and 2005.

…& then

1829 King’s College London is founded by King George IV and the Duke of Wellington. 1831–2 The third volume of Sir Charles Lyell’s Principles of Geology is written while he is the first Professor of Geology at King’s.

1836 John Frederic Daniell develops the first constant cell battery at King’s.

The first graduates of a unique course, including military personnel who have studied while serving in a war zone, attended their graduation ceremony in July 2008. The War in the Modern World MA is offered by King’s Department of War Studies. The course, from this internationally renowned department, has attracted a diverse range of high-calibre, motivated students from around the world, from the office to the home to the front line. The first students joined in 2005. Since then the student body has grown to more than 100, with the intake for September 2008 the highest yet at over 50.

Major Andrew Tait and Major Nicholas Dymond at the ceremony

1837 First public transmission of an electric telegraph message by Sir Charles Wheatstone, Professor of Experimental Philosophy at King’s. 1855 Dr Thomas Addison of Guy’s describes Addison’s disease.

1857 William S Gilbert, librettist of Gilbert and Sullivan fame, graduates from King’s. 1859–60 Novelist Thomas Hardy studies languages at King’s.

Making headlines

Record-breaking rower King’s PhD student Katherine Grainger MBE (pictured) became the first British woman to win medals at three consecutive Olympic Games when she gained a silver medal in the quadruple sculls in Beijing. Two of her team-mates were King’s graduates: Frances Houghton (BA Hispanic Studies 2003) and Annabel Vernon (MA International Relations 2007). Katherine, whose studies are in homicide and psychopathy, has won the World Championships four times. She also achieved Olympic success in 2000 and 2004 and was awarded an MBE for services to sport in 2006.

First for palliative care

Digitising the Dead Sea Scrolls

Unknown Mozart portrait discovered

The Dead Sea Scrolls – the oldestknown copies of the Hebrew Bible or Old Testament – are being digitised by a team led by King’s Centre for Computing in the Humanities. The scrolls were written between 250 BCE and 68 CE and discovered in 1947 on the northwest shore of the Dead Sea. They throw immensely important light on the origins of both Judaism and early Christianity and consist of thousands of extremely brittle fragments. The Israeli Antiquities Authority has convened an international committee of experts, led by Simon Tanner of King’s, to digitise them for the web, bringing one of the great treasures of the world out of the museum and within easy reach for anyone who wants to see them.

A previously unknown portrait of Mozart has been authenticated by King’s Professor Cliff Eisen (above), a world expert on the composer. Painted in oils, the portrait shows Mozart in profile in a red jacket that corresponds to one described by the composer to his father in 1782, even down to the buttons. It is the single most significant Mozart artefact to come to light in the last 200 years and could be worth several million dollars. The portrait was probably painted by Joseph Hickel, painter to the Imperial Court of Austria, about 1783. It was previously owned by the family of the Mozarts’ close friend and one-time landlord in Salzburg, and was bought in 2005 by an American collector who was unaware of its significance. 1860 Florence Nightingale founds the world’s first professional school of nursing at St Thomas’, predecessor of the current School of Nursing & Midwifery at King’s.

1860–5 James Clerk Maxwell develops his theory of electromagnetism and the ‘Maxwell equations’ while Professor of Natural Philosophy at King’s.

The Prime Minister Gordon Brown has launched the Cicely Saunders Institute of Palliative Care at King’s Denmark Hill Campus: the first international academic institute in the world to focus specifically on research and teaching about the care of those with terminal illnesses. The Institute is named after Dame Cicely Saunders (1918-2005) who qualified both as a nurse and as a doctor at St Thomas’ and who was the founder of the worldwide modern hospice movement.

FRSs and FBA Two King’s staff were awarded the Fellowship of the Royal Society and two received the Fellowship of the British Academy in 2007-8. Gillian Bates, Professor of Neurogenetics, and Michael Malim, Head of Infectious Diseases, were elected to the Royal Society, and Genevra Richardson, Professor of Law, and Roger Parker, Professor of Music, were awarded the British Academy Fellowship. Professor Bates is distinguished for her key role in the cloning of the Huntington’s disease gene. Professor Michael Malim has made important contributions to understanding of the molecular biology of HIV. 1877 Lord Lister, ‘the father of antiseptic surgery’, becomes Professor of Clinical Surgery at King’s.

1897 Novelist Somerset Maugham qualifies as a doctor at St Thomas’. 1916–18 Sir William Kelsey Fry of Guy’s develops maxillofacial surgery to treat First World War injuries.

1917 Charles Barkla of King’s receives the Nobel Prize for work on X-rays. 1925–7 Julian Huxley, evolutionist and future founder of UNESCO, is Professor of Zoology at King’s.

1928 Sir Owen Richardson, former Professor of Physics at King’s, receives the Nobel Prize for his work on thermionics. 1929 Sir Frederick Gowland Hopkins is awarded the Nobel Prize for his discovery of growth-stimulating vitamins.

Making headlines

Ian McEwan at King’s Author Ian McEwan gave a reading from his acclaimed novel Atonement to a capacity audience at King’s in December 2007. The book, which was made into a film directed by Joe Wright, features nursing scenes at St Thomas’ Hospital and is said by

McEwan to have been inspired by the diaries of Lucilla Andrews, a nurse who worked in St Thomas’ in the 1950s. The reading was organised by the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at King’s as part of its ‘Culture & Care’ programme.

Virtual underground ride tests paranoia

Global medical centre Indian moot for King’s for medicine and health winning Law team

A computer simulation of a tube-ride developed by King’s Institute of Psychiatry showed that almost 40 per cent of ‘normal’ participants experienced at least one paranoid thought during the four-minute ride. Wearing virtual reality headsets, 200 volunteers broadly representative of the general population walked around a virtual London Underground carriage which contained neutral computer people (avatars) who breathed, looked around and sometimes met the gaze of the participants. One read a newspaper, another would occasionally smile if looked at. This virtual reality scenario allowed researchers to study how different people interpret exactly the same social situation.

A new Academic Health Sciences Centre, announced in April 2008, brings together (AHSC), the College and three of London’s most successful NHS foundation trusts to create a Centre that integrates world-leading research, teaching and clinical service. Patients will benefit from breakthroughs in medical science and receive leading edge treatment at the earliest possible opportunity. The AHSC, which links King’s College with the Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital and South London and Maudsley NHS foundation trusts, will be distinctive in a number of ways: because of the comprehensive range of patient services provided by two of the UK’s largest acute trusts and one of the country’s leading mental health trusts; because the scope of research carried out by the College includes not just clinical and basic medical research, but also a range of allied disciplines including public health and social policy; and because of its location in the heart of London, which is home to one of the most socially and ethnically diverse communities in the world, giving enormous opportunities to develop treatments across a wide range of diseases and conditions for the benefit of our local patient population, as well as for the benefit of patients.

King’s leads research to help maths skills

The worm turns

Academics from the College’s Department of Education & Professional Studies have won two of the five awards available from the Economic & Social Research Council for research to help the next generation of school children develop the mathematics and science skills needed to keep the UK competitive. 1932 Sir Charles Scott-Sherrington former lecturer at St Thomas’, receives the Nobel Prize for his work on the nervous system.

1947 Sir Edward Appleton, former Wheatstone Professor at King’s, receives the Nobel Prize for his explorations of the ionosphere.

A species of tapeworm new to science (Oochoristica whitfieldii) has been named after Professor Phil Whitfield, a VicePrincipal at King’s and internationallyrenowned parasitologist. The tapeworm, which lives in the gut of black iguanas of Mexico, was discovered by a former PhD student of Professor Whitfield, and the

1948 Sir Arthur C Clarke, science fiction writer, graduates from King’s with first class honours in Physics and Mathematics. 1954 Professor Jean Hanson (left), the first woman FRS at King’s, is co-proposer of the sliding filament theory of muscle contraction.

1957 Dame Cicely Saunders, founder of the modern hospice movement, graduates from St Thomas’.

Students from the King’s School of Law formed one of only three UK teams taking part in the world-renowned DM Harish International Moot Competition in Mumbai in February. They joined 26 other teams, including ones from Cambridge and Washington State, as well as from eminent universities from across India. A moot is a mock trial where participants argue points of law as they would in a court, providing an important forum for law students to hone their skills. In 2006 and 2007 King’s teams won the UK national rounds of the Jessup International Law Mooting Competition before coming second in the international rounds in Washington DC.

name recognises both his contribution to the biology of parasites and his inspirational teaching. Professor Whitfield’s research concerns the mechanisms used by the cercarial larval stages of the parasite Schistosoma mansoni to penetrate human skin, which infects more than 200 million people in over 70 countries worldwide.

1962 Professor Maurice Wilkins of King’s receives the Nobel Prize for his part in the discovery of the structure of DNA.

1976 Dame Nancy Rothwell, one of Britain’s best-known female scientists, graduates from Queen Elizabeth College (gaining her PhD in 1978). 1977 Writer Hanif Kureishi graduates in Philosophy from King’s.

Making headlines

South Pole success King’s medical student Lynsey Gawn became the second-youngest British person to ski to the South Pole when she completed the trek in January 2008 and raised the College flag. Lynsey, 24, responded to a television appeal for participants and was one of only three people chosen for the nine-strong team. She had to raise £24,000, of which £4,000 was given by the College’s alumni. The team spent 20 nights in Antarctica, one of which was in an igloo built whilst storm-bound. Having resumed her second-year medical studies, Lynsey is looking forward to returning to Antarctica for a much longer trip.

Expansion of graduate funding The King’s Graduate School has announced a package of almost 100 new graduate studentships and bursaries. This is the largest scheme ever offered by the College and will enable it to attract the world’s best students. The new studentships include the continuation of 25 fully-funded Graduate

School Studentships, International Graduate Scholarships open to all overseas nationalities, top-up awards for ORS applicants, and third-year funding for US Marshall students who register for PhDs at King’s. Full details of funding opportunities at King’s can be found at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

£9 million for new heart research

Studying violence and radicalisation

King’s has been granted the highest award of £9 million out of a total £34 million investment by the British Heart Foundation (BHF) for cardiovascular research in the UK. The new BHF Centre of Research Excellence at King’s will bring together a unique range of scientists and clinicians to develop new methods for early diagnosis of heart disease and new drugs and stem-cell based methods for treatment and prevention.

The first global centre for knowledge and leadership addressing the issues of radicalisation and political violence was launched by the Home Secretary in January at a major conference organised by King’s. The event attracted 100 experts, policymakers and senior practitioners from more than 20 countries. Based at the King’s Department of War Studies, the Centre is the first in which Arab and Israeli academic institutions are openly collaborating. 1979 Professor Gerald Russell of the Institute of Psychiatry first identifies the bulimia nervosa syndrome. 1984 The Most Reverend Desmond Tutu, alumnus and later Visiting Professor of King’s, is awarded the Nobel Peace Prize.

1988 Professor Sir James Black of King’s receives the Nobel Prize for his development of betablockers and antiulcer drugs. 1992 Alain de Botton writes his first novel while studying for a master’s in philosophy at King’s.

1997 The Defence Studies Department of King’s is created as an integral part of the UK Joint Services College to provide world-class command and staff training for the country’s Armed Services.

2002 Researchers at King’s receive one of the UK’s first two licences to carry out human embryonic stem cell research.

UK’s first three-year dental degree King’s Dental Institute has admitted medical graduates to the UK’s first threeyear dental degree. The programme, which began in September 2007, is aimed at doctors who want to pursue a career in maxillofacial surgery or oral medicine, and it can be shortened because participants have already studied many subjects common to medicine and dentistry. In 2006 the Dental Institute introduced a four-year programme for graduates with a biomedical background which proved extremely popular and, since many of the applicants were registered doctors, the three-year programme has been introduced specially for them. There are eight places on offer each year, funded by the NHS and the Higher Education Funding Council for England. 2006 Tony Blair gives a major policy speech on Africa at King’s, as he delivers King’s annual Commemoration Oration.

2008 Kofi Annan, former Secretary-General of the United Nations, gives the Commemoration Oration at King’s.

2008 Prime Minister Gordon Brown makes a major statement about the future of the NHS at King’s.

Graduate School

The Graduate School attracts the best graduate students in the world and provides a world-class experience within a friendly and supportive environment.

you are equipped with the skills and competencies you need to complete your As one of the world’s leading researchdegrees and then succeed in your chosen intensive universities, King’s College careers. London ensures that all our graduate We foster a sense of community and students are taught or supervised by friendship among our international, academics who are national or international multicultural graduate body, and believe leaders in their field, familiar with the latest this diversity adds to the College’s ideas and developments in their discipline. effectiveness and vibrancy ensuring King’s provides a supportive network by that all our students, whether home helping to ensure the welfare and success of or international, feel connected to a our students. community that can offer support and Our Graduate School supports encouragement. students with an exceptionally wide choice of subjects. King’s offers over Graduate qualifications at King’s 250 taught graduate programmes and an Taught programmes: extensive range of research opportunities. The Graduate School works in partnership • Graduate Certificates and Diplomas (Grad Cert, Grad Dip) with academic Schools and departments, • Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas which are responsible for academic issues (PG Cert, PG Dip) and for local support, guidance and • Master’s (MA, MSc, LLM, MClinDent, administration. The central Graduate MPH, MMus) School exists to promote the interests and welfare of its students, and to enhance their • Master’s by research (MRes) Research degrees: experience here at King’s. • MPhil Most of our taught programmes provide students with the opportunity to undertake • MPhilStud • MD(Res) research. We value scholarly enquiry and independence of thought, and our students • PhD Specialist doctorates: enjoy high levels of staff contact, with free and open discussion. Our goal is to enhance • Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy) your experience as a graduate student. • Doctorate in Education (EdD) We bring together the graduate • Doctorate in Healthcare opportunities from the Schools to provide (Nursing, DHC) a vibrant research environment and high• Doctorate in Healthcare quality taught graduate experiences. (Pharmacy, DHC) • Doctorate in Ministry (DMin) Your community • Doctorate in Professional Studies (DrPS) At King’s, we place great emphasis on the strength of our graduate community, which Research degrees comprises over 6,600 students. Through A research degree can be the first step in an the co-ordination of core activities such academic research career, but it is also as graduate training, induction and social events, the Graduate School gives students a qualification valued in many professional from a wide range of programmes plenty of areas, indicating academic excellence and high-level skills. We take great care to chances to interact, so you can learn from, have the appropriate research supervisory and build friendships with, students from framework to support you throughout your many different academic fields. A wide range of training and personal development research degree, so you can get the most out of your time at the College. Whether you opportunities are offered to ensure that

Research-led teaching

study full- or part-time, your research degree will require an enormous commitment from you and from King’s, so we strongly advise you to discuss your research aims in-depth with us before you apply. Guidance on applying for a research degree can be found in the back of this prospectus and in the individual programmes section. Specialist doctorates

If you want to continue your graduate study to doctoral level (equivalent to a traditional PhD), already have a master’s level qualification and several years’ professional experience, a specialist doctorate will allow you to combine professional and academic work. Specialist doctorates vary in length and study mode, but last a minimum of three years. Apart from our doctorate in Clinical Psychology, all are part-time programmes. Framework, feedback and guidance

Students are consulted on key issues by the Graduate School, including areas such as supervision, training and monitoring of progress. Schools also have student representation on their own committees. We encourage student feedback, and students are represented at all levels. When you first register, you will receive a copy of the College’s Core Code of Practice for Research Degrees which explains policies and core responsibilities for students, supervisors, and other people and groups involved in the

King’s offers access to some of the most exciting, leading-edge research in the world. As a graduate student, you will join a research division or department, working alongside expert researchers.

Graduate School

management of research degrees. You will have a main supervisor and a second supervisor to guide your research and professional development. Each research group has academic responsibility for the overall progress and well-being of graduate students. This support will help to monitor and manage your progress so that you complete your research degree on time – this is a key focus of the Graduate School. The Code also sets out a general framework for monitoring students’ progress, although arrangements can vary in different Schools. A review of your progress takes place after the first three months in the first year, and then every six months after that. Transfer from MPhil to PhD status involves producing either a substantial report or other pieces of work. A formal review meeting will assess these submissions, and consider whether you would be able to complete your project on time. Teaching opportunities

At the discretion of your Head of Department, you may be given the opportunity to contribute to teaching (eg lecturing, demonstrating in practical classes, project supervision, marking or taking tutorials) if this is compatible with your research responsibilities.

Taught programmes We cater for many different needs and aspirations. You may be carrying on straight from your first degree, studying as you work, taking time out from work to enhance your professional expertise,

Wherever your programme is based, you will receive the same high standards of help and support.

returning to study, or joining us from overseas. Whatever the case, you will find an understanding and encouraging environment at King’s. Some programmes are professionally accredited and are highly specialised, others have a range of entry routes. Many are multidisciplinary, both in content and the students they attract. Credit framework

All taught graduate programmes have an underlying credit framework. Programmes are made up of a number of modules, each with a credit value – for a standard master’s programme the overall credit value is 180. Credit relates to the amount of learning required for a particular module or programme. One unit of credit equates roughly to 10 hours of learning, including teaching, private study, revision and assessment. This is an estimate, as we recognise students learn at different paces, but the credit framework will give you an indication of the amount of time you will need to spend studying.

The most striking thing about King’s, in my opinion, is the down-to-earth nature and friendliness of the academics whose world-wide reputation is unquestionable. It is a chance of a lifetime and I am very proud of being part of the King’s family. Feyza Basar (Student), PhD Research in Law

Graduate certificates and graduate diplomas

We offer a small number of graduate certificates and diplomas. These are at a level equivalent to the final year of an undergraduate honours degree, and are generally suitable for students who have studied to degree level but do not have the necessary specific area of expertise to undertake a specialist master’s programme. Postgraduate diplomas

The College also offers a range of postgraduate diplomas. These often contain the same taught elements as a master’s programme, but do not require a dissertation. They are a good option if you wish to participate in a taught programme without the research element. Alternatively, some postgraduate diplomas are designed as a prerequisite for a specialist master’s programme – successful completion allows you to progress to your chosen master’s.

Taught master’s

We offer around 200 different master’s programmes. These include specialist programmes (where a closely related first degree is required) and programmes of broader academic scope (some of which are interdisciplinary in approach). There are programmes leading to careers in research, specific commercial or healthcare sectors and, of course, programmes for your own personal development and enjoyment. One constant in this diversity is our continued commitment to excellence and researchled teaching. Most master’s programmes include a substantial research project or dissertation. Taught master’s by research

Certain Schools within the College offer MRes programmes, and some other research-related master’s programmes. They all contain in-depth, specialist research training. They are useful if you are considering an academic or commercial research career. If you are unsure whether a PhD is the right option for you, or want to enhance your research skills before embarking on one, a research-based master’s degree may be a viable alternative, or helpful first step. Short courses and professional development

A number of Schools and departments across King’s offer professional development and short courses not listed in this prospectus. Details will be given on each of our School or departments’ websites. Website addresses for Schools and departments can be found within the programme listing pages of this prospectus, so please refer to your area of interest.

Programmes & skills

The study environment at King’s offers a vibrant graduate community and innovative programmes & skills development.

Programmes & skills

(eg writing effectively, communicating research, demonstrating and teaching skills). Full-time, part-time, distance learning and • Networking and team working. e-learning • Career management and lifelong Many programmes are offered on a full- or development. part-time basis, so you can choose which General courses cover issues such as best suits you. Others, because of the finishing your PhD, presenting research nature of the subject or the specific content, effectively, and ethics in research. A are only offered as full- or part-time study. programme of IT courses (eg bibliographic Our programmes are designed to be as software, information retrieval, Office flexible as possible. Where appropriate, software) is offered, as well as advice and modules are timetabled to fit with work or training from King’s Careers Service. personal commitments. Some departments Further details of Schools-specific provision offer all or part of their graduate are outlined in the programme listings. programmes in the early evening. The College also runs a small number Commercial opportunities of distance learning and e-learning King’s College London Business is our programmes. Many graduate-level commercialisation and enterprise group. programmes include an element of webIt provides a range of services to graduate based learning. Most programmes start in late September or early October. They run students across the College: for around nine months, or the full calendar Graduate business plan competition year. A small number have a January start, Run in conjunction with King’s Graduate and while it is possible to start a PhD at School this aims to develop graduates’ different points throughout the year, most personal and professional skills. students start in the autumn. For more information please contact harriet.robinson@kcl.ac.uk

Modes of study

A supportive study environment

Your study environment and the resources on offer are vitally important. King’s has invested heavily in its infrastructure over the past few years, with new and refurbished facilities and buildings (see page 20). We have an extensive network of support and welfare systems in place (see page 27), and offer students a comprehensive range of tailored skills and career development opportunities.

LCACE

The London Centre for Arts and Cultural Enterprise (LCACE) offers a programme called ‘Educating the Next Generation’ providing networking opportunities with professionals in the cultural and creative industries. Please see www.lcace.org.uk

I find many things attractive about the College such as its central location in London, its high reputation, its international atmosphere and its lecturers and researchers who are experts in the field. Amongst those, what stand out in my experience are several training courses offered by King’s in order to support students’ studies and research projects. Patarabutr Masaratana (Student) PhD, Nutritional Sciences

joining an undergraduate assessed module or choosing one of the quality language King’s Business internship evening classes. Languages on offer King’s Business offers an internship include: Arabic, Bengali, French, German, programme, providing work experience Greek, Hindi, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Induction & training in business development and Panjabi, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Induction and training is provided centrally commercialisation for graduate students and Spanish, Swedish and Turkish. and locally, with initiatives tailored to postdoctoral workers. For more information We also offer a range of specialised your area of study. We will provide the please contact kate.hough@klc.ac.uk courses, including languages for business, learning and support framework you for law and for health professionals. All our Support for internships need. Induction days help you orientate teachers are experienced, qualified native King’s Business supports the development speakers of their languages, and class sizes yourself and organise ongoing support of new internship modules on several (dates vary depending on your School). are small. There is a fee for any course master’s programmes. For more information which does not count towards a degree The Graduate School also organises a please contact harriet.robinson@kcl.ac.uk comprehensive range of skills training qualification. For more information contact courses and workshops in line with the the Modern Language Centre, tel 020 national requirements to provide 10 days of Social enterprise 7848 2890, modern.language@kcl.ac.uk, interpersonal and generic skills training per Students can participate in student-led www.kcl.ac.uk/mlc social enterprise initiatives to create year for PhD students. AKC economic capital and social benefit for Depending on your programme, there Graduates studying for two- or three-year communities in the UK and abroad via may be opportunities to participate in programmes may be eligible to take the King’s SIFE Team. For more information seminars given by visiting experts, staff or Associateship of King’s College (AKC). please contact harriet.robinson@kcl.ac.uk students. You may be involved in internal This optional free course (unique to King’s) research symposia at which you will be able considers aspects of ethics, philosophy and to present research work and discuss results Special study options theology, Biblical studies and Christian and conclusions with other students, senior Modern Language Centre doctrine. Lectures for 2008-9 will cover academics and research staff. The Centre offers a variety of courses for ‘The Bible and its Impact’ and ‘The Notion Skills training academic and professional development for and Experience of God’. Students in the Key skills covered by the Researcher graduate students of all disciplines. Department of Theology & Religious Development Programme in the Graduate From 2008 the Centre is introducing a Studies follow a separate course, and in School are: range of modules which graduate students 2008-9 these lectures will be given by • Research management and information can take as part of their degree, subject members of the Department of Biomedical literacy. to their programme specification. The Sciences and the Department of • Personal effectiveness (eg time modules offer the chance to develop Philosophy. For more information contact management, project management, language skills, at all levels. the Dean’s Office, tel 020 7848 2333, creativity and problem solving). Students are also welcome to take dean@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/akc • Skills in communication and education extra-curricular language courses, either by 15

Cultural & social connections

Studying at King’s is an enriching experience. Our graduate students can access all the cultural & social connections London has to offer, and sample the wealth of clubs, societies and informal networks on campus.

KCLSU (King’s College London Students’ Union) At KCLSU, our mission is to support you during your time at King’s through organising sporting, social and cultural activities; by ensuring the student voice is heard and by providing you with access to independent support and advice when you need it. We are a student-focused organisation that puts King’s students’ wants and needs at the centre of what we do. As a King’s student, you will automatically be a member of KCLSU and our direction and focus is placed in your hands. Getting involved

Whether you’ve been doing it for years or you just feel like trying something new, there are an enormous variety of sports clubs, societies, volunteering opportunities and campaigning groups where you can get involved. Sports clubs and societies

The majority of sports teams take part in nationally recognised fixtures in British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) leagues. If you’re more of a beginner, there’s still plenty of opportunity to play

just for fun, from rugby to ultimate frisbee, rowing to kung fu. KCLSU has access to all College-owned facilities, including four sports grounds close to central London and strong links with other University of London teams. There are over a hundred societies to choose from, including groups specifically aimed at graduate and mature students, most religions and nationalities, political parties, performing arts, and many more. Each society has its own social programme and many organise events and showcases throughout the year. Volunteering

Many students use their time at King’s to give back to the local community through volunteering projects. You can get involved in a short project for as little as a day or something more long term. Free time

KCLSU has some amazing places to get together with new friends in a safe and secure environment. Our two bars, the Waterfront (Strand Campus) and Guy’s Bar (Guy’s Campus) have both recently been refurbished and serve a range of food and drinks all day. Tutu’s (named after alumnus Desmond Tutu) hosts a range of club nights and is home to our live gig programme. Recent appearances have included The Hoosiers, Scouting for Girls, Snow Patrol, Hot Chip, CSS, Pigeon Detectives and Bobby Friction. If you want to work off the calories or just keep fit and healthy, KCLSU Kinetic provides high quality gym facilities at great value prices. All King’s students receive discounted membership with access to cardiovascular and resistance equipment, free weights and a comprehensive range of classes. Advice and support

King’s provides a host of events, exhibitions, debates, clubs, societies and volunteering opportunities for you to get involved with.

Cultural & social connections

The King’s experience encompasses far more than study. Our students like to get involved, and there is plenty to get involved with. Besides a host of events, including high-profile speakers, exhibitions and debates, the College and the students’ union bring together groups of like-minded students in clubs, societies, volunteering projects, and socially at our cafés and bars. Our alumni network also keeps you up to speed after you graduate.

KCLSU Student Centres can be found at Guy’s, Strand and Waterloo campuses and are your first point of call for information on anything relating to KCLSU. You can also buy events tickets and discount newspapers, get NUS cards and Transport for London discount cards and join sports clubs or societies. Off campus, you can access KCLSU services via our website, www.kclsu.org. We want you to have the best possible experience at King’s but if sometimes things go wrong, we are here to help. Our confidential and impartial Academic Advice service will help you deal with issues relating to your educational experience and we can also help you access other support services provided by King’s.

Music As well as signing up for KCLSU music societies, students wishing to pursue musical interests can also join: • College Chapel Choir – the internationally renowned choir undertakes a wide variety of formal and informal engagements, as well as certain

King’s also appealed to me because of the diverse range of extra-curricular activities available – whatever your passion, you can find a club or society to cater for you. Christopher Swift (Student) Physics at the Nanoscale MRes

College chapel services. Entry is by audition for a choral scholarship. For more details contact David Trendell, the College Organist (Department of Music, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS, david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk). • College Orchestra – which always welcomes suitably qualified musicians. The orchestra rehearses weekly, leading to a concert performance at the end of each semester. • Guy’s, King’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals’ Music Society – which is open to staff and students from the three hospital campuses. • Music Department Choir – which is open to experienced singers from other departments. For more details contact music@kcl.ac.uk

After you graduate When you graduate, you will automatically become a member of the King’s College London Association, a worldwide network of over 100,000 former students of King’s and its merged colleges. Membership lasts a lifetime, it’s free, and being part of our alumni network provides a wide range of benefits, including a variety of social and educational events and reunions, a dedicated website (www.kcl.ac.uk/ alumni) which helps you keep in touch with friends and make new contacts, and In Touch, our free alumni magazine. You can also continue to benefit from free access to King’s libraries, discounts at the KCLSU Kinetic gym, language courses and world wide discounts on travel and entertainment.

Heart of London

King’s is at the heart of London; one of the world’s most exciting cities. With four Thames-side campuses between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, King’s is London’s most central university. A Strand Campus B Maughan Library & C D E F

Information Services Centre Guy’s Campus Waterloo Campus St Thomas’ Campus King's Denmark Hill Campus

A D

Heart of London

F King’s Denmark Hill Campus lies 2.3 miles due south of the Guy's Campus

At King’s you will have extraordinary access to the country’s leading cultural and scientific institutions, academic institutes and societies, most of which are based in London. These include the Royal Society, the Royal Society of Arts, the Royal Geographical Society, the Institute of Physics, the London Mathematical Society and the Royal Astronomical Society. You will be able to use the enviable information resources of London’s libraries and museums, which include the British Library, the University of London Library and many other specialist collections (see also www.studylondon.ac.uk). King’s has direct links with many of the capital’s cultural and arts organisations, and some master’s programmes are co-taught, for example, with the British Museum and the British Library (see pages 71 and 90).

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre have joined ancient landmarks such as the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the City of London, and St Paul’s and Southwark cathedrals.

King’s Denmark Hill Campus Location of: Institute of Psychiatry; medical and dental teaching. This campus is set in a thriving residential area of south London, with the Dulwich Picture Gallery, the Horniman Museum and Crystal Palace National Sports Centre just a short journey away.

Strand Campus

Location of: School of Humanities; School of Law; School of Physical Sciences & Engineering; School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Waterloo). King’s campuses The campus is right next to Somerset Over the last decade King’s estate has House and Waterloo Bridge, where the been transformed by a £550 million City meets the West End. The Royal programme of redevelopment, renovation Courts of Justice are just across the road. and refurbishment: the most ambitious A short stroll takes you to Covent Garden, programme of its kind to be undertaken by the Inns of Court, Trafalgar Square and any UK university in recent years. Soho – with all the theatres, cinemas, There are facilities and services for students bars and restaurants London is famous on each College site, including IT, libraries, for. The British Museum, British Library, cafés and shops (for more details see the Whitehall, National Gallery and National introduction section to each School). The Portrait Gallery are also just a few minutes’ Graduate School has lounges on each of the walk away. main sites of the College, where you can meet socially with those on other graduate programmes. For health students a shuttle bus runs between King’s College, Guy’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals. For a map of King’s sites, see inside the back cover.

Guy’s Campus Location of: School of Biomedical & Health Sciences (also at Waterloo); Dental Institute; School of Medicine. The London Bridge area around Guy’s Campus has seen exciting new developments in the past few years. Recent arrivals such as Tate Modern, the Millennium Bridge and the reconstructed 19

Heart of London

Redevelopment

The south range of the major building at the Strand, which dates from 1831, has been given a £40 million prize-winning renovation. New refreshment, teaching and meeting areas were opened in 2006, together with accommodation for the departments of Geography and War Studies and facilities for research students, with improved access for disabled and other students. Work continues at the Strand with the refurbishment of the top floors of the Strand Building, including a new home for the Department of History.

St Thomas’ Campus Location of: Medical and dental teaching. The campus overlooks the Thames next to Westminster Bridge, near the London Eye, directly opposite the Houses of Parliament. On the site itself, you’ll

King’s campuses have seen investment of over £550 million in recent years, bringing high-quality new and refurbished buildings to our sites.

find a museum dedicated to Florence Nightingale, who founded the ancestor of King’s School of Nursing & Midwifery.

Waterloo Campus Location of: School of Biomedical & Health Sciences (also at Guy’s); Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery; School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at the Strand). The campus is adjacent to the UK’s premier arts venue, the South Bank Centre – home to the Royal National Theatre, Royal Festival Hall, Hayward Gallery, and the BFI (British Film Institute). You can walk to the London Eye in five minutes, and the Old Vic Theatre is just beyond Waterloo station.

Viewing the campuses There are a number of open days and events throughout the year that provide an opportunity to visit the College, view the facilities and meet with academics. Information on open days, events and selfguided tours can be found on our website: www.kcl.ac.uk/graduate/visit Alternatively, you can contact individual Schools’ offices to find out when you can visit the relevant department. If you are unable to visit us in person you can look around some of the general College facilities by taking a virtual tour: www.kcl.ac.uk/tour

London is the gateway to exploring the rest of Europe. Also I think that being in London offers you a taste of living in a truly cosmopolitan city. If you go for a walk it’s amazing the different languages you hear being spoken. Furthermore London offers a variety of cultural activities and of course you can always do a bit of sightseeing in London itself. Anna Matabele (Student) Master of Laws, LLM

Heart of London

Accommodation

King’s offers a range of accommodation options and advice about renting privately. Wherever you decide to live, you’ll be part of a thriving London-based student community.

halls. Liberty Fields and Lillian Penson Hall are reserved for graduate and mature students only. There is accommodation at the College, Liberty Living and intercollegiate residences for couples; families with children may apply directly to International Hall which is one of the intercollegiate residences. Students are strongly advised not to bring dependants with them to London until they have found somewhere suitable for them to live. For current details of the accommodation, please check our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm International students

College, Liberty Living and University accommodation Prospective full-time graduates can apply to live in a designated King’s, or University of London intercollegiate hall. From 2008-9 the King’s provision has been enhanced to include a number of guaranteed places in liaison with Liberty Living, a private accommodation provider for students in conjunction with a range of universities across the UK. Liberty Fields (graduate and mature applicants only) and Liberty House – St John Street are the Company’s first developments in London. If you are offered a place on one of our programmes you will be sent a brochure with full details of how to apply. There is a variety of accommodation on offer, including catered and self-catered, en-suite apartments, studios and traditional

Applicants should use the online accommodation application facilities. Full details will be provided with your offer of an academic place.

The College recognises how important it is for international students to secure accommodation; therefore priority is given to those who have not lived or studied in the UK before. Those who apply by the 30 June and are holding an unconditional firm offer with King’s will be included in the first round of allocations.

Privately rented accommodation Most students will live in privately rented accommodation at some time during their studies and this provides a great opportunity to gain experience of living in London. London offers an enormous range of accommodation; you will need to think about the options and plan well in advance, but finding a place to live outside the College/University residences need not be a daunting task. Here are a few pointers: • General guidance: The London Student Housing Guide is produced by the University of London Housing Services and is packed full of useful information and helpful tips. Their website also offers helpful guidance on a number of housing related topics and issues (www.housing. london.ac.uk). • Database of available properties: The University of London Housing Services manages a comprehensive database of privately let accommodation; passwords to access the database can be obtained from the College Accommodation Office. • Useful talks: During the spring and summer, the College and University of London arrange a number of useful talks for students who are planning to look for accommodation in the private sector. • Independent hostels and private halls: See the London Conference on Overseas Students website at www.lcos.org.uk. Lists are also available from the College or University accommodation offices. • Finding someone to share with: The University of London Housing Services also holds a list of students who wish to share a house or flat with other students, outside the College or University accommodation.

Accommodation

A limited number of places in King’s, Liberty Living and University residences are available to graduate students although priority is given to international students and most graduates with a home address in the UK will find accommodation in the private sector. The College’s Accommodation Office is open to personal callers 09.45 -13.00 and 14.00-16.00 on weekdays (excluding Thursdays and College closure days); during August and September, the Office will also be open from 13.00-14.00 on weekdays (excluding Thursdays and College closure days); telephone calls are accepted 09.30-13.00 and 14.00-17.00.

King’s has a large number of student residences with all the mod-cons you’d expect from a top-class university, such as internet access, and some have reading/study rooms, music rooms and their own bar, all located within easy commuting distance to the main campuses. This significantly reduces the student’s living costs. Stephen Tiley (Student) Philosophy PhD

• Temporary summer and interview accommodation: A place in a College residence is usually available during the summer vacation if you need a base to look for somewhere to live and/or if attending an interview at King’s (contact King’s Conference & Vacation Bureau). • Good planning will help prevent difficulties: The London Student Housing Guide provides lots of advice on what to do when you have found somewhere to live to ensure things don’t go wrong. For further information

• College Accommodation Office: King’s College London, Strand Campus, London WC2R 2LS, tel 020 7848 2759, fax 020 7848 2724. • University of London Housing Services, Fourth Floor, ULU Building, Malet Street, London WC1E 7HY, tel 020 7862 8880. • King’s Conference & Vacation Bureau (for out of term-time temporary accommodation bookings), tel 020 7848 1700, fax 020 7848 1717. Example accommodation costs Type of residence Rent range (Based on 2008-9 costs, 40 week let. Costs are subject to increase for 2009-10) Self-catered residences /apartments £3,869 single room £5,140 for en-suite Catered residences £4,569 single room £6,650for en-suite Liberty studios £8,000 single en-suite £10,200 for double en-suite

International students

Our global reputation for academic excellence informed by world-class research, coupled with a perfect location in the heart of London, attracts international students from all corners of the world.

Accommodation We understand that moving to another country can be a daunting experience and our Accommodation Office can give you advice and support for finding the accommodation that is right for you. For more information, please see the graduate accommodation section on page 23.

Community King’s offers a vibrant community situated in one of the most exciting cities in the world and our students’ union, called KCLSU (run by students for students), will help you make the most of everything that is on offer.

English language To follow our programmes successfully, you must have a good command of English and be able to apply this effectively in an academic environment. The minimum

requirements for each King’s School are set out on page 263. You will also find information on the excellent English language support and study skills courses offered at our British Council-accredited English Language Centre (ELC). The ELC offers graduate diploma programmes run in collaboration with King’s departments, pre-master’s and pre-sessional programmes, as well as free language and skills support during your graduate studies if required. Further details can be found on page 263 and at www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

International students

We offer a vast range of programmes to international students, and whichever you choose, you will work with academics who are international leaders in their field. As a King’s student you will be in the heart of the cultural capital, with a wealth of research facilities and academic societies on your doorstep. Our unrivalled location has enabled us to forge mutually beneficial links with renowned institutions, such as Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the British Museum and the British Library. King’s students also have access to some of the most exciting, cutting-edge research in the world. The College has had 24 of its subject areas awarded the highest rating of 5* and 5 for research quality, demonstrating excellence at an international level. If you are looking to contribute to an exciting, forward-thinking environment and to the local, national and international community, then King’s is undoubtedly the place for you.

Entry qualifications King’s recognises many qualifications from around the world. For further advice on whether your qualifications meet our entry requirements, please visit the online graduate prospectus at www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp or contact the department to which you are applying directly.

Fees and funding information Fees are outlined in each of the programme descriptions. See page 264 for general information and details about scholarships. Information is also available on the website at www.kcl.ac.uk/international/finance and at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Study abroad Coming to King’s means that you may also be able to take advantage of our exchange links with some of the most prestigious institutions in the world, where you can study for part of your programme. We hold a Study Abroad Fair every October where you will be able to meet and speak directly to representatives from some of these partner institutions.

Support King’s is renowned for its supportive, friendly atmosphere. You will receive help and advice at every stage of your

King’s is famous and renowned all over the world. I decided to apply to King’s because of its popularity and educational record. I am studying Dental Public Health, to acquire the core knowledge of the subject, which I can apply to both clinical and academic fields. I plan to go back to Pakistan, to start my career in dental services. Kulsoom Rizvi (Student), Dental Public Health MSc

application process, a special orientation programme when you arrive, and continuing expert support throughout your studies. The College has a dedicated international student welfare adviser who can give you guidance on visa and immigration matters, finance, working in the UK and any other key issues before you arrive and during your time at King’s. Please see www.kcl.ac.uk/welfare for more information. The King’s Careers Service is also at hand to help you choose your career path and find employment in and outside the UK. It holds regular international careers events, and is one of the few universities in the UK to have a member of staff specialising in international work and study. See www.kcl.ac.uk/careers for more details.

Website King’s has dedicated web pages for international students at www.kcl.ac.uk/international. Here you will be able to find all the information you need on key topics. The site includes pages tailored for students from over 50 countries around the world as well as giving tips on how to enjoy the best of London on a budget. Our International Marketing Team also publishes information on their visits overseas and you can book an appointment to meet them in person to discuss your requirements (see www.kcl.ac.uk/international).

Support & resources

Graduate students have leading-edge learning and research facilities at their disposal. Through an ongoing programme of investment, King’s continues to offer exceptional support & resources.

The Compass The Compass, located at the Strand Campus, will be open to students in September 2008. It is a purpose-built student centre providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist services, including graduate advisers. A range of study spaces will also be available for students to use, please refer to www.kcl.ac.uk/thecompass for further information.

Information resources and services Information Services & Systems (ISS) at King’s provides an integrated library, archive, audio visual, IT, network and telephony service to all its staff and students. Information Services Centres are located at each of the main sites and provide access to the key services and resources that support research and learning. These include: • A huge multidisciplinary print and electronic information resource base that includes over 1.5 million books and thousands of journals. • An extensive portfolio of remotely accessible electronic resources, including bibliographic and full text databases, electronic journals, international library catalogues, internet resource discovery tools, subject gateways, data sets, multimedia resources, ebooks and complementary online research support services. • An up-to-date and robust IT infrastructure with high-speed network links and wireless access, high-capacity email and web and portal services. • Lending and reference services. • Photocopying, scanning and AO poster printing services. • Individual and group study spaces. • Help desks where qualified staff can offer advice and assistance. • Print and electronic document delivery services. • A network of over 1,600 public PC workstations with access to software, email, internet resources, printing, data storage and remote login facilities. Some computer rooms are open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Internet and PC access, including wireless, is available at all College residences. • Software advice and distribution services, including discounted software deals. • Access to a team of subject information specialists. • Excellent training opportunities, including free programmes and consultancy services. • An ISS research support services web page that highlights new resources, services and news. Graduate students also have access to

Connected Campus The provision of IT and information services at King’s have entered into a phase of major development. A multi-million pound investment has been made to achieve a state-of-theart ‘virtual campus’ that connects people, information, services and knowledge; supporting mobility and enabling reliable 24/7 access and enhanced opportunities for collaboration. Key activities include: refurbishing the core IT infrastructure, providing seamless ‘anytime anywhere’ access to a diverse range of resources, applications and services and improving research, teaching and administrative processes using the latest web technologies.

the wealth of specialist libraries, archives and collections in and around London, including the University of London and the British Library. For more information go to www.kcl.ac.uk/iss or email issenquiry@kcl.ac.uk

finance, welfare benefits, housing rights, legal issues and many other practical matters. Advisers are experienced in helping international students with specific concerns relating to matters such as their immigration status, dependants and employment in the UK both during and after their studies. For further information and contact details, please visit www.kcl.ac.uk/welfare The Academic Adviser in the students’ union is available to help with academic issues such as exam results, disciplinary hearings and mitigating circumstances. Confidential counselling on personal problems is offered through the Student Counselling Service. The team includes professionally trained counsellors, psychologists, psychotherapists, group analysts and a consultant psychiatrist.

Health and dental care

King’s has a comprehensive Student Health Centre at the Strand Campus. This is a National Health Service (NHS) Careers services General Practice service run by nurses King’s graduates have demonstrable success and doctors. Full- and part-time students in the labour market, and all departments are entitled to NHS healthcare. For at King’s have good employment records. international students, full access to the The high employment rates achieved by NHS is available if you are following a King’s graduates (ranked sixth in the UK programme lasting more than six months, for employability of graduates in The Times but if your country does not have a Higher Education Supplement, 2008 and reciprocal health agreement with the third in the rankings of highest starting UK, it is essential that you take out health salary), are a tribute to the strength of our insurance. Visit www.kcl.ac.uk/graduate/ Careers Service as well as the quality of our life/services/health for more details. Dental students. care is available at two sites associated with Graduate research students have a the College’s Dental Institute. Student dedicated careers adviser. In addition to dentists give free supervised treatment to the activities of information, advice and suitable cases as part of their training. guidance, this adviser delivers training programmes to assist students in developing Examples of recent destinations: Advanced Computing MSc the professional skills of an early career Systems analyst, Bank of America researcher. These programmes ensure that Aquatic Resource Management MSc King’s researchers meet the standards set Consultant, Oil Spill Research Ltd out in the UK Research Councils’ Joint Biomedical Science MSc Skills Statement. Research assistant, GlaxoSmithKline Other services available to all graduates Byzantine & Modern Greek PhD include: Connections (a database of Lecturer, Birkbeck College former students who can be contacted for English MA advice about their field of work); careers Critic, The Times Literary Supplement counselling; an information library with a Environment & Development MA wide range of information about careers, Fundraiser, Voluntary Service Overseas employment and further study in the UK Financial Mathematics MSc and overseas; computer-aided careers Quantitative analyst, Bluecrest Capital guidance; and take-away resources. Management Ltd King’s Careers Service is also part of The Forensic Science MSc Careers Group, the biggest careers service Evidence recovery scientific officer, in the country, which organises major Metropolitan Police events to give students privileged access to Geography PhD an even broader range of opportunities. For Journalist, Birdwatcher magazine more information, contact King’s Careers History of Christianity MA Service by email on careers@kcl.ac.uk Policy analyst, Royal Borough of Kingston (www.kcl.ac.uk/careers). International Peace & Security MA

Student advice, international student support and counselling Student Advisers support students (current and prospective; home and international) across all campuses, offering free and confidential advice. They have expertise in a range of subjects including immigration,

Researcher, British Institute of International Comparative Law Shakespearean Studies: Text & Playhouse MA Operations assistant, Globe Theatre

Support & resources

At King’s, you will enjoy a comprehensive range of facilities and services to help support your studies and make the most of your time at the College.

Support & resources

Families and childcare The College has a part-time Childcare Adviser. Applicants are encouraged to contact her for information on local provision and other support available for student parents. For more information, contact Irene Pilia, irene.pilia@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/childcare

Students with disabilities There is a wide range of support available for students with disabilities or specific learning difficulties such as dyslexia or dyspraxia. Students with disabilities from the UK can apply for funding towards extra disability-related costs they may incur on their programme. Eligibility rules differ depending on the funding body. Overall, the Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA), or its equivalent, is available for full- and part-time students incurring disabilityrelated costs. There is a dedicated King’s fund for international and EU students with disabilities. Part-time students are

eligible only if their programme is at least 50 per cent of the full-time equivalent. In addition, King’s can provide dyslexia workshops, assistive software, dedicated ISS facilities, one-to-one tuition, advice and guidance. Contact

For more information or a copy of the College’s Disability Guide contact the Disability Support Team, tel 020 7848 3398, or email equality@kcl.ac.uk

Religious provision and pastoral care The College has had strong Anglican (Church of England) traditions since its foundation. The Dean of the College, the Reverend Dr Richard Burridge, is responsible for ensuring that the religious and spiritual aims of the College are met. The major world faiths are represented, and the rights and views of students of all beliefs and backgrounds are fully respected. Provision is made for people to practise their faith; the College has two chapels, one

at the Strand Campus and one at Guy’s Campus, in which prayers are held daily and the internationally known Chapel Choir sing. There is also a quiet room at the Waterloo Campus, and all three are open to everyone for private prayers and reflection. There are also dedicated Muslim prayer rooms on the main campuses. The Dean and the Chaplaincy are part of the College’s pastoral provision, available to students of all beliefs and backgrounds. Details of the chaplains, chapel services and other activities are available at www. kcl.ac.uk/chaplaincy. The Rabbi to Jewish students in London works with the Chaplaincy, and visits King’s regularly. There are also religious student societies covering different denominations of Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism and Sikhism. Contact

For more information contact the Dean’s Office on tel 020 7848 2333 or dean@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/dean

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences 31 31 32 34 35

Research degrees Age-Related Diseases Applied Biomedical Research Cell & Molecular Biophysics Developmental Neurobiology 36 Nutritional Sciences 38 Pharmaceutical Science 40 Reproduction & Endocrinology 42 Taught programmes

KCL15_Schools4.indd 29

3/9/08 11:49:47

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Location Guy’s, Waterloo and St Thomas’ Campuses. Address Guy’s Campus: Academic Centre, King’s College London, Henriette Raphael Building, Guy’s Campus, London SE1 1UL Waterloo Campus: Academic Centre, Franklin-Wilkins Building, 150 Stamford Street, London SE1 9NH Contact See individual programme entries. Tel 020 7848 6363 (Guy’s Campus) or 020 7848 4159 (Waterloo Campus), postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/biohealth

The School of Biomedical & Health Sciences represents one of the largest concentrations of biomedical research and teaching activity in Europe. We have 200 academic staff, over 500 graduate students and 2,100 undergraduate students based on three campuses. Two campuses sit alongside our partner NHS Trusts: Guy’s Campus at London Bridge and St Thomas’ Campus opposite Westminster. The third campus at Waterloo is home to the Franklin-Wilkins Building, named after King’s scientists Rosalind Franklin and Maurice Wilkins whose work was fundamental to the discovery of the structure of DNA.

Our research spans the biosciences, with particular strengths in: developmental neurobiology; biophysics and cell biology, including cell dysfunction in cancer and genetic diseases; pain and its treatment; the ageing process and its amelioration by means ranging from stem cell therapy, exercise and nutrition through to assistive technologies; fetal and maternal health; nutritional and environmental effects on human development and health; and drug discovery, delivery, mode of action and detection. Our international excellence has been acknowledged by the award of the highest ratings (5 and 5*) in the last UK Research Assessment Exercise. The prestigious Medical Research Council (MRC) funds centres of excellence led by, or involving, our School in: Developmental Neurobiology; Asthma & Allergy; Environment & Health; and Neurodegeneration. King’s Stem Cell Laboratory was the first in the UK to bank a human embryonic stem cell line. We host a Wellcome Trust-funded Centre for Biomolecular Spectroscopy, and our World Anti-Doping Agency-accredited Drug Control Centre tests international Olympic athletes. We encourage entrepreneurship and collaboration with industry, with demonstrable successes including our award-winning spin-out company Proximagen.

an excellent introduction to modern research, with an emphasis now on fouryear multidisciplinary programmes. A wide range of courses and workshops expand students’ research skills. Complementary courses focus on post-PhD research and career development, including entrepreneurial and business skills, and tutored introduction to teaching. Approximately half of our research degrees are jointly supervised by UK firms and include an industrial placement, providing a strong business ethos to complement the pure research, medical or clinical focus of other student projects. Further training and networking opportunities are offered by King’s Graduate School and our Research Divisions.

Research degrees

Our vibrant graduate research community includes approximately 250 students – a quarter from overseas. Our projects provide

Taught programmes

Our master’s programmes are based upon our research strengths and are designed to provide outstanding graduates with more specialised knowledge and skills required for specific clinical, scientific or industrial careers. Several programmes, such as the new Analytical Science for Industry MSc, are designed and run in partnership with the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries; they include industrial placements and programme content is designed to address specific skills shortages in a rapidly changing and competitive international marketplace. In other programmes, students can change fields entirely, such as the Molecular Biophysics MRes which enables conversion from the physical to biological sciences.

Induction & training

All graduate students complete a comprehensive induction programme when they join the School, specific to their research or taught programme. Both research and taught master’s students undertake tailored scientific and career development programmes. Funding

We receive studentship funding from the UK Research Councils (MRC, BBSRC and EPSRC), charities (notably the Wellcome Trust), and our industrial collaborators (such as Wyeth, GSK, Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Unilever and Bayer Pharmaceuticals). Facilities

Our modern, well-funded laboratories cater for the full range of research on offer. Latest figures show that King’s is the top funded university by the MRC; we also attract significant funding from the Wellcome Trust, Research Councils and our industrial partners. As a large multi-faculty university, we have excellent social and sporting facilities, but a key attraction is our central London location. Our three campuses along the River Thames are located in the cultural and social heart of the capital and offer our students the opportunity explore art galleries, theatres, museums, markets, restaurants and cafés.

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD/MD (Res) Research profile RAE score Formed from groupings rated 5* or 5 in last RAE. Research income New grant income approximately £3.5m per year and rising. Current number of academic staff 25. Current number of research students 50. Recent publications Details of recent publications on our website. Research projects Details of current projects on our website. Partner organisations MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology, pharmaceutical companies including Wyeth Research, GSK, Novartis and many more.

About the programme The Decade of the Brain (the 1990s) saw tremendous advances in our understanding of brain development. As we age, many factors impinge on the proper functioning of the nervous system. Progress has been made in understanding the molecular basis of disease states and pain, and the molecular mechanisms that limit regeneration. Opportunities exist for innovative neuroscience and the chance to translate this new knowledge into clinical benefits. Our mission is to: • Further understand the causes of neuropathic disease, to identify new drug targets and to develop treatments and monitor outcomes. • Study synaptic receptors and neuronal signalling mechanisms with a view to promoting symptomatic relief from the pain and dysfunction that are associated with a damaged nervous system. • Develop strategies aimed at restoring function to the damaged nervous system at the level of cell survival, formation of new synapses and the generation of new neurons and test these. Study environment

Training

All students are regularly notified about skills development opportunities through a monthly Postgraduate Research Newsletter. Participation in the annual Research Showcase, co-ordinated by the School, is compulsory for all students and provides an opportunity to improve science communication and presentation skills. Application procedure

Studentships will be advertised in New Scientist or Nature, on the College’s website or www.jobs.ac.uk. Short-listed applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

It has been an invaluable experience attending King’s; being able to enjoy the lively culture of one of the metropolitan centres of the world and having the chance to learn alongside many of the most brilliant scientists in the world. Timothy Kaan (Student) Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases PhD

Research groups in Age-Related Diseases There are full details of these groups on our website. Neurodegeneration & Clinical Trials Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/265

Neurorestoration Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/264

Receptors & Signalling Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/262

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Patrick Doherty. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in science, medicine or dentistry, or an overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Duration Expected to be: Three to four years FT, or four-six years PT. Registration usually October although students may commence at any time. Intake Normally 10. Closing date Studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before the proposed start date. Funding Sources include: research councils (MRC, BBSRC), charities (including the Wellcome Trust, British Pharmacological Society, International Spinal Research Trust, Alzheimer’s Society: Motor Neurone Association), industry (including Wyeth Pharmaceuticals, AstraZeneca, Biogen, Eli Lilly & Co Ltd, Lunbeck AG, GlaxoSmithKline) and private (self-funding). Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s Campus. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6886, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/24

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Research opportunities

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Clive Ballard Genetic and neurochemical approaches to dementia. Dr Joseph Bateman Regulation of growth and neuronal differentiation in Drosophila. Professor Stuart Bevan Sensory transduction; nociception; analgesia; ion channels; TRP channels; cell signalling. Dr Liz Bradbury Spinal cord injury repair strategies. Professor Helen Cox Neuropeptide receptor signalling. Dr Reginald Docherty Cellular mechanisms of nociception and identification of drug targets for novel analgesics. Professor Patrick Doherty Mechanisms of axonal growth, endocannabinoids and development. Dr Susan Duty GABA and glutamate signalling in basal ganglia; novel treatments for Parkinson’s disease. Dr Paul Francis Biochemistry of Alzheimer’s disease and other dementias.

Dr Isabella Gavazzi Role of Eph receptors in adult somatosensory systems (pain and regeneration). Dr Giovanna Lalli Cytoskeletal and membrane traffic mechanisms controlling neuronal morphology; neuronal cell biology; signalling. Dr Marzia Malcangio Positive and negative modulation of nociceptive fibre synaptic activity in the spinal cord. Professor John Marshall Age-related degenerations of the eye: interaction of light and lasers with ocular tissues. Professor Stephen McMahon Behavioural, electrophysiological and anatomical studies of somatosensory systems, particularly pain; spinal cord injury. Dr Stephen Minger Human stem cell biology; nervous system repair; regenerative medicine; growth factors. Dr Francisco Molina-Holgado Neural stem cells; neuroimmune networks; brain repair.

Dr Lawrence Moon Identifying novel strategies for promoting axon growth and recovery after stroke or spinal cord injury. Professor Roger Morris Intracellular trafficking; lipid-rafts; prion protein and transmissible spongiform encephalopathies. Dr John Pizzey Mechanisms responsible for axonal regeneration in vertebrates; molecular basis of cardiogenesis. Dr Jon Robbins Neurotransmitter receptors; ion channels; electrophysiology; microfluorimetry; cell culture; retinal ganglion cells; lipidated peptides; neurones. Dr David Tonge Control of nerve growth; regeneration and synapse formation; developmental neurobiology. Dr Gareth Williams Predicting protein interaction hot spots; small molecule (ant)agonists. Dr Robert Williams Protein kinase signalling and oxidative stress in neurodegeneration; neuroprotection by dietry flarenoids.

Research opportunities Applied Biomedical Research (Division of) MPhil/PhD Head of division Professor Di Newham. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc degree, or overseas equivalent, in a relevant subject. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Duration Expected to be: Three to four years FT, or four-six years PT. Registration usually October although students may commence at any time. Intake Approximately 2-5. Closing date Studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before the proposed start date. Funding Various sources including research councils, charities, pharmaceutical and aerospace industries. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Dr Matt Morrissey, Applied Biomedical Research Division, tel 020 7848 6678, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, matt.morrissey@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/15

Research profile RAE score 4 (2001). Research income Since 2001, in excess of

£2m. Current number of academic staff 19. Current number of researchers 24 PhD

students and two post-doctoral workers. Examples of current research projects

• Effectiveness of physiotherapy interventions for low back pain.

• Development of functional electrical stimulation for cycling by spinal cord injured people. • Effects of age and training on protein expression in muscle. • Development of an assistive stair climbing device for older people. • Effect of exercise for people with peripheral neuropathies. • The effect of whole body vibration on muscle strength and function. • Factors determining healthy ageing. Partner organisations These include collaborations with a number of UK and international universities as well as NHS Trusts and industry.

About the programme The division has an integrated approach to clinical and human problems. Links with basic science research provide building blocks for an integrated approach with the aim of improving understanding of mechanisms underlying dysfunction, developing rational physical interventions and evaluating the outcome of new and existing interventions and rehabilitation. We are interested not only in the scientific problems, but also how to apply these solutions and methodologies to individuals and the community. Four research groupings strongly interact: musculo-skeletal; neuro-muscular; growth, development and ageing; and health-related beliefs. All groups study conditions with a high incidence and impact such as arthritis and stroke.

The ageing research group aims to better understand the neuro-muscular and structural mechanisms related to the agerelated decline in physical performance and studies the psychosocial factors that impact on individual response to intervention. Study environment

Students work alongside staff researchers, are supervised by two members of academic staff and overseen by a divisional research co-ordinator. Students’ progress is monitored closely and reported on every six months. For more details on study environment see also facilities description in the School entry. Training

Studentships will be advertised on the College’s website or www.jobs.ac.uk. Shortlisted applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Research groups in Applied Biomedical Research There are full details of these groups on our website. Growth, Development & Ageing Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Dr Matt Morrissey, Applied Biomedical Research Division, tel 020 7848 6678, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, matt.morrissey@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/384

Health-related Beliefs Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/388 Musculo-skeletal Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Dr Matt Morrissey, Applied Biomedical Research Division, tel 020 7848 6678, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, matt.morrissey@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/386

Neuro-muscular Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Dr Matt Morrissey, Applied Biomedical Research Division, tel 020 7848 6678, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, matt.morrissey@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/385

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Mike Hurley Muscle sensorimotor and psychosocial dysfunction in rheumatological conditions; conducting clinical trials. Dr Lorna Johnson Respiratory muscle function in chronic lung disease; pulmonary rehabilitation, outcome and uptake. Professor Sheila Kitchen Electrotherapy adverse effects; care of the elderly; research methodology (especially qualitative measures); interprofessional education. Dr Ruth Mayagoitia-Hill Accelerometer and gyroscope-based balance assessment during daily activities; electronic assistive technology. Dr Matt Morrissey Impairments from musculoskeletal injury, disease and surgery, especially swelling, muscle weakness and joint laxity. Professor Di Newham Human muscle function, fatigue and pain; motor control in health and disease; rehabilitation; ageing and falls.

Dr Marousa Pavlou Vestibular rehabilitation and factors affecting outcome; dizziness in MS; visual dependency in elderly. Dr Anthea Rowlerson Growth and fibre types in skeletal muscle during normal development and dysfunction. Dr David Rushton Neurostimulation; spasticity management; stroke rehabilitation; neuro-urology. Dr Christopher Smith Balance; sensory feedback; stair-climbing; low-frequency muscle fatigue in humans. Dr Cristiana Velloso Mechanisms of ageing; skeletal muscle hypertrophy and repair; cell/cell interaction. Dr Claire White Exercise in neurological disease; fatigue; motor unit plasticity; barriers to physical activity.

Interdisciplinary research opportunity The following research division is relevant to more than one School.

Cardiovascular (Research Division) MPhil/PhD This is an interdisciplinary research division which is run across the Schools of Biomedical & Health Sciences and the School of Medicine. For details, please see page 137.

Research opportunities

Dr Lindsay Bearne Inflammatory arthritis; exercise therapy; the efficacy of rehabilitation in musculo-skeletal conditions. Dr Iain Beith Back pain; sub-classification of back pain; trunk muscle function; neuropathic pain. Mr Duncan Critchley Back pain; physiotherapy; rehabilitation; trunk muscle function; psychological and social factors in rehabiliation. Dr Lynsey Duffell Optimising the power output of electrically stimulated cycling for people with a spinal cord injury. Dr Emma Godfrey Health psychology in adults and children; medically unexplained symptoms; common mental health problems. Dr David Green Ventilation; cardiovascular; exercise; movement; balance; motion sickness; thermoregulation; reflexes. Professor Stephen Harridge Contractile function and molecular mechanisms of adaptation in human skeletal muscle.

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Research opportunities

Research opportunities Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of) MPhil/PhD/MRes Head of division Professor Malcolm Irving FRS. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc or high grade MSc/MRes qualification in science, medicine or dentistry, or overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Duration Expected to be: three to four years FT, four–six years PT. Intake Approximately four or five studentships, plus self-funded candidates. Closing date Studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before the proposed start date. Funding MRC, BBSRC, EPSRC Studentships, King’s Graduate School Studentship, RCUK Dorothy Hodgkin Award, the EU, British Heart Foundation, Cancer Research UK, other medical charities, scientific societies, overseas governments and industrial partners. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Dr Baljinder Mankoo, Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics, tel 020 7848 6594, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/21

Research profile RAE score 5 (2001). Research income £3m per year. Current number of academic staff 26 Principal

Investigators, 22 PhD Supervisors. Current number of graduate research students 31. Current number of post-doctoral research assistants 61. Recent publications include

• Soluble CD23 monomers inhibit and oligomers stimulate IGE synthesis in human B cells.

• Activated ezrin promotes cell migration through recruitment of the GEF Dbl to lipid rafts and preferential downstream activation of Cdc42. • Lymphocyte transcellular migration occurs through recruitment of endothelial ICAM-1 to caveola- and F-actin-rich domains. • Mef2s are required for thick filament formation in nascent muscle fibres. • Structural changes in troponin in response to Ca2+ and myosin binding to thin filaments during activation of skeletal muscle. Current research projects Details can be found on our website. Partner organisations National Institute for Medical Research, Imperial College, Gray Cancer Institute, Max Planck Institute, Novartis, AstraZeneca.

About the programme The Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics continues the tradition of biophysics at King’s established by Sir John Randall, which produced the famous studies of the structure of DNA by Rosalind Franklin and Maurice Wilkins. Many of our research groups operate at the interface between the health, biomedical and physical sciences, developing new techniques for application in biology and medicine. Based at Guy’s Campus, we have strong collaborative links with other biomedical and clinical researchers in the King’s Health Schools. There are six research groups: Muscle Biophysics, Cell Motility & Cytoskeleton, Muscle Signalling & Development, Cell Imaging, Structural Biology and Allergy & Asthma. There are close interactions with the divisions of Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology, Cancer Studies and Cardiovascular in the

School of Medicine; and Mathematics and Physics in the School of Physical Sciences & Engineering. Several Principal Investigators hold joint positions with these divisions. Study environment

All students are regularly notified about skills development opportunities through a monthly Postgraduate Research Newsletter. Participation in the annual Postgraduate Research Showcase is compulsory for all students and provides an opportunity to improve science communication and presentation skills. All graduate students in the Randall present their research in seminars to the whole division as well as to their research groups. Opportunities are available for graduate students to present their work at national and international scientific meetings. Our graduate students also assist with teaching of undergraduates as demonstrators in practical classes or leading tutorials. Application procedure

Studentships will be advertised in New Scientist or Nature, on the College’s website or www.findaphd.com. Shortlisted applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

Research groups in Cell & Molecular Biophysics There are full details of these groups on our website. Allergy & Asthma Contact Professor Brian Sutton, brian.sutton@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Baljinder Mankoo, baljinder.mankoo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/389

Cell Motility & Cytoskeleton Contact Professor Gareth Jones¸ gareth.jones@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Baljinder Mankoo, baljinder.mankoo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/391

Muscle Signalling & Development Contact Professor Mathias Gautel, mathias.gautel@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Baljinder Mankoo, baljinder.mankoo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/393

Cell Imaging Contact Professor Tony Ng, tony.ng@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Baljinder Mankoo, baljinder.mankoo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/390

Muscle Biophysics Contact Professor Malcolm Irving, malcolm.irving@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Baljinder Mankoo, baljinder.mankoo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/392

Structural Biology Contact Professor Brian Sutton, brian.sutton@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Baljinder Mankoo, baljinder.mankoo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/394

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Mathias Gautel (School of Medicine) Molecular mechanisms of muscle disease; signal transduction in cardiac muscle sarcomeres. Dr Rainer Heintzmann Development of high resolution deep tissue imaging; multi-dimensional microscopy. Dr Simon Hughes Development of muscle and its innervation in vertebrates, using zebrafish and mice. Professor Malcolm Irving Molecular mechanisms in contraction and regulation of striated muscle. Dr Matthias Krause Elucidation of mechanisms that regulate cytoskeletal remodelling during cell migration and axon guidance. Dr Baljinder Mankoo Genetic regulation of muscle and skeletal development in the vertebrate embryo. Professor Tony Ng (School of Medicine) Interplay between signal transduction pathways in control of cell migration using FRET/ FLIM technology.

Dr Maddy Parsons Integrin receptor signalling in cell adhesion and migration. Professor Anne Ridley Cell migration and invasion in cancer and inflammation; Rho GTPases; signal transduction. Dr Mark Sanderson Structure and function of DNA-binding proteins; structural studies of viral proteins. Dr John Sleep Single molecule mechanics of actomyosin using optical tweezers. Dr Roberto Steiner Structure-function studies of oxygenases and the neuronal calcium sensor DREAM. Professor Brian Sutton IgE and its receptors; molecular mechanisms of allergy; auto-antibodies and auto-immune disease. Professor Boris Vojnovic Multiphoton timeresolved imaging and analysis; high-content and throughput automated microscopy. Dr Peter Zammit Control of muscle stem cells and regulation of muscle regeneration.

Research opportunities MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MPhil/PhD Head of division Professor Andrew Lumsden FRS. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in molecular or cellular biology, developmental and/or neurobiology. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Duration Expected to be: three to four years FT, four–six years PT. The new full-time four-year programme includes a first year comprised of taught courses and three laboratory rotations. Registration usually October although students may commence at any time. Intake Four four-year MRC studentships, up to three three-year studentships and self-funded. Closing date Studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before the proposed start date. Funding MRC, EU, pharmaceutical industry and charitable foundations including the Wellcome Trust, Research Into Ageing and Anatomical Society. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s Campus. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Professor Ian Thompson, tel 020 7848 6747; Dr Britta Eickholt, tel 020 7848 6805; postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, britta.j.eickholt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/17

Research profile RAE score 5* (2001). Research income £17.8m for 2006-7. Current number of academic staff 24. Current number of research students 20. Current research projects include

• Signals controlling the neuronal cytoskeleton. • Synaptic physiology and plasticity. • Role of the Wnt pathway in patterning the nervous system. • Signalling pathway interactions that direct neuronal stem cell fate in the brain. • Molecular control of visual development in vertebrates.

About the programme Major themes: genetic, molecular and cellular bases of neural tube regionalisation; regulation of neural crest and placode development; patterning and specification of cranial motor neurons; axon guidance and targeting; molecular mechanisms of axon growth and regeneration; and mechanisms of gene regulation in the nervous system. Our overall aim is to understand the early events during brain development and, through this, to increase our knowledge of the mechanisms that lead to malformation and that limit regenerative processes in the human nervous system. Our mission is to advance this understanding through collaborative multi-disciplinary studies using a variety of model organisms (such as mouse, fruit fly and zebrafish). It is our belief that an effective approach to key issues in early

brain development depends on combining gene discovery with functional analyses at molecular, biochemical, cell biological, anatomical and physiological levels. Our Centre allows the expertise of specialists over this wide range of disciplines to focus their research collectively on this welldefined and important area of biology. Study environment

Students work alongside staff researchers, are supervised by two members of academic staff and overseen by a divisional research co-ordinator. Students’ progress is monitored closely and reported on every six months. For more details on study environment see the facilities description in the School entry. Training

All students are regularly notified about skills development opportunities through a monthly newsletter. Participation in the annual Research Showcase, co-ordinated by the School, is compulsory for all students and provides an opportunity to improve science communication and presentation skills. Application procedure

Studentships will be advertised in New Scientist or Nature, on the College’s and the Centre’s website or www.findaphd.com Shortlisted applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

Research opportunities

Dr Simon Ameer-Beg (School of Medicine) Multiphoton microscopy; fluorescence lifetime imaging; FRET; total internal reflection. Dr Andrew Beavil (School of Medicine) Biophysics; allergy; asthma; IgE structure and function; Interleukin-13. Dr Yu Wai Chen Structural biology; protein engineering; X-ray crystallography; neurodegeneration; protein misfolding diseases; trinucleotide-repeat (polyglutamine) expansion. Dr Sasi Conte Biomolecular NMR spectroscopy; structural biology; protein-RNA interactions. Dr Elisabeth Ehler (School of Medicine) Heart workings from a cell biologist’s point of view. Dr Juliet Ellis Pathophysiology of neuromuscular disorders; role of nuclear proteins in maintaining cell integrity. Dr Franca Fraternali Structural genomics; bioinformatics and computer simulations of biomolecular interactions.

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Staff research interests

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Esther Bell The molecular basis of neural induction and anterior patterning during vertebrate embryonic development. Dr Eric Blanc Microarray data processing algorithms; transcription regulation evolution; applied Bayesian statistics. Dr Juan Burrone Synaptic plasticity and development. Dr David Chambers Functional genomics of neuronal identity. Dr QueeLim Ch’ng Neuroendocrine regulation of ageing. Professor Jon Clarke Morphogenesis of the central nervous system and neurogenesis in the zebrafish embryo. Dr Uwe Drescher Control of axon guidance by Eph receptor tyrosine kinases. Dr Britta Eickholt Signalling mechanisms controlling neuronal circuit formation. Professor Phillip Gordon-Weeks Molecular mechanisms of axon extension and growth cone guidance.

Professor Anthony Graham The role of neural crest and neurogenic placodes in vertebrate head development. Professor Sarah Guthrie Molecular mechanisms involved in differentiation and axon guidance of cranial motor neurons. Dr Robert Hindges Neural connectivity; axon guidance; synaptogenesis, vertebrate visual system; axon branching; miRNAs. Dr Corinne Houart Zebrafish forebrain development. Dr Robert Knight Cranio facial development; head muscle patterning; motor neuron targeting; neural crest; vertebrate evolution. Professor Andrew Lumsden Pattern formation in the vertebrate central nervous system. Professor Ivor Mason Cell-cell signalling processes that direct embryonic brain development. Dr Martin Meyer Imaging synaptogenesis in the zebrafish visual system.

Dr Julian Ng Axon guidance in the Drosophila brain; Rho GTPases and cytoskeletal regulatory pathways. Dr Adrian Pini Molecules and genes that regulate the survival and direction of axonal growth during development and regeneration. Professor Guy Tear Drosophila as a model system to study axonal guidance and neurodegenerative disease. Professor Ian Thompson Circuit development in the mammalian visual pathway. Dr Darren Williams Dendritic morphogenesis in Drosophila. Dr Richard Wingate Induction and patterning of the rhombic lip and its role in cerebellar development.

Research opportunities Nutritional Sciences (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Head of division Professor Tom Sanders. Entry requirements 2:1 degree or master’s in a biomedical science or a veterinary, medical or dental qualification. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, PhD three years FT, six years PT. Students are encouraged to begin their research close to the start of the academic year (October) so as to attend the introductory courses, but entry at any time is permitted. Intake Approximately 10. Closing date None. Funding Home students are funded by research councils, charities, government bodies and industry. Potential supervisors may be able to assist applicants in raising funds. King’s Graduate School Studentship also available. Overseas students are eligible to apply for an Overseas Research Studentship (ORS) award with the support of the host institution. Potential applicants for ORS awards should contact the division before the end of December. Fees See general fees section. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations British Nutrition Foundation, Food Standards Agency, Department of Health, the Dairy Council. Contact Academic Centre, tel 020 7848 4191; Dr Helen Wiseman, Research Degree Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 4437, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, helen.wiseman@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/64

Research profile RAE score 5 (2001). Research income £2.1 million for year

2006-7. Current number of academic staff 20. Current number of research students 32 PhD

students. Recent publications See publication page on

the Nutritional Sciences Research Division website. Current research projects

• Influence of increasing intakes of EPA and DHA on vascular function and risk factors for cardiovascular disease. • RISCK study (www.risck.org.uk). • The effects of trauma and alcohol on protein turnover and tissue repair and the effects of oxidative stress on these processes. • AQUAMAX (EU Framework 6) transcriptomics- and proteomics-based studies of the beneficial and potentially harmful effects of fish consumption. • Membrane targeting of iron transporters induced by changes in dietary iron. Partner organisations MRC Human Nutrition Research, Cambridge; Norwegian Institute for Seafood Research.

About the programme Research focuses on identifying dietary factors that are associated with increased risk of chronic disease and understanding the molecular basis of nutrition. It is a subject that requires a multidisciplinary approach. Although nutritional deficiency disorders, with the notable exception of iron deficiency anaemia, are uncommon among the UK population, nutrition is now

widely recognised as being of immense public health importance, playing a major role in the causation of cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes and cancer, especially of the gastrointestinal tract. Research is concerned with identifying dietary factors that are associated with increased risk of chronic disease and understanding the metabolic basis for diet-related disease, and translating this knowledge into dietary practice. The division’s activity centres on three major groups, which are listed on page 37. Study environment

Students work alongside staff researchers, are supervised by two members of academic staff and overseen by a division research co-ordinator. Students’ progress is monitored closely and reported on every six months. Training

Studentships will be advertised in New Scientist or Nature, on the College’s website or www.jobs.ac.uk. Shortlisted applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

There are full details of these groups on our website. Diet & Cardiovascular Health Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4191; Dr Helen Wiseman, Research Degree Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 4437, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, helen.wiseman@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/315

Diet & Gastrointestinal Health Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4191; Dr Helen Wiseman, Research Degree Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 4437, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, helen.wiseman@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/316

Iron & Zinc Metabolism Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4191; Dr Helen Wiseman, Research Degree Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 4437, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, helen.wiseman@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/312

Staff research interests

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Research groups in Nutritional Sciences

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Peter Emery Protein turnover; proteomics; metabolic response to injury; wound healing. Dr Wendy Hall Dietary fatty acids; isoflavones; cardiovascular disease; metabolic syndrome; endothelial function. Professor Christer Hogstrand Homeostasis/ toxicology of minerals; function and control of metal-regulatory proteins and processes. Professor Andrew McKie Identification of genes regulating iron absorption and transport. Dr Anne Mullen Metabolic syndrome; HIV lipodystrophy; inflammation; macrophage; adipucyte; nutrigenomics; fatty acids; developing countries. Dr Michael Nelson Novel methods for the assessment of food and nutrient intake. Dr Sandra O’Dell Identifying genetic markers for obesity and insulin resistance.

Professor Victor R Preedy Adverse effects of alcohol on muscle metabolism using a proteomic approach. Dr Maria Pufulete Relationship of DNA hypomethylation to folate and vitamin B12 status and risk of colorectal cancer. Professor Tom Sanders Lipids, dietary influences on haemostatic and vascular function and insulin sensitivity. Dr Paul Sharp Regulation of intestinal iron absorption. Dr Robert Simpson Regulation of iron absorption. Ms Jane Thomas Food habits and changes in migration in ethnic minorities. Dr Kevin Whelan Clinical trials of prebiotics and probiotics on gastrointestinal health. Dr Helen Wiseman Phytochemicals; antioxidants; isoflavones; flavonoids; oxidative damage; human health; proteomic and genomic techniques.

Research opportunities

Dr Christine Baldwin Nutritional support in the management of weight loss. Dr Sarah Berry Diet and cardiovascular disease; postprandial lipaemia; endothelial function; blood pressure. Dr Adrian Bomford (School of Medicine) Clinical consequences of iron overload and haemochromatosis. Dr Nicolas Bury Molecular basis of metal uptake and toxicity; regulation of the stress response. Dr Katrina Campbell Dietary intervention in renal disease; metabolic syndrome; nutrition assessment; body composition. Professor Paul Ciclitira (School of Medicine) Coeliac disease mechanisms of gluten induced enteropathy; development of genetically modified foods suitable for patients with coeliac disease. Dr Peter Ellis Polymer science; physico-chemical properties (eg rheology) of water-soluble nonstarch polysaccharides; plant cell wall matrices.

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Research opportunities

Research opportunities Pharmaceutical Science Division MPhil/PhD Head of division Professor Frank J Kelly. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further graduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable. Duration Expected to be: three to four years FT, six years PT. Students are encouraged to begin their research close to the start of the academic year (October) so as to attend the introductory courses, but entry at any time is permitted. Intake 15. Closing date Studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before the proposed starting date. Funding Home students are funded by grants and studentships from research councils, charities, government bodies, the Royal Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain and the pharmaceutical industry. Overseas students are usually either self-funded or obtain scholarships from their own countries, the British Council or Association of Commonwealth Universities. Fees See general fees section. Location Waterloo Campus and part of the Pharmacology & Therapeutics Group is based at the Guy’s Campus. Some projects may take place on non-campus locations. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329, or for more detailed information, contact the relevant member of staff, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/71

Research profile RAE score 5 (2001). Research income Annual income of the

division is around £5m. Current number of academic staff 52. Current number of research students 110

About the programme The pharmaceutical sciences are concerned with gaining a detailed understanding of the human pathological state and employing this knowledge to discover, design, develop and deliver drugs to the patient with a view to treating or managing of disease. Thus, a multidisciplinary approach is required to contribute to the overall development of pharmacologically active compounds from their earliest stages of conception at the bench through their presentation as therapeutic medicines, to the analysis of their use within the community. Many of these activities either require support from or are underpinned with cuttingedge analytical science. The division’s activity centres on six research groupings: Analytical Sciences, Chemical Biology, Drug Delivery, Clinical Practice & Medication Use, Molecular Biophysics, and Pharmacology & Therapeutics. Study environment

Typically a research group in the division consists of 7 to 14 academic staff and includes between 5 to 20 PhD students. Work is usually laboratory-based but we also offer molecular simulation and pharmacy practice projects.

Ivana Gavrilović (Student) Pharmacy PhD

Training

All students are regularly notified about skills development opportunities through a monthly Postgraduate Research Newsletter. Participation in the annual Research Showcase, co-ordinated by the Division, is compulsory for all students and provides an opportunity to improve science communication and presentation skills.

students and 35 research staff.

Application procedure

Recent publications See Pharmaceutical

Studentships will be advertised in New Scientist or Nature, on the College’s website or www.jobs.ac.uk and www. findaphd.com. Shortlisted applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

Science Division web pages. Current research projects See Pharmaceutical Science Division web pages.

I am doing a PhD at the Drug Control Centre, which is part of the Pharmaceutical Science Division. I was delighted to be awarded an Overseas Research Award to fund my PhD and I am very happy to have excellent support from my supervisors, whose rich experience and expertise in the doping control area is internationally recognised.

Research groups in Pharmaceutical Science There are full details of these groups on our website. Analytical Sciences Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/233

Clinical Practice & Medication Use Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/395

Molecular Biophysics Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/34

Chemical Biology Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/439

Drug Delivery Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/318

Pharmacology & Therapeutics Contact See our website for individual supervisor projects and contact details, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/232

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Alex Drake Spectroscopic techniques and instrumentation; quality control of proteins; ligand/ host binding studies. Dr Cecile Dreiss Colloid science; self-assembly in surfactant and polymer systems; protein fibrillation and gels. Dr Ben Forbes Inhaled medicines; pulmonary biopharmaceutics; drug targeting to the lung. Dr Richard Harvey Bacterial membrane characterisation; interactions of polypeptides with biomembranes; biophysical chemistry. Professor Peter Hylands Metabonomic strategies for standardisation of herbal medicines; natural products as leads for drug discovery. Dr Sue Jickells Trace organic analysis; forensic science; skin chemistry; drugs of abuse; nanoparticles. Dr Stuart Jones The development of novel dynamic topical drug delivery systems. Dr Julie Keeble Inflammation; pain; sensory nerves; TRP channels; arthritis; sepsis. Professor Frank Kelly Free radical and antioxidant biology in relation to human diseases. Dr Andrew Kicman Analytical toxicology and biochemical endrocrinology (recreational drugs; hormones in sport). Professor M Jayne Lawrence Design, synthesis and biophysical characterisation of surfactant systems (micelles, microemulsions and vesicles) for drug delivery. Dr Cristina Legido-Quigley Metabolic fingerprinting; separation analytical techniques; chemometrics. Professor Gary P Martin Drug delivery to the lungs, skin and colon. Dr Lindsay McDermott Molecular mechanisms of maternal-fetal transfer of fatty acids and retinoids. Dr Ian McFadzean Electrophysiological analysis of neurotransmitter and drug effects in smooth muscle and neurones.

Professor Philip Moore The biological roles of naturally occurring gasomediators including nitric oxide and hydrogen sulphide. Dr Ian Mudway Oxidative stress: air pollution; redox regulation. Dr Darragh Murnane Investigating the physiochemical properties of particles in order to improve their delivery and formulation performance. Dr Penka Nikolova Structure-function studies of the p53 family of transcription factors and their role in cancer and other human diseases. Professor Clive Page Respiratory pharmacology; platelets and leukyte interaction; bronchial hyperresponsiveness; blood-vessel wall interactions. Dr Barry Panaretou Molecular chaperones; DNA repair; cell signalling cascades. Dr Richard Parsons Role of inflammation in the pathogenesis of neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases. Dr Nilesh Patel Drug delivery to the lung and gastrointestinal tract; formulation; tissue culture. Dr Jane Preston Physiology of ageing brain barrier; cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) dynamics; proteomics; blood-brain barrier. Dr Paul Royall Exploration of the interface between physical pharmaceutics, thermal analysis and drug delivery. Dr Sarah Salvage Cause and treatment of motor disability in movement disorders. Dr Norman Smith Microcapillary LC MS-separation techniques, monolithic phases, molecularly imprinted polymers. Dr Domenico Spina Respiratory pharmacology; sensory nerves; bronchial hyperresponsiveness; airway inflammation. Dr Glyn B Steventon Cellomics and proteomics of phenylalanine 4-monooxygenase; cell signalling. Dr Stephen Stürzenbaum Heavy metal responsive genes and pathways in model and sentinel organisms. Professor David Taylor Studies of drug use in mental health. Dr Sarah Thomas Blood-brain barrier and blood-CSF barrier (choroid plexus): relationship to drug delivery. Dr Cate Whittlesea Medication safety; automated systems; prescribing, dispensing, preparation incidents; public health initiatives.

Research opportunities

Professor Joan Abbott Blood-brain barrier; glia and ionic homeostasis; endothelial cell functions; drug delivery to CNS. Dr Ram Abuknesha Development of new biosensors based on immunoassays. Dr Sukhvinder Bansal Synthesis of peptides; peptide mimetics; radiopharmaceuticals, polymers and mass spectrometry. Dr David J Barlow Membrane structure; drug delivery systems; neutron scattering; computer-aided drug discovery/design. Dr Joerg Bartsch Motor neuron diseases; proteolysis in the brain; neuroregeneration; cytokine signalling in brain diseases. Dr David Begley Blood-Brain-CSF barriers; CNS drug and solute transporters and targeting of therapeutics. Professor Robin Braithwaite Medico-legal aspects of childhood poisoning; heavy metal poisoning; post-mortem toxicology. Dr Kenneth Bruce Molecular microbial ecology of medical and natural environments. Professor Richard Cammack Metals in biochemistry and medicine; EPR spectroscopy; enzymes; iron-sulfur proteins. Professor David Cowan Evidential drug analysis, especially drugs misused in human sport. Dr Lea Ann Dailey Pulmonary drug delivery; dry powder inhalation; nanoparticles; nanotoxicology; nitric oxide donors. Dr Barbara Daniel DNA profiling in forensic science. Professor Graham Davies Drug handling in critical care patients; pharmaceutical consultation, designing and testing. Professor Colin Dingwall Alzheimer’s disease; neurodegeneration; metalloproteins. Dr Colin Dolphin Gene delivery via baculoviral vectors; gene targeting of C. elegans via homologous recombination.

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Staff research interests

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Research opportunities

Interdisciplinary research opportunity Reproduction & Endocrinology (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD (Res) Head of division Professor Lucilla Poston. Entry requirements For a PhD a relevant BSc (at least a grade 2:1 or overseas equivalent) or appropriate clinical undergraduate qualification for MD research degree. Proven English language competency. Duration Expected to be: PhD three to four years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. MD Res: two years FT. Intake Approximately 10 per year. Closing date None. Funding All research is funded by grant-awarding bodies, or you may be self-funded. If self-funded you will be expected to pay tuition and bench fees to the School and demonstrate that funding is guaranteed for the full tenure of the research programme. Grant-awarded funds are obtained following application by the research supervisor and sources include the MRC, Wellcome Trust and many charities. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s and St Thomas’ Campuses. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6886, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, afshan.malik@kcl.ac.uk, rachel.tribe@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/19

Research profile Research income £3.3m in 2007. Current number of academic staff 21. Current number of research students 29. Recent publications See divisional web pages

for details. Current research projects

• Derivation and characterisation of human embryonic stem cells. • Developmental programming of adulthood disease. • Reproduction and rhythms. • Causes of low birth weight (preterm labour and pre-eclampsia). • Beta cell development and function. • Obesity and metabolic medicine. About the programme

The Research Division of Reproduction and Endocrinology encompasses a wide range of integrated research (beta cell development and function, reproduction and rhythms, stem cells, developmental programming, obesity, maternal and fetal health including parturition, and preterm labour and pre-eclampsia). We offer a unique research environment that facilitates the translation of good basic science to clinical application. A more detailed description of our division is available from the online graduate prospectus.

photography, molecular biology and electron microscopy, mechanical and electronics workshops. Recent investment has led to the opening of specialist facilities such as the Genomics Centre, a facility for studies in functional genomics and a mass spectrometry facility. Socially, we provide facilities including designated common rooms – some with kitchen, pool table, digital TV, hi-fi and sofas, in which regular social activities are arranged, and study rooms equipped with state-of-theart computers, printers and desks for quiet study. Training

All students are regularly notified about skills development opportunities through a monthly Postgraduate Research newsletter. Participation in the Health School’s Graduate Showcase Day and Divisional Annual PhD research session is compulsory for all students and provides an opportunity to improve science communication and presentation skills. The division funds a monthly postgraduate forum (run by graduate students) and encourages learning through regular seminars, journal clubs and laboratory meetings. Presentation of students’ research work at national and international research conferences is actively encouraged. Application procedure

Study environment

Students work alongside staff researchers, are supervised by two members of academic staff and overseen by a divisional research co-ordinator. Students’ progress is monitored closely and reported on every six months. To complement facilities available within research divisions, the School has developed excellent research support facilities on both campuses for

Studentships will be advertised in New Scientist or Nature, on the College’s website or www.jobs.ac.uk and www.findaphd.com. Shortlisted applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School Postgraduate Research Committee before an offer can be made.

There are full details of these groups on our website. Beta Cell Development & Function Contact Professor Peter Jones, Professor Shanta Persaud, Dr Michael Christie, Dr Afshan Malik, Dr Phil Marsh, Dr Aileen King and Dr Dany Muller, peter.jones@kcl.ac.uk, michael.christie@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/298 Development Programming of Adulthood Disease Contact Professor Lucilla Poston, Dr Josie McConnell, Dr Paul Taylor, Dr Jane Howard, lucilla.poston@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/294

Pre-eclampsia Contact Professor Andrew Shennan, andrew.shennan@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Lucilla Poston, lucilla.poston@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/295

Reproduction & Rhythms Contact Professor Clive Coen, Dr Kevin O’Byrne, Dr David Sugden, clive.coen@kcl.ac.uk, kevin. obyrne@kcl.ac.uk, david.sugden@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/297

Pre-term Labour & Parturition Contact Dr Rachel Tribe and Professor Andrew Shennan, rachel.tribe@kcl.ac.uk, andrew. shennan@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/296

Stem Cells Contact Professor Peter Braude, obgyn@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/299

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Research groups in Reproduction & Endocrinology

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Josie McConnell Embryology; analyses of mitochondrial complex activities; mitochondrial DNA; epigenetics. Dr Kevin O’Byrne Integrative neuroscience and molecular biological approaches to stress, infertility and hot flushes. Dr Shanta Persaud Stimulus-response coupling in pancreatic beta cells; regulation of beta cell mass; autocrine signalling. Professor John Pickup Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion; biosensors and non-invasive glucose sensing; innate immunity and inflammation in type 2 diabetes. Professor Lucilla Poston Pre-eclampsia; prematurity; vascular physiology and pathology in pregnancy; fetal origins of disease.

Professor Janice Rymer Ovarian failure; minimal access surgery; educational research and female genital mutilation. Mr Paul Seed Medical statistics, particularly in obstetrics; mathematical modelling of disease prediction; clinical trials. Professor Andrew Shennan High blood pressure and its measurement in pregnancy; epidurals in labour. Dr David Sugden Melatonin actions and receptor pharmacology; regulation of melatonin synthesis; quantitative real-time PCR. Dr Paul Taylor Diabetes; hypertension; cardiovascular disease and fetal origins of adulthood disease. Dr Rachel Tribe Molecular and physiological studies of human myometrial function; clinical investigations of obstetric cholestasis and induction of labour.

Specialist doctorate Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC Entry requirements Master’s degree, minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration. Portfolio of career-long learning. Duration Approximately four years (PT equivalent of three years FT study). Starts September. Taught as a series of two two-day blocks in a term. Support for the service-focused study is provided by regular timetabled seminars. Support for the research-based thesis is provided by individual supervision and regular timetabled seminars. Intake 5 PT. Closing date 20 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2040, PT overseas £6270. Funding Employer or self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Graduates take up roles as expert practitioners in public (NHS) and private health services, in both primary and secondary care. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329; Dr Cate Whittlesea, tel 020 7848 4796, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, cate.whittlesea@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/66

About the programme Purpose

To develop high-level research, enquiry and organisational change management skills, and provide an understanding of the nature of professionalism in the public sector. The programme is suitable for well-qualified pharmacists, in the primary care or hospital sector, who wish to pursue doctoral level studies. Description

Our programme comprises taught modules covering: Philosophical & Theoretical Perspectives of Healthcare; Methods of Inquiry; Advanced Research Methods; Specialist Portfolio (understanding and recognition of expert competencies); Organisational Development in the Public Sector. You will also undertake a service development project and submit a research-based thesis.

Format & assessment

Small group seminars assessed through course assignments (approximately 5,000 words); service development project (up to 15,000 words); and a research-based thesis. Academic supervision provided by a first and second supervisor. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two academics and you will be invited to attend an interview. You are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit; we aim to process complete applications in four weeks, but over holiday periods applications may take longer to process.

Research opportunities

Professor Peter Braude Preimplantation diagnosis of genetic disease; human stem cells. Dr Lucy Chappell Pre-eclampsia; hypertension in pregnancy; obstetric cholestastis; maternal medicine Dr Michael Christie Diabetes; autoimmunity; autoantigens; immunotherapy; pancreatic islet development and function. Professor Clive Coen Integrative neuroscience; neurobiology of reproduction and sociality; nutritional influences on reproductive physiology; programming for obesity. Professor Simon Howell Mechanism of insulin secretion; genetics of diabetes. Professor Peter Jones Regulation of pancreatic ß-cell function; generating ß-cells from stem cells. Dr Philip Marsh Beta cell development and function.

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Taught programmes

Taught master’s by research Molecular Biophysics MRes Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in physics, chemistry or biomedical science degree (with a substantial biophysics or biophysical chemistry component) or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT. Intake 10–15. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding Self-funded. Location Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics, Guy’s Campus. Student destinations PhD studies, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, cancer research, medicine, scientific administration within research councils and scientific publishing. Contact Academic Centre, Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6886, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/485

About the programme Purpose

Designed for outstanding graduates in the physical sciences (physics, chemistry, engineering and mathematics) who want to apply their knowledge to biological problems at research level. Through taught modules in biophysics and molecular biology, bioinformatics options and an extensive research project, the MRes provides excellent preparation for a PhD degree in biophysics. Equally, it provides a robust foundation for high level entry into industry where biophysics has applications ranging from drug formulation and delivery, structure-based drug discovery, and the development of medical and scientific imaging techniques. Description

The programme will provide a thorough exposure to practical biophysics research in the environment of a leading laboratory within a centre which has been at the forefront of biophysics research since its inception 60 years ago. Early successes

were the elucidation of the structure of DNA and the development of the sliding filament model of muscle. Recent breakthroughs have been in the areas of muscle and immunoglobulin function, molecular-tweezers development, cell motility, DNA recognition, and the development of new techniques in cellular microscopy. The research component of this MRes will be complemented by a series of in-depth modules in molecular biophysics and molecular biology. Format & assessment

Laboratory-based research project leading to a 6,000 word dissertation, presented as a seminar and examined by viva. The taught component of the programme is assessed by an in-depth dissertation on a subject chosen from a range of biophysical topics and an MCQ. Application procedure

You will be admitted on the basis of your academic ability with recommendations from your academic referees.

Taught programmes Analytical Science for Industry MSc Entry requirements Minimum second class degree (or equivalent) in chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacy or a related discipline. Equivalent qualifications from graduates of overseas universities, or equivalent institutions are also accepted subject to ratification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 5 FT, 5 PT. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding The majority of FT students are selffunded or have career development loans; PT students are generally funded by their employers. Location Waterloo Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations. Student destinations PhD, laboratory-based research careers, other science related careers. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/482

About the programme

Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by the Programme Director, who will consult To enable students to pursue careers other members of the academic staff in the pharmaceutical, environmental, involved in teaching the programme. biomedical and chemical fields. This We aim to process all applications within is achieved by providing them with a two to three weeks, following receipt thorough grounding in all aspects of of the required information. However, separation science and mass spectrometry between May and July, and during holiday together with a three-month internship in periods, applications may take longer to the field of their choice. process. You are welcome to telephone the Programme Director to discuss your Description application and/or arrange a visit to the Modules include: I. Principles of Analytical department. Science. II. Advanced Separation Science. III. Advanced Mass Spectrometry. IV. Novel and Emerging Technologies. V. Research Project. Purpose

Format & assessment

Assessment of each taught module (I to IV) comprises a written examination paper and coursework. At the end of each module, a three-hour examination is taken. Module V (Research Project) is judged on the basis of a thesis presented in mid-August. The final examination takes place in September.

poisoning and the laboratory investigation of suspected drug and alcohol abuse. Purpose Forensic toxicology, including investigation To provide graduates with a detailed of drug and alcohol related crimes and knowledge and understanding of the deaths, preparation of court reports and theory and practice of analytical toxicology evidence. Research project (four months). and its application to the best standards of Format & assessment clinical and forensic practice. Lectures; workshops and practical Description classes; each module assessed by written Modules will include: examination, multiple choice questions Theoretical basis of toxicology, including and coursework; project assessed by a the pharmacokinetics and metabolism of combination of written reports, poster drugs and important chemical poisons. presentation and viva. Laboratory techniques for the Application procedure measurement of drugs using modern You will be admitted on the basis of your methods of analysis such as gas and liquid academic ability, recommendations chromatography mass spectrometry. from referees and a successful telephone Practical classes in the extraction of drugs interview. and poisons and use of a wide range of analytical techniques. Clinical toxicology, including the diagnosis and management of

About the programme

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 40 approximately. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s and Waterloo campuses. Student destinations PhD, laboratory-based research career in academia or industry, other science related careers. Contact Graduate Office, Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6886, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/8

About the programme Purpose

To provide a thorough practical grounding in biomedical and molecular life sciences research, enabling you to specialise in a particular area for further study (PhD) or for employment in a research environment. Designed for students wishing to train for a research career.

Biomedical Science (lectures), Specialised Technique Workshops in Biomedical & Molecular Sciences, and a Research Project in Biomedical & Molecular Sciences. This is designed to equip students with practical experience and theoretical insight in this broad area as well as taking part in current research in their chosen field of specialisation. Format & assessment

Description

This programme provides a firm theoretical and practical training in specialist technical skills, and the opportunity to carry out an in-depth laboratory-based research project. The programme modules are: Advanced Biosciences Research Laboratory Techniques (laboratory-based), Topics in

A 10-week laboratory training period in research techniques and a lab-based research project based in a research team with an approved supervisor (equivalent to 50 per cent of the programme). Workshops in technical skills and lectures. Assessment by written exams, reports, research project and oral presentations. Application procedure

About the programme Purpose

About the programme

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in biochemistry, chemistry, pharmacy, forensic science or related discipline. Overseas applicants with an equivalent qualification are encouraged to apply. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 10 FT approximately. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160. Funding Contact School for details. Location Waterloo Campus. The research project may be undertaken in the UK or overseas. Student destinations Expected career paths include analytical and supervisory roles within government and private institutions. Contact Department of Forensic Science & Drug Monitoring, tel 020 7848 4848, fax 020 7848 4980, iat@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/529

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Analytical Toxicology (subject to approval) MSc

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Taught programmes

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English (subject to approval) Grad Dip The School of Biomedical & Health Sciences, together with the English Language Centre, are planning to run this programme from 2009. Please check the website for details.

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in Nutrition or an MSc in Nutrition. Applicants must be eligible for home fees status. Enrolment is dependent on satisfactory CRB clearance at the enhanced level and an Occupational Health check. Duration MSc: 22 months FT, September to June, Diploma: 17 months FT, September to February, including practical placements. Intake 14 FT. Closing date 15 January 2009. Tuition fees (2009) Paid by NHS (see funding). Funding The NHS pays the tuition fees of successful UK and EU applicants. UK students are also eligible to apply for means-tested bursaries to contribute to living costs. Location Waterloo Campus; placements in London. Student destinations Graduates frequently find work in the National Health Service (NHS) in hospital or community settings. Others are employed in academia, the food and pharmaceutical industries, consumer groups, research institutes, food retailers, government departments and agencies, or in food and health journalism. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4191, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/61

About the programme Accreditations

Successful completion of examinations and placements will make you eligible to apply for registration by the HPC (Health Professions Council) as a dietitian in the UK.

and the final placement by examinations. MSc students also complete a research project between January and July. Successful completion of examinations and placements will make you eligible to apply for registration as a UK dietitian. Format & assessment

To equip students with the knowledge, skill and professional attitudes required to practise as a state registered dietitian. For applicants with a BSc or MSc in Nutrition.

Core lectures; tutorials; interactive seminars; food service and diet therapy practicals; case study-based learning. Assessed by coursework, presentations, written examinations and portfolio-based placement assessment.

Description

Application procedure

Taught modules cover Diet Therapy, Principles of Clinical Science & Therapeutics, Health Promotion & Communication Studies, Professional Practice, Advanced Diet Therapy & Medicine, Food Service & Catering Management and Management Health & Social Policy. In addition you will undertake three practical placements: December to January (four weeks), May to July (12 weeks) and October to December (12 weeks). Your first two placements will be followed by a consolidation period

Your application will be assessed by two academics. We interview applicants. You are encouraged to attend our open days which usually take place in December.

Purpose

Drug Discovery Skills MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biomedical/life sciences or an overseas equivalent, with evidence of significant knowledge of pharmacology. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 15 FT. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £14100. Funding BBSRC/Industry studentships are available for UK students, providing a stipend and tuition fees. Bursaries are available for EU/ overseas students which cover tuition fees. Location Guy’s Campus and four months in industry. Student destinations Our graduates mainly gain employment in the pharmaceutical industry, or go on to study for a PhD. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6886, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, alan.gibson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/9

About the programme Purpose

To equip biomedical/life science graduate students with value-added skills which will enhance their understanding of, and technical expertise in, the drug discovery process. To enhance employability in the pharmaceutical industry. Description

Run by the Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics in conjunction with the pharmaceutical industry. Subjects covered include: target/lead identification, pre-clinical studies, clinical studies, regulatory affairs, intellectual property, and pharmacokinetics/metabolism. The programme consists of five main modules: Home Office Licence Course; Seminars in Drug Discovery; Case History of Drug Discovery; Core Skills in Drug Discovery; and a Research Project.

Format & assessment

Teaching methods: seminars, practicals, workshops; industry-based research project. Assessment: oral test/poster; essay; practical report; written exam; written diary; dissertation. Application procedure

You will be admitted on the basis of your academic ability together with recommendations from academic referees. We hold an annual open day which will provide you with an opportunity to view the facilities. We aim to process applications within two weeks, but overseas applications may take longer.

About the programme Purpose

To provide pharmacists and other chemical and life science graduates with scientific knowledge and expertise in the areas of drug metabolism and toxicology required for a career in the pharmaceutical industry, research institutes or regulatory authorities. Description

The programme provides an introduction to the principles of biopharmaceutics and pharmaceutical analysis, offering specialisation in the more biological aspects of the pharmaceutical sciences with an emphasis on drug metabolism and biochemical toxicology. The programme consists of four taught modules and a research project: Principles of Drug Delivery & Drug Disposition; Principles of Analytical Techniques, Numerical Methods & Regulatory Affairs; Drug Metabolism; Fundamental, Biochemical and Molecular Toxicology; Research Project (or a Critical Review of the Scientific Literature).

Format & assessment

Lectures; small group tutorials; laboratory classes; laboratory-based research project (or in some instances a critical review of the scientific literature); each taught module is assessed by a written examination (70 per cent) and coursework (30 per cent). Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by the Programme Director, who will consult other members of the academic staff involved in teaching the programme. We aim to process all applications within two to three weeks, following receipt of the required information. However, between May and July, and during holiday periods, applications may take longer to process. You are welcome to telephone the Programme Director to discuss your application and/or arrange a visit to the department.

Forensic Science MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or approved equivalent qualification) in chemistry, analytical chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology, biochemistry, molecular biology, or a combination thereof. A-level passes in Chemistry and Biology are required. Overseas applicants require equivalent qualifications. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 45 FT. Closing date 31 March. Early application is encouraged as places fill up quickly. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160. Funding Self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus for first two terms, placement in third term usually outside the College. Student destinations Most of our students go on to work in the forensic science sector or with crime scene departments of police forces. Some of our students go on to study for PhDs. Overseas students often get employment with their home forensic science laboratories. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/73

About the programme Purpose

To provide knowledge and understanding of the forensic process and of the analytical techniques (particularly chemistry and biology) used in the investigation of crime. For those wishing to pursue a career in forensic science or a related subject. Description

The MSc in Forensic Science at King’s was established in 1985, making it the longest running programme of its type in England. Studying here you will benefit from a programme devised and delivered by internationally leading researchers. A particular strength of the programme is the contribution from many forensic practitioners, enabling you to share in their expertise and experience. We also collaborate closely with the Metropolitan Police in both teaching and research. Taught modules cover: Principles of Forensic Science; Forensic Process; Drugs

& Toxicology; Forensic Biology and a 16-week research project in a forensic (or related) laboratory, usually in the UK, possibly in the EU or further afield. Format & assessment

Lectures; workshops and practical classes; each module assessed by examination, MCQ assessment and a piece of coursework; project assessed by literature review, journal article, poster presentation and mini-viva. Application procedure

Home student applications will be assessed after the closing date. Selected applicants will be called for interview (April - May). You are encouraged to attend our open days which usually take place in December. Overseas applications will be processed upon receipt, and places offered after successful telephone interview.

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacology or a related discipline or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Intake 20 (approximately 10 FT, 10 PT). Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding The majority of FT students are selffunded or have career development loans; PT students are generally funded by their employers. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Careers in regulatory affairs, clinical research, drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics departments in the pharmaceutical industries or government agencies. Some graduates will progress to research degree studies in related areas. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329; Pharmacy Department Administrator, tel 020 7848 4783, fax 020 7848 4800, pharmacy-admin@kcl.ac.uk, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/65

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Drug Metabolism & Toxicology (subject to approval) MSc

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Taught programmes

Human & Applied Physiology MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) in a biomedical or sport science related subject. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 12 FT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160. Funding This programme is currently supported by The Colt Foundation. All home/EU students on the programme will be awarded a bursary of £1,000 towards the cost of the tuition fees. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations. Student destinations Our graduates go on to careers in academic teaching and research, medicine, physiotherapy, health services, physical education, and research posts in industry or in Ministry of Defence Research Establishments. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363; Professor Stephen Harridge, Programme Co-ordinator, Department of Physiology, tel 020 7848 6164, postgrad-biomed@ kcl.ac.uk, s.harridge@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/445

About the programme Purpose

To equip graduate students in biomedical/ life science and sport science with valueadded knowledge and skills that will enhance their understanding and expertise in human physiology in its broadest sense. For careers in academic research/teaching, medicine, physiotherapy, health services, physical education, research posts in industry and Ministry of Defence Research Establishments. Description

Modules: Skeletal Muscle Function, Fatigue & Plasticity; Cardiovascular & Respiratory Physiology; Human Physiology in Extreme Environments; Key Topics in Human Performance in Health & Disease; library project; research project. The MSc provides a theoretical and practical basis for explaining the functioning of the muscular, respiratory and cardiovascular systems at rest and during exercise. This extends

to the effects of extreme environmental conditions on whole body physiology. Programme topics are studied from both systemic and cellular/molecular perspectives in order that students have a good understanding of the breadth of investigative approaches employed in human physiology research. Format & assessment

Five taught modules comprising lectures, tutorials, and seminars and a significant practical component. There is also a research project which makes up 30 per cent of the MSc. Assessment is through unseen written exams, written dissertations, practical write-ups and oral presentations. Application procedure

You will be admitted on the basis of your academic ability, together with recommendations from academic referees, and following an interview. We aim to process applications within two weeks, but overseas applications may take longer.

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in biological science, including components of biochemistry and physiology, or a registrable qualification in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. Equivalent overseas qualifications accepted. Duration MSc one year FT only, September to September; PG Dip eight months, FT. Intake MSc 25; PG Dip 10. Closing date 30 April 2009; early application is advised as this is a very popular programme. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160. Funding Self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Nutrition planning, teaching or research for health and education services, governmental organisations, the media and food industry. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4191, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/62

About the programme

Format & assessment

Lectures; weekly tutorials; interactive Purpose seminars; laboratory, statistics and The MSc is an intensive conversion computing practicals; research project programme intended primarily for (MSc only); attendance at research graduates in biological sciences or seminars encouraged. Assessment by medicine. The PG Dip is appropriate for written exams, essays, practical write-ups, those who wish to study for a shorter period problem sets, seminars and a project report. than the MSc, including those who need to update their knowledge and do not wish to Application procedure Your application will be assessed and a undertake a research project. Both aim to decision made primarily on the basis of provide you with a broad knowledge and your academic credentials. You may be understanding of nutrition and to develop called for interview. You are encouraged your scientific skills to graduate level. to attend our open days which usually take Description place in December. Core modules: Principles of Nutrition; Public Health Nutrition; Clinical Nutrition; Nutrition Research Skills; MSc Nutrition Project.

About the programme

an in-depth look at back pain. There is also a research module.

Purpose

To encourage innovation amongst interprofessional groups including clinical and health psychologists, medical practitioners, nurses, occupational therapists and physiotherapists, in the area of pain management, by enhancing an understanding of the theory and researchbased evidence that underpins practice.

Format & assessment

Description

Specialist taught modules and research project. Assessment is by written examination, researched essays, presentations and the research module is assessed by way of a 14,000-word dissertation. Application procedure

Taught modules include Neuroscience and Interdisciplinary Pain Management. Three further modules cover the clinical aspects of pain and consider a broad range of topics, including: the psychophysiology of pain; the roles of cognition, mental illness and higher centre constructs; the mechanisms, clinical presentation and management of pain; ethical issues; the role of the motor system in pain production and

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, biochemistry, chemistry or related discipline, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Intake 20 (approximately 10 FT, 10 PT). Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding Most FT students are self-funded or have career development loans. PT students are generally funded by employers. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Recent graduates have gone on to take PhD studies; to work in R&D laboratories in the pharmaceutical industry (including Pfizer, GSK and Novartis); or have taken up positions with regulatory agencies. Overseas students have returned to similar positions in their home countries. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329; Dr Alex Drake, Programme Director, tel 020 7848 4839, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, a.drake@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/67

Description

Four taught modules and a fifth project module: Principles of Drug Delivery and Disposition; Principles of Analytical Techniques, Numerical Methods & Regulatory Affairs; Advanced Spectroscopic, Instrumental, Chemical & Bioanalytical Techniques; Separation Science, Quality Control & Regulatory Matters; Research Project (or a Critical Review of Scientific Literature). Well-equipped laboratories allowing students ‘hands-on’ time for a range of modern techniques and instruments. Learning about Quality Assurance (QA), Quality Control (QC) and regulatory affairs. Extended project carried out in the laboratories of internationally-rated scientists. Format & assessment

Lectures; laboratory classes; tutorials; laboratory-based research project or dissertation; modules assessed by coursework and written examination. Application procedure

About the programme Purpose

To provide pharmacists and other chemical or related science graduates with the necessary knowledge and expertise in pharmaceutical analysis and the scientific principles underlying quality control for a career in the pharmaceutical industry, health service, research institutes or regulatory authorities. The programme is science-based concerned with the Quality Assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) of products as molecular entities.

Your application will be assessed by the Programme Director, who will consult other members of the academic staff involved in teaching the programme. Both home and overseas applicants may be called for interview. You are welcome to contact the Programme Director to arrange a visit.

I am a master’s student studying Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control. After graduation, I will commence my PhD study for which I was awarded an ORS scholarship and a King’s scholarship. This subject provides a broad depth of knowledge of spectroscopy, chromatography, quality control and quality assurance. Huiying Zhao (Student) Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 in a healthrelated BSc honours degree, a postgraduate diploma or a professional qualification equivalent to an honours degree plus appropriate experience or an equivalent overseas qualifications. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 10 FT, 10 PT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Our graduates have found that the programme has helped to advance their careers, expanding their current roles and prospects. Others have undertaken further graduate study, including PhD programmes. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/11

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Pain: Science & Society MSc

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Taught programmes

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemical engineering, chemistry or related relevant subject or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT; two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Intake 20 (approximately 12 FT, 8 PT). Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding FT self-funded, PT generally funded by their employers. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Recent graduates have found work in R&D laboratories at pharmaceutical companies including Pfizer, GSK and Novartis or positions in government regulatory agencies; overseas students have found similar positions in their home countries. Several MSc students have completed PhDs at King’s or elsewhere. Contact Academic Centre at the Waterloo Campus, tel 020 7848 4329; Dr Stuart Jones, Programme Director, tel 020 7848 4843, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, stuart.jones@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/68

About the programme Purpose

For pharmacists, chemists, chemical engineers and other science graduates contemplating a career, or currently employed, in the pharmaceutical industry, health service, research institutes or regulatory authorities. To prepare graduates for entry into a pharmaceutical sciences PhD programme. Description

The MSc provides an excellent grounding in pharmaceutical sciences, followed by specialisation in the design and development of drug delivery systems. It consists of four taught modules and a project: Principles of Drug Delivery & Disposition; Principles of Analytical Techniques, Numerical Methods, and Regulatory Affairs; Drug Delivery: Liquid Dosage Forms & Microbiology; Drug Delivery: Solid Dosage Forms; Research Project.

Format & assessment

Lectures; laboratory classes; tutorials; laboratory-based research project or dissertation; modules assessed by 30 per cent coursework, 70 per cent examination. Application procedure

Pharmacology MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc degree in a wide range of subjects (eg physiology, biochemistry, applied biology, molecular biology, biomedical science and similar) or first degrees in medicine, pharmacy or veterinary science or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 10 FT approximately. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s and St Thomas’ campuses; inflammation course either at University College London or Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Students go on to PhD research degrees or work in the pharmaceutical or research-related industry. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6886; Dr Reg Docherty, Programme Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 6193, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, reginald.docherty@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/12

About the programme Purpose

The programme provides training in the design and execution of practical approaches to the investigation of the mechanisms by which drugs act and includes taught components that provide a comprehensive pharmacology knowledge base. Description

The taught component of the programme includes a compulsory lecture-based module in systems and cellular pharmacology that is complemented by a laboratory-based practical module and optional lecture modules in cardiovascular pharmacology, neuropharmacology and the pharmacology of inflammation. Projectbased elements include a literature research module, a research design module and a laboratory-based practical research project. Format & assessment

Lectures and laboratory module with in-course assessment including a midsessional examination, research design project, literature survey, laboratory-based research project and final examination. Application procedure

You will be admitted on the basis of your academic ability together with recommendations from academic referees.

Once I became a pharmacologist the decision to work at King’s was easy because the pharmacology department here was, and remains, one of the best in the UK with stateof-the-art facilities and good ties with the pharmaceutical industry. We are committed to producing excellent graduates and the way in which our teaching and research is intertwined ensures our students are delivered a university education in pharmacology that I believe is second to none. Dr Ian McFadzean (Staff) Senior Lecturer in Pharmacology

Eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy.

integrates teaching and learning from core basic, psychological and social sciences with all physiotherapy practice modules. Further modules include Reflective Diary; Contemporary Clinical Practice & Professional Issues, Rehabilitation & Exercise, and a research project.

Purpose

Format & assessment

For science graduates wishing to become physiotherapists. This is not appropriate for holders of any UK or overseas physiotherapy/physical therapy qualifications.

Taught modules, research project, professional practice placements.

About the programme Accreditations

Application procedure

Interviews for selected applicants take place in March/April and applicants Description are expected to be available to attend. Clinically orientated with over the Incomplete written applications will not be minimum requirement of 1,000 hours considered. Selection for interview will be of professional practice and rigorous based on academic criteria and evidence complementary academic content. in the personal statement of understanding We combine a strong emphasis on scientific of the role and scope of physiotherapy research, evidence-based clinical practice in current healthcare and any relevant and critical and analytical learning. work experience or shadowing (see entry We aim to produce physiotherapists who requirements). are capable of working in the changing healthcare environment. The programme

Advanced (Neuromusculo-skeletal) Physiotherapy MSc Entry requirements Minimum second class honours degree in Physiotherapy or equivalent. Physiotherapists qualifying pre-1993 with a Diploma in Physiotherapy, two years post registration experience. Two years experience managing musculoskeletal problems. Registered with the HPC. Membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Duration One year FT, available PT, September to September. Intake 25. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding Self-funded or employer. Members can apply to the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy for a grant towards the costs. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Senior one, Band 7, extended scope practitioner, clinical specialist, consultant, lecturer, private practitioner, researcher. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363 or, for an informal chat about the programme, contact Iain Beith or Ann Thomson, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, iain.beith@kcl.ac.uk, ann.thomson@ucl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/479

About the programme Purpose

Application procedure

Your application will be assessed and a decision made on the basis of your academic credentials and clinical experience. If your application is suitable you will normally be called for interview. For applicants who graduated before 1991 with a Diploma in Physiotherapy, admission will include an essay to demonstrate appropriate CPD and evaluation will be contextualised at interview.

Taught modules on the following topics: Biomechanics & Musculoskeletal Tissues in Health, Disease, Sport and Performance; Muscle & Exercise; Neuroscience, Pain & Rehabilitation; Neuromusculo-skeletal Physiotherapy Skills; Clinical Education in Neuromusculo-skeletal Physiotherapy. Students will also undertake a research project. Format & assessment

Delivered by a combination of formal taught sessions, seminars, tutorials, prosections, practical skills, clinical placements and self directed learning. Assessment is by written assignments, written, practical and clinical examinations. The research project is presented to an invited audience.

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum high 2:1 first degree in biomedical sciences or relevant disciplines/ equivalent overseas qualifications plus a good A-level or equivalent profile; plus experience in statistics, research methods and/or a dissertation at BSc level; able to critically evaluate material and study independently. Duration Two years FT, September to September. Intake 20. Closing date 31 January 2009. Tuition fees (2009) Department of Health funded. Funding The Department of Health pays tuition fees for UK and EU students, and provides meanstested bursaries for UK students only. Location Guy’s Campus, with external professional clinical placements. Student destinations Predominantly physiotherapy but also: clinical research, sports, leisure and other graduate opportunities. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/13

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences

Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc

School of Biomedical & Health Sciences Taught programmes

Advanced (Sport & Performance) Physiotherapy MSc Entry requirements Minimum second class honours in Physiotherapy or equivalent. Physiotherapists qualifying pre-1993 with a Diploma in Physiotherapy, two years post-registration experience. Two years experience managing musculoskeletal problems. Registered with the HPC. Membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Duration One year FT, available PT, September to September. Intake 25. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5230, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2615, PT overseas £7580. Funding Self-funded or employer. Members can apply to the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy for a grant towards the costs. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Premier league sports, Royal Ballet, sports and injury clinics, Band 7, extended scope practitioner, clinical specialist, consultant, lecturer, private practitioner, researcher. Contact Academic Centre at the Guy’s Campus, tel 020 7848 6363 or, for an informal chat about the programme, contact Iain Beith or Ann Thomson, postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk, iain.beith@kcl.ac.uk, ann.thomson@ucl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/478

About the programme Purpose

To provide educational opportunities that will enable physiotherapists to develop the knowledge, research understanding, clinical, analytical and reasoning skills required for physiotherapy management within sports and performance medicine. Graduates can expect to move into specialist physiotherapy roles managing sports and performance injuries encompassing treatment and prevention. Graduates will develop the competencies, circumspection and team working to work at all levels of sports and performance; including premiership football, rugby union, national cricket, hockey and basketball, paralympic swimming, national junior judo, ballet, skiing plus county, university and club level sport eg rowing and tennis.

Format & assessment

Delivered by a combination of formal taught sessions, seminars, tutorials, prosections, practical skills, clinical placements and self-directed learning. Assessment is by written assignments, written, practical, and clinical examinations. The research project is presented to an invited audience. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed and a decision made on the basis of your academic credentials and clinical experience. If your application is suitable you will be called for interview. For applicants who graduated before 1991 with a Diploma in Physiotherapy admission will include an essay to demonstrate appropriate CPD and evaluation will be contextualised at interview.

Description

The programme consists of the following taught modules: Biomechanics & Neuromusculoskeletal Tissues in Health, Disease, Sport & Performance; Muscle & Exercise Physiology; Neuroscience, Pain & Rehabilitation; Advanced Physiotherapy Skills and Clinical Education in Sports Physiotherapy. Students will also undertake a research project.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter or broadly touch upon the area of health sciences:

Clinical Pedagogy MA, PG Dip, PG Cert (see page 261). Gerontology MRes, MSc (see page 244-5). Health & Society MSc, PG Dip (see page 226).

Health Promotion MSc, PG Dip (see page 226). Public Health MPH, MSc (see page 150). Public Policy MA (see page 251). Public Services Policy & Management MSc (see page 249).

Dental Institute

53 Research degrees 56 Taught programmes 63 Distance learning programmes

Dental Institute

Dental Institute Location Guy’s Campus, with some departments based at the King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Address The Academic Centre (Postgraduate), 2nd Floor, Henriette Raphael House, King’s College London, Guy’s Campus, London Bridge, London SE1 1UL Contact The Academic Centre (Postgraduate), tel 020 7848 6703, postgrad-dentistry@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/dentistry

Modern dental research and dental practice covers topics at the forefront of basic and clinical science. The Dental Institute is a leading international centre of excellence for teaching and research and is the only dental school in the UK with the highest possible national ratings for both research and teaching. As well as undertaking cutting-edge basic and clinical research, the Institute’s internationally renowned faculty provides a full range of graduate taught and research programmes.

We offer outstanding opportunities for graduate research in well-equipped clinics and laboratories, and an unparalleled range of taught graduate programmes. We are located on the Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill campuses, and benefit from association with the Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust. As a pioneer of e-learning in dentistry and a leading member of IVIDENT (International Virtual Dental School) we offer taught distance learning programmes that provide a flexible approach to learning. All students study in a friendly, relaxed environment with colleagues from a variety of national and ethnic backgrounds in internationally recognised research groups, so that they understand research methodology and address questions of fundamental importance to human, cellular and material science.

interaction with postdoctoral and other academic staff. Each research group runs a seminar programme and journal clubs, and students are encouraged to attend relevant national and international meetings. Dental Institute graduate research students have a high completion rate, and many go on to careers in research.

Research degrees

Graduate research students at the Dental Institute work on a wide variety of research topics, from aspects of clinical dentistry to projects in basic science that underpin dentistry. In each case students will be appointed supervisors at the cutting-edge of their fields. Research students belong to one of five cohesive research groups, which provide

Taught programmes

The Dental Institute offers a wide range of programmes at Diploma, MSc and MClinDent level, many appropriate for specialist training. The majority of the programmes are delivered at the Guy’s Campus although some are taught at King’s Denmark Hill Campus and our innovative distance learning programmes allow you to study from home. Clinical facilities are excellent as are the research laboratories for undertaking clinically-related projects. Programmes are based on small group teaching with personal contact with people who are excellent clinicians and world leaders in their field. There is a rich mix of ethnic diversity with UK, European and overseas students. Induction & training

Students on taught programmes attend a comprehensive generic induction programme of five days spread over the first five weeks that introduces them to clinical

governance in the UK and teaches them how to approach their master’s studies and dental research. Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other health Schools and have access to the Graduate School training programme. The Institute also runs its own structured graduate programme consisting of a tutorial course in cell and developmental biology, a techniques course and a high profile seminar series tailored to student need. The students organise their own science club and a monthly journal club. Funding

The Dental Institute funds some PhD students, and also has funding from Research Councils, the ORS awards schemes and charities. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. Facilities

The Institute has excellent research and clinical facilities funded by an ongoing programme of development funded from competitive outside sources. Each research group offers a wide range of modern techniques, equipment and facilities for the progressive student. There are numerous computer points to access online information services and systems that offers a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material.

Dental Institute

Research opportunities Dentistry (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score 5* (and 5* also in previous RAE). Research income In excess of £4m annually. Current number of academic staff Around 100

research-active. Current number of research students Over 60. Recent publications 230 publications in 2006

in refereed journals, including Science, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, specialist dental and leading subject journals. High profile reviews in Nature journals. Partner organisations King’s College Hospital NHS and Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust are close partner organisations.

About the programme Research within the Dental Institute is primarily organised through research groupings crossing the boundaries of traditional disciplines. Each research grouping consists of a number of research programmes: Biomaterials, Biomimetics & Biophotonics; Cell and Developmental Biology; Infection; Mucosal Biology; Oral Health, Workforce & Education.

I chose to study at King’s because they offered the possibility of doing a clinically-based PhD which benefits from a world renowned research environment. I truly enjoy living in London with all it has to offer, and being at King’s has given me the chance to project my research at national and international levels. Jose Rodriguez (Student), Dentistry PhD

Training

In addition to the requirements of the Graduate School, research students have to attend the Graduate Research Day and give presentations in their second and final years. Application procedure

Research groups in Dentistry There are full details of these groups on our website. Biomaterials, Biomimetics & Biophotonics Contact Professor Tim Watson, Conservative Dentistry, tel 020 7188 3874/1583, timothy.f.watson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/140

Infection Contact Professor William Wade, Microbiology, tel 020 7188 3872, fax 020 7188 3871, william.wade@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/139

Cell & Developmental Biology Contact Professor Paul T Sharpe, Craniofacial Development, tel 020 7188 1806, fax 020 7188 1674, paul.sharpe@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/142

Mucosal Biology & Disease Contact Professor Stephen Challacombe, Oral Medicine & Pathology, tel 020 7188 4374, fax 020 7188 4375, stephen.challacombe@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/138

Oral Health, Workforce & Education Contact Professor Tim Newton, Oral Health Services Research & Dental Public Health, tel 020 3299 3481, fax 020 3299 3409, tim.newton@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/141

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Tim Watson. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent. Duration Expected to be: Three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. Intake Approximately 15–20 FT, 2–4 PT per annum start each year but no fixed rate. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before your proposed starting date. Funding A small number of studentships for specific named projects, funded by external funding agencies such as the Research Councils, charitable bodies or directly by the Institute, are usually available (see applications procedure for details). The studentships usually provide for a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Other than this, the division does not directly fund studentships and other applicants will be expected to be self-funded through a personal scholarship or through private means. Some funding may be available through the Graduate School. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s or King’s Denmark Hill Campus depending where supervisor is based. Contact The head of the relevant research group, Alistair Lax, alistair.lax@kcl.ac.uk, or Tim Watson, timothy.f.watson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/54

Dental Institute Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Biomaterials, Biomimetics & Biophotonics Professor David Bartlett Aetiology (gastric and dietary) measurement and prevention of tooth wear. Professor Robert Clark Biomaterials. Dr Richard Cook Oral diagnostics and biomaterials, developing in-vivo imaging including confocal optics. Dr Trevor Coward Applying spectrophotometry in colour technology to determine skin shades for various populations. Dr Richard Curtis Implant manufacture; 3D reconstruction; process simulation; zirconia restorations; mechanical testing of implants. Dr Sanjukta Deb Composites for hard and soft tissue replacement. Dr Lucy Di Silvio Tissue engineering; stem cell approaches for tissue regeneration; biocompatibility of materials. Dr Michael Fenlon Biomaterials; dental implants; quality of life, rehabilitation of head and neck cancer patients. Dr Frederic Festy Biophotonics; Raman spectroscopy; tissue imaging; fluorescence lifetime; surface plasmon; optical diagnostic; proteomics. Dr Richard Foxton Adhesives research and cements for crown and bridge applications. Dr Nicholas Hodson Salivary gland physiology and reflex response to different stimuli; taste; musculoskeletal pain. Dr Francesco Mannocci Endodontology and restorative techniques; tooth restoration interfaces dental tissues and restorative materials. Dr Brian J Millar Elastomeric impression materials; glass ionomers; resin bonded restorations; ceramic inlays; adhesive dentistry. Dr Rebecca Moazzez Toothwear (gastrointestinal reflux disease); clinical trials. Dr Suk Yee Ng Tetrahertz imaging of oral tissues, including malignancy and premalignancy. Dr David Radford Properties of materials used in prosthodontics and the effect on biofilms. Dr Martyn Sherriff Anaerobic adhesives; analysis of failure; statistical analysis of complex linked datasets. Professor Tim Watson Diagnosis of caries and toothwear; operative dentistry; adhesive materials interfaces; confocal microscopy. Dr Mark Woolford Clinical trials involving restorative dental materials, in particular ceramics; education research. Cell & Developmental Biology Dr Albert Basson Intracellular signalling pathways; sprouty genes; cerebellum and pharyngeal pouch morphogenesis; thymus organogenesis. Dr Martyn Cobourne Molecular mechanisms underlying early craniofacial development. Dr Michael Depew Craniogenesis – the development and evolution of the vertebrate skull.

Dr Kathy Derringer Growth factors in human dental pulp. Dr Susanne Dietrich Muscle development. Professor Philippa Francis-West Growth factor signalling during development and disease. Dr Jeremy Green Molecular signals controlling cell polarity and spatial organisation in embryonic development. Dr Agi (Agamemnon) Grigoriadis Bone; cartilage; development; cancer; stem cells; oncogenes; Rho GTPases; signalling; growth factors. Dr Peter Hill Proteinases in normal and pathological bone remodelling. Professor Alistair Lax Bacterial toxins that interfere with cellular signalling; cellular microbiology; bacteria and cancer. Dr Forrest Liu In-depth study of mouse gene targeting methodologies and embryonic developmental abnormalities. Dr Karen Liu Signal transduction in developmental biology; small molecules; post-translational control. Professor Fraser McDonald Osteoblast biology and intracellular signalling. Professor Moya Meredith Smith Vertebrate dentitions comparative development; vertebrate palaeontology; evolution and development dentitions; skeletal evolution. Dr Isabelle Miletich Signalling pathways regulating salivary gland formation in embryonic development. Dr Atsushi Ohazama Small RNA in facial and tooth development. Professor Paul T Sharpe Molecular control of tooth development/tissue engineering. Dr Andrea Streit Sensory nervous system; ear; eye; olfactory epithelium; sensory placodes; neurogenesis. Professor Mahvesh Tavassoli Control of apoptosis. Dr Bethan Thomas Dlx genes: regulation and roles in the development of the first branchial arch. Dr Abigail Tucker Patterning of the branchial arches and development of the head. Infection Dr Avijit Banerjee Cariology – minimally invasive dentistry – pathology; microscopy; operative management techniques; dental adhesives; clinical trials. Professor David Beighton Microbiology of dental caries and microbial survival in the oral biofilm. Dr Veronica Booth Microbiology and immunology in periodontal disease. Dr Marc Dionne Biology of infection; innate immunity; bacterial pathogenesis; metabolic regulation; Drosophila. Dr Adam Hasan Immune responses to heat shock proteins in oral and systemic disease. Dr Karen Homer Proteomics and mass spectrometry; bacterial physiology.

Dr Marie Therese Hosey Paediatric dental sedation; paediatric dental services for children with special needs. Professor Arthur Hosie Molecular biology of transport proteins in oral bacteria - physiology and pathogenesis. Dr Mark Ide Periodontitis, systemic health and inflammation; genetics of periodontitis; periimplant disease. Professor Richard M Palmer Periodontal disease and osseointegrated dental implants. Professor Graham Roberts Odontogenic bacteraemia; assessment of tooth development; dental management in paediatric chronic disorders. Dr Evelyn Sheehy Paediatric dentistry; cariology and oral microbiology, dentoalveolar injuries in children and adolescents. Dr Mena (Menaka) Soory Bioactive agents and tissue repair; therapeutic markers in periodontal and allied diseases. Professor William Wade Molecular microbial ecology; bacterial systematics; antimicrobial development, evaluation and resistance mechanisms. Dr Ronald F Wilson Laboratory and clinical research study methods, statistical analysis. Dr Ann Wood Methylotrophic bacteria: roles in mouth and foot odour, periodontitis, and bacterial vaginosis. Mucosal Biology & Disease Dr Guy Carpenter Human and rat salivary protein (especially iGA) secretion in health and disease. Professor Stephen J Challacombe Proteases of candida albicans; oral manifestations in HIV infection; oral mucosal immunity. Dr Michael Escudier Salivary gland and oral mucosal disease. Dr Josiah Eyeson Chemoprevention in oral dysplasia; mucosal tissue engineering. Dr John Harrison Salivary glands in health and disease. Professor Juraj Ivanyi Passive antibody immunotherapy of tuberculosis. Professor Charles Kelly Mucosal infections: pathogenesis and prevention; HIV microbicides. Professor Tom Lehner HIV; mucosal immunity; heat shock proteins; peptides; Behcet’s disease; vaccines; chemokine receptors. Professor Mark McGurk Diagnosis, profiling and care of oral carcinoma and dysplasia; sialolithiasis. Professor Peter R Morgan Expression and regulation of human cytokeratin genes, oral epithelial dysplasia and malignancy. Dr Julian Naglik Host-Candida interactions at epithelial surfaces: fungal pathogenicity versus innate immunity. Dr Rose Ngu Head and neck radiology including CBCT and ultrasound; thyroid, salivary gland diseases and minimal salivary gland intervention technique.

Oral Health, Workforce & Education Dr Koula Asimakopoulou Health psychology; diabetes; empowerment; adherence; understanding of risk; patient-provider communication. Professor Raman Bedi Child oral health; dental public policy; oral health inequalities.

Dr Jacqueline Brown Salivary gland imaging; ultrasound imaging of head and neck. Dr Lyndon Cabot Education and the development of professional expertise. Professor Margaret Cox IT in education; haptics for teaching dentistry; researching IT in education. Dr Nora Donaldson Biostatistics in dentistry; health services research; sequential designs, longitudinal, multilevel, propensity modelling. Professor Stephen Dunne Clinical trials, educational research. Dr Janice Fiske Emotional effects of tooth loss; acupuncture; prison oral health; special care dentistry. Dr Jennifer Gallagher Health services research including modernising the dental workforce and service delivery. Professor Tim Newton The role of thoughts and behaviour in oral health and disease.

Professor Tara Renton Orofacial pain; trigeminal nerve injury; oral surgery, stem cell, neuroscience. Professor Patricia Reynolds ICT in education research; flexible learning including e-learning and blended learning. Dr Sasha Scambler Ageing and oral health; chronic illness and disability theory. Dr Suzanne Scott Health psychology; symptom perception; help-seeking behaviour; psychoneuroimmunology; palliative care. Professor Kasturi (Saman) Warnakulasuriya Epidemiology; natural history; screening and molecular markers of oral cancer and pre-cancer. Mr Eric Whaites Radiation protection and education in dental radiology. Professor Nairn Wilson Dental education; clinical testing/outcomes; CADCAM.

Dental Institute

Professor Edward Odell Oral cancer and premalignancy, head and neck cancer. Professor Maxine Partridge Oral, head and neck cancer research; novel treatments for residual cancer. Professor Gordon Proctor Salivary glands and saliva in health and disease. Dr Jane Setterfield Immunobullous disorders and lichen planus. Dr Penelope (Pepe) Shirlaw Sjögren’s syndrome and oral mucosal disease.

Research opportunities

Dental Institute Taught programmes

Taught programmes – MClinDent Endodontology MClinDent Entry requirements Minimum of three years’ post-qualification experience in clinical dentistry. UK applicants: the possession of the FDS, MFDS or MJDF diploma is desirable. Applicants must also have a focused interest in endodontology, an appreciation of the need for lifelong learning, and the need to apply advances in relevant knowledge. Duration Three years five days per week or four years three days per week, October to September. Intake 4. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £9300 per annum four years, three days per week, FT home/EU £12400 per annum three years, five days per week, FT overseas £30300. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Generally practice limited to endodontics. Contact Dr Francesco Mannocci, tel 020 7188 3874, francesco.mannocci@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/38

About the programme Accreditations

The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Purpose

For qualified dentists wanting to extend their knowledge and clinical practice in endodontology. The programme has formal recognition for part of UK specialist

training. To provide extensive contemporary knowledge in endodontology, to attain clinical proficiency in endodontics to recognised specialist level, to relate endodontic care to other aspects of restorative dentistry, and to learn research methodology. Description

Nine core modules: Part 1: Science of Endodontology; Part 2: Clinical Endodontology; Part 3: Endodontology & Restorative Dentistry; Part 4a: Complex Applied Clinical Cases 1; Part 4b: Complex Applied Clinical Cases with Restorative Dentistry; Part 5a: Applied Clinical Cases; Part 5b: Applied Clinical Cases with Persisting Disease; Part 6: Endodontology Clinical; Part 7: Endodontology Research. Format & assessment

Taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of endodontology, examined by written exam; clinical modules, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

A shortlist of candidates will be interviewed. You should bring to interview a portfolio of clinical dentistry to demonstrate your clinical skills. Interviews are normally held during February. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications.

I am thrilled to be able to rub shoulders with the foremost experts in the field and learn from very experienced, yet approachable consultants who constantly encourage me to think ‘outside the box’. The support system is phenomenal and I’ve really enjoyed the team spirit and camaraderie which exists among the graduates. Shalini Kanagasingam (Student), Endodontology MClinDent

Oral Surgery MClinDent Entry requirements Minimum of two years’ postqualification experience in clinical dentistry, with a minimum of one year of oral surgery experience. Possession of the FDS, MFDS or MJDF diploma is desirable. Applicants must also have a focused interest in oral surgery and an appreciation of the need for lifelong learning. Duration Three years FT, five days per week, October to September. Intake Two per year. Closing date Please see application procedure section for details. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £12400, FT overseas £30300. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill campuses; Eastman Dental Institute. Student destinations Graduates use the programme for career development. Contact Dr Louis McArdle, Oral Surgery, tel 020 7188 1810, louis.mcardle@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/50

About the programme Accreditations

An application to the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh for approval of the 56

programme for award of the Membership in Part 8(b ): Advanced Applied Clinical Oral Surgery diploma after completion of Oral Surgery Care 2; Part 9: Oral Surgery specialist training is pending. Research. Purpose

Format & assessment

For qualified dentists wanting to extend their knowledge and clinical practice in oral surgery. To fulfil the requirements for higher specialist training in oral surgery and prepare the student for the membership in oral surgery examination of the appropriate Royal College, acquisition of the CCST and entry onto the GDC’s specialist list in oral surgery. Provides concise theoretical and practical understanding of oral surgery and its relation to other dental specialities. To provide academic skills in clinical research and clinical audit.

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of oral surgery, examined by written examination; clinical modules, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project.

Description

Ten core modules, as follows: Part 1: Basic Medical Sciences in Oral Surgery; Part 2: Oral Surgery; Part 3: Anaesthesia and Sedation; Part 4: Applied Clinical Oral Surgery Care; Part 5: Radiology; Part 6: Oral Medicine; Part 7: Oral Implantology & Bone Grafting; Part 8(a): Advanced Applied Clinical Oral Surgery Care 1;

Application procedure

Selection for this programme is linked to the selection process for the Specialist Registrar training posts in oral surgery. Applicants, therefore, should respond to the advertisement placed in the British Dental Journal when advertised. Direct applications for the MClinDent will not be considered. If shortlisted for the specialist training programme in Oral Surgery, you will be interviewed.

About the programme Accreditations

The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Purpose

For practitioners with minimum two years’ general professional training wishing to specialise in periodontics. Part of an SACapproved programme of specialist training for those who have a specialist training number (see entry requirements). For those not part of an SAC-approved programme of specialist training it provides relevant and appropriate education and training in periodontology with greater depth of knowledge and clinical skills than is required for general practice. Description

Ten core modules, as follows: Part 1: Scientific Basis of Periodontology; Part 2: Critical Evaluation of Periodontology; Part 3: Advanced Periodontology; Part 4a: Clinical Cases 1; Part 4b: Clinical Cases 2; Part 5a: Advanced Clinical Cases 1; Part

5b: Advanced Clinical Cases 2; Part 6a: Diagnosis and treatment planning; Part 6b: Advanced Diagnosis & Treatment Planning; Part 7: Periodontology Research. Format & assessment

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of periodontology, examined by written exam; clinical modules, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

We give preference to candidates applying for the MClinDent, with specialist training. All candidates satisfying the entry requirements will be interviewed. We shortlist in February and interview in February/March depending on availability. Final decisions are notified within two weeks of interview. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Prosthodontics MClinDent Entry requirements EU applicants must have a dental qualification and meet requirements for entry to recognised specialist training. For UK applicants, the FDS, MFDS or MJDF diploma is desirable. Overseas applicants should have a dental qualification and at least two years’ graduate experience. Duration Three years five days per week or four years three days per week, October to September. Intake Maximum 6 per year. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £9300, FT overseas £30300. Funding Self-funded. Location Principally Guy’s Campus; also St Thomas’ Campus. Student destinations Overseas graduates return to their home country. Those on specialist training work in the UK in private practice. Contact Dr Michael R Fenlon, tel 020 7188 7479, michael.fenlon@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/47

About the programme Accreditations

The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training.

Format & assessment

Taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of prosthodontics, examined by written exam; clinical modules, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project.

Purpose

To produce a highly knowledgeable professional in prosthodontics at master’s level. Further, the aim is to produce a dentist proficient and skilful in prosthodontics and related areas of restorative dentistry. The programme has formal recognition as part of uk specialist training. Description

Core modules, as follows: Science of Prosthodontics; Prosthodontics & Restorative Dentistry; Complex Applied Clinical Cases 1; Complex Applied Clinical Cases 2; Applied Clinical Cases 1; Applied Clinical Cases 2; Prosthodontics Clinical; Prosthodontics Research.

Application procedure

We shortlist in the month following the closing date. Interviews normally held in the following month when potential students are in the UK and, in any case, will be completed within three months of the closing date. We interview all shortlisted candidates, even those from overseas. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Taught programmes

Entry requirements A dental qualification plus a minimum of two years’ practice of dentistry. For UK applicants, the possession of the FDS, MFDS or MJDF diploma is desirable. To undertake UK specialist training, you must acquire a training number before starting the complete programme of MClinDent in Periodontology. Duration Three years five days per week or four years three days per week, October to September. Intake 2–5. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £9300, FT overseas £30300. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Overseas graduates return to their home countries to set up limited practice of periodontology. Contact Dr T Watts, tel 020 7188 4945, trevor.watts@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/44

Dental Institute

Periodontology MClinDent

Dental Institute Taught programmes

Taught programmes – MSc & PG Dip Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip Entry requirements A dental qualification with eligibility for registration with the GDC. Applicants should demonstrate a focused interest in conscious sedation and be able to practice sedation in the place of work. Duration Nine months, January to September. Intake Up to 12. Closing date 30 September 2008 for January 2009 entry; 30 September 2009 for January 2010 entry. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £7630. Funding Those working in the community dental service are usually funded by their Trust. Those in general practice are usually self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Students use the programme for career progression. Contact Dr Ellie Heidari, tel 020 7188 6076, ellie.heidari@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/30

About the programme Purpose

For dentists already engaged in the provision of sedation for dentistry, or planning to develop a service, as well as those involved in teaching conscious sedation techniques. To provide practitioners with the knowledge and skills to use a wide range of conscious sedation techniques with confidence and safety. Description

You will study applied basic sciences, intravenous sedation techniques, inhalation sedation techniques and management of complications; a programme of selfdirected learning; a research, audit, epidemiological or case-study-based project report; and a minimum of 40 sessions of supervised clinical practice. Three core modules: Science of Conscious Sedation; Clinical Conscious Sedation; Conscious Sedation for Dentistry Research. Format & assessment

Scientific Basis of Conscious Sedation examined by written and MCQ examination; Clinical Conscious Sedation, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and unseen patients, practical or oral exam; research project; attendance at Guy’s Campus one day per week. Application procedure

We shortlist by the middle of October and interview in the first two weeks of November. Applicants are informed within a few days. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

The Department of Sedation and Special Care Dentistry provides a stimulating environment in which graduate students can gain experience and enhance their confidence. For me, the most rewarding aspect of the programme is its unique patientcentred approach and encouragement to the candidates to carry out research. Some have already been published. It is enjoyable to see candidates gain confidence and skills by the end of the programme. Ellie Heidari (Staff) Course Organiser, Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip

About the programme Purpose

To help students understand the oral health needs and demands of their communities and to plan appropriate services.

be invited to participate in an interview (telephone for overseas candidates) with two members of the academic department. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Description

Subjects covered include major health problems and current public health measures, epidemiology, prevention and control of oral and dental diseases, health education, and social and behavioural sciences. Four core modules: Part 1: Science of Dental Public Health; Part 2: Applied Dental Public Health; Part 3: Dental Public Health Practical; Part 4: Dental Public Health Research. Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum second class honours in a relevant subject plus an interest in the following in Section 8 of the application form: dental public health, community dentistry, preventive programmes, health promotion, special needs care. Evidence of experience of research, report writing or relevant knowledge are desirable. Duration One year five days per week, or two years three days per week, October to September. Intake 4–8 per annum. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5100 (half this per year if taking over two years), FT overseas £15160 (half this per year if taking over two years). Funding Overseas students apply for scholarships from the World Health Organisation, or the British Council or the Association of Commonwealth Universities. Overseas applicants must apply in their own countries to the appropriate organisation. Home students are usually self-funded or sponsored by their employing organisation. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations UK graduates: consultants in dental public health, directors of community dental services, PhD studies and senior academics in universities. Overseas graduates: directors of community dental services, senior academics in universities which included setting up departments of dental public health. Contact Dr Blanaid Daly, tel 020 7346 3022, jane.elliott@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/33

Format & assessment

Modular programme consisting of 180 credits, as follows: two taught modules, assessed by written examination; one practical module, involving written, practical and oral examinations; one research module, involving the submission of a research project report including a literature review. Application procedure

Interviews are held with potential students as soon as possible after the application is received by the department. You will

Experimental Oral Medicine MSc Entry requirements A dental or medical qualification. Applicants must demonstrate a focused interest in oral medicine and an appreciation of the need for lifelong learning, and the need to apply advances in relevant knowledge. Duration One year five days per week, or two years three days per week, October to September. Intake 3. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £14530 for one year, £7530 per year over two years, FT overseas £30300 for one year, £15160 per year over two years. Funding Students are self-funded or supported by their own home institution. Location Mainly Guy’s Campus, some sessions at King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Graduates have largely stayed within oral medicine or its affiliated disciplines, either as academics or clinicians both in the UK and abroad. Some have gone on to do a PhD. Contact Professor Saman Warnakulasuriya, tel 020 3299 2430, fax 020 3299 3624, postgrad-dentistry@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/39

About the programme Purpose

For clinicians wanting to increase their research and clinical experience in the medical management of oral disorders. To

Dental Institute

Dental Public Health MSc

produce self-motivated, knowledgeable, proficient oral physicians able to analyse the literature critically and understand a range of relevant research methods. Particularly appealing to those wishing to pursue an academic career, or PhD. Description

Four core modules: Part 1: Science of Experimental Oral Medicine; Part 2: Clinical Experimental Oral Medicine Theory; Part 3: Clinical Oral Medicine Skills; Part 4: Research. Format & assessment

Taught module on the scientific and clinical basis of Experimental Oral Medicine, examined by written exam; a clinical module involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

Shortlisting within two weeks of the closing date. The interviews are scheduled for when the overseas students are in the UK. All shortlisted candidates will be interviewed, although in exceptional circumstances a phone interview may be arranged. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications.

I believe that my strong commitment to research and to the aims of the King’s College London Dental Institute, plus my belief in its excellence and relevance to clinical management, will provide any trainee joining the MSc programme in Experimental Oral Medicine with a strong foundation for receiving lifelong learning. Saman Warnakulasuriya (Staff), Oral Medicine

Dental Institute Taught programmes

Implant Dentistry MSc Entry requirements A dental qualification and further experience in restorative dentistry or oral surgery. Duration Two years, October to September. Intake Four students, intake every other year. Next intake 2009. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £11200, FT overseas £18500. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations The final destination of students is to private dental practice. One past student is employed as a clinician within the Trust and is nearing completion of a PhD. Contact Professor R M Palmer, tel 020 7188 4940, fax 020 7188 1606, linda.watt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/40

About the programme Purpose

For qualified dentists interested in the use of implant-retained prostheses who can demonstrate appropriate baseline knowledge and skills in restorative dentistry or oral surgery, particularly those with advanced skills in restorative dentistry. To provide a sound academic basis and high quality practical training in the planning, provision and maintenance of implants and implant-retained prostheses. Description

Four core modules: Science of Implant Dentistry; Clinical Implant Dentistry; Implant Dentistry Clinical; Implant Dentistry Research.

Format & assessment

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of Implant Dentistry, examined by written examination, a clinical module involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

Applicants who are shortlisted will be interviewed. We shortlist within one month of the closing date, interviews will be completed by 31 March and applicants notified shortly afterwards. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc Entry requirements UK applicants: Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or a degree in Dental Technology with two years’ post-qualification technical experience. Overseas applicants: a dental technology qualification and at least two years’ graduate experience. Duration Two years (one day distance learning, two days at College). Intake Maximum 5. Closing date 31 December 2008. Applications are requested following advertisements placed in the Dental Technician, Institute of Maxillofacial Technology Journal. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7530, FT overseas £15160. Funding Self-funded. Location Principally at King’s Denmark Hill Campus; also Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Graduates will be capable of assuming a more responsible position within the field of Maxillofacial Technology. Additionally, graduates will be able to offer experience in advanced technologies and assist in the management of research projects. Contact Dr Trevor Coward, tel 020 7346 3594, trevor.coward@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/436

About the programme Purpose

For both overseas and UK applicants the programme provides training to a specialist level in maxillofacial and craniofacial technology. Description

Four core modules, as follows: Science of Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology; Clinical Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology; Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology Clinical; Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology Research. Format & assessment

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of maxillofacial and craniofacial technology, examined by written exam; a clinical module involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies, a clinical technical log and oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

We shortlist in the month following the closing date. Interviews will normally be held in the following month, when students are in the UK and, in any case, will be completed within three months of the closing date. We prefer to interview all candidates in person, even those from overseas, when possible. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

This programme permits students to attend multidisciplinary team meetings and attend follow-up sessions, including theatre and clinical rehabilitation of the patient. It utilises the combined services of Guy’s and St Thomas’ Foundation Trust and King’s College Hospital Foundation Trust, providing an ideal clinical base that offers excellent educational opportunities. Dr Trevor Coward (Staff), Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

About the programme

Format & assessment

The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh and the Inter-Collegiate Board of the English and Glasgow Royal Surgical Colleges have approved the programme for award of the MOrth diploma after completion of specialist training.

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of Orthodontics, examined by written exam; a clinical module, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project.

Purpose

Application procedure

For dentists on a three-year Specialist Advisory Committee (SAC) - approved training programme in orthodontics preparing for the MOrth examination of one of the Surgical Royal Colleges. To provide a sound academic basis for orthodontic practice.

Home/EU students apply separately through the London Deanery. For overseas students, the closing date is 31 December with shortlisting by the end of February. Interviews (if necessary) are held when potential students are in the UK during the year and by 30 April. We interview all suitable applicants. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Accreditations

Description

Four core modules, as follows: Part 1: Science of Orthodontics; Part 2: Clinical Orthodontics; Part 3: Orthodontics Clinical; Part 4: Orthodontics Research.

Paediatric Dentistry MSc Entry requirements You should have a minimum of two years’ broad-based, post-registration experience in clinical dental practice. For UK applicants, the possession of the FDS, MFDS or MJDF diploma is desirable. Applicants must also have a special interest in paediatric dentistry. Duration Two years, five days per week, October to September. Intake 3–4. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £9300, FT overseas £30300. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations The majority of overseas graduates return to their own country to set up limited practice of paediatric dentistry. Home students use this programme for career progression in the UK. Contact Professor Marie Therese Hosey, tel 020 3299 4078, m.t.hosey@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/43

About the programme Purpose

For dentists who wish to practise and specialise in the area of paediatric dentistry. To produce graduates confident and competent in all areas of paediatric dentistry relevant to the growing and developing child, and in treating patients with special needs. To produce paediatric dentists who can carry out scientific research. Description

Four core modules as follows: Part 1: Science of Paediatric Dentistry; Part 2: Clinical Paediatric Dentistry; Part 3: Paediatric Dentistry Clinical; Part 4: Paediatric Dentistry Research.

Format & assessment

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of paediatric dentistry, examined by written exam; a clinical module, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

Shortlisted candidates are usually interviewed in the month after the closing date. We interview all those who fulfil the entry requirements. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Taught programmes

Entry requirements A dental qualification. Candidates should have been qualified for at least two years and completed general professional training. For UK applicants, the possession of the FDS, MFDS or MJDF diploma is desirable. Applicants must also have a focused interest in orthodontics. Duration Three years FT, October to September. Intake 8 UK/EEA, 5 overseas. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £9300, FT overseas £30300. Funding UK/EEA trainees appointed as specialist registrars will receive an SpR salary for each of the three years. Others are self-funded. Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students use this programme for career development. Contact Professor Fraser McDonald, tel 020 7188 4415, fax 020 7188 4415, fraser.mcdonald@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/42

Dental Institute

Orthodontics MSc

Dental Institute Taught programmes

Prosthetic Dentistry MSc Entry requirements A dental qualification and further post-qualification experience in restorative dentistry of at least one year. Applicants should be able to show how the degree will fit into their career plan and demonstrate a focused interest in removable prosthodontics. Duration One year five days per week, or two years three days per week, October to September. Intake 2–5. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £14530 (over one year) or £7530 per annum (over two years), FT overseas £28500 (over one year) or £14320 per annum (over two years). Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Students usually set up limited practice of prosthetic dentistry and are leaders in their field in their home country although increasingly, graduates are seeking work within the UK in hospital sector or general dental practice. Contact Dr David Radford, tel 020 7188 1856, fax 020 7188 1606, david.radford@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/46

About the programme Purpose

For qualified dentists with broadly based clinical skills and an interest in removable prosthodontics wishing to improve their understanding of the subject and the outcome of treatments they provide. To provide understanding of the basic principles of the discipline and their use in developing treatment planning, clinical practice and team working with the dental technologist. To develop a critical appreciation of the relevant literature and give an introduction to research methodology. Description

Four core modules as follows: Science of Prosthetic Dentistry; Clinical Prosthetic Dentistry; Prosthetic Dentistry Clinical; Prosthetic Dentistry Research.

Format & assessment

Modular programme comprising taught modules covering scientific and clinical basis of prosthetic dentistry, examined by written exam; clinical modules, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated and untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

Please submit any additional information to the application form in a CV. We normally shortlist by the end of February. You will be interviewed if you are shortlisted. Interviews are held in the UK during the month of April. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Sedation & Special Care Dentistry MSc Entry requirements A dental qualification and an academic research interest in caring for patients with disabilities and special needs including dental anxiety. Duration Two years three days per week, October to September. Intake Four every two years; next intake October 2009. Closing date 31 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7530, FT overseas £14320. Funding Those working in the community dental service may be funded by their Trust. Those in general practice are usually self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Graduates have continued their chosen career pathway at senior level posts. Some have combined this with part-time work in the hospital service, academic and teaching posts. Contact Dr Sobia Rafique, tel 020 7188 6076, fax 020 7188 1885/6, sobia.rafique@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/49

About the programme Purpose

For clinicians working in general practice, community, hospital and/or university departments who wish to become leaders in this area of dental care. To increase knowledge about dental care for individuals with special needs and the impact of providing this service for the community. Description

Four core modules as follows: Science of Sedation & Special Care Dentistry; Clinical Sedation & Special Care Dentistry; Sedation & Special Care Dentistry Clinical; Sedation & Special Care Dentistry Research. Format & assessment

Modular programme comprising taught modules on scientific and clinical basis of sedation and special care dentistry, examined by written exam; clinical module, involving supervised clinical practice and examined by case studies on treated/untreated patients, practical or oral exam; a research project. Application procedure

We shortlist in February and interview in March or April; offers are sent out by the end of April. Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available.

Having completed the programme myself, I obtained a Senior Dental Officer post in the community dental service and am now a Senior Clinical Teacher within the department. For me, the most rewarding aspect of the programme is its unique holistic approach to patient care with regards to its sedation and clinical components. Dr Sobia Rafique (Staff), Sedation & Special Care Dentistry MSc

Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual entries.

Funding Self-funded. Contact Mr Asif Naeem, Administrator, Unit of Distance Education, 020 7848 1172, distancedentistry@kcl.ac.uk Application procedure Applicants should apply using the King’s application form. Once a completed application, including two academic references and a transcript of previous

qualifications, is received, a decision will be made within four–six weeks by the department and an offer made (if applicable). Applicants who are offered a place will have to provide original documentary evidence of their previous qualifications, satisfy any other entrance requirements, and pay a non-refundable deposit, before the first study pack will be sent out.

Dental Institute

Distance learning programmes

Advanced General Dental Practice (by distance learning) (subject to approval) MSc

See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

For dental practitioners wishing to enhance their clinical skills.

Distance learning programmes

Entry requirements A dental qualification. As access to patients is required you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Three years, January to October. Intake 20. Closing date 31 August. Tuition fees (2009) £6500 per annum. Location At home using distance learning materials; compulsory intensive residential course in first two years. Student destinations Graduates of the Institute have continued in general practice offering a high standard of clinical care with an increased confidence and ability. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/546

Description

Modular programme comprising five modules totalling 180 credits, taken as follows: Primary Dental Care and Practice Management in year one; Restorative Dentistry and Clinical Practice in year two; general dental practice research project dissertation in year three. Format & assessment

Taught modules assessed by formal written examination held in London or in your country of residence, along with written assignments submitted throughout the year; Clinical module assessed by submission of a clinical case work; Research module which is assessed wholly on the basis of the report.

Dental Institute Distance learning programmes

Aesthetic Dentistry (by distance learning) (subject to approval) MSc Entry requirements A dental qualification. As access to patients is required you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Three years, January to October. Intake 20. Closing date 31 August 2009. The first intake into this programme expected January 2010. Tuition fees (2009) £6750 per annum. Location At home using distance learning materials; compulsory intensive residential course in the first two years. Student destinations Graduates of the Institute have continued in general practice offering a high standard of clinical care with an increased confidence and ability. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/547 See shared details (page 63)

About the programme Purpose

For dental practitioners wishing to enhance their structure of aesthetic dentistry. Description

Modular programme comprising five modules totalling 180 credits, taken as follows: Aesthetic Restorative Practice and Dental Aesthetics in year one; Diagnostic & Restorative Techniques and Case Studies in year two; Aesthetic Dentistry research project dissertation in year three. Format & assessment

Taught modules assessed by formal written examination held in London or in your country of residence, along with written assignments submitted throughout the year; Case work assessed by submission of a clinical case work; Research module assessed wholly on the basis of the report.

About the programme Purpose

For overseas and UK dentists. To enable students to acquire a sound academic knowledge of radiation physics, protection and diagnostic radiological interpretation.

Format & assessment

Taught modules assessed by formal written examination and coursework; case work assessed by film viewing of cases and oral examination; research assessed wholly on the basis of the project report. In each year, you will need to attend a two or three week intensive course in London.

Description

Modular programme comprising nine modules totalling 180 credits, taken as follows: Radiation Physics, Statistics and Radiation Protection in year one; Radiography, Science & Technology of Radiological Imaging and Radiographic Anatomy in year two; Radiology & Pathology and Diagnostic Interpretation & Radiographic Anatomy II in year three; Dental Radiology research project and report in year four.

Distance learning programmes

Entry requirements A dental qualification. You must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment with access to radiographic facilities and appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies, see website for details. Duration Four years, January to October. Intake 10 per year. Closing date 31 August 2008 for January 2009 entry; 31 August 2009 for January 2010 entry. Tuition fees (2009) £5350 per annum. Location Study is at home using specially prepared distance learning materials. In years one, two and three, students attend a compulsory intensive face-to-face course in the UK. Student destinations The majority of graduates are from overseas who remain in their own countries and go into teaching or dental radiology. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/35 See shared details (page 63)

Dental Public Health (by distance learning) MSc Entry requirements A second class honours degree or equivalent, from a university or other institution acceptable to King’s College London, in a discipline which has included a suitable preliminary training, and access to local medical/dental library facilities. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Modular over three years, January to November. Intake 20 per year. Closing date 31 August 2008 for January 2009 entry; 31 August 2009 for January 2010 entry. Tuition fees (2009) £4400 per annum. Funding Overseas students: may apply for scholarships from the World Health Organization, the British Council or the Association of Commonwealth Universities. Applications must be made in their own countries to the appropriate organisation. Home students: usually self-funded or sponsored by their employing organisation. Location Study is at home using distance learning materials. In each year, students attend a compulsory intensive residential course in the UK. Student destinations UK graduates are now consultants in dental public health, directors of community dental services and senior academics in universities. Overseas graduates work to develop community dental services and have set up departments of dental public health. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/34

Dental Institute

Dental & Maxillofacial Radiology (by distance learning) MSc

About the programme Accreditations

UK dentists can gain credit towards CPD requirements; allows students to sit the DDPH examination of the Royal College of Surgeons of England (separate fee payable).

Format & assessment

First two years’ modules assessed by formal written examination and written assignments submitted throughout the year; Research module assessed wholly on the basis of the report; Intensive faceto-face courses are held in January and July, for those wishing to take the DDPH examination.

Purpose

For a wide range of people (not only dentists) who wish to have an overview of dentistry, especially those who intend to become planners, managers of services, epidemiologists, health promoters and teachers of public health dental subjects. Description

Subjects covered include major health problems and current public health measures, epidemiology, prevention and control of oral and dental diseases, health education, and social and behavioural sciences. Seven core modules: Introduction to Dental Public Health, Principles of Epidemiology, Research Methods in year one. Sociology as Applied to Dental Public Health, Oral Health Promotion & Education, Administration in Community Dental Services in year two. Dental Public Health Research in year three.

See shared details (page 63)

Dental Institute Distance learning programmes

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics (by distance learning) MClinDent Entry requirements A dental qualification. As access to patients is required you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies. Duration Modular over four years, January to October. Nine day intensive hands-on courses in London or India in each of years one to three. Intake Approximately 30 on UK residential and 20 on India residential courses. Closing date 31 August 2008 for January 2009 entry; 31 August 2009 for January 2010 entry. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7000 per year plus cost of compulsory yearly two-week face-to-face component, around £1200 plus travel, and books, FT overseas £7000 per year plus cost of compulsory yearly two-week faceto-face component, around £1200 plus travel, and books, PT home/EU £7000 per year plus cost of compulsory yearly two-week face-toface component, around £1200 plus travel, and books, PT overseas £7000 per year plus cost of compulsory yearly two-week face-to-face component, around £1200 plus travel, and books. Location Study is at home using specially prepared distance-learning materials. In each year, students attend a compulsory intensive face-to-face course in the UK. Student destinations Graduates have continued in general practice offering a high standard of clinical care with an increased confidence and ability. Many have used the programme to enter independent practice. Some have taken on teaching posts in universities. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/48

About the programme Purpose

For dental practitioners wishing to enhance their knowledge of restorative dentistry for general practice with particular emphasis on fixed and removable prosthodontics. The programme aims to train general practitioners to have the confidence and ability to perform a high standard of work across a wide range of procedures. Clinical work must be done in students’ own practices, so entry is restricted to those dentists working in general practice or similar clinical environments, eg armed forces. Useful for any dentist routinely treating adult patients who need restorative care.

Format & assessment

Taught modules are assessed by a formal written examination held in London or in your country of residence, along with written assignments submitted throughout the year; Clinical module assessed by submission of clinical case work; Research module assessed wholly on the basis of the report.

Description

Eleven core modules. Year one modules: Introduction to Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics; Treatment Planning & Preparation of the Mouth; Complete Dentures. Year two modules: Fixed Prosthodontics; Aetiology & Management of Tooth Wear; Biomaterials Science. Year three modules: Advanced Prosthodontics; Prosthodontic Care for Medically/ Clinically Compromised Patients & Elderly People; Statistics & Epidemiology. Year four modules: Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics Clinical; Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics Research.

See shared details (page 63)

Other taught programmes For full details of these programmes, please refer to our undergraduate prospectus Dentistry Entry Programme for Medical Graduates BDS Contact Student Admissions Office, tel 020 7848 6512, guysadmissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/ugp/programme/686

Dentistry Graduate/Professional Entry Programme BDS Contact Student Admissions Office, tel 020 7848 6512, guysadmissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/ugp/programme/664

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter or broadly touch upon the area of health sciences:

Clinical Pedagogy MA, PG Dip, PG Cert (see page 261). Gerontology MRes, MSc (see page 244-5). Health & Society MSc, PG Dip (see page 226).

Health Promotion MSc, PG Dip (see page 226). Public Health MPH, MSc (see page 150). Public Policy MA (see page 251). Public Services Policy & Management MSc (see page 249).

School of Humanities

School of Humanities 69 Interdisciplinary taught programmes 72 Research degrees & taught programmes in: 72 American Studies 74 Australian Studies 76 Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies 79 Classics 82 Comparative Literature 84 Computing in the Humanities 87 Cultural, Media & Creative Industries 89 English 93 European Studies 96 Film Studies 98 French 100 German 102 History 105 Middle East & Mediterranean Studies 107 Music 109 Palaeography 110 Philosophy 113 Portuguese & Brazilian Studies 115 Spanish & Spanish American Studies 117 Theology & Religious Studies

School of Humanities

School of Humanities Location Strand Campus Address The Graduate Programme, School of Humanities, King’s College London, Room K0.30, King’s Building, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Graduate Programme Admissions, tel 020 7848 2765/1592, hums-admissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/hums

Situated in the geographic and cultural heart of London, with clear views of the Houses of Parliament, St Paul’s Cathedral, and the National Theatre, the School has built unique links with London’s cultural institutions to provide new perspectives on the arts and humanities. We also use our ‘traditional’ disciplinary roots to think about interdisciplinarity in pioneering ways. For instance, we are a global leader in the use of digital tools in the study of the humanities. Moreover, we use a deep awareness of culture and identity to shed new light on the social sciences, for instance in relation to European politics, or the problems of the Middle East.

The School of Humanities is the most prestigious and diverse cluster of subjects of its kind in London, and one of the best globally. Collectively, our departments were ranked third in the UK in the 2001 Research Assessment Exercise. According to the Good Student Guide published in The Independent (2008), seven of the ten King’s humanities departments surveyed were ranked as the best of any London college or university. And in 2006, the Times Higher has ranked us 23rd amongst all the faculties of arts and humanities worldwide. Our global and national reputation for research and teaching, and our thriving links to leading academic and cultural institutions in London and around the globe ensure that our students have excellent career prospects. Universities and employers worldwide recognise our students as individuals who are able to analyse complex problems with particular vision, clarity and creativity.

thriving partnerships with other cultural leaders, including Shakespeare’s Globe, the Royal Academy of Dramatic Art, the British Museum, and the British Library. We provide innovative approaches to traditional subjects ranging from ancient history to philosophy, but we also push interdisciplinary boundaries in programmes like Literature and Medicine, Digital Culture & Technology, and Cultural & Creative Industries.

Research degrees

We have a large and expanding cohort of research students, and admission is highly selective. You will benefit from a wide range of subject-specific and interdisciplinary research seminars both at King’s and within the University of London. There are a growing number of joint PhD panels with faculty from our sister institutions, including one of the top public research universities in the US, the University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill), so you will have unique access to expertise and networks on both sides of the Atlantic. The School is currently engaged in a comprehensive improvement of postgraduate facilities, including a large suite of state-of-the-art workstations opened in 2008. Taught programmes

Our commitment to offer new and cuttingedge teaching across the disciplinary spectrum is exemplified by the creation of MA programmes in French Language & Culture (e-learning), European Public Policy, and in Theology & the Arts. Many of our programmes are based on 68

Induction & training

During the year, the School offers a variety of workshops including research methods, preparing studentship applications, writing skills, completing your thesis, and applying for jobs. We also provide specialist training in a wide variety of areas, from bibliography and palaeography to the most advanced aspects of information technology. Most departments offer teaching opportunities and a full programme of training and support is provided by King’s for those considering an academic career. For international students the English Language Centre provides dedicated study-skills support, including courses in academic English for dissertation writing, and e-tutorials for those for whom English is not their native tongue. We also encourage our graduate students to improve their foreign language skills at the Modern Language Centre, one of the most distinguished of any British university. This will assist your academic work, but it also provides invaluable transferable skills. Whether you are a taught or a research student, an essential part of your experience will be your exposure to new ideas and networks provided by visiting international faculty. Some of our students also spend time at our partner institutions, eg the National University of Singapore and Hong Kong University. Funding

Beyond the range of scholarships available through the Graduate School (see www. kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding), we have been particularly successful in recent years at securing awards from the Arts and

Humanities Research Council (AHRC), through the individual studentships and through collaborative doctoral awards. Our international students have also been extremely successful at securing funding from British funds available for overseas students, and at receiving distinguished scholarships from their countries of citizenship. In addition, we offer a number of Humanities studentships and bursaries, open to all applicants for research degrees within the School. These are also complemented by a range of MA studentships. Full details of how to apply are published annually on our website. We also award a large, and expanding, number of teaching fellowships. In 2008-9, we offered around a dozen of these, and this number is set to grow. Facilities

There are dedicated graduate facilities at the College’s Maughan Library and Information Services Centre at Chancery Lane. The collections at the Maughan Library are particularly strong in the humanities, and these are complemented by outstanding special collections, for instance in Holocaust Studies, the history of the Cold War, and the rich collections of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office library. We provide a growing number of dedicated study and social spaces for research students within the School. With one of the country’s largest populations of research students, we do everything we can to integrate them into the wider College community both intellectually and socially, to facilitate interaction and collaboration with fellow students.

Humanities & Academic English (subject to approval) Grad Dip About the programme Purpose

Aimed at international students from a wide range of academic backgrounds who wish to study at MA level but who do not yet qualify for direct entry. It ensures students achieve and master the skills required for the successful completion of their chosen MA. This unique pathway forms the first year of a two year master’s programme with successful students progressing onto their chosen MA in the second year. Description

Introduces students to core Humanities theories and research from a variety of different perspectives, using a range of analytical tools. Students explore a series of genres, historical periods and cultural contexts using visual and written sources such as paintings, archival sources, fiction and theoretical writings, as well as academic texts. Extensive use is also made of cultural landmarks such as the British Museum, the British Library and

Tate. Develops key humanities skills in the careful management and interpretation of sources, and guides students in developing confident and independent research methods and forms of critical address. By the end of the programme, students will have improved their overall language and academic skills and have a more detailed understanding of their chosen academic discipline. Format & assessment

Lecture and seminar classes, supported by academic English seminars and tutorials; individual supervision for the research project; assessment by dissertation, coursework essays, oral presentations and unseen examinations. Application procedure

All applications are assessed by a committee of academic tutors. This process takes on average five weeks. On very rare occasions, applicants may be invited to interview. All potential applicants are welcome to call the School and arrange a visit.

Interdisciplinary programmes

Entry requirements An undergraduate degree or equivalent at an appropriate level. Students must also have as a minimum an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 6.0) or TOEFL scores of 550 PBT/80 iBT (with a minimum of 18 in each skill). Duration One year FT, September to June, for Graduate Diploma, followed by one/two years FT/ PT, September to September, for Master’s degree. Intake Approx 15 FT. Closing date All applicants are strongly advised to submit before Friday 17 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT overseas £11300. Funding Students are generally either self-funded or are officials sponsored by their employing agencies. Location Strand Campus and Waterloo Campus Student destinations Progression onto a wide range of Humanities master’s programmes. Contact Edward Constable, Graduate Programmes Admissions Officer, School of Humanities Office, tel +44 (0)20 7848 2765, hums-admissions@kcl.ac.uk, elc@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/549

School of Humanities

Interdisciplinary taught programmes

School of Humanities Interdisciplinary programmes

Critical Methodologies MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities discipline, or equivalent. We may consider other qualifications if you can demonstrate relevant experience. The programme is run by the Department of French, but does not require any knowledge of French. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 8. Closing date 30 June, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 15 February. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, selffunded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Many students go on to pursue research in humanities subjects; others have developed their skills in teaching and journalism, the media, arts, and work in other related bodies. Contact Dr Johanna Malt, Graduate Admissions Tutor in French, tel 020 7848 2404, jo.malt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/79

About the programme Purpose

For students with humanities degrees who wish to further their knowledge of critical theory and its practice across a range of fields and/or to prepare for PhD study. To develop a knowledge of the broad implications of critical theory, and the skills of interpretation and analysis in relation to specific fields of study.

Description

This interdisciplinary programme is centred around a core module in critical theory. This introduces students to the main debates in current critical theory, through exploration of a series of key texts. It explores theories and practices of reading, from Formalism and Structuralism through Barthes and textuality to queer theory, psychoanalysis, materialist and postcolonial theories. In addition to this core module, students take options from a list of modules linked to critical theory in a range of subjects. There is also a dissertation on a topic linking the concerns of the core module to the material of the options. Format & assessment

Taught core and optional modules assessed by coursework and/or examination plus a compulsory dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics and you will need to specify which optional modules you wish to take. You will also need to submit a sample of written work. For full module descriptions please see the website or contact the Admissions Tutor. We interview all applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

MA study is demanding, but I found it was the outstanding support available from tutors and peers, along with the academic rigour known to King’s, that made the learning environment an intellectually rewarding space where original thought and concerns could be freely voiced and valued. Sarah Leyla Puello (Student), Critical Methodologies MA

Digital Culture & Technology MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required. A written personal statement, emphasizing both qualifying background and reasons for selecting this programme will be required. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 28 February. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5100, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2550, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, self-funded. Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Advanced research degree; cultural heritage institutions – libraries, archives, museums, galleries – either as early stage training or as professional development; commercial organisations interested in the social and organisational impact of technology. Contact Postgraduate Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 2371, fax 020 7848 2890, madct@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/81

About the programme Purpose

The MADCT programme is for students who wish to explore the many forms of digital culture and to gain a broad understanding of the technologies in their relationship with society as a whole. Its purpose is to give students a framework within which to reflect on the social and intellectual significance of the digital revolution. Description

Offered jointly by the Arts & Science Schools: Humanities; Social Science & Public Policy; Physical Sciences & Engineering; and Law. The programme begins with the basic engineering concepts of computing which will give you an expertise in digital technology. You will then uncover the creative impact of the digital revolution in music, art, film and literature and consider the philosophical, political, ethical, legal and educational implications of digital culture. You may specialise in any aspect of technology and culture.

Compulsory module: Introduction to Digital Culture & Technology. Optional modules from participating Schools; optional work placement. Format & assessment

The programme consists of a compulsory core module (40 credits), optional modules (80 credits), and a supervised research project (60 credits). The taught core and optional modules are assessed by coursework and/or examination. One of the optional modules offered is a work placement (15 credits). Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two members of staff. Candidates with nontraditional qualifications or experience may be interviewed, either in person or by phone if overseas, and all applicants are welcome to call us to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

About the programme Purpose

Provides teaching and research training in a wide variety of disciplines relating to the study of the 18th century. As the programme will be offered jointly with the British Museum special emphasis will be placed on relevant collections held by that institution. Includes opportunities for training in any of the basic technical skills necessary for those who wish to go on to study for a PhD in 18th-century subjects. Description

This new MA in 18th-century studies, taught in collaboration with the British Museum, draws upon the skills of scholars from eight departments in the School of Humanities, alongside those of senior staff at the Museum. The MA comprises a core module, Enlightenment: Ideas, Objects, Texts & Arts, a dissertation and options to the value of 60 credits chosen from a wide range, including ones taught by other departments within Humanities. The core module will be taught in part by experts from the British Museum, enabling you to engage with the unique, diverse and

rich collections of cultural institutions in central London, including the National Portrait Gallery, the Royal Society and the Hunterian Museum. Format & assessment

Seminars; study sessions in museums and galleries; research skill workshops and visits to cultural institutions. Core and optional modules assessed by coursework, plus a dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We do not interview all applicants, but you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Medieval Studies MA Entry requirements Normally a minimum 2:1 first degree (or GPA of 3.5) in an Arts subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 1 March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, self-funded. Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Research in medieval studies; teaching, journalism or cultural administration. Contact Dr Sarah Salih, Programme Convenor, Department of English, tel 020 7848 2182, fax 020 7848 2257, sarah.salih@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/82

About the programme Purpose

To deepen subject knowledge and develop skills in research methods, critical analysis and judgement. To provide training in techniques required for advanced study and to offer opportunities for specialist work. Description

This MA comprises a two-part core module (Making the Middle Ages & Skills for Medievalists) and a range of specialist options to include: Arthurian Tradition in Literature & History; The Body of the Medieval Friend; Books & Bodies; Byzantine Hagiography; Chivalric Romance in Germany; Christine de Pizan; Diversity & Alterity in Old French Travel Narratives; England & the Continent in the 9th century; English Royal Government; Three Faces of Women in the GalicianPortuguese Lyric; History of Medieval Women; Germanic Philology; Law & Society from Constantine to Charlemagne; Living in Byzantium; Magna Carta & Medieval Kingship; Maps & Journeys; Medieval Latin Literature; Medieval Occitan narrative.

Format & assessment

Each module counts for 25 per cent of the final mark. Three taught modules are assessed by coursework and/or examination. There is a compulsory dissertation module. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We interview all applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Interdisciplinary programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in appropriate humanities degree; equivalent qualifications in other subjects may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 28 February. Please note that students must be accepted onto the relevant programme before submitting their AHRC applications. AHRC applications submitted to us after the deadline are not guaranteed to be processed. Otherwise, you are strongly encouraged to apply by the end of April although later applications may be considered. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Location Strand Campus; the British Museum; other gallery locations. Student destinations It is expected that some students will go on to research, while other possible roles might be in arts administration. Contact Dr Clare Brant, Department of English Language & Literature, tel 020 7848 2247, clare.brant@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/508

School of Humanities

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA

School of Humanities American Studies

American Studies Address American Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Ms Stephanie Green, tel 020 7848 2315, american-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/amstu

The Department of American Studies is widely recognised as one of the leading centres in Britain for the study of the history, culture, society and arts of the United States, and was rated as the best in the country for three years running by The Guardian (2004-6). It draws on a long tradition of teaching American literature and culture that goes back to the early 1960s when the College was one of the first in the country to appoint a full-time lecturer in American literature.

The department has research strengths in a number of prominent areas including: women’s writing; the politics of race; gender and queer studies; 19th- and 20th-century poetry; visual culture and photography; and colonial and Early American history and cultural geography. The department’s MA programme draws on all these fields. We also hold a fortnightly staff-student graduate research seminar which provides a regular and friendly forum for visiting speakers, the presentation of work-inprogress and the general exchange of ideas. The Research Centre for American Studies, which is affiliated to the

Humanities Research Centres, organises conferences and lectures by visiting scholars. The university libraries together with the British Library and the diverse cultural venues of London make the city a resource centre for American Studies which is unparalleled in Europe. Induction & training

The department offers training sessions including writing a bibliographic essay, devising a research proposal and completing a dissertation. In the summer term, work-in-progress events are held for all graduate students. Students also

participate fully in the induction and training programmes offered by the School. Facilities

The Eric Mottram Collection, a unique archive of books, papers and audio tapes relating to modern American poetry and cultural studies, is housed in the Maughan Library. Funding

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Research opportunities American Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor John Howard. Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 BA degree and/or taught MA qualification or overseas equivalents. Degrees do not have to be in American Studies but some demonstrable knowledge of American culture, history or literature is required. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four-six years PT. Normal start date September but students may commence at other times by arrangement. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 7 March. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Ms Stephanie Green, tel 020 7848 2315, fax 020 7848 2001, american-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/88

Research profile Current number of academic staff 7. Current number of research students 22. Recent publications

• Concentration Camps on the Home Front: Japanese Americans in the House of Jim Crow. • Imperial Entanglements: Iroquois Change and Persistence on the Frontiers of Empire. • The Cambridge Companion to WEB DuBois. • The Unruly Garden: Robert Duncan and Eric Mottram, Letters and Essays. • Colonial Encounters in New World Writing: Performing America. Partner organisation Journal of American

literature, philosophy and the social sciences; relations between poetry trends in phenomenology and aesthetics and also between poetry and anthropology; new ways of conceptualising queer cultural history in the context of the American South; the internment of Japanese Americans in the context of race discourse and the built environment; mass media, globalisation, and identity formation; Indian-White relations in the colonial period; and Native American culture and photography; corporate culture, terrorism and representations of the city. Study environment

See introduction and facilities above. Application procedure

You should consult staff publications and research interests to determine whether your topic can be supervised within the About the programme department. A 1,000 word research Research strengths in a broad range project outline should be submitted, which of historical periods and disciplines, may be revised in consultation with your and is committed to interdisciplinary prospective supervisor and submitted with explorations and contextual understanding. your graduate application form. Admission Staff publications and research interests to the department’s research programmes include examinations of American art, will initially be for the MPhil but students literature and civil and natural history in are expected to transfer to the PhD proper the late 18th and 19th centuries; dialogues by the end of the first year, and no later between literature, science and cultural than the end of the second year, on the discourse in early 20th-century America; recommendation of the departmental interactions between African American graduate upgrading panel.

Studies.

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Susan Castillo Writing of the early Americas; the Southern Gothic; slavery; Native American Writing. Dr Janet Floyd Nineteenth-century America; the American West; women’s history and writing; material culture.

Professor John Howard Twentieth-century social/cultural history; queer history; critical race studies; American South. Dr Gail MacLeitch Native American history; women’s history; social and cultural history; frontiers and borderlands. Dr Alan Marshall 19th- and 20th-century poetry; Anglo-American Modernism; literature and philosophy.

Dr Kimberly Springer African American history; women’s history; social movements; broadcasting. Dr Shamoon Zamir 20th-century American literature and cultural studies; Native American and African American studies; visual culture and photography.

School of Humanities

Staff research interests

Taught programme American Studies MA About the programme American Studies

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent. The degree does not have to be in American Studies but some knowledge of American literature, history or culture is usually preferred. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply by 7 March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations This is a relatively new degree. However, we expect that some of our successful MA students will go on to pursue research in our department; others may develop their skills in American institutions, or else in teaching, journalism, tourism or the financial sector. Contact Ms Stephanie Green, tel 020 7848 2315, fax 020 7848 2001, american-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/346

Purpose

To foster a full appreciation and critical understanding of the art, culture and society of the United States beyond BA level; to explore varied aspects of American art, culture and society within an interdisciplinary framework and to develop research skills. Description

The degree concentrates on an interdisciplinary and contextualised understanding of American culture, history and society. The programme consists of one core module: ‘Topics & Methods in American Studies’, plus optional modules and a dissertation. Options include: Broadcasting America; Cultural Encounters on North American Frontiers; Hawthorne & James; Histories of the Built Environment; History of Sexuality in America; Interracial Writing in the Old World & the New; 19th-Century American Women’s Writing 1850–1910; Photography: Image, Text, Culture; Poetry, Place & Perception; Literature and Culture in the United States: 1945-65. Format & assessment

Taught core and optional modules assessed by coursework plus a dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics; in addition to a completed application form we also ask for a piece of written work of no more than 4,000 words and an indication of the possible dissertation topic you might like to pursue. We aim to interview applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

King’s has certainly provided me with an intellectually stimulating environment and I enjoy the exchange of diverse perspectives that occurs daily through the American Studies programme. I have enjoyed attending numerous seminars, teaching seminars for an undergraduate post-WWII American fiction course, taking language classes at King’s Modern Language Centre, and participating in various conferences, notably one that took place in Tangier, Morocco. Bonnie Craig (Student), American Studies PhD

School of Humanities Australian Studies

Australian Studies Address Menzies Centre for Australian Studies, 4th floor, The Australia Centre, Corner of Strand and Melbourne Place, London WC2B 4LG Contact Ms Kirsten McIntyre, Centre Secretary, tel 020 7240 0220, fax 020 7240 8292, menzies.centre@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/menzies

The objective of the Menzies Centre for Australian Studies is to promote the study of Australia in British and European universities, as well as offering courses on Australia at undergraduate and graduate levels within the University of London. Its staff act as external examiners and administer a number of schemes for scholarly exchange between Britain and Australia.

The Centre is an Australian cultural base in London, providing a highly regarded forum for the discussion of Australian issues. Its conferences, seminars and briefings attract a diverse audience and help to produce a more comprehensive, detailed and balanced perception of Australian politics, economics, life and culture than is popularly available. Staff are closely involved with the British Australian Studies Association and the European Association for Studies on Australia; frequently lecture throughout Europe, and offer informed advice to academics, the media, business and government on matters Australian.

Induction & training

As a research student you will complete the Introduction to Australian Studies: Approaches & Methods in Australian Studies MA module in the first semester. As well as attending scheduled classes for the papers in which you are enrolled, you will be encouraged to attend additional seminars in Australian Studies, organised by Menzies Centre. These usually take place on Wednesdays at 17.15 during the teaching weeks of the academic year. These seminars are focused on the Centre’s research objectives and include speakers from Australia, the UK and Europe.

Research students will also be invited to speak in this forum. Facilities

You will have access to all the facilities provided at the Menzies Centre – desk in a shared space, PC, internet and reference and DVD collection; you are also entitled to use the graduate facilities available to Humanities students at the Maughan Library, and as provided by the Graduate School.

Research opportunities Australian Studies MPhil/PhD Entry requirements Normally an MA in an appropriate subject area and a first or 2:1 BA first degree or overseas equivalent. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date Check with Centre if applying for funding. Funding AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries; self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Menzies Centre, The Australia Centre, Strand. Contact Kirsten McIntyre, Centre Secretary, tel 020 7240 0220, fax 020 7240 8292, menzies.centre@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/90

Research profile RAE score Staff are linked to departments with the following RAE rankings: History 5*; War Studies 5*; English 4. Research income Funding from the Australian and British Governments, Monash University, the Menzies Memorial Foundation and subscriptions from a number of Australian universities, and occasionally from the British Academy, Arts and Humanities Research Council and other such bodies Current number of academic staff 3. Current number of research students 2 full-time, 4 part-time PhDs; 2 funded postdoctoral research fellows. Recent publications

• The British World: Diaspora, Culture, Identity. • A Delicate Mission: the Washington Diaries of RG Casey, 1940-2. • Mid-Victorian Reading and the Antipodes. • The Ethics of Fellowship in Two Antipodean War Films: Peter Weir’s Gallipoli and Peter Jackson’s The Lord of the Rings. • Changing the Face of Advertising: Australia’s Advertising Industry in the Early Days of Television. Current research projects

• The Australian Diaspora in Britain 1901-2001. • A short biography of WM Hughes. 74

• Representation of Aboriginality in Art, Literature and Film. • History of sexuality in Australia. • Reading the Antipodes.

About the programme The Centre offers research degrees in Australian history, politics, literature and film or in other areas of Australian studies by arrangement. We offer access to a number of libraries which together constitute the best resources on Australian subjects in Europe. These include our own Maughan Library, the Institute of Commonwealth Studies Library, which holds one of the largest collections of social science materials relating to Australia, and the extensive Australia House Collection (at the University of London’s Senate House Library). Study environment

All new graduates attend the induction and complete a semester-length research training and methodology course. Students work individually on supervised projects with regular contact with their supervisors and fellow graduates, plus attend weekly Menzies Centre seminars and external seminars within the student’s discipline. Students also attend specialist graduate taught courses as required. They are closely involved with the British Australian Studies Association, the European

Training

We run a regular research seminar programme during the academic year on a diverse range of Australian topics. Book launches and readings by notable Australian writers are held frequently. Two major public lectures are sponsored by the Centre each year. The Reese Memorial

Lecture is given by a significant young scholar in Australian studies, while the Menzies Lecture provides a forum for a distinguished person to reflect on a subject of contemporary interest for Britain and Australia. We encourage our research students to attend our regular conferences and symposia, convened by the Centre and covering a broad spectrum of issues and bringing together participants from Australia, Europe and the rest of the world.

Application procedure

Please contact us before applying to discuss your proposed research project. Admission will initially be for the MPhil but students may transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

School of Humanities

Association for Studies of Australia and several London-based Australian organisations.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Frank Bongiorno Australian political, cultural and labour history.

Dr Ian Henderson Australian literature and film, especially their complex reception by diverse readers and audiences.

About the programme

Modernity-Australian Modernism; Australian Politics: An Historical Approach. You may, with approval, select up to 40 credits (usually two semester-length modules) from other MA programmes offered at King’s.

Australian Studies

Professor Carl Bridge (Head of Centre) Australian political, diplomatic, military, cultural and intellectual history.

Taught programme Australian Studies MA Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in history, literature or politics. Students not reaching this general standard, especially those from overseas universities, and/ or who have 2:1 first degrees in other fields, may be considered after discussions with the Head of Centre. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date Please notify the Centre by February 2009 if you intend to apply for AHRC funding. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries; self-funded. Location Menzies Centre, The Australia Centre, Strand. Student destinations Civil service, media, museums and galleries, publishing, academia, the City, journalism, often in Australia. Contact Kirsten McIntyre, Centre Secretary, tel 020 7240 0220, fax 020 7240 8292, menzies.centre@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/89

Purpose

You will develop a critical understanding of modern Australia, including its history, politics, literature and film; deepen and broaden your understanding of a particular field through various disciplinary approaches. To acquire competence in relevant research approaches and methodologies.

Format & assessment

You will complete two core modules, four semester-length electives and a dissertation. All modules are taught by weekly seminar, and assessed by written Description coursework or a combination of written The Menzies Centre’s MA is the UK’s only coursework and oral presentations. and Europe’s leading Australian Studies Application procedure master’s programme. It offers insights into Your application will be assessed by at the political, economic, social, cultural least two academics. We interview all and external forces that have shaped applicants, either in person or by phone if the modern nation of Australia. Core overseas, and you are welcome to call the modules are Introduction to Australian department to arrange a visit. We aim to Studies: Approaches & Methods; 20thprocess all applications within four weeks Century Australia: War & Society and although this may take longer in February a dissertation. and March, and over holiday periods. Elective modules include: Indigenous, European & Australian: Aboriginal Politics & History; Australian Film; Colonial

School of Humanities Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Address Department of Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2537, bmgs@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/byzmodgre

The department, which is now the largest of its kind in Britain, has a distinguished tradition of scholarship since 1919 in the fields of Modern Greek and Byzantine history, language and literature. In the 2001 Research Assessment Exercises the department was, as part of a unit with the Department of Classics, awarded the top rating, 5*; in 2001 (again with Classics) we received a top grade of 24 in the QAA Subject Review of Teaching.

We have over 40 students, more than half of whom are graduates. We have a close association with the British Academy research project on the Prosopography of the Byzantine World and with the Centre for Hellenic Studies in King’s. The Centre’s publication series with Ashgate has produced 13 volumes on Byzantine and Modern Greek topics between 1993 and 2009. We also have close links with and support the work of The Centre for Language, Discourse & Communication. A new RCUK Fellow in Byzantine Material Culture joined the Department in 2006. New taught programmes are planned, please check our website for updates.

Induction & training

Facilities

Students in the department participate fully in the induction and training programmes offered by the School Graduate Programme. Weekly departmental seminars are held in Modern Greek Studies, at which graduate research students present their work in progress; Byzantine graduates present their work in intercollegiate meetings at the Institute of Classical Studies.

The holdings of King’s Burrows Library of Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies (at the Maughan Library) are among the strongest outside Greece, with particular strengths in 19th-century books and periodicals. Funding

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries; Robert Browning Memorial Fund Postgraduate Scholarship (not awarded every year); for students of Greek nationality: State Scholarships Foundation (IKY).

Research opportunities Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Roderick Beaton Entry requirements MA (or equivalent) in a closely related subject, with a dissertation element. Duration Expected to be: PhD (initial registration for MPhil), three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but applicants for AHRC funding should check the departmental webpages to confirm the deadline for these applications in early March. Funding Students may hold awards from the AHRC or the Greek State Scholarships Foundation (IKY) or Graduate School or School of Humanities studentships and bursaries; Greek applicants should enquire with the IKY early in the calendar year about examination dates and topics. The Robert Browning Memorial Fund Graduate Scholarship is available for full-time doctoral research in any field of Hellenic Studies. Most students are self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus; other University of London institutions. Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2537, fax 020 7848 2545, who will put you in contact with the most appropriate member of staff for your proposed study area, bmgs@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/94

Research profile RAE score 5*. Research income We attract grants from

AHRC, Leverhulme, ESRC, charitable institutions in Greece and Cyprus and other funding bodies. Recently our InsAph project has attracted £305,000 (AHRC), our Prosopography of medieval Arabic sources, £124,000 (Leverhulme). Current number of academic staff 7. Current number of research students 15. Recent publications Details of recent publications can be found on our web pages.

poetry and fiction since the 12th century; late antique and Byzantine history; Greek history in the 19th and 20th centuries; discourse analysis and sociolinguistics of modern Greek; Byzantium and the West; The late antique city, especially epigraphical evidence; Byzantine prosopography; charity and remembrance in the Palaiologan period; the history and architecture of the late 11th-century monastery of St John Chrysostom in Cyprus; the effects of the Black Death on rural communities. Study environment

Weekly departmental seminars are held in Modern Greek Studies at which students present their work in progress; though not necessarily assessed formally, these seminars require compulsory attendance. Byzantine graduates present their work in intercollegiate meetings at the Institute of Classical Studies, where they also attend a full range of seminars. In addition, the Centre for Hellenic Studies runs weekly seminars on Modern Greek and on Late Antique and Byzantine topics, and several annual lectures in the Byzantine and Modern Greek fields. About the programme Other Schools and institutes of the The department currently has expertise in University offer a wealth of seminars in the following areas: Byzantine authors from related fields, and we are committed to late antiquity to the 12th century; Greek sharing in the wider intellectual life of the Current research projects

• The Prosopography of the Byzantine World (AHRC funded). • Prosopography of Arabic Sources for Byzantines and Crusaders, 1025–1204 (Leverhulme funded). • Inscriptions of Roman Cyrenaica (Leverhulme funded). • The Making of Modern Greece (1797–1896) (National Bank of Greece funded). • Concordia (NEH-JISC funded).

and 2) language, literacy and discourse in everyday interaction, education, literature, popular culture, new and mass media, and in medical and workplace settings. Students who undertake an MPhil, PhD study in linguistics with Dr Alexandra Georgakopoulou in BMGS are automatically affiliated with the Centre. For full details visit www.kcl.ac.uk/ldc Application procedure

Before applying, write to the member of staff most likely to consider supervising your chosen topic. If your qualifications and provisional topic are suitable, you will

be asked to complete an application form and to return it with your MA dissertation and a PhD research proposal of one to two pages. We stress that the suitability of any research proposal depends in large measure on the likelihood of the dissertation being completed within three, or at the most four, years of full-time study or part-time equivalent. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period once a review is carried out by the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

School of Humanities

University, and of other major institutions such as the British Museum. We also co-operate closely with Greek cultural organisations based in London such as the Hellenic Foundation for Culture and the Hellenic Centre. Regular research seminars for students of modern Greek linguistics are held as part of the Centre for Language, Discourse & Communication (LDC). LDC conducts research in language, communication, society and education, and there are particular strengths in research on 1) the dynamics of language and literacy within globalisation and intercultural contact,

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Alexandra Georgakopoulou Discourse, narrative analysis and sociolinguistics of Modern Greek; anthropological linguistics; youth language; computer-mediated communication. Dr Tassos Papacostas The history and architecture of medieval Cyprus. Dr David Ricks Modern Greek poetry; comparative literature.

Professor Charlotte Roueché Late Antique and Byzantine literature, documents and history; epigraphy. Dr Dionysios Stathakopoulos Charity and remembrance in the Palaiologan period; poverty, history of medicine and disease.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Closing date None, but applicants for AHRC funding should check the departmental webpages to confirm the deadline for these applications in early March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding Self-funded, AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, the Greek State Scholarships Foundation, or other bodies. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Format & assessment Taught core and optional modules assessed by coursework and/or examination plus a compulsory dissertation which accounts for 25 per cent of the total marks. Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We aim to interview applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies

Professor Roderick Beaton Greek literature since the 12th century; the history of the novel; nationalism in Modern Greece. Dr Philip Carabott 19th- and 20th-century Greek history, society and politics; the Trikoupis era; the Greek civil war.

School of Humanities Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject with a significant element relating to classical antiquity or the Middle Ages. Graduates of Greek/Cypriot universities should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. You will be required to satisfy us that you have an adequate knowledge of appropriate languages. Intake Approximately 10. Student destinations Research in our department and elsewhere in the UK, EU and US; teaching, cultural management, general management, civil service, banking. Contact Professor Charlotte Roueché, Professor of Classical and Byzantine Greek, tel 020 7848 2515, fax 020 7848 2545, charlotte.roueche@kcl.ac.uk, bmgs@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/324 See shared details (page 77)

About the programme Purpose

For students whose previous training has been in a related subject in the humanities. To give a grounding in the subject, with a language-training element in medieval Greek or Latin. Description

The MA draws on modules taught at King’s, Birkbeck, Royal Holloway and UCL. Core modules: Language (medieval Greek/Latin); Methods & Techniques; a special subject; a dissertation (c10,000 words). Optional modules include: Byzantium & the West, AD 843–1002; Living in Byzantium: Material Culture & Built

Environment (cAD300–1500); the Late Roman/Early Byzantine City; the reign of Constantine I; Codes & Practice: the World of Roman Law from Antiquity to the Early Middle Ages; Byzantium & the Crusades;; Philosophy under the Roman Empire; Arabic Philosophy; Medieval Jewish Philosophy; Language & Power in the later Roman Empire (AD 285–565), Ancient Political Thought & its Medieval Legacy. Details of the programme are under discussion – please refer to the department’s website for up-to-date information.

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject. Graduates of universities in Greece or Cyprus should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. Intake No set number. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Student destinations Most students go on to take our MA in Late Antique and Byzantine Studies, or related courses at other UK universities. Contact Professor Charlotte Roueché, Professor of Classical and Byzantine Greek, tel 020 7848 2515, fax 020 7848 2545, charlotte.roueche@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/91 See shared details (page 77)

the departments of Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies, Classics or Theology Purpose & Religious Studies; a compulsory To meet the needs of graduates in unrelated dissertation. or tangentially related disciplines who wish to pursue graduate level work in this field. Although it can be taken in its own right, most applicants progress to the MA.

About the programme

Description

Two compulsory modules: at least one in a classical language – normally Greek, but, if you have a good knowledge of Greek, then Latin; one in Byzantine history; a supporting module chosen to suit your interests and needs, with the programme co-ordinator’s approval, from the options in

Modern Greek Studies MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject. A competent working knowledge (ie A grade at A-level) in Modern Greek. Graduates of Greek/Cypriot universities should have a GPA of at least 7.5. Cypriot applicants: GCE ‘O’ level English is not an acceptable qualification for study at this level. Intake Approximately 10. Student destinations Research in our department; careers in Greece or Cyprus, in teaching, journalism, tourism or the financial sector. Contact Professor Roderick Beaton, tel 020 7848 2517, fax 020 7848 2545, bmgs@kcl.ac.uk, rod.beaton@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/92 See shared details (page 77)

About the programme Purpose

For students wishing to enhance their knowledge of Modern Greek history, literature and/or sociolinguistics. Can be taken either as an interdisciplinary degree or following a discipline-specific pathway. Description

The programme comprises three taught modules and a core dissertation. Core taught module: Advanced Modern Greek (those with native and near-native competence may not take this module). All other taught modules are optional. Up to three taught modules are available in most years in each of the disciplines covered by

the programme. Details of the programme are under discussion – please refer to the department’s website for up-to-date information. Application procedure

For applicants from outside the UK, we ask for specified written work, which is read by two academics.

Address Department of Classics, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WCR2 2LS Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2537, classics@kcl.ac.uk www.kcl.ac.uk/classics

We are one of the largest and most distinguished departments in the UK: we were (together with the Department of Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies) top-rated (5*) in each of the last two Research Assessment Exercises, and achieved full marks (24) in the QAA Subject Review of Teaching in 2001.

We pursue and supervise research across an exceptionally wide range of topics in Greek, Roman and Near Eastern history, archaeology and art, as well as Greek and Latin language, literature and thought, late antique and Byzantine studies, and reception studies. We participate in major collaborative projects with (amongst others) the British Museum and the King’s Centre for Computing in the Humanities. We have plans for further innovative collaboration with London libraries, museums and galleries.

the academic year, which will introduce you to the department, the College’s classical study resources, and the London University Institute of Classical Studies. As a research student you will receive a personalised induction programme, overseen by your supervisor. The Centre for Computing in the Humanities can also provide you with its own training and support for graduates.

As an MA student you will receive an induction programme at the beginning of

Classics

Induction & training

The University of London’s Institute of Classical Studies contains one of the country’s best Classics research libraries, and runs internationally distinguished seminar series and special lectures in ancient history, art and archaeology, Greek and Latin language and literature, and ancient philosophy. Funding

Facilities

Thanks to our central London location you will be within easy reach of an unparalleled set of resources for the study of the ancient world in all its aspects. We have special links with the British Museum, Museum of London and Sir John Soane’s Museum.

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries; Robert Browning Memorial Fund Scholarship (not awarded every year); Schilizzi Scholarships (Greek nationals only); Ronald Burrows Memorial Scholarship.

Research opportunities Classics Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Michael Trapp. Entry requirements Normally an MA in Classics or a closely related subject and a first or 2:1 BA first degree, or overseas equivalents. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but applicants for AHRC funding should check the departmental web pages to confirm the deadline for these applications in early March. Funding AHRC, the Ronald Burrows Memorial Studentship, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries; The Robert Browning Memorial Fund Graduate Scholarship is available for full-time doctoral research in any field of Hellenic Studies. Cyprus Scholarship. Teaching Assistantships may also be available. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus; other University of London Colleges and Institutes. Student destinations Recent doctoral students of the department have gone on to full academic posts in the UK, the USA, and Greece. Contact Michael Broderick, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2537, fax 020 7848 2545, classics@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/95

Research profile RAE score 5*. Research income Recent awards include one

Leverhulme Research Professorship, four Leverhulme Major Research Fellowships, one British Academy Fellowship, three AHRC Research Leave Awards, and an

AHRC collaborative doctoral award. Current number of academic staff 25. Current number of research students 17.

School of Humanities

Classics

Study environment

You will work mainly with your principal supervisor, who will read and discuss your Recent publications work with you on a regular basis, advise you • The Persian Empire: a History. about attendance at seminars and direct you • Egypt from Alexander to the Copts. to any training opportunities. You will also • Pindar’s Poetry, Patrons and Festivals:from have a second supervisor who will be able Archaic Greece to the Roman Empire. to advise you on particular aspects of • Classical Athens and the Delphic Oracle. your research. You will have an annual • Philosophy in the Roman Empire. meeting with our Postgraduate and Partner organisations British Museum. Research Committee, to monitor your progress and to give you the opportunity to discuss all aspects of your experience as About the programme a research student. We pursue and supervise research across We run regular research seminars, which an exceptionally wide range of topics in are both opportunities for staff and students Greek, Roman and Near Eastern history, to present and discuss current research and archaeology and art, as well as Greek and social occasions. You will also have the Latin language, literature and thought, opportunity to attend the various research late antique and Byzantine studies, and seminars organised through the Institute of reception studies. Classical Studies. We have a strong record of attracting Training major research grants. Our senior staff have recently received funding from the AHRC, We attach great importance to the identification of training needs, and will the British Academy and the Leverhulme Trust for projects concerning the digitisation direct you individually to courses we think of Greek inscriptions, the economy of Greek will support your research. These may be and Roman Egypt, freedmen in the Roman provided centrally in King’s, or outside. world, Classical Greek poetic style, ancient Application procedure pantomime and philosophy under the Admission to our research programmes will Roman Empire. We work with the School of Humanities initially be for the MPhil but we expect Centre for Hellenic Studies, which combines students to transfer to the PhD after an the resources of Classics and Byzantine and appropriate period, by agreement with their Modern Greek Studies in organising major supervisor, the Departmental Postgraduate public lectures by leading scholars and Research Committee and the University. biennial international conferences. 79

School of Humanities Classics

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Ellen Adams Minoan Crete; Bronze Age Cyprus; Greek Archaeology. Dr Lindsay Allen Ancient Iran; Hellenistic Mediterranean and Near East; history of scholarship, travel and archaeological exploration. Dr Karim Arafat (Director of the Centre for Hellenic Studies) Greek pottery; Pausanias. Dr Hugh Bowden Herodotus; archaic and classical Greek history (5th and 4th centuries BC); Greek religion; mystery religions. Dr Tina Chronopoulos Hagiography; transmission of Latin literature; Medieval Latin. Professor Giambattista D’Alessio Greek lyric and dramatic poetry, Hellenistic poetry. Dr Martin Dinter Latin poetry, especially Lucan and epigram. Professor William Fitzgerald Latin poetry, literary theory, comparative literature.

Professor David Ganz Palaeography; transmission of Latin classical and medieval texts. Dr Ismene Lada-Richards Greek drama; Greek performance culture and ritual. Dr Sophie Lunn-Rockliffe late Roman history; early Christianity; history of ideas; history of the devil. Professor Roland Mayer Latin literature; GrecoRoman literary criticism; Roman culture. Dr Henrik Mouritsen History of the Roman Republic; Pompeii; historiography; epigraphy. Dr Tassos Papacostas Architecture and building activity of the Lusignan and Venetian periods in Cyprus. Dr John Pearce Archaeology of the Roman western provinces, Latin epigraphy; of death and burial; of documents & literacy. Dr Irene Polinskaya Ancient Greek social history and religion, Greek epigraphy.

Professor Dominic Rathbone Greek and Roman Egypt; Roman Italy; Roman state finance. Professor Charlotte Roueché Language and history of the Late Roman and Byzantine periods; literature of the Byzantine Empire. Dr Jane Rowlandson Social and cultural history of Greek and Roman Egypt. Dr Dionysios Stathakopoulos Charity and remembrance in the Palaiologan period; poverty, history of medicine and disease. Professor Michael Trapp Later Greek prose; Greek philosophical writing. Dr Will Wootton Roman Art, especially mosaics & wall paintings.

Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions. Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We aim to interview applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods. Interviews in Greece, Cyprus and the USA can often be arranged.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Ancient History MA Intake 15–20. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology, History or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course (eg a Summer School course) in an ancient language before the start of your MA studies. If you need to improve your knowledge of ancient language, you may take one language-learning course as part of the MA. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/328 See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

This programme offers advanced study of the history of the Greek, Roman and Near Eastern worlds; it is intended either as a further year’s study after a first degree or as training in the technical disciplines needed to undertake doctoral research in the field of ancient history. Description

Core module: Sources & Methods in Ancient History. Dissertation. Options: around 15 modules in topics from Greek and Roman History from Archaic Greece to Late Antiquity, and in technical skills (papyrology, epigraphy, palaeography);

over 30 modules, including Greek and Latin language, from related MA programmes in Classics, Classical Archaeology & Art, Late Antique & Byzantine Studies. Format & assessment

Compulsory core module assessed by two pieces of coursework (40 credits); two taught optional modules assessed by coursework and/or examination (40 credits each); dissertation (60 credits).

Intake 15–20. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/96 See shared details (page 80)

About the programme Purpose

This programme offers advanced study of Greek and Roman archaeology and art; it is intended either as a further year’s study after a first degree or as training in the technical disciplines needed to undertake doctoral research in the fields of classical art and archaeology. Description

Core module (not assessed): Undertaking Research in Classical Archaeology. Dissertation. Options: around 15

modules in topics from Greek and Roman archaeology and art history, and in technical skills (papyrology, epigraphy, palaeography); over 30 modules, including Greek and Latin language, from related MA programmes in Ancient History, Classics, and Late Antique & Byzantine Studies. Format & assessment

Three taught optional modules assessed by coursework and/or examination (40 credits each); dissertation (60 credits).

See shared details (page 80)

About the programme Purpose

The Diploma is appropriate for you if you are a graduate in a subject not closely related to Ancient History or Classics; it provides a bridge to further study at MA level or beyond, or you can take it as a selfcontained programme.

Classics

Classical Studies Grad Dip Entry requirements A BA degree in a subject other than Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History or Classical Archaeology. Intake Approximately 5. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding Self-funded Student destinations Many students go on to pursue an MA degree and then research in our department; others have developed their skills in teaching, journalism, cultural management or the financial sector. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/97

and literature, ancient history, art and archaeology, and Late Antique and Byzantine Studies. Format & assessment

Three taught courses assessed by coursework and/or examination (30 credits each); dissertation or additional language module (30 credits).

Description

Dissertation (unless a second language is being taken). Optional modules: Three options from more than 40 modules covering Greek and Latin Language acquisition, Greek and Roman thought

Classics MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Candidates must be able to use authors and sources in one or more relevant ancient languages. Intake 15–20. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/98 See shared details (page 80)

About the programme Purpose

This programme offers advanced study of the classical world, with special reference to Greek and Latin language and literature; it is intended either as a further year’s study after a first degree or as training in the technical disciplines needed to undertake doctoral research in the field of Classics. Description

School of Humanities

Classical Art & Archaeology MA

25 modules in topics from Greek and Roman literature and language, and in technical skills (papyrology, epigraphy, palaeography); over 20 modules from related MA programmes in Ancient History, Classical Archaeology & Art, Late Antique & Byzantine Studies. Format & assessment Three taught optional modules assessed by coursework and/or examination (40 credits each); dissertation (60 credits).

Core module: Undertaking Research in Classics. Dissertation. Options: around

School of Humanities Comparative Literature

Comparative Literature Address Comparative Literature Programme, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Christine Rawlings, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 1840, complit@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/complit

The study of Comparative Literature at King’s embraces eight languages and five continents, and spans over 2,500 years. By contrast with many other programmes, comparative literature at King’s means more than comparative modern literature: alongside strengths in 20th-century literature, we offer strong concentrations of interest in the 18th century, the Middle Ages, and classical antiquity, drawing in each case on expertise from departments with the highest research rating.

We are particularly interested to attract graduate students working in the three following areas: classical tradition; literature of empire; and modern literature in relation to the visual arts.

Induction & training

Funding

The programme convenes a regular AHRC; Graduate School and School of research seminar, with a mixture of external Humanities studentships and bursaries; and internal speakers. Several comparative self-funding. literature series are held in the University of London’s School of Advanced Study, which also provides training for our graduate students.

Research opportunities Comparative Literature Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Matthew Bell. Entry requirements An MA at Distinction level (or equivalent) in a subject in which the study of literature plays a significant part; a good reading knowledge of one of the European languages offered in a department at King’s. Duration Expected to be: PhD (initial registration for MPhil), three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply by the beginning of March. Funding The main source of funding is the AHRC, but students have also been successful in the competitions of the School of Humanities and the Graduate School. Those wishing to apply for AHRC funding must submit both the postgraduate application form and the AHRC application form by the beginning of March. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Christine Rawlings, Matthew Bell, tel 020 7848 1840, complit@kcl.ac.uk, matthew.bell@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/433

Research profile RAE score Nine of the contributing departments were rated 5 or 5* and six achieved the highest rating of 5*. Research supervision Co-ordinated by the Postgraduate and Research Committee, it links some of the highest-rated literature teaching departments in the country. Current number of academic staff 15 from different departments in the School. Current staff research projects Theory of poetic language; prison writing; European surrealism; melancholy style; legacies of French theory since 1968; verse translation; religion and literature; history of the novel since antiquity; erotic poetics; the concept of literature in the late medieval and early modern periods; the apocalypse in European literature. Partner organisations In the framework of the Strategic Alliance between King’s College London and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, ongoing co-operation in research and student exchange takes place between the programme and the Department of English and Comparative Literature at UNC (www.unc.edu/depts/english). In addition, there is close collaboration with the University of Stuttgart.

About the programme We welcome applications from students with research interests in any area of modern or medieval and classical literature in the western European languages. Special research focuses include: the classical tradition, postcolonial literatures; and relations between modern literature and 82

the visual arts. Current PhD topics include: Problematics of lyric poetry, ancient and modern; space in the 19th century. European novel; terror in English and French novels of the city; metonymy in ancient Greek and German poetry. Study environment

Research students present their work at the regular Research Seminar, also attending other Department seminars as appropriate. A wealth of seminars (eg the Reading and Reception Seminar) are run by the various Institutes of the University of London School of Advanced Study. Training

Training involves the Research Seminar; courses organised by the King’s Learning Institute and the Centre for Computing in the Humanities; and specialised training in the Institutes of the University of London’s School of Advanced Study. In addition, you can enhance or broaden your language competence through daytime or evening classes in the Modern Language Centre. Application procedure

You should send us a 600-word research project outline with your graduate application form, together with a sample of your previous written work (typically, your MA dissertation). Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after one year, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Roderick Beaton (BMGS) Modern Greek; history of the novel. Professor Matthew Bell (German) 18th- and early 19th-century German literature; Goethe; literature and psychology; melancholy; neo-classicism. Professor Catherine Boyle (Spanish) Spanish and Latin American drama; cultural transmission and translation; Spanish American Women’s writing. Dr Rip Cohen The lyric; erotic poetics. Professor Patrick ffrench (French) Critical theory. Professor William Fitzgerald (Classics) Poetry, ancient and modern; music and literature.

Dr Ian Henderson (English/Menzies Centre) Australian literature. Dr Alicia Kent (Spanish) Literature and visual arts of early 20th-century Europe. Dr Anna Linton (German) Early modern German. Dr Craig Moyes (French) 17th- and 18th-century French and comparative literature; Québécois literature and film. Dr Barrie Paskins (War Studies) Philosophies of war; ethics of war; literature of war; ‘philosophical anthropology’. Dr David Ricks (BMGS) Greek poetry in the 19thand 20th- centuries; verse translation; classical tradition.

Dr Ben Schofield (German) 19th-century fiction. Professor Michael Silk (Classics) Greek poetry and drama; literary theory, ancient and modern; the classical tradition. Dr Neil Vickers (English) Romanticism; literature and medicine; psychoanalysis. Professor Julian Weiss (Spanish) Medieval and early modern literature and theory; cultural studies; gender criticism. Professor Robert Weninger (German) Modern German literature. Dr Rivkah Zim (English) Early modern English literature; prison writing.

Comparative Literature MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a modern language, Classics, English or another subject in which the study of literature plays a significant part. Good reading knowledge of a relevant European language other than English essential. US applicants should have GPA 3.5 or above. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 18. Closing date 30 May, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply by the beginning of March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding Self-funded, AHRC. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Research, arts administration, teaching, journalism, tourism or the financial sector. Contact Christine Rawlings, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 1840; Dr David Ricks, tel 020 7848 2663, complit@kcl.ac.uk, david.ricks@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/78

About the programme Purpose

For graduates of English or a languagespecific degree. To develop literary (and, as applicable, language) skills to an advanced level and to provide a critical understanding of literature in a broad context. Description

Core modules: Comparative Readings; Comparative Theories; Dissertation. Selected options: Comedy in Theory; Melancholia & Hypochondria in 18thcentury Europe; Surrealism & Visuality; Comparative Cultures: Muslim Spain in the European Imagination; Cavafy Reader and Read; Prison Writing, Electives from English, US, Australian, French, Francophone African, Spanish & Latin American, German, Portuguese, Lusophone African, Brazilian, Modern Greek, Ancient Greek & Latin Literature.

Format & assessment

Taught core and optional modules assessed mostly by coursework, sometimes by examination, plus a compulsory dissertation which accounts for 33 per cent of the total marks. Application procedure

We aim to process all complete applications within two weeks: your application will be assessed by two academics. Applicants resident in the UK will normally be interviewed, and overseas applicants will be interviewed by email. You should include one essay as a sample of your written work with your application. For full module descriptions please see the website.

Comparative Literature

Taught programme

School of Humanities

Staff research interests

School of Humanities Computing in the Humanities

Computing in the Humanities Address Centre for Computing in the Humanities, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Postgraduate Programme Administrator, cch@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/cch

Digital humanities (humanities computing) is an interdisciplinary field concerned with the consequences and implications of computing for the wide variety of disciplines within the humanities.

The Centre for Computing in the Humanities (CCH) is the largest and most prestigious department of its kind anywhere. It is one of only three departments in the English-speaking world to offer an MA programme in this discipline and the only one to offer a PhD. Its staff are leaders in the field who edit journals, publish articles and books and lecture widely. It is the home of numerous humanities research projects that make significant use of computing, for example the Prosopography of AngloSaxon England; Language of Landscape: Reading the Anglo-Saxon Countryside; Inscriptions of Aphrodisias; 19th-Century Serial Editions, Henry III Fine Rolls, and

projects in 3D visualisation, such as the Body and Mask: Ancient Theatre Space. It holds a monthly seminar in humanities computing and in collaboration with the Institute of English Studies convenes the monthly London Seminar in Digital Text and Scholarship, both of which are open to the public. In the taught MA programmes, students learn how to analyse research problems, design approaches with relevant software and assess the outcomes practically and theoretically. The PhD in Digital Humanities, which is normally collaborative with other departments, offers great opportunities for ground-breaking research.

Induction & training

Incoming graduate students are offered skills-training and a comprehensive induction to the study of the digital humanities. PhD students participate in an ongoing PhD seminar, in which they present their research to other students and discuss its progress. Facilities

CCH MA and PhD students have access to specialised teaching and research facilities in CCH. These include a seminar room with wireless network access as well as software for virtual seminars.

Research opportunities Digital Humanities Research MPhil/PhD Head of Department Professor Harold Short; Director of Research, Professor Willard McCarty. Entry requirements An MA degree in the humanities or social sciences, with a mark of Distinction or high Merit, or an overseas equivalent. Applicants must demonstrate mastery of the academic background deemed relevant to the research proposed. Duration Expected to be: three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 28 February. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact CCH Postgraduate Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 2371, fax 020 7848 2980, email cch@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/449

Research profile Research income £13m over the last five

years. Current number of academic staff 9. Current number of research students 6. Recent publications

• Humanities Computing. • The Collected Works of Thomas Middleton. • Supporting Annotation as a Scholarly Tool – Experiences From the Online Chopin Variorum Edition. • Digital Preservation. • Lost Theatre and Performance Traditions in Greece and Italy. Current research projects

• Prosopography of Anglo-Saxon England. • Language of Landscape: Reading the Anglo-Saxon Countryside. • Inscriptions of Aphrodisias. • Fine Rolls of Henry III. • 19th-Century Serial Editions. • The Body and Mask: Ancient Theatre Space. • Investigating the Analytic Potential of Modelling for the Humanities.

About the programme Research is methodological, interdisciplinary, and collaboratively supervised. It focuses on the intersection of digital tools and methods with one or more artefacts or processes studied in the humanities or interpretative 84

social sciences. It varies in emphasis on practical, experimental and theoretical work. Modelling may be used to raise the epistemological question (how we know what we somehow know), to explore implications of evidence too abundant, fragmentary, elusive or complex for other approaches or to develop entirely new views of a subject. Theoretical models may be developed for poorly understood or emergent digital phenomena. Examples include reconstruction of historical persons from scattered evidence; imagining of diasporic communities online; modelling of literary context; exploration of the relationship between verbal description and visual representation; or formation of identity in online games. Study environment

PhD candidates meet with supervisors regularly throughout the academic year. A PhD seminar meets every three weeks, in which students present their research to each other and discuss its progress. Space, equipment and technical help are provided as facilities permit. All candidates are invited to participate in the ongoing departmental seminar in Humanities Computing, in the online discussion group Humanist and to attend the London Seminar in Digital Text and Scholarship, held in conjunction with the Institute of English Studies. Attendance at the annual Digital Humanities conference is sponsored whenever possible.

Application procedure

PhD candidates are required to take a research methods course in the basics of the digital humanities and may be offered additional technical training if required. Additional requirements may be made by the supervisor(s), especially for those primarily in the social sciences.

Prior to formal application students develop a cogent research proposal in correspondence with the Director of Research, Professor McCarty. On his approval, formal application may proceed. A preliminary visit to the department in London is highly desirable but not required. Normally studies begin in the

autumn semester. If advised to proceed, applications should be made by early January, particularly if funding is required. Admission to the PhD programme is initially for the MPhil, but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor, the departmental Research Committee and the College.

School of Humanities

Training

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Mr Martyn Jessop Historical GIS and web-based mapping; humanities data digital visualisation; digital humanities pedagogy. Dr John Lavagnino Scholarly editing; 17th-century English literature; 20th-century American literature; theory of digital texts.

Dr Willard McCarty Literary and linguistic computing; Ovidian studies; meta-textual representation; humanities computing. Mr Harold Short Project management, databases, text mark-up and electronic publishing, computing in historical studies; digital library research.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 28 February. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, selffunded.

Location Strand Campus. Contact CCH Postgraduate Programme Administrator, tel 020 7484 2371, fax 020 7848 2980, cch@kcl.ac.uk

Computing in the Humanities

Professor Richard Beacham Theatres ancient and modern; 3D visualisation of theatre sites and stage settings; culture heritage. Mr John Bradley Text markup and analysis tools; web based electronic publishing; humanities applications for databases. Dr Hugh Denard Ancient Greek & Roman Drama; advanced visualisation techniques; visual resources of ancient drama.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Digital Asset Management MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline and/ or substantial work experience in the cultural heritage sector or involving the creation and/ or management of digital resources. A written personal statement will be required. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5100, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2550, PT overseas £6190. Student destinations Cultural heritage institutions (libraries, archives, museums, galleries) either as early stage training or as professional development. Also commercial organisations concerned about management, exploitation and preservation of digital assets. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/550 See shared details (above)

About the programme

Format & assessment

Lectures on theoretical topics; demonstrations; practical classes and For librarians, archivists, curators exercises. The programme consists and information professionals of all of a compulsory module worth 40 backgrounds who are working in any credits (Introduction to Digital Asset area of activity in which the creation, Management), options to the value of 80 management, exploitation and preservation credits, including a Work Placement; a of digital assets is important, including the Dissertation. Modules are assessed by public services and commercial sector. coursework and/or examination. Purpose

Description

Application procedure

Tutors offer: unrivalled expertise in creation, management and preservation of digital materials; students have access to some of the world’s most important cultural institutions; close links and regular speakers from the cultural heritage sector give students insights and up-to-theminute knowledge of the subject area; exceptional opportunities in month-long work placements.

Your application will be assessed by two members of staff. Candidates with nontraditional qualifications or experience may be interviewed, either in person or by phone if overseas, and all applicants are welcome to call us to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks, although this may take longer in February and March and over holiday periods.

School of Humanities

Digital Humanities MA Entry requirements A first or 2:1 BA first degree, overseas equivalent or an MA, in any arts or humanities subject; familiarity with basic computer use, including email and word processing. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Student destinations Students either go on to advanced research in a humanities subject or in humanities computing, or to a career in the cultural sector, civil service or business. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/100

About the programme Purpose

The MA in Digital Humanities aims to give you a thorough grounding in the application of digital tools and methods to the textual, visual and material data of the humanities. It is meant for those who intend to go on to a PhD in a humanities subject or who wish to obtain further qualifications for an ongoing or future career in business, public service or the cultural sector.

See shared details (page 85) Description

Computing in the Humanities

This programme focuses on analytical and practical skills needed to understand what digital tools and methods can and cannot do for the humanities. Your research will combine the construction of digital objects with critical reflection on them. The core modules are Methods & Techniques, which surveys the basics, and Tools & Resources, in which you learn how to construct simple tools for common practical tasks. Optional modules allow

more detailed investigation of textual, visual and material artefacts, drawing on representative case studies to exemplify analysis of typical problems and the combination of technical means needed to approach them successfully. A one-month work placement is optional. Format & assessment

Lectures on theoretical topics; demonstrations; practical classes and exercises. Two compulsory one-term modules, options to the value of 80 credits and a dissertation. Modules are assessed by coursework and/or examination. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two members of staff. We normally interview applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Address CMCI, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre Manager, tel 020 7848 1067, cci@kcl.ac.uk www.kcl.ac.uk/cci

The cultural, media and creative industries are key forces in contemporary society, shaping cultural experience and identity, informing social change, and influencing international relations and communication. The visual and performing arts, the music and film industries, broadcasting and digital and print media together form the creative economy, increasingly the focus of government policy, private investment and academic research.

At CMCI we teach and research the critical understanding of the creative industries, alongside key areas in cultural theory and history. We offer a unique interdisciplinary MA programme and related PhD opportunities, drawing on a range of disciplines including Cultural Studies, History and Sociology. Our research specialisms include popular music subcultures, theories of visual evidence and international cultural policy. Studying at CMCI you will develop the kinds of knowledge that can facilitate careers across the cultural and creative

field, gaining critical insight into cultural theory, policy and management, the structure and dynamics of creative organisations, and popular culture and media. Through our many links with leading London cultural institutions such as Tate and the BFI, you will benefit from a range of work experience opportunities, as well as guest lectures from key figures in the arts and media. We also organize events such as conferences and research seminars, in particular relating to the UK media and East Asian cultural industries.

Induction & training

Facilities

We provide dedicated computing facilities and workspace for MPhil/PhD students.

Cultural, Media & Creative Industries Research MPhil/PhD Research profile

About the programme

Current number of academic staff 4. Current number of research students 3. Seminar series We host a regular Asian

The Centre for Cultural, Media and Creative Industries Research, a small and highly selective unit, offers this doctoral research degree in addition to the established taught MA. We are both geographically and intellectually at the heart of London’s cultural, media and creative centre. Current research embraces many aspects of culture, media and the creative industries. Specialisms include visual and popular culture, arts and cultural policy, cultural institutions and society, cultural management, cultural regeneration and cultural theory. The approaches taken include both the theoretical and the empirical, and although we are based in the School of Humanities, much of our research might also be described as the sociology of representation. In addition to detailed and specific studies, we are also unafraid of asking the big questions about culture: what it is, what it does, and what it tells us about ourselves?

Cultural Industries Seminar programme. AHRC project We host King’s contribution

to the AHRC-funded ‘Creative Capital World City’ project. Recent conferences organised include

‘I’m an Intellectual: Get Me Out of Here’ in collaboration with the Radio Academy and hosted at the BBC; ‘Creative China: Visual Culture, Architecture and Design’ in association with and held at the Victoria and Albert Museum. Commissioned research from the Korea Culture and Content Agency (KOCCA): hub-library support programme for Korean Film Studies (KOFIC). Recent publications include

• Unequal City: London in the Global Arena. • ‘Is it Because I is Black?’ Race, Humour and the Polysemiology of Ali G. • When Arts Met Marketing: Arts Marketing Theory Embedded in Romanticism. • Duke Ellington’s America. • Idol Curiosity: Andy Warhol and Secular Iconography.

Application procedure

Full details of the application process for the PhD, together with other useful information about working towards a PhD with us can be found on our website.

Cultural, Media & Creative Industries

We will give you a full induction to different approaches to analysing and engaging with the cultural and creative industries, including guidance in relevant research methods. Training is provided in finding and reporting on the cultural internship that forms part of the MA degree.

Research opportunities Head of programme Dr Richard Howells. Entry requirements A good first degree, ideally first class honours (or equivalent) and at least a 2:1. Applicants who have a master’s degree should have a distinction. Applicants for whom English is not their first language should include test evidence of expert usage in writing, speaking and understanding English. Duration Expected to be: PhD Three years FT. Students may apply and begin at any time, but funding applications normally expect a September start. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding See programme website: www.kcl.ac.uk/ cci/phd.html as well as www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Centre Manager, tel 020 7848 1067, fax 020 848 2415, cci@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/481

School of Humanities

Cultural, Media & Creative Industries

School of Humanities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Ruth Adams Cultural institutions and society; class; popular music and youth cultures; cultural regeneration. Dr Harvey Cohen US/UK cultural history and its business, especially cinema, music; also museums, publishing.

Dr Richard Howells Visual culture; popular culture, media, Utopian cultural theory; the sociology of representation. Dr Hye-Kyung Lee Comparative cultural policy; arts funding mechanisms; public service broadcasting; cultural marketing theory.

Taught programmes

Cultural, Media & Creative Industries

Cultural & Creative Industries MA Entry requirements An undergraduate degree at 2:1 (GPA 3.25) standard or equivalent in a relevant subject, for example arts, humanities, social sciences or business. Relevant work experience will strengthen your application but is not a requirement. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 40 FT, 10 PT. Closing date 30 June, but early application is advised. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £6800. Funding Self-funded, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. Location Strand Campus; occasionally other London locations. Student destinations Leading cultural and creative organisations such as the National Portrait Gallery, Paramount Pictures, the BBC World Service, and many smaller creative businesses including art dealerships, digital media start-ups, PR agencies and media consultancies. Contact Centre Manager, tel 020 7848 1067, cci@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/80

About the programme Purpose

For graduates seeking a broader understanding of, or wishing to pursue a career in, the cultural and creative industries, and for practitioners wishing to enhance existing skills. Description

This interdisciplinary programme explores key issues in the cultural and creative industries, using a range of analytical tools from Sociology, History and Cultural Studies. It draws on teaching, research and professional expertise from King’s academics and from professionals working in the field. Core modules: Culture, Theory & History, Cultural Industries & Creative Organisations. Optional modules: Cultural Policy, Visual Culture, Film & American Culture, Culture & Commerce, Cultural Enterprise & Management. Students also undertake a cultural internship, writing an industry report on the host organisation, and complete a dissertation on a topic of their choice. Essays; presentations; internship report; a dissertation.

Working with research students is one of the best things about university teaching. There’s always that special moment to look forward to when you realise that they now know more about their specialist topic than you do. We’ve recently added the new PhD and are gathering an eclectic and highly capable group of students, the diversity of whose efforts mirror my own.

Application procedure

Dr Richard Howells (Staff), Cultural, Media & Creative Industries

Format & assessment

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Our department is a thriving community of scholars, with over 100 MA students, 35 PhD students and 23 members of staff, all engaged in a wide range of activities encompassing critical theory, historical scholarship, textual editing and innovative interdisciplinary projects across all periods, from Anglo-Saxon to the present. Most staff have international reputations as leading scholars in their field, as evidenced by a range of AHRC, Leverhulme and EU research grants and awards to the department.

The range of our research interests is reflected in our varied taught MA programmes, as all our teaching at King’s is research-led. We host a number of research seminars (for example, in medieval studies, literature and medicine, nineteenth-century studies, queer studies, and lifewriting) to which all graduates are invited and which consists of papers by leading academics discussing their recent work. Recent visiting speakers include James Shapiro, Edmund White, Lee Edelman, Hermione Lee, and Kate Flint, among others. There is also a dedicated student-led graduate seminar, which provides an opportunity for students to present their research in an informal setting, as well as to socialise with other

graduate students. We are a friendly, inclusive department and we place the highest value on the interests and needs of our students.

attending conferences, working with your supervisor, etc). Students are also able and encouraged to attend specialist training at the Institute of English Studies and elsewhere, as needed for their projects.

Induction & training

All MA programmes have a critical methodologies component, usually in their core course, which introduces students to a range of critical thinking and research issues. Taught students also participate in a series of workshops in research training as preparation for their dissertation and for possible doctoral work. Doctoral students attend the training programmes offered by the College’s Graduate School, in addition to a range of seminars offered by the Department (on

Facilities

The Maughan Library has dedicated research space for Humanities graduates. The department has its own common room which serves as an ideal meeting place. Funding

AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Research opportunities English Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Dr Mark Turner. Entry requirements First class honours first degree or MA in English. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date Students must be accepted on to the relevant programme before submitting their AHRC applications. AHRC applications submitted to us after the deadline are not guaranteed to be processed. For funding deadlines, please see department & Graduate School website otherwise, there is no deadline, and admission is rolling. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Ms Louise Henderson, Graduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2184, fax 020 7848 2257, englishdept@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/104

• Eighteenth-Century Letters and British Culture. • Double Agents: Women and Clerical Culture in Anglo-Saxon England. • Dr Livingstone, I Presume: Missionaries, Journalists, Explorers and Empire. • Shakespeare and the Rise of the Editor.

Research profile

About the programme

Research income AHRC/Leverhume/British

King’s is a vibrant critical environment within which to undertake literary, critical and performance studies in English, across all historical periods. We have long established strengths in the study of literature in socio-cultural contexts, in addition to international

Academy combined: £300,000. Current number of academic staff 23. Current number of research students 38. Recent publications

• Suspended Animation: Pain, Pleasure and Punishment in Medieval Culture.

Current research projects:

• Women of Reason from Enlightenment to Romanticism. • Narrative in Relation to the Experience of Illness. • Textual and Visual Culture in Anglo- Saxon England. • The Victorian Past. (A major Leverhulme project). • Irish Revivalism. Partner organisations: Shakespeare’s Globe, Royal Academy of Dramatic Art, Imperial War Museum, Guy’s Hospital, National Portrait Gallery, British Library, British Museum.

expertise in such areas as: Anglo-Saxon and medieval studies; Shakespearean studies; theatre and performance; gender and sexuality; the theory and practice of biography, letter-writing and life-writing; postcolonialism; Irish studies; the fin de siècle; literature and visual cultures; Modernism; literature and media; literature and medicine. Study environment

The department hosts a number of vibrant research seminars series and symposia open to all graduate students. In addition, there is a student-led graduate reading group and seminar which allows students to present and discuss their work. We also organise an annual graduate conference attended by students and staff in the department which provides a friendly and supportive forum in which research students can give papers on their work. Students are encouraged to organise their own events, with Departmental and College support. Application procedure

Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee. 89

English

Address Department of English, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Graduate Secretary, Department of English, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS, tel 020 7848 2184, fax 020 7848 2257, englishdept@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/english

School of Humanities

English

School of Humanities English

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Clare Brant Eighteenth-century literature and culture; feminism, gender and cultural studies; life-writing. Dr Elizabeth Eger Eighteenth-century and Romantic cultural history; feminism; editing; contemporary poetry. Professor David Ganz Palaeography and the history of the medieval book. Dr Ian Henderson Australian literature; Victorian literature and drama; history of reading; Australian film. Professor Brian Hurwitz (Clinician and academic) clinical medicine; ethics; law; medical history; the role of narrative thinking in medical practice. Dr Richard Kirkland Modern Irish writing and culture; cultural theory; postcolonial theory. Professor Clare Lees Anglo-Saxon and medieval studies; gender/sexuality studies, religious literary culture. Dr Sonia Massai Shakespeare; early modern English literature; worldwide Shakespeares; editing; textual studies; book history. Dr Jo McDonagh Nineteenth-century literature and culture; literature and economics; gender and sexuality; migration and the literature of place.

Professor Gordon McMullan Shakespeare; early modern theatre and culture; the idea of late style; textual editing. Dr Robert Mills Late-medieval literature in the vernacular; medieval visual culture; modern critical theory, especially gender studies, queer theory and psychoanalysis. Professor David Nokes Eighteenth-century literature; the Augustans; Swift; Gay; Jane Austen. Dr Pat Palmer Linguistic colonialisation; violence and atrocity; travel and exile; the politics of translation; the role of interpreters in colonial contexts. Dr Clare Pettitt Victorian literature and culture; the novel form; history of science and technology; transatlantic encounters. Dr Ruvani Ranasinha Postcolonial literature and theory; post-1945 and contemporary fiction; immigration and gender studies; book history. Professor Alan Read Ethics; politics; philosophies and critical theories of theatre and performance; performance, architecture and location in the urban realm.

Dr Sarah Salih Middle English literature; medievalisms; intersections of literature, history, religion and the visual arts. Professor Max Saunders Ford Madox Ford; James; Conrad; Pound; Lawrence; Eliot; Woolf; Joyce; Rhys; impressionism; modern biography and autobiography. Dr Anna Snaith Modernism; colonial and postcolonialism; Virginia Woolf; the city. Professor Ann Thompson Shakespeare and the literature of the early modern period; editing and textual studies; language; feminist criticism; Shakespeare on film. Dr Mark Turner Victorian literature and culture; media history; periodicals and serialisation; queer studies; urbanisation. Dr Neil Vickers Romanticism; Wordsworth and Coleridge; literature and medicine (especially 1700–1830); the history of British psychoanalysis; narrative theory. Dr Rivkah Zim Early-modern literature and history; classical and biblical traditions in English literature.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Closing date For entry in autumn 2009, AHRC applications for master’s and doctoral programmes are due in the department by 27 February 2009. Please note that students must be accepted onto the relevant programme before submitting their AHRC applications. AHRC applications submitted to us after the deadline are not guaranteed to be processed. Otherwise, you are strongly encouraged to apply by the end of April, although later applications may be considered.

Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships, Overseas Research Students (ORS) Award Scheme, self-funded. Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We do not interview all applicants, but you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual entries.

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in English or in a subject in which English plays a significant part; other well-qualified candidates may be considered. Intake No set number. Location Strand Campus and British Library. Student destinations We expect some students will pursue PhD level study in the area, leading to a teaching or academic career. Other students will be ideally placed for jobs in the arts, creative and cultural industries, curatorship and broadcasting. Contact Dr Sonia Massai, Department of English Language & Literature, sonia.massai@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/509 See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

Taught with the British Library offering the unique opportunity to study early modern literary works (including Shakespeare) in light of recent critical approaches and as material artefacts (print and manuscript). Ideal foundation for doctoral work or for careers in the arts, education, curatorship or broadcasting.

will teach a core module and supervise some dissertations. Modules include: Working with Early Modern Literary Texts; The Material Legacy of Early Modern Literary Texts; dissertation workshops and dissertation; 16th-century English literature; one optional module (chosen from Theatre, Gender & Culture in Jacobean London; Hamlet & its Afterlife; Global/Local Shakespeares. Format & assessment

Description

This new MA marks the beginning of an innovative and exciting partnership between the Department of English at King’s and the British Library and offers a strong tradition of Shakespeare and early modern literary studies at King’s and unique access to the expertise of worldclass curators at the British Library, who

All modules are assessed by coursework (an essay), except for ‘Working with Early Modern Literary Texts’, which is assessed by an essay and an editing exercise. The dissertation module is assessed by a critical survey and a dissertation.

Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Intake Approximately 40 FT. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Many students go on to pursue research in our and other departments; others have developed their skills in teaching, journalism, cultural arts and management, or the legal and financial sectors. Contact Louise Henderson, Graduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2184, fax 020 7848 2257, englishdept@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/101 See shared details (page 90)

About the programme Purpose

To develop critical understanding. To enable you to concentrate upon specific areas of literary and cultural studies and acquire advanced skills in research methods. To prepare you for doctoral study.

Format & assessment

Taught core and optional modules assessed by coursework plus a compulsory dissertation. Application procedure

See shared details (page 90)

For both humanities graduates and healthcare professionals wishing to explore all aspects of the relationship between literature and medicine.

include: the storied nature of the symptom; the ‘case’ and the rise of the novel; illness narratives and their position in modern clinical method; the intellectual coherence of the conjunction and juxtaposition of narrative and medicine in narrative medicine.

Description

Format & assessment

Core modules: Narrative Medicine; Explorations in Literature & Medicine. Optional modules: Illness Narrative as Life Writing; Medical Discourses; Literature & Psychiatry in the Twentieth Century; Medicine in the Frame: Medical Care in Films 1920s to the Present. Compulsory modules examine what the two disciplines might share and look at the methodological preconditions of what constitutes genuine interdisciplinarity. Elements explored

Taught compulsory and optional modules assessed by coursework plus a compulsory dissertation.

About the programme Purpose

Application procedure

You are strongly advised to submit your application as early as possible.

English

Applicants are required to submit an essay of not more than 4,000 words, preferably on a topic related to their chosen programme. Applicants who completed Description their BA more than 10 years ago will The MA in English combines dynamic normally be asked to submit a new piece of taught modules with independent research. work. Please contact the MA Convenor if You can choose one of two routes through you wish to discuss your situation. the MA: 1850 to the Present or Medieval Literature and Culture. Each has its own core module: Text, Theory & Culture: London 1850 to the Present, and Making the Middle Ages.

Literature & Medicine MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a humanities discipline with a literary component (eg English; modern languages; biblical studies); or a medical degree; or a nursing or a social work qualification; or a relevant equivalent qualification. There is a qualifying exam for those without minimum qualifications. Intake 10–15. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations We currently have three PhD students in Literature & Medicine; other graduates have switched over to medical careers or gone on to do PhDs on other subjects. Others have developed their skills in teaching, journalism, cultural arts. Contact Brian Hurwitz or Neil Vickers, brian.hurwitz@kcl.ac.uk,neil.vickers@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/430

School of Humanities

English MA

School of Humanities English

Shakespearean Studies: Text & Playhouse MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in English, Drama or an equivalent subject, or an overseas equivalent. You will be required to submit a sample of your written work on a relevant topic. Intake 15–20 per year. Location Strand Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. Student destinations Recent graduates have gone on to PhDs at the Universities of Cambridge, Columbia, CUNY and New York, as well as at King’s; to work in arts administration at Globe Education or English National Opera; to edit for the TLS; and to edit for the Barnes and Noble Shakespeare series. Contact Gordon McMullan, MA Shakespearean Studies Convenor, tel 020 7848 2177, gordon.mcmullan@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/102 See shared details (page 90)

About the programme Purpose

Advanced study of the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries in the context of the facilities and opportunities provided by Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and by King’s. To provide a thorough knowledge of early modern drama, particularly Shakespearean drama, in its material and institutional contexts, especially the ‘original’ theatrical environment for which the plays were written. Description

Offered jointly by King’s and Globe Education. You will take a core module at Shakespeare’s Globe, which includes workshops on the Globe stage and formal seminars; a Critical Methodologies module at King’s, which includes training in palaeography and bibliography; and two optional modules on an aspect of Shakespeare or early modern drama at

King’s from a list which currently includes: Theatre, Gender and Culture in Jacobean London; Hamlet and its Afterlife; Global and Local Shakespeares. You will also write a summer dissertation, supervised either at King’s or the Globe, depending on the chosen subject. Format & assessment

Taught compulsory and optional courses assessed by coursework and/or examination plus a dissertation. Application procedure

Please supply a recent argumentative research paper you have written on a topic connected with Shakespeare and/or his contemporaries: this is key. We will also wish to see your provisional option choices and an initial dissertation idea. Please contact the MA Convenor if you wish to discuss your situation.

Text & Performance Studies MA Entry requirements A good honours degree in the humanities or arts, but appropriate experience in theatre can be, and is often, considered as an alternative. Candidates without a first degree or re-entering education from a professional cultural context will be asked to submit written material/ performance portfolio. Intake 30 FT, 10 PT. Closing date Due to the heavily oversubscribed nature of this programme no applications can be considered after the end of March in the year of entry. Location Strand Campus and RADA. Student destinations Director of a fringe theatre venue in London; dramaturg at London venue; PhDs at UK and US universities; Head of Drama at secondary schools in UK; academic writer and professor in the US. Contact Ms Helene Hokland, tel 020 7848 2185, helene.hokland@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/103 See shared details (page 90)

About the programme

of Performance; Approaches to Theatre; Dissertation (practical or theoretical).

Purpose

For committed, performance orientated students who wish to explore text as a medium for performance. To encourage you to deepen your practical appreciation, historical sense and critical understanding of texts in practical contexts. This programme welcomes high achieving recent graduates, international and mature students from within and beyond the profession.

Format & assessment

RADA: point of production assessment of Approaches to Theatre classes, portfolio and practice based assessment of Scene Study. King’s essay assessments: Imprints of Performance, Performance Research: Methods. RADA/King’s: practice based dissertation. Application procedure

Description

Major areas for study each year are Shakespeare and the Jacobeans, modern drama from the UK and European traditions and contemporary radical and avant garde developments in live art and performance. You must be prepared to participate in challenging practical work as well as class discussion of textual criticism and be confident to debate and negotiate your understanding of text and performance within a peer group ensemble. Modules include: Performance Research: Methods; Scene Study/Imprints

Submit an application with a 1,000 word critical analysis of a recent theatre/event/ performance you have witnessed. In your letter of application state clearly areas of research interest that might be focuses for dissertation study (these can be practical or theoretical in emphasis). All European students will be interviewed, international students from USA, Asia, Africa and Australia will be interviewed in the first instance by telephone.

European Studies has been one of the School’s most rapidly expanding programmes. Our prestige is founded upon the quality of our students at undergraduate and graduate levels, close co-operation with leading partner institutions abroad, and a growing and dynamic academic staff strongly committed to research and teaching. Your teachers combine expertise in French, German and Spanish history and politics with specialisations in different theoretical traditions and policy areas. The programme also attracts scholars and practitioners through its seminar series and the annual European Week.

Our interdisciplinary MA draws from the research expertise of five core departments, all of which were rated either 5 or 5* in the 2001 Research Assessment Exercise. You will benefit from small group teaching and individual attention. Modules are designed to allow you to build on your individual academic backgrounds and learn from the approaches of other disciplines. Our MRes offers a selection of these modules but also gives students who want to go on to do a PhD in European Studies training in social science research methods.

Induction & training

Facilities

Students in European studies participate fully in the induction and training programmes offered by the School Graduate Programme, and benefit from the specialist training on offer in European studies itself. The Centre for Computing in the Humanities also provides training and support.

The Maughan Library has dedicated facilities for graduate students. Students also benefit from the outstanding library facilities of the University of London.

European Studies

Address European Studies, School of Humanities, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Pelagia Pais, European Studies Administrator, tel 020 7848 2468, european-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/eurost

Funding

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Research opportunities European Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Alex Callinicos. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA or equivalent and an MA in a relevant subject area. Duration Expected to be: PhD (initial registration for MPhil), three years FT, four-six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Graduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2468, european-studies@kcl.ac.uk. Candidates are also welcome to send research proposals to Professor Alex Callinicos, alex.callinicos@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/107

Research profile RAE score 5 or 5* (core departments contributing to European studies). Research income The contributing departments receive research income from the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the British Academy, and other institutions. Current number of academic staff 8. Current number of research students 13.

Europäischen Union. Interessen, Strukturen und Reformoptionen. • Economic Government in the European Union. • The Resources of Critique. Current research projects include

• EU Eastern Neighbourhood Policy and Energy Security. • The Europeanization process and Greek and Turkish national interests. • European Human Rights law, gender, and sexuality. • Marxism and Geopolitics. • The incorporation of counter-culture in the global age.

About the programme We offer research supervision for MPhil and PhD dissertations on a variety of areas within European Studies. Specialisations include European and national identities; Europeanisation; European and national political thought; EU foreign and security policy; democratization and state-building; modern social theory; contemporary European and world history; globalisation; international political economy; migration; social movements; the politics of culture.

Recent publications

Study environment

• La France en révolte. • Die Zentralasienpolitik der

Every research student is assigned a primary and secondary supervisor. Their

School of Humanities

European Studies

progress is monitored through regular meetings of a review panel. European Studies mounts regular research seminars and occasional conferences with invited outside speakers. In addition, the European Studies Research Students’ Workshop allows research students to report on their work in progress and receive feedback from staff members and fellow students. Training

The School of Humanities runs a compulsory research training course for all new MPhil/PhD students. Additional research training, where necessary, is agreed between the students and supervisors. Application procedure

Applications to undertake doctoral research in European Studies should be routed via the School of Humanities. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee. Candidates should include two sealed academic references and a research proposal of between 500 and 2,000 words outlining their proposed research project with their application. No application will be considered without these supporting documents. 93

School of Humanities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Mr Gregorio Alonso (Spanish) Nineteenth-century Spanish history. Professor Alex Callinicos European social and political theory; Marx; contemporary political philosophy and critical theory; historiography; international political economy. Dr Alexander Clarkson (German) Relationship between immigrant communities and German political movements after 1945; German subcultures.

Dr Stephen Jacobson (Spanish) Nationalism in Europe, especially modern Spain and Catalonia; modern Spanish history; professionalism. Dr Stathis Kouvelakis (French) Marx and Marxist tradition; German philosophy; recent critical theory. Dr Stephen Lovell (History) Cultural and social history of modern Russia; communications in modern Europe. Dr Christoph Meyer (War Studies) European integration and governance; social constructivism in international relations; political communication; democracy and accountability in the EU.

Dr Diego Muro (Spanish) Modern Spanish politics and history. Dr Jan Palmowski (German) Nineteenth- and 20thcentury German history; European integration and Europeanisation. Dr Alexander Warkotsch (German) International democracy promotion; politics of transition in post-communist countries. Dr Jim Wolfreys (French) Contemporary French politics, especially fascism; the left; political corruption.

European Studies

Taught programmes/master’s by research Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent, in a subject relevant to the intended area of study (mainly European studies, politics, history, social sciences, law and modern languages). For European Studies MA, students wishing to follow a country-based path must be fluent in either French or German. Duration One year FT, September to September. Closing date 30 June, but we advise submission before 31 March. Location Strand Campus. Funding Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Student destinations Doctoral Research in our department; work in European Union institutions, NGOs, business, national and international public service, and teaching. Contact European Studies Administrator, tel 020 7848 2468, european-studies@kcl.ac.uk

Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. Please enclose a piece of written work of not more than 4,000 words, preferably a marked essay from your undergraduate degree (this may be waived or amended for students returning to study after a significant time away from formal education). Please also outline a likely dissertation topic. All successful candidates are invited to visit King’s and meet the staff. We aim to process all applications within four weeks, although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods. For European Studies MA, please also indicate your chosen pathway. Format & assessment 120 credits from taught modules assessed by essay; 60 credits from individual dissertation supervised by staff member.

European Public Policy (subject to approval) MA Intake No set number. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £3090, PT overseas £6800. Contact Pelagia Pais, European Studies Administrator, tel 020 7848 2468, european-studies@kcl.ac.uk; Professor Alex Callinicos, tel 020 7848 2110 alex.callinicos@kcl.ac.uk; Professor Ken Young, tel 020 7848 2708 ken.young@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/559 See shared details (above)

Offers students the opportunity to pursue in-depth study of the European Union employing, and in the process mastering, the methods of Public Policy Analysis.

broad political and historical approach to European Studies. It includes a jointly taught module on research design which prepares students for work on their individual dissertations. Its central London location facilitates research seminars led by high-profile figures.

Description

Application procedure

The MA in European Public Policy brings together two successful programmes at King’s, European Studies and Public Policy, offering students what is distinctive to each programme – a focus on developing conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of public policy and a

Your application will be assessed by academic staff from the King’s European Studies and Public Policy programme teams. We aim to process all applications within four weeks, although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

About the programme Purpose

Intake 30 FT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC. Location Strand Campus; dependent on pathway choice, second semester in Paris or Berlin. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/106 See shared details (page 94)

School of Humanities

European Studies MA About the programme Purpose

For students from a variety of intellectual backgrounds with an interest in Modern Europe and the European Union (EU). For those wishing to do further graduate work and those wishing to obtain a more vocational degree to enhance their employment prospects. To deepen understanding of contemporary European history, politics and international relations. Description

The MA in European Studies attracts people with both academic and professional aspirations, who want to deepen their understanding of modern Europe, not just of the EU. At the same time, we offer opportunities to develop particular policy expertise, for instance, there are a number of options on European external relations, foreign and security policy. Christoph Meyer (Staff), European Studies

European Studies MRes Intake 5 FT. Indicative tuition fees (2008) FT home/EU £3760, FT overseas £11330. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/450 See shared details (page 94)

meet the requirements of the Economic and Social Research Council for training Purpose students seeking to pursue PhD research in For students from a variety of intellectual the social sciences. backgrounds with an interest in Modern Core module: European Identities & the Europe and the EU. This MRes aims to EU. Optional module: in-depth study provide students with a master’s level arising from core module. Compulsory competency in the social scientific research modules: Applied Social Science; skills and knowledge necessary successfully Qualitative & Quantitative Research to complete a PhD empirical research Methods; Theories & Methodologies of project. the Social Sciences; Dissertation.

About the programme

Description

Format & assessment

An advanced introduction to major topics in the study of contemporary European politics and society and enhances students’ capacity to review different theoretical perspectives, both to evaluate them critically and to engage in empirical research to test them. It is constructed to

Six modules studied during the first two semesters and a dissertation; coursework essays, continuous assessment of practical work, oral presentations, and the dissertation.

European Studies

This programme offers an in-depth analysis of major scholarly debates in history, politics, political thought and international relations, both within and beyond the EU. You will study a range of interdisciplinary approaches on the compulsory core module European Identities & the EU and then specialise either on modules covering specific regions, or on issues affecting the whole of Europe or the EU. You may opt for a general pathway and spend the entire academic year at King’s, or, if you have the appropriate linguistic competence, you may take a pathway in French or German with the opportunity to spend a semester at a partner institution.

Address Film Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Stephanie Green, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 2315, fax 020 7848 2001, film-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/film/

Film Studies at King’s is a group of internationally acclaimed staff and a lively and expanding graduate population. Research foci include (popular) European cinema, film and philosophy, representation, technology, art cinema and the avant-garde. New senior appointments, a programme of lectures by nationally and internationally distinguished scholars and of international conferences, twice weekly 35mm cinematheque screenings, a new undergraduate degree in film studies, a focused training programme at graduate level and the unique resources for film research in central London all combine to consolidate and extend existing strengths, making the film studies programme at King’s a leading centre for the study of cinema in London. We are situated in the heart of the arts and media district, a few minutes walk from the British Film Institute South Bank and the BFI Library.

The programme currently comprises seven dedicated members of staff and enjoys links to other staff in departments across the School. We offer our own MA in Contemporary Cinema Cultures, and welcome applications for PhD study in film and related areas of visual and cultural studies.

essay writing for film studies, image capture, use of archives, choosing and completing a dissertation, doing a literature review.

Film Studies

School of Humanities

Film Studies

Induction & training

The departmental training programme includes workshops on oral presentation,

Facilities

There are two special film studies seminar rooms, both equipped with high specification film and video screening equipment. The College has made a major commitment to refurbishing its multimedia infrastructure for the study of film and

related media. This includes building a significant collection of print, DVD and VHS materials, new facilities for group teaching in 35mm, video, and DVD modes on the Strand Campus, and substantial new information technology resources. Funding

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Research opportunities Film Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Ginette Vincendeau. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent and an MA. A degree in film studies, or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part, is an advantage, although candidates from other disciplines and those returning to study will be considered on their own merits. Duration Expected to be: PhD (initial registration for MPhil), three years FT, four–six years PT; September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 7 March. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, selffunded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Ms Stephanie Green, tel 020 7848 2315, film-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/99

Research profile

About the programme

Current number of academic staff 7. Current number of research students 19. Recent publications

The Film Studies programme has become a leading centre for the study of cinema, building on recent appointments and our unique facilities for film research. We have research strengths in three major areas: European cinema, cultural approaches, and film theory. Staff publications and research encompass national cinemas together with popular European genres and stars, art cinema, documentary and the avant-garde. Cultural approaches extend to a wider range of films (American and Asian as well as European), including the representation of the city, national and transnational identity in film, popular Asian cinema, gender and ethnicity, the relationship between film and new media and special effects. Work in the area of film theory addresses the relationship between film studies and other disciplines, such as philosophy, psychoanalysis, geography, music and art history.

• Art, Exploitation, Underground. • Selfless Cinema? Ethics and French Documentary. • Pastiche. • Special Effects: Still in Search of Wonder. • Italian Neo-Realism: Rebuilding the Cinematic City. • Journeys of Desire, European Actors in Hollywood. Current research projects

• Remapping European Art Cinema. • The Work of Nino Rota and the Role of Music in Film. • Experimental Cinemas: Aesthetics, Values, Publics. • The Representation of Los Angeles in American Cinema. • Heritage Film: Nation, Genre and Representation. • Tales of the Deep South: Provence and the South of France in the Cinema.

Study environment

See Facilities text above.

The department’s training programme covers methods and issues in presentation, illustration and referencing both written or oral communication in film studies, as well as support for formulating topics, reviewing the field and preparing for vivas and conferences. You will have access to the lectures, seminars and special events

held under the auspices of the University of London Screen Studies Group. Application procedure

Before applying please consult the department’s web pages to determine if we have a suitable research supervisor for your project. Depending on the outcome of this, you should send us a research project

outline of around 1,000 words with your graduate application form. We also ask for a sample of written work. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but it is expected that students will transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

School of Humanities

Training

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Richard Dyer Notions of entertainment and representation; film and music; serial killers in the cinema. Dr Michele Pierson Special effects; avant-garde and experimental film; the relation between film and new media; film cultures; media aesthetics. Dr Mark Shiel Post-World War II American film and visual culture; cinema and the city; Italian neorealism; the road movie; cinema and radical politics.

Dr Belén Vidal Period drama and the heritage film; film aesthetics and adaptation; contemporary European cinema; cinephilia and film cultures; feminist film theory. Professor Ginette Vincendeau Film history; European cinema; film stardom; crime cinema and film noir; women’s cinema; feminist film theory; authorship.

Taught programme Film Studies MA (title subject to approval) Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent. A degree in film studies, or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part, is an advantage, although candidates from other disciplines will be considered. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 7 March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations This is a relatively new degree but we expect that many of our students will pursue research in film and visual studies; others may develop their skills in careers in the media arts and related activities. Contact Ms Stephanie Green, tel 020 7848 2315, fax 020 7848 2001, film-studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/108

About the programme Purpose

Please note that this programme has been delivered by the department for a number of years under the title Cinema Cultures. For those who want to develop and broaden their knowledge of film studies, either for careers in the media arts

and related activities, or for a PhD in Film and Visual Studies. To examine issues surrounding the production and consumption of cinema and how it is understood. Description

Core module: Formations in Film Studies: an Advanced Introduction to the Field. Optional modules: Media Aesthetics; Thinking Cinema: Theory, Philosophy, Ethics; Heritage cinemas: Genre and representation in the contemporary period; Cinema & the City; Music and Film; Art Cinema; Exploitation Cinema; French Cinema: History, Ideology, Aesthetics; Post-war & Contemporary British Cinema; London Film Cultures. Dissertation. Research seminar programme. Format & assessment

Taught core and optional courses assessed by coursework plus a dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics; in addition to a completed application form we also ask for a piece of written work of no more than 4,000 words and an indication of the possible dissertation topic you might like to pursue. We interview most applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Film Studies at King’s offers a first-class research environment, hosting regular conferences and talks, and comprising some of the field’s most prominent scholars. Its close proximity to key centres for British film culture, such as the BFI Southbank and the BFI library, has also been very advantageous to my studies. Jonathan Driskell (Student), Film Studies PhD

Film Studies

Dr Mark Betz Post-World War II European cinema; non-Western and alternative cinemas; exploitation cinemas; film historiography; contemporary film theory. Dr Sarah Cooper Ethics and film, especially documentary; film theory and philosophy; modern critical theory, especially feminist theory, queer theory and psychoanalysis.

School of Humanities French

French Address Department of French, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Dr Johanna Malt, Graduate Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 2404, fax 020 7848 2720, jo.malt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/french

Our department is committed to research and teaching excellence across the whole chronological range of French studies. Our staff are established scholars in literature (from medieval Occitan to contemporary Francophone literatures), social and political studies, literary and critical theory (including feminism and gender studies), French cinema and visual culture, and French philosophy.

Our research ethos is distinct in its linking of contemporary critical and theoretical practices to the study of the history and politics of French and francophone cultures from the Middle Ages to the present day. This research culture is tied into our MA teaching, since staff are able to develop modules around their own research, in response to the interests of students. Our staff and students participate actively in research centres within King’s and elsewhere in London (including the Centre for Late Antique & Medieval Studies, the Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies, Queer@King’s, the Forum for European Philosophy). We also run regular seminars and reading groups in the department, in which our students

take an active role. Research students are fully involved in these activities and are actively encouraged to make the most of the outstanding research opportunities and facilities in King’s and in London more widely.

Facilities

Induction & training

Funding

As a student in the department, you have full access to the Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies, which runs Saturday workshops in research skills and methods for MA/MPhil/PhD students studying in language departments in the University of London and hosts PORT – the online research training facility.

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. The recently endowed Thérèse Zadora fund enables us to subsidise our graduate students attending conferences and making research trips, and the Crompton Scholarship enables women students to pursue research for a year in a Frenchspeaking country.

In 2008, we are delighted to be opening a newly refurbished work space and seminar area for the exclusive use of graduate students in French, German, European Studies and Comparative Literature.

Research opportunities French Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Nicholas Harrison. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in French or in a combined honours degree including French, followed by a taught master’s degree. Applications from candidates with other qualifications may be considered if relevant experience or equivalent qualifications can be demonstrated. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT, usually starting September. Intake Approximately 4. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 13 February. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Recent PhD graduate destinations include permanent academic jobs at Leeds, Nottingham, Bangor and King’s among others, as well as research fellowships at Warwick, Oxford and Cambridge. Contact Dr Johanna Malt, Graduate Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 2404, fax 020 7848 2720, jo.malt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/110

Research profile RAE score 5. Current number of academic staff 14. Current number of research students 14. Recent publications include

• After Bataille: Sacrifice, Exposure, Community. • Poisoned Words: Slander and Satire in Early Modern France. • Martyrs to Love: Love and Death in Medieval French and Occitan. • Courtly Literature. • Postcolonial Criticism: History, Theory and the Work of Fiction. • Obscure Objects of Desire: Surrealism, Fetishism, and Politics. • The Politics of Racism in France. Current research projects include

• The Literary City under Bourbon Absolutism. • Responses to Change in Second-Empire France. • Fascism, the Left and Political Corruption. • Legacies of French Theory. • Revolutionary Time.

About the programme We offer a highly successful graduate programme with research strengths in all periods of French literature, modern 98

French history and politics, Francophone literature and French thought. There are several active research seminars attended by graduate students as well as staff: a medieval seminar, a critical theory seminar and regular departmental seminars on specific themes. We also provide training and individual guidance on research methods, writing research proposals and applying for funding. We are in the process of establishing a pioneering programme of specialist training in advanced French language and pedagogical grammar for graduate students, in conjunction with the Modern Language Centre at King’s. We benefit from the proximity of numerous research and cultural resources such as the British Library, the Courtauld Institute, the National Theatre and the British Film Institute amongst others. We currently have research students working across the whole range of French literary studies and all members of the department supervise research. Study environment

As a research student, you will have designated primary and secondary supervisors, and most students will see their supervisor at least every two weeks during the first year of research. We will monitor your progress through termly written reports and annual reviews. You

Training

We encourage all MPhil/PhD students in their first year to attend the MA course: Reading Theory/Reading Practice, which looks at literary and critical theory through discussion of readings of literary texts, followed by discussions of key polemics and debates in critical theory. There is a regular departmental research seminar, which features presentations of work in progress by our graduate research students and staff, and students also organise their own seminars and reading groups.

We offer our students training sessions with specialist librarians at the British Library and the King’s Maughan Library, as well as training workshops and individual guidance on writing research proposals and applying for funding. Graduate students of medieval French literature also have the opportunity to join a team working under Professor Simon Gaunt on the ‘Roman de la Rose’ Digital Surrogates project.

School of Humanities

will be strongly encouraged to attend research seminars in the department and beyond, and be expected to present your research in the departmental seminar at some point. Our students benefit from funds to subsidise student attendance at conferences, and to contribute towards research costs. We have exchanges at graduate level with the Université de Paris X Nanterre and the École Normale Supérieure Lyon.

Application procedure

Please check website for details.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Nicholas Harrison Colonial/postcolonial literature and theory; censorship; literary theory; North Africa. Dr Hector Kollias The enlightenment and its legacy; the theory of literature in the 20th century; queer theory. Dr Stathis Kouvelakis French and European political thought. Dr Johanna Malt 20th-century French literature; critical theory; visual arts; avant-gardes; surrealism. Dr Siobhán McIlvanney 19th-21st-century literature; women’s writing; critical theory.

Dr Craig Moyes 17th- and 18th-century French and comparative literature; Québécois literature and film. Dr Sanja Perovic 17th- and 18th-century French and comparative literature. Dr Karen Pratt Medieval French literature. Dr Soizick Solman French language curriculum design and teaching; Lacanian psychoanalysis. Dr Jim Wolfreys Contemporary French politics; fascism; political corruption; history of the French labour movement; historiography of revolution.

Taught programmes French Literature & Culture MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in French or in a combined honours degree including French. US applicants should have GPA 3.5 or above. We may consider other relevant experience or qualifications where appropriate. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 10. Closing date 30 June 2009, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 13 February. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025 , PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Research in our department or other institutions; careers in teaching, journalism, cultural management, the financial sector. Many of our students work in the European Union. Contact Dr Johanna Malt, Graduate Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 2404, fax 020 7848 2720, jo.malt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/109

French Writing on the Visual & Cinema; a dissertation (on a topic of your choice).

About the programme Purpose

For students seeking to further their knowledge of French literature and culture and/or to prepare for research.

Format & assessment

Core module and optional modules, assessed by extended essay plus a compulsory dissertation.

Description

Your study comprises: a core module on research methodology and critical theory; and optional modules, which may include: Subjectivity/Intersubjectivity in Old French Literature; Reading Montaigne; Medieval Occitan; Christine de Pizan; 17th-Century Rhetoric & Poetics; Imagined Communities in the French Enlightenment; Painters & Writers: the Image of the Artist in 19th-century French Literature; Avant-Gardes of the 1920s & 1930s; Contemporary French Women’s Writing; French Psychoanalytic Writing since 1945; Literature & Culture in Second Empire France; Contemporary Francophone Writing; Life & Living in Recent French Thought; Contemporary

Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. You will be asked to supply a sample of written work, and will be interviewed (by telephone if necessary for overseas applicants). You are welcome to visit the department by appointment to discuss the programme informally. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

French Language & Culture (subject to approval) MA/PG Dip In collaboration with King’s Modern Language Centre, the department will launch this innovative e-learning programme in September 2009. Suitable for students with a French

degree or equivalent, offering a unique combination of high-level training in all aspects of French language; in pedagogical techniques (including e-learning) for current or future teachers

of French; and in aspects of French literature and culture. Check our website for further updates: www.kcl.ac.uk/ gsp09/programme/560 99

French

Dr Emily Butterworth French early modern literature, history and thought. Professor Patrick ffrench 20th-century French and Francophone literature; post-war literary and critical theory; Bataille; Proust. Professor Simon Gaunt Old French literature; medieval Occitan literature; textual criticism (editing medieval texts); modern critical theory. Professor Anne Green 19th-century French literature and culture; Second Empire literature; Flaubert.

School of Humanities German

German Address Department of German, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Ms Caroline Lenihan, Departmental Manager, tel 020 7848 2124, fax 020 7848 2089, caroline.lenihan@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/german

Our department has remained the highest-rated research department in German within the University of London for many years. It is one of only three in the country to have received the top rating (5*) in all Research Assessment Exercises. We have eight full-time staff (three professors, a senior lecturer and four lecturers), as well as a number of senior research fellows and funded postdocs. Research income since 2001 has totalled over £1 million.

Staff within the department contribute extensively to the teaching and administration of the MA in German Linguistics, the MA in Medieval Studies, the MA in Comparative Literature, the MA in European Studies, the MA in Text & Performance Studies, and the MA in German Literature (at the Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies). Since 2001 we have successfully supervised 23 MA students and seen sixteen doctoral degrees awarded in German, equating to an average of two

PhDs per year. Our department has one of the largest communities of German graduates in the country.

Studies, which organises skills sessions and workshops. Facilities

Induction & training

Students in the department participate fully in the induction and training programmes of the School Graduate Programme and receive additional support from the Centre for Computing in the Humanities. The department also subscribes to the training programme of the Institute of Germanic and Romance

The Maughan Library has dedicated facilities for Humanities graduate students. The department shares a graduate lounge with other departments, situated one floor below. Funding

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Research opportunities German Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Robert Weninger. Entry requirements Normally a first or 2:1 first degree in German or a relevant subject and preferably also a taught MA programme. Students applying from Germany would be expected to have completed six semesters of study. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Research degree registration may begin in September, January or April. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Professor David N Yeandle, Graduate Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 2128, Caroline Lenihan, Departmental Manager, tel 020 7848 2124, caroline.lenihan@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/113

100

Research profile RAE score 5*. Research income Over £1 million since 2001. Current number of academic staff 8. Current number of research students 3. Recent publications

• The German Tradition of Psychology in Literature and Thought. • Wolfram’s ‘Willehalm’: Fifteen Essays. • Streitbare Literaten. • ‘Schame’ im Alt- und Mittelhochdeutschen. Current research projects

• Wolfram von Eschenbach Parzival Digital Research Resource. Partner organisations

Humboldt University in Berlin, Universities of Frankfurt, Leipzig, Munich, Vienna, and Stuttgart.

Republic, and other relevant legal-political issues. Research in German Linguistics can be conducted at MA, MPhil or PhD level. Study environment

Research seminars, at which students and staff present papers for discussion are organised by the department; students also have access to the facilities of the Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies. Training

The department organises individual training for graduate students, tailored to their specific needs. Students also attend the relevant research training workshops offered by the School of Humanities, the Graduate School, and the Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies. Application procedure

We encourage you to discuss research possibilities with the department prior to Our current PhD students are working application. A research proposal (one to mainly in the areas of literary studies, two pages) must be submitted with your from the Middle Ages to the present day, application. You may also be asked to historical and contemporary linguistics, submit samples of your written BA work, and the history of ideas, but the department relevant projects or MA dissertation. has internationally recognised strengths in Admission to our research programmes will most areas. initially be for the MPhil but we expect Applications are also invited from students to transfer to the PhD after an students wishing to pursue doctoral appropriate period, by agreement with research on German constitutional their supervisor and the Departmental history and theory. The department Postgraduate Research Committee. provides an important focus for research on the Imperial Constitution, the Weimar Constitution, the Basic Law of the Federal

About the programme

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Matthew Bell Melancholy; literature and psychology; Goethe; 18th-century European literature; the classical tradition. Dr Alexander Clarkson Relationship between immigrant communities and German political movements after 1945; German sub-cultures. Mr Martin Jones Medieval literature; the Arthurian tradition; crusading literature; medieval chivalry and warfare.

Dr Anna Linton Early modern German literature; 19th- and 20th-century German literature; reception of classical mythology. Dr Jan Palmowski The history of European integration; the history and politics of contemporary Germany, German regionalism & federalism since 1866; the history of the GDR. Dr Horst Simon German linguistics (synchronic and diachronic); typology. Dr Alexander Warkotsch International democracy promotion; politics of transition in post-communist countries.

Professor Robert Weninger 19th- and 20th-century German and comparative literature; literary theory; contemporary German literature; James Joyce. Professor David Yeandle Historical philology; medieval literature; Reformation language; political vocabulary; English influence; humanities computing.

About the programme

Format & assessment

School of Humanities

Staff research interests

Taught programme Entry requirements Minimum first class or 2:1 honours degree in German or with German as a principal component, or ‘Staatsexamen’, or equivalent qualification. Applicants who possess alternative qualifications obtained by written examination may also be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date None but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025 , PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC, self-funded. Location Strand Campus; other University of London campuses; study abroad. Student destinations We expect many students will pursue research in German; others may develop careers in teaching, journalism, the financial sector and other related activities. Contact Dr Horst Simon, tel 020 7848 2127; Caroline Lenihan, Departmental Manager, tel 020 7848 2124, horst.simon@kcl.ac.uk, caroline.lenihan@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/396

Purpose

To expand knowledge of linguistic theories both past and present, the diverse approaches and methodologies relevant to the field of German and linguistics and language teaching. To prepare students for research in the field. Description

This intercollegiate MA is taught by King’s, University College London and Queen Mary. You will take a compulsory core module, Theoretical & Methodological Aspects, and choose from a range of additional modules including: Describing & Teaching the German Language; Themes in Language History & Language Culture; Trends & Developments in Modern German; Corpus-based Text Analysis; Language, Identity & Culture. You may also study abroad for a semester at Gießen University, Germany, concentrating on German as a foreign language teaching. Please check the online prospectus for up to date details.

German

German Linguistics MA Core and other modules assessed by presentations and coursework plus a compulsory dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We interview most applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods. This MA is also available by research. The taught option may not run in 2009–10.

Related programme The following programme is offered by a different King’s department but covers related subject matter:

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA (see page 231).

101

School of Humanities History

History Address Department of History, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Administrative Officer, tel 020 7848 1078, fax 020 7848 2052, history@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/history

The Department of History dates back to the 1870s and is a friendly department dedicated to the pursuit of academic excellence. We pride ourselves on delivering consistently high standards in teaching, and have been awarded a 5* rating in every national Research Assessment Exercise since they began.

Our staff research and teach a wide range of subjects in British and European history, and the history of the British Empire. Recently we have welcomed to the department Professor Peter Heather as Chair of Medieval History and Professor Richard Drayton as Rhodes Professor of Imperial History. The department also contributes to several internationally important projects developing internetbased tools for historical research. We offer graduate taught and research degrees including our prestigious MAs in Medieval, Early Modern, Modern and Imperial & Commonwealth History which offer challenging modules and give students the chance to engage in research supervised by internationally-renowned historians. They are designed both for younger scholars moving into academic work and for more mature students to incorporate into an established career. Our history students have a wide range of resources available to them including staff in other departments with historical

interests, and the colleges and libraries of the University of London. The department maintains close links with the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) (www.history. ac.uk) and students are encouraged to take part in its seminars and training courses. Induction & training

Each of our MA programmes offers a tailored core module in historical analysis as well as ‘Advanced Skills for Historians’ which is not only academically important but also offers networking opportunities for our students. We run a departmental seminar at which students are given the opportunity to present papers. We provide specialist training in Latin for all students who wish to begin or improve such skills, and Palaeography for Medievalists. Funding for language training is also offered to students wishing to pursue a language of relevance to their studies. The IHR provides a one-week training course ‘Methods and Sources for Historical Research’ at the beginning of

each semester, as well as other training programmes, which is available to our students. Facilities

The Maughan Library has dedicated facilities for graduate students and an extensive range of both primary and secondary resources for historians, not least in its Special Collections. Notably the Foreign and Commonwealth Office Archives, newly installed in the Maughan Library, offer a wealth of research opportunities. The Liddell Hart Archive offers extensive research resources particularly in the field of military history, and facilities for study are also available at the IHR and the University of London Research Library at Senate House. Funding

The department supports applications to the AHRC, ORSAS and for Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Research opportunities History Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Dr Paul Readman. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent and an MA in a related subject. This need not be history but students without history degrees will be expected to show advanced skills of analysis and historical research which their potential supervisor considers necessary. Duration Expected to be: MPhil minimum two years FT, three years PT. PhD minimum three years FT, four–six years PT. September to September, January to January or April to April. Intake Variable. Closing date Applicants must be in the possession of an offer from the department and have submitted their applications by mid-January for ORSAS and the end of February for AHRC funding. There is no deadline for self-funded students. Funding AHRC, ORSAS, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Overseas applicants should seek advice from the British Council on country-specific funding opportunities. Please see our website for all available funding opportunities. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Administrative Officer, tel 020 7848 1078, history@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/117

102

Research profile

About the programme

RAE score 5* (1992, 1996, 2001). Research income Chiefly from the AHRC,

King’s provides research expertise across a wide historical range from the ancient world to post-war Europe and has received the highest rating (5*) for research in the last three assessments in 1992, 1996 and 2001. Our Medieval historians participate in the Centre for Late Antique and Medieval Studies and Laura Gowing is a founding member of the Centre for Queer Studies. Staff in the department continue to publish articles and books, many of which have won prizes including Arthur Burns’s St Paul’s, awarded the William M Berger Prize for British Art History, and Stephen Lovell’s Summerfolk, awarded the Philip Leverhulme Prize. London offers unparalleled diversity and richness to academics of all disciplines, with the largest concentration of libraries and archives in the UK including the National Archives, Kew and the India Office.

over £2 million recently, the Leverhulme Trust and the British Academy. Current number of academic staff 23. Current number of research students 45. Recent publications

• Earls of Mercia. • The British Empire: Themes and Perspectives. • Tulipmania: Money, Honour and Knowledge in the Dutch Golden Age. • Destination in Doubt: Russia since 1989. • The Unfree French: Life under the Occupation. Current funded research projects

• The Prosopography of Anglo-Saxon England (PASE). • The Fine Rolls of the Early Reign of Henry III. • Clergy of the Church of England Database 1540–1835 (CCEd). Partner organisations The Institute of Historical Research, University of London, University of North Carolina (UNC).

Study environment

All students have two supervisors and are expected to meet with their designated primary supervisor (or both if jointly supervised) on a regular basis.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Stephen Baxter Medieval Britain pre- and post-conquest. Dr James Bjork Cultural, social and political history of modern Central Europe. Dr Hugh Bowden Herodotus; archaic and classical Greek history (fifth and fourth centuries BC); Greek religion. Professor Arthur Burns 18th- to 20th-century British religious, social and political history. Professor David Carpenter 12th- to 14th-century English political, administrative, social, economic, military and architectural history. Professor Richard Drayton British and French imperial history, with special interest in the Caribbean. Dr Serena Ferente Political and cultural history of late Medieval and Renaissance Italy.

Dr Anne Goldgar 17th- and 18th-century European social and cultural history. Dr Laura Gowing Women and gender in early modern England; the body in 17th-century England. Professor Peter Heather Late Roman Empire; successor states to the Roman Empire; barbarian hordes. Professor Ludmilla Jordanova Art, culture and science in the long 18th century. Dr Lucy Kostyanovsky 16th-century religious and political history; English Reformation. Dr Stephen Lovell Culture, society and politics in 19th- and 20th-century Russia. Dr Ian McBride 18th-century Irish and British history; Northern Ireland.

Professor David McLean 19th-century British foreign policy and imperial expansion; modern British economic and educational history. Dr Paul Readman Modern British political and cultural history; national identity; nationalism; landscape history. Dr Michael Rowe States and nationalism in Europe since c1750. Dr Sarah Stockwell 20th-century British imperial and business history; decolonisation. Dr Adam Sutcliffe Western European Jewish History and Intellectual History (1650-1850). Professor Richard Vinen Modern and contemporary French history; 20th-century world history. Dr Jon Wilson 18th-century Indian history; the East India Company in Bengal.

Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without history degrees may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Please contact the department for advice concerning this matter. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Variable. Closing date Applicants must be in possession of an offer from the department and have submitted their applications by the end of February if applying for AHRC funding: 1 September deadline otherwise. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC; self-funded. Overseas applicants should seek advice from the British Council on country-specific funding opportunities. Location Strand Campus.

Student destinations Research in our department or elsewhere; teaching, journalism, finance and politics. Contact Administrative Officer, tel 020 7848 1078, fax 020 7848 2052, history@kcl.ac.uk. Format & assessment Students will take modules worth a minimum of 180 credits. Taught compulsory and optional modules assessed by coursework and/or take-home examination plus a compulsory dissertation. Application procedure We interview all applicants, either in person or over the phone if they are normally resident overseas. Written examples of work are also required at the initial application stage. Once references and transcripts are received, we aim to process all applications within four to six weeks although this may take longer in February, March and over holiday periods. You will receive notification when your application has been passed to the admissions tutor for assessment.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

103

History

them to discuss their research proposal in more detail prior to making an official application. Once they have confirmed with their intended supervisor that the Training topic is one they would be able to supervise, Training in skills specific to your research application is made online. Applications topic such as palaeography and Latin will not be considered until the department are provided and language training in has received two references, an official our MLC is funded where suitable to transcript from the candidate’s last place research interests. A range of courses in of study and a research proposal with the skills training can be taken at the IHR and application. research students are expected to make All applicants for graduate research active use of the IHR by attendance at, and will be interviewed and they may be contributions to, the seminar(s) appropriate requested to supply some written work on to their subject. an appropriate subject with their formal application. Admission to our research Application procedure programmes will initially be for the MPhil Those intending to apply for research but we expect students to transfer to degrees in the department should search the PhD after an appropriate period, by the staff pages on the history website agreement with their supervisor and the to identify a supervisor appropriate to Departmental Postgraduate & Research their intended field of study and contact Committee. postgraduate seminar at the Institute of Historical Research (IHR), which research students are encouraged to attend.

School of Humanities

Monthly supervision reports are filed for all full-time students and supervisors must submit progress reports every six months in consultation with the student. There will be a further review by two members of the department at the end of the student’s first and third years. After approximately 18 months the student will normally be upgraded from MPhil to PhD status with a transfer to ‘writing up’ status usually occurring after three years full-time study. Upon submission of the thesis, assessment is by means of an oral examination (viva). Undergraduate teaching opportunities are available for graduate research students subject to demand and suitability. PhD students are also encouraged to present their work at the twice termly departmental seminar which brings together members of the graduate community and academic staff. A number of opportunities also exist at the fortnightly

School of Humanities

Early Modern History MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/114 See shared details (page 103)

About the programme Purpose

Both to provide training in the historiographical and technical skills necessary for further study, and also to

deepen your knowledge of the period studied. Suitable both for potential academics and for personal interest. Description

The degree breaks down the conventional divisions between British and European history, focusing on ways in which cultural and social themes stretch across the period c1500-1800. Compulsory modules:

Approaches to Early Modern History; Advanced Skills for Historians. Options include: Paris & Amsterdam in the 17th century; Power, Identity & Religion; Ritual in Early Modern Society; Political Thought in the British Atlantic World; The Body & Society in Early Modern Europe; Religion, Science & the Production of Knowledge in Early Modern Europe; People, Portraits & Things, 1660-1800.

Imperial & Commonwealth History MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/115

History

See shared details (page 103)

About the programme Purpose

To provide advanced study in the field of imperial, colonial and commonwealth history, and an opportunity to acquire the historiographical and technical skills

associated with the design of research projects, preparation of bibliographies and the use of archives and original sources. Description

An advanced introduction to general disciplinary and methodological debates in the field of imperial, colonial and commonwealth history. Compulsory modules: Concepts & Debates in Imperial History; Advanced Skills for Historians.

Options include: Narrating India’s Nations; Transition to Colonialism in India; Empire of law: ruling the British empire, 17501960; Empire in the 20th-century World: An Era of Decolonisation?; Patriotism in British Politics, c1870-1918; Navies & Seapower, 1793-2000; The History & Politics of Portuguese-speaking Africa, 1885 to the Present. A compulsory 15,000word dissertation based upon primary sources.

Medieval History MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/116 See shared details (page 103)

About the programme Purpose

To train scholars moving into academic work after completing a BA degree but also for students who simply want to deepen their knowledge of the period.

Description

Teaching is provided mainly by the Department of History, with collaboration from the Professor of Palaeography, and other staff across the School of Humanities. Compulsory modules: Materials & Methods; Palaeography; Medieval Latin. Options include: England & the Continent in the 9th Century; The Foundations of English Royal Government, 800-1300; Law And Society from Constantine to

Charlemagne; Languages of politics: Italy 1250-1500; Magna Carta & Medieval Monarchy; The History of Medieval Women: Image & Reality. A compulsory dissertation based upon primary sources.

Modern History MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/397 See shared details (page 103)

About the programme Purpose

To provide a distinctive programme suitable both for those intending to proceed to a PhD and for those who wish to study modern history at an advanced level. To encourage a broad vision in study and to escape rigid divisions of country, period or discipline.

Description

Adopting a breadth of approaches to modern history (broadly defined as history since 1750), our core staff are experts in their respective fields of British and European history. Compulsory modules: Historical Methods; Advanced Skills for Historians. Options include: Patriotism in British politics c1870-1918; Revolutions & Constitutions in Europe, c1790-1870; Communications in Modern Europe; English Exceptions; The Construction of Modern Heroism, 1725-1930; A Second Confessional Age?; Religion & Society in

Related programmes The following programme is offered by a different King’s department but covers related subject matter:

104

History of Warfare MA (see page 256). War Studies MA (see page 259).

Modern Europe. Optional modules from the Imperial History/Early Moderm MA & European Studies MA. Compulsory dissertation based on primary sources.

Address Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Programme, School of Humanities, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Dr Rory Miller, Admissions Tutor or Professor Efraim Karsh, tel 020 7848 2535, rory. miller@kcl.ac.uk, efraim.karsh@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/mediterranean

The Middle East and wider Mediterranean region has made a momentous and diverse contribution to civilisation. In particular the region’s millenarian legacy of universal empires has had a profound impact on the contemporary world.

The Middle East and Mediterranean Studies programme was established in 1994 in order to provide for expert interdisciplinary teaching and research addressing the main intellectual, political and cultural trends that have flourished in the Mediterranean region since antiquity. The programme draws on the extensive expertise of a number of King’s departments and offers teaching and research in Mediterranean (including Middle Eastern) history, international relations, politics, security, culture and society. Since its inception the MA and PhD programmes have been host to a dynamic group of students from North America, Asia, Europe and the Mediterranean/Middle East.

It now stands at the forefront of teaching and research in its field. It received a 5* ranking as part of the War Studies submission at the last RAE and has gained a widespread national and international reputation for the scholarship and popular writings of its staff members. For example, the recent US Central Command (CENTCOM) directory of Centres of Excellence on the Middle East ranks programme head, Professor Karsh, as the fifth most highly cited academic among the top 20 published authors on the Middle East. Students on the programme are welcomed in a Middle East and Mediterranean

Studies Open Day on arriving. Throughout the year they receive close supervision and research training from their teachers and academic tutors. Facilities

The Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research seminar attracts leading speakers from around the world who provide leading analysis of major events in the Middle East and Mediterranean for the benefit of our students. Funding

Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, AHRC, self-funding.

Research opportunities Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Efraim Karsh. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in a subject appropriate to the course. Equivalent overseas qualifications are acceptable. It is not essential to have undertaken research in this field at graduate level, but students are urged to consider taking an MA before undertaking research work. Duration Expected to be: PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. MPhil two years FT, three years PT, September to September, January to January or April to April. Intake 2–4. Closing date August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 1 March. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, selffunded. Overseas students with sponsorship receive it from bodies in their own countries. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Department of Asian History, Tel Aviv University; Oil analyst, Wood Mackenzie; Greek Ministries of Foreign Affairs and Defence; International Security Consultancy; US Departments of State and Treasury; Turkish Foreign Ministry. Contact Dr Rory Miller, tel 020 7848 2535, or Professor Efraim Karsh, tel 020 7848 2325, rory.miller@kcl.ac.uk, efraim.karsh@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/119

Research profile

About the programme

RAE score 5* (core departments contributing to Middle East & Mediterranean Studies). Research income Middle East & Mediterranean Studies recently received a grant for £10,000 on Radical Islam in Europe. £45,000 for the Uses of Foreign Aid in the Middle East. Current number of academic staff 3 (plus a School Teaching Fellow and additional staff from Theology & Religious Studies, Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies). Current number of research students 16.

Our research programme offers a unique and exciting environment for the indepth study of the varied aspects of the Mediterranean and Middle East. The programme has attracted students from all over the Middle East and Mediterranean (including Egypt, Israel, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey), as well as Europe, Japan, Canada and the United States who are carrying out research in areas as diverse as the Middle East peace process, the history of Zionism, Greek-Turkish foreign relations, Euro-Arab and EuroMediterranean political and economic relations; Israel’s foreign and domestic policy; the foreign policy of the Arab world.

Recent publications

• Israel at 60: Rethinking the Birth of the Jewish State. • Islamic imperialism: A History. • La Guerre d’Oslo. • Rethinking the Middle East. • Ireland and the Palestine Question, 1948-2004. • The Barcelona Process and Euro–Arab Economic Relations: 1995-2005. Current research projects

• Europe and the Arab-Israeli Conflict. • Europe and the Middle East: Trade, Society & Peace. • Turkey, Israel and the United States. • Islamic Radicalism in Europe. • Anti-Zionism in the Modern World. • Arab-Israeli Conflict.

Study environment

Graduate students in Middle East & Mediterranean Studies work closely with their supervisors, who encourage the submission of thesis chapters on a regular basis. There may be opportunities for graduate teaching on the MA core course on the History of the Mediterranean. Training

We offer a research seminar series, and students can attend MA lectures, subject to agreement of the relevant teacher. 105

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies

Induction & training

School of Humanities

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies

School of Humanities

Application procedure

You are encouraged to contact us before applying to discuss your proposed research project, though interviews are not compulsory. Decisions on acceptance

into our research programme will be made on the basis of references and submitted research proposal. Admission will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate

period, usually one year, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Philip Carabott 19th- and 20th-century Greek history, society and politics; the Trikoupis era; the Greek civil war. Dr Anne Green 19th-century French literature and culture.

Professor Efraim Karsh History and politics of the Middle East; US and Russian foreign policy; foreign policy issues in the Mediterranean. Dr Michael Kerr Conflict resolution in the Middle East; comparative peace processes; political Islam.

Dr Rory Miller Mediterranean foreign relations; history of Zionism and anti-Zionism; American foreign policy; EU Middle East policy; Irish foreign policy. Mr Howard Patten Arab-Israeli conflict; Israeli foreign policy; US and the Middle East.

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies

Taught programme Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK honours degree or equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. PT attendance flexible. Intake Approximately 15 FT, 5 PT. Closing date August, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 1 March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5100, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2550, PT overseas £6190. Funding Self-funded, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries or AHRC. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Strategic planning, Deloitte Touche; Department of Foreign Affairs, Greece; United Nations; European Commission; Analyst, J.P. Morgan; Correspondent, Associated Press. Contact Dr Rory Miller, tel 020 7848 2535; Professor Efraim Karsh, tel 020 7848 2325, rory.miller@kcl.ac.uk, efraim.karsh@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/118

About the programme Purpose

For students interested in developing their knowledge of the main intellectual, political and cultural trends that have flourished in the Middle East and wider Mediterranean region and which have impacted on the region in the contemporary era, from regional conflict to the involvement of the US and Europe in the area. Description

This degree offers interdisciplinary teaching in Mediterranean and Middle Eastern history, international relations, security, culture, languages and politics. Current modules include: The History of the Mediterranean; War & Peace in the Middle East; The European Union & the Mediterranean; US Policy towards the Mediterranean & the Middle East;

Related programme The following programmes are offered by a different King’s department but cover related subject matter:

106

European Studies MA, MRes (see page 95).

Modern Islam; From Unification to Integration: Greece, c1910-40; Greece in the 1940s: a Nation in Crisis; Byzantium & the West, AD 843-1002; Conflict Resolution in the Middle East. Format & assessment

Coursework, essays and/or examinations. Application procedure

Interviews are not compulsory, though potential applicants are encouraged to make contact with a member of the programme’s staff before submitting an application. Your application will be assessed by the programme’s admissions committee. We aim to process all applications within two weeks of receiving all the required documents, though during February and March, applications may take longer due to the volume we receive at this time.

Our department welcomes students and visiting researchers from all over the world. Our reputation as a centre of excellence in teaching and research is internationally recognised, and holders of King’s MMus and PhD degrees are to be found at the top of the musical profession around the world.

We hold a weekly series of public research colloquia where scholars from all over the world present their latest research and composers discuss their most recent works, as well as private seminars in which graduate students and staff report on work in progress. The Institute of Advanced Musical Studies is one of the Humanities Research Centres of the School of Humanities, and undertakes and encourages research in music history, music theory and analysis, and composition, favouring interdisciplinary approaches. Its conferences, workshops, colloquia and lecture-concerts are internationally attended and open to all King’s students.

Induction & training

Facilities

Students in the department have an extensive programme of induction and training sessions, and can in addition attend the many programmes offered by the nearby Institute of Musical Research (University of London). The department teaches courses in research techniques specific to music, eg critical theory, techniques of musical analysis, jazz and popular music, music and science. It also runs a series of research seminars. Graduate students may be considered (at the end of their first year) for departmental Teaching Assistantships, so gaining valuable teaching experience and enabling them to benefit from the training in teaching provided by the College for graduate students. Qualified graduates may (subject to approval) receive instrumental lessons at the Royal Academy of Music free of charge.

The department has several practice rooms for instrumentalists. The Maughan Library has dedicated facilities for Humanities graduates. It contains extensive holdings in Music, as well as the Carnegie Collection of British Music: a collection of musical scores of works by 20th-century British composers, published by the Carnegie United Kingdom Trust. The King’s Sound Archive includes some 150,000 78rpm records, mostly UK issues, and covering classical and popular releases from the 1920s to c1960. Discs may be heard, studied and copied.

Research opportunities Music Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Roger Parker. Entry requirements A first or high 2:1 first degree in Music; a master’s degree is normally required. Equivalent qualifications or experience may be considered. Duration Expected to be: Three years FT, four years PT. Entry in September is normal but entry in January is also possible. Intake 8 FT, 6 PT approximately. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply by early January. Please check the department website for details. Funding AHRC, scholarships, self-funding. Various Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus, the Royal Academy of Music (if appropriate); British Library (if appropriate). Contact Robert Witts, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2319, fax 020 7848 2326, robert.witts@kcl.ac.uk. The Head of Programme will put you in contact with the most appropriate member of staff for your proposed research. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/122

Research profile RAE score 5. Current number of academic staff 13. Current number of research students 18 FT

and 8 PT. Recent publications

• Wagner Beyond Good and Evil. • Cherubini’s Pariser Opera. • The Modern Invention of Medieval Music. • Recent recordings of Dance Figures, Palimpsests, Sudden Time, Viola, Viola and Shadowlines. • The New Grove Guide to Verdi and his Operas. • The Cambridge Mozart Encyclopedia. Current research projects

The AHRC Research Centre for the History and Analysis of Recorded Music (www.charm.rhul.ac.uk ): a project in collaboration with Royal Holloway, University of London and the University of Sheffield, attracting a grant of just under £1 million.

About the programme The department has a long-established international reputation for research in music history and musical analysis, covering music from the Middle Ages to the present day. We are particularly strong

in opera studies, performance studies, music theory, historiography, 18th- and 19th-century music, the early 20thcentury (including jazz) and composition. A new area of research being opened up by staff at King’s is the study of music on record, especially historical recordings and their implications for performance. Training

The Institute for Musical Research at the University of London offers a full and varied programme of training events. Application procedure

You are encouraged to contact us before applying to discuss your proposed research project. We will need to be sure that your research proposal will make a significant contribution to scholarship and that it can be completed to PhD level within three years (or part-time equivalent). We will also need to feel that we can offer sufficiently expert supervision to give you the very best support that you can find anywhere. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate Admissions and Research Committee. 107

Music

Address Department of Music, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Robert Witts, Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2319, fax 020 7848 2326, robert.witts@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/music

School of Humanities

Music

School of Humanities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor George Benjamin Composer. Dr Katherine Brown Ethnomusicology, especially the music of South Asia. Professor John Deathridge Wagner, 19th- and 20th-century German opera; Adorno and critical theory; music historiography. Professor Cliff Eisen Mozart; classical period; performance practice; Broadway; 20th-century American Song and Popular Music. Dr Michael Fend 16th-century theory; Cherubini and 19th-century French opera; Adorno; historiography and philosophy of music.

Dr Andy Fry Jazz; music historiography; role of race and gender in musical discourse. Dr Matthew Head 18th-century European music; film music and music theory; musical rhetoric, character, performance, genre. Mr Robert Keeley Composer; pianist; contemporary American and Italian music; performance style and recordings. Professor Daniel Leech-Wilkinson Recorded performance practices; expressivity; music cognition and science; early music today.

Dr Silvina Milstein Composition; analysis and history of 20th-century music; Schoenberg and the Second Viennese School. Professor Roger Parker Opera, especially Italian, of the 19th-century; film music; music in London. Mr David Trendell Zemlinsky and the second Viennese school; 16th-century polyphony; organ and choral music. Dr Bettina Varwig (from October 2009) Schütz; music of the early modern period. Mr Christopher Wintle Theory and analysis; psychology of music; 19th-century Lieder and opera; 20th-century music and criticism.

Closing date None, although early application is advised, and for those applying for AHRC funding, early January. Please check website. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Location Strand Campus. Contact Robert Witts, Departmental Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2319, fax 020 7848 2326, robert.witts@kcl.ac.uk.

Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We interview all applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Music

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number.

Music MMus Entry requirements A first or high 2:1 in music or overseas equivalent. USA: Minimum A grade point average in music major and B+ overall. Applicants with equivalent qualifications or experience seriously considered. You will be asked to submit a sample of recent written work. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships and bursaries, self-funding. Student destinations Further research in the department; further research (at doctoral level) in overseas (particularly USA) universities; media, arts, other related bodies. Some students start or return to successful music careers. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/121 See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

For students intending to go on to research or composition at doctoral level, or wishing to build upon their existing skills. To provide training beyond undergraduate level in current techniques of music research and composition. To nurture leaders in historical and analytical musicology, and composition.

You may specialise in historical musicology, theory and analysis, or composition. Alternatively, you may mix modules from each field in appropriate combinations, according to your needs and experience. Specialist modules cover current approaches to scholarly writing on music as well as advanced techniques of research and composition. You will submit an individually supervised special study (a dissertation, analysis or portfolio of compositions) at the end of the programme.

Description

We encourage you to select modules of particular interest to you. A third may be from other Humanities departments.

Format & assessment

Modules worth 120 credits, plus a special study (dissertation or portfolio).

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in music, but admission may also be possible for students debarred from registering as internal candidates for the MMus, MPhil or PhD. Funding Self-funded. Student destinations Our students may develop their skills in careers in the media, arts and work in other related bodies. Others go on to further research, while some return to their successful music careers. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/120 See shared details (above)

108

About the programme Purpose

For graduate students who wish to pursue a particular interest in the fields of historical musicology, theory and analysis or composition.

Format & assessment

Your completed project (written work or composition) will be read by at least two examiners and the result approved by an external examiner. Application procedure

Description

The programme of study is formulated on an individual basis in accordance with your attainments and needs. It may comprise either a written project on a topic approved by your supervisor in consultation with the Head of Programme, or a substantial composition or group of compositions.

You are encouraged to discuss your application in advance with either your proposed supervisor, or the Head of Programme. Please send your application form to the department, together with a sample of appropriate and recent written work.

Address Department of English, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Professor David Ganz, Professor of Palaeography, tel 020 7848 2594, david.ganz@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/123

King’s has the only established Chair of Palaeography in the English-speaking world. Professor David Ganz holds a joint appointment in the Departments of English and Classics, and teaches MA modules in palaeography for the degrees in Medieval Studies and Medieval History, as well as a module in Old and Middle English manuscript materials for MA students in English.

School of Humanities

Palaeography

Research opportunities Palaeography Research MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score 5* (Classics and History). Current number of academic staff 1. Current number of research students

potentially 50 full-time/30 part-time (over three departments – not all will find palaeography courses appropriate to their research). Current research projects

• Latin palaeography. • Einhard: his life and times. • Digitisation of Medieval Manuscripts.

About the programme Professor Ganz’s own area of special interest is in early medieval and Carolingian Latin manuscripts, but he is involved with, and can advise on study options in Old and Middle English manuscripts, Greek Palaeography and English documentary hands. Students wishing to carry out research in Palaeography would work under the direction of Professor Ganz within MPhil/ PhD courses registered in the departments of Classics, English or History. You are welcome to contact him for further advice. Study environment

Palaeography students will be registered in the Department of English, Classics or History. As a student of Palaeography, you will have access to the outstanding collection of manuscript facsimiles and secondary literature in the Palaeography Room in the University of London Library

at Senate House, as well as the resources of the Institute of Classical Studies and the Institute of Historical Research. Training

Professor Ganz teaches a year-long MA module on Latin Palaeography, and is happy to give further instruction as required. The Centre for Manuscript and Print Studies at the Institute of English Studies at Senate House provides seminars related to palaeography and manuscript studies. There is a monthly palaeography workshop, run in the Palaeography Room. Palaeography students will have the opportunity for study at other Colleges in the University of London, and in the Senate Institutes. There is also the opportunity to work with the Centre for Computing in the Humanities in digital palaeography. Application procedure

Your admissions process will be handled by the department to which you have applied (Classics, English or History) and they will have different admissions requirements, such as submission of written papers with your formal application to study. Please contact the department in which you want to base your study. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor David Ganz Palaeography; transmission of Latin classical and medieval texts.

109

Palaeography

Entry requirements All students for MPhil/PhD entry will be expected to have an MA or equivalent. The department in which you will be registered may have other requirements – please see their entries for details. Duration Expected to be: PhD (initial registration for MPhil), three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but please see other relevant departmental entries, especially if applying for AHRC funding. Funding AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions. Contact Professor David Ganz, Professor of Palaeography, tel 020 7848 2594, david.ganz@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/123

School of Humanities Philosophy

Philosophy Address Department of Philosophy, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Adele Nicholson, Departmental Postgraduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2276/2231, adele.nicholson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/philosophy

Our department is one of the largest in the country, with 24 current full-time teaching and research staff. It was one of only five philosophy departments in the country ranked 5* in the 2001 Research Assessment Exercise. In the same year, we were also awarded the maximum mark of 24 in the QAA Subject Review of Teaching.

We offer close personal supervision to graduate students in a wide variety of areas, with particular strengths in the history of philosophy, philosophy of mind and psychology, metaphysics and philosophy of science, ethics and politics, and philosophy of language and linguistics. Graduate students benefit from the wide range of intercollegiate and extracurricular activities at University College London, Birkbeck and the London School of Economics, and from lectures and seminars organised within King’s itself. There is a large community of graduate students

in the department: about 20 students on our taught MA and MSc programmes, and 60-70 research students registered for MPhilStud and PhD programmes. Induction & training

The progress and training needs of all graduate students is monitored by the Department’s Postgraduate and Research Committee. Facilities

The department has a graduate common room and a computer room. The Maughan

Library has dedicated facilities for Humanities graduate students. Funding

British and EU nationals can apply for AHRC studentships and Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. Overseas research students can apply for Overseas Research Scholarships (ORS). Departmental scholarships: Sorabji Graduate Bursary Fund – maximum £2,000 (open to all students); Susan Stebbing Graduate Award – maximum £2,000 (open to female students only).

Research opportunities Philosophy Research MPhilStud/MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor David Papineau. Entry requirements MPhilStud: at least a good 2:1 degree in which philosophy was the major component. PhD: a good Master’s degree in Philosophy (or in Linguistics for those intending to complete a PhD in Computational Linguistics). Duration MPhilStud two years FT, three years PT. PhD two–three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake MPhilStud 14 FT, 2 PT; PhD 18 FT, 2 PT. Closing date None, but we encourage early application. Candidates applying for AHRC and ORS funding must apply before 31 January. Funding See funding section above. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus; occasionally LSE, UCL and Birkbeck. Contact Adele Nicholson, Departmental Postgraduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2276, adele.nicholson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/128

Research profile RAE score 5*. Research income £2 million in last six

years (supporting projects in: Ancient Commentators on Aristotle; The Evolution of the Emotions; Human-Machine Interaction; Perception, Narrative Discourse and Conceptual Art; Towards an Aesthetic Psychology; The Dynamics of Dialogue; A Dynamic Typology of Pronouns). Recent publications by staff include

• Kripke: Names, Necessity, and Identity by Christopher Hughes. • Free Will: A Very Short Introduction by Tom Pink. • Thinking about Consciousness by David 110

Papineau. • Great Medieval Thinkers: Al-Kindi by Peter Adamson. • Unshadowed Thought by Charles Travis. Current number of research staff 21. Current number of research students 60.

Linguistics to students who already have a master’s degree. Study environment

All first-year research students attend the first-year research seminar which meets for two hours every week. There is also Weekly research seminars/reading groups a thesis-reading seminar each week for Names, Gender and Philosophy, Social more advanced research students. The Philosophy, Wittgenstein, Imitation, Early department also has a computer room and a Modern, Mind, Kant, Ethics, Metaphysics. graduate common room.

About the programme We are strong in all areas of analytic philosophy, with particular strengths in the history of philosophy, philosophy of mind and psychology, metaphysics and philosophy of science, ethics and politics, and philosophy of language and linguistics. We also co-operate closely with the other philosophy departments in London which gives us access to a wide range of further specialisations in philosophy. There are two kinds of research degrees offered by this department: Master of Philosophical Studies and PhD. The MPhilStud is two-year structured degree: students work on three options and write a 30,000-word dissertation. The general MPhilStud has a wide range of options to choose from, one of which must be historical. There are also specialised MPhilStuds in Ancient Philosophy and in Philosophy of Psychology. These are similar to the general MPhilStud but require some specific options. We offer PhDs in Philosophy and

Training

Students in the department participate fully in the induction and training programmes offered by the School Graduate Programme. The progress of all graduate students is overseen by the Department’s Postgraduate and Research Committee. Application procedure

We will ask you to submit a sample or samples of work of at least 3,000 words in total plus a research proposal outlining your intended research. PhD applicants are normally registered MPhil/PhD initially, but are expected to transfer to the PhD after the first year if their work is satisfactory.

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Shalom Lappin Formal and computational semantics; formal grammar; natural language processing; logic. Dr Matteo Mameli Philosophy of biological, neurocognitive and social sciences; bioethics. Professor Mary Margaret McCabe Ancient philosophy, particularly Plato; pre-Socratics, Socrates, Aristotle; ethics. Dr Wilfried Meyer-Viol Linguistics; logic; philosophy of language. Professor John Milton Late medieval and early modern science and philosophy. Professor David Papineau Metaphysics; philosophy of science; philosophy of mind and psychology; philosophy of mathematics. Dr Thomas Pink Philosophy of mind; ethics; political philosophy; rational choice theory; medieval and early modern philosophy.

Dr Jasper Reid History of modern philosophy; metaphysics. Dr Richard Samuels Philosophy of mind; philosophy of psychology; foundations of cognitive science. Dr Andrea Sangiovanni Political philosophy and ethics, especially its international aspects; early modern political thought. Professor Gabriel Segal Philosophy of mind; philosophy of language. Dr Mark Textor Logic and metaphysics; epistemology and philosophy of language; history of analytic philosophy. Professor Charles Travis Philosophy of language; epistemology; metaphysics. Dr Raphael Woolf Ancient philosophy, especially Plato, Aristotle and Hellenistic philosophy.

Entry requirements Minimum upper 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree, and an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but we encourage early application. Candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 31 January. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding See funding section in introduction. Location Strand Campus; some lectures may take place at Birkbeck, UCL, LSE. Student destinations Usually to further research; also to teaching, management, the financial or the public sector.

Contact Adele Nicholson, Departmental Postgraduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2276, adele.nicholson@kcl.ac.uk Format & assessment Taught by means of lectures, smaller seminars and/or individual tutorials; assessed by coursework and/or examinations plus a dissertation of around 10,000 words. Application procedure With your application form, you must include a sample of written work totalling approximately 3,000 words. We do not routinely interview applicants, but we may call you for interview; and you are very welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer over holiday periods.

Philosophy

Dr Peter Adamson Late ancient philosophy, especially Neoplatonism; Arabic philosophy; medieval philosophy. Dr John Callanan History of philosophy (especially early modern philosophy); Kant’s critical philosophy, his epistemology & metaphysics. Professor Rai Gaita Ethics; scepticism; philosophy of mind; philosophy of psychology; political psychology; education; Wittgenstein. Dr David Galloway Epistemology, especially epistemic rationality; scepticism and a priori knowledge; ethics; Descartes. Dr Jim Hopkins Philosophy of Wittgenstein; philosophy of mind; philosophy of psychology. Dr Christopher Hughes Metaphysics; medieval philosophy; philosophy of religion. Professor Ruth Kempson Philosophy of language; linguistics, dynamic syntax.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

History of Philosophy (subject to approval) MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 single or joint honours undergraduate degree, in which philosophy was a major component. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/563 See shared details (above)

School of Humanities

Staff research interests

methods seminar; normally complete a course in a relevant foreign language; and Purpose write a dissertation. Modules in the history For students with an undergraduate of philosophy will include some or all of degree in which philosophy was a major the following (subject to confirmation): component, who now wish to focus more Greek Philosophy (Plato and Aristotle); narrowly on the history of philosophy, Post-Aristotelian Philosophy (Hellenistic to provide a firm basis for subsequent Philosophy and Neoplatonism); Medieval research. Philosophy; Arabic Philosophy; Indian Philosophy; Early Modern Philosophy; Description Philosophy of Kant; Schopenhauer and You specialise in at least three areas, at most Nietzsche; 19th-century Continental one of which may lie outside history of Philosophy; Marxism; Frege, Russell, philosophy. You attend a weekly research Wittgenstein; Phenomenology.

About the programme

111

School of Humanities

Philosophy MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/125 See shared details (page 111)

About the programme Purpose

Philosophy

Equally geared both to progressing Philosophy students, and to those converting into Philosophy from another subject at undergraduate level. Designed to provide a solid knowledge base from which you can progress on to independent research.

Description

You will specialise in at least three areas, and write a dissertation. Modules currently available: General Philosophy; Aesthetics; Ethics; Political Philosophy; Epistemology & Methodology; Logic & Metaphysics; Philosophy of Science; Philosophy of Mathematics; Ancient Philosophy; Philosophy of Language; Arabic Philosophy; Early Modern Philosophy; Gender & Philosophy; Philosophy of Mind, Philosophy of Psychology; Philosophy of Religion; Schopenhauer & Nietzsche. This list

is likely to expand from 2009-10. You should take General Philosophy if you have little/no background in the subject: it introduces basic methods, techniques and terminology, and acquaints you with key texts.

Philosophy of Psychology MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/127 See shared details (page 111)

About the programme Purpose

To provide a solid knowledge base from which you can progress on to independent research. For students with an undergraduate background in philosophy,

psychology, or other relevant subjects. Accessible to those with little or no philosophy at undergraduate level. Description

You will specialise in at least three areas, which must include the Philosophy of Mind and the Philosophy of Psychology, and you will write a 10,000 word dissertation on a topic in Philosophy of Psychology. Your additional option(s) might include: General Philosophy;

Aesthetics; Ethics; Political Philosophy; Epistemology & Methodology; Logic & Metaphysics; Philosophy of Science; Philosophy of Mathematics; Ancient Philosophy; Philosophy of Language; Arabic Philosophy. This list is likely to expand from 2009–10. You should take General Philosophy if you have little/no background in the subject: it introduces basic methods, techniques and terminology, and acquaints you with key texts.

Philosophy & History of Science MSc Tuition fees (2009) Please contact the School. Location Strand Campus; LSE. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/124

philosophy at undergraduate level. To provide a solid knowledge base from which to progress to independent research.

See shared details (page 111)

Description

About the programme Purpose

For students with substantial undergraduate background in science, mathematics, philosophy or a related discipline. Accessible to those with little

We collaborate with the philosophers of science in the Department of Philosophy, Logic & Scientific Method at LSE for this joint MSc. It offers a wide range of papers, yet permits specialisation. You will take at least one core topic, two optional study topics and write a dissertation. Core topics: Philosophy of Science/Scientific Method;

History of Science. Optional study topics may include: Philosophical Foundations of Physics; Philosophy of Mathematics; Philosophy of Biological & Cognitive Sciences; Foundations of Probability; Philosophy of the Social Sciences; Philosophy of Economics; Philosophical Logic and Metaphysics; Mathematical Logic. Format & assessment

Taught core and optional study topics assessed by examination plus a dissertation.

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc Intake Approximately 10. Location Strand Campus and the Institute of Psychiatry, King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Academic work involving philosophy, teaching, journalism, cultural management or the financial sector. Others take up or return to work in the field of mental health. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/126

in psychiatry; also accessible to those who have done little philosophy at undergraduate level. To provide a solid knowledge base from which to progress to independent research.

Psychology; Philosophy of Mind; Models of Psychopathology. You will choose your dissertation topic with advice from a staff member. You may like to select a topic relevant to your professional interests.

Description

Format & assessment

This degree examines philosophical issues which arise at the intersection of philosophy and mental disorder. The See shared details (page 111) programme is taught jointly by the Department of Philosophy and the Institute About the programme of Psychiatry. The degree comprises study Purpose of three study topics and a dissertation. For students with first degrees in Optional modules include: The Concept philosophy or psychology, or a qualification of Mental Disorder; Philosophy of 112

Taught modules assessed by coursework and/or examination, plus a dissertation. Applications for part-time study are welcome, as far as possible the timetable is structured to assist students with professional commitments.

Our department offers a range of programmes in the literature, history, language and culture of the Lusophone world that is unique in the UK. The department has a high international reputation and an outstanding research record, receiving consistently top ratings in the Research Assessment Exercise.

The award-winning journal Portuguese Studies, which is devoted to the literature, culture and history of Portugal, Brazil and Portuguese-speaking Africa, is edited in the department. The Centre for the Study of Brazilian Culture and Society promotes research and scholarship, with particular emphasis on Brazilian popular music, Afro-Brazilian culture and history and translation of Brazilian writing into English. The department is a recognised centre of excellence for the study of Portuguesespeaking Africa. We are regularly visited by leading overseas scholars and host a lively community of Research Associates and Visiting Fellows.

Germanic and Romance Studies runs Saturday day schools in research skills and methods for MA students and MPhil, PhD students studying in language departments in the University of London. The Institute for the Study of the Americas organises a graduate research training programme in the first two terms of the academic year, which is open to all students researching on Latin America in the Colleges of the University of London and in other universities. The programme includes an introduction to library resources and use and is particularly concerned with methodology and issues related to fieldwork. Staff-student research seminars are organised every fortnight.

Induction & training

Students in the department participate fully in the induction and training programmes offered by the School Graduate Programme. The Institute of

a computer room on the Strand Campus. The Maughan Library has dedicated facilities for Humanities graduate students. It contains an extensive collection of material on Portugal, Brazil and Portuguese-speaking Africa, including several in the Rare Books collection. Within London there are other important complementary collections in the libraries of the School of Oriental and African Studies and the University of London. Funding

AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries.

Facilities

The department’s graduate students have access to a graduate common room and

Research opportunities Portuguese & Brazilian Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Mr AbdoolKarim Vakil. Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 (or equivalent) is a minimum requirement although it is usual for an applicant already to have a Masters Degree. Although knowledge of Portuguese is not a prerequisite, we must ensure that you have the required linguistic ability for your course of study. Duration Expected to be: PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake 7. Closing date 30 June, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 28 February. Funding Calouste Gulbenkian and Espirito Santo PhD studentships; AHRC; Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships and bursaries; self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7838 2507, portuguese@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/131

Research profile

About the programme

RAE score 5* (1992, 1996, 2001). Research income £250,000 (AHRC, 2003). Current number of academic staff 9. Current number of research students 12. Recent publications

The teaching of Portuguese in British universities was pioneered by King’s in the 1860s. Since the establishment of the Camoens Chair in 1919, the College has become a leading centre for Portuguese studies. The study of Lusophone history in the department’s activities was strengthened by the creation in 1996 of the Charles Boxer Chair. Because of our longstanding expertise and commitment to all areas of Portuguese studies, and the wide-ranging teaching and research interests of the staff, we are able to offer an unrivalled variety of courses and choice of topics for graduate study. As well as the study of literature, cultural history and history, students aim for a high level of linguistic proficiency. Supervision at doctoral level is provided in all areas of the literature, culture and history of Portugal, Brazil, Angola, Mozambique, GuineaBissau, Cape Verde and São Tomé and Príncipe.

• Portuguese Oceanic Expansion, 1400-1800. • Black, Coloured and National Identity in 19th-century Latin America. • A History of Portuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. • The Crusader Heritage: Portugal and Islam from Colonial to Postcolonial Identities. • Cultures of the Lusophone Black Atlantic. • Angola: the Weight of History. • African Alternatives. Current research projects include

• Cultures of the Lusophone Black Atlantic. • Racism in the Atlantic World, 1400-1800. Partner organisations:

Centre for Social Studies (CES), University of Coimbra; Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian; Federal University of Minas Gerais; Federal University of Bahia, Instituto Camões; Espirito Santo Financial Group.

Study environment

We organise regular graduate seminars and we support a student-run Portuguese and Brazilian Society.

113

Portuguese & Brazilian Studies

Address Department of Portuguese & Brazilian Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Department Administrator, tel 020 7848 2507, portuguese@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/pobrst

School of Humanities

Portuguese & Brazilian Studies

School of Humanities

Training

In addition to the training offered by the School and Graduate School, students are encouraged to make full use of the provision available to them within the University of London. The Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies runs Saturday day schools in research skills and methods for MA students and MPhil, PhD students studying in language departments in the University of London. The Institute for the Study of the Americas organises a graduate research training programme in the first two terms of the academic year, open to all students researching on Latin America in the colleges of the University

of London and in other universities. The programme includes an introduction to library resources and use and is particularly concerned with methodology and issues related to fieldwork. Application procedure

You are encouraged to contact us before applying to discuss your proposed research project. You should also have the language proficiency appropriate to your research programme. You will be expected to send a full record of your previous education and a substantial piece of work (eg essay, undergraduate or MA dissertation) with your application form. Admission to our

research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, usually 12 months, by agreement with their supervisor and with the formal approval of the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee. Your application will be assessed by at least two members of staff. We interview all applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Staff research interests Portuguese & Brazilian Studies

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Francisco Bethencourt History of Portugal; identities in the Portuguese-speaking world; history of European expansion; history of racism. Professor Patrick Chabal History, politics, culture and literature of Lusophone Africa; contemporary African history; politics in post-colonial Africa.

Dr Rip Cohen Comparative and historical erotic poetics; medieval Galician-Portuguese philology; textual criticism and interpretation. Mr Adrian Pearce Latin-American history; British trade with colonial Spanish America. Dr Juliet Perkins Portuguese literature and theatre, medieval to baroque; 20th- to 21stcentury and fiction.

Professor David Treece Brazilian culture, cultural history and literature, including music; AfroBrazilian culture and literary translation. Mr AbdoolKarim Vakil 19th- and 20th-century Portuguese history; colonialism and postcolonialism national identity; cultural and intellectual history.

Taught programme Portuguese Studies MA Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 class (or equivalent) is a minimum requirement although it is usual for an applicant already to have a Masters Degree. Although knowledge of Portuguese is not a prerequisite, we must ensure that you have the required linguistic ability for your course of study. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Up to 10 FT/PT. Closing date Candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 28 February. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding Main source of funding is AHRC. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Some of our students have returned to or commenced careers in Portuguese-speaking countries, or have continued in academia. Others have worked for human rights and development NGOs and in journalism. Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2507, portuguese@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/129

114

About the programme Purpose

Enables students to follow their interests and meet their personal needs while at the same time constituting an intellectually coherent approach, which can be pursued at an advanced level. Provides training in basic theoretical concepts and research skills.

See our website module details. You will also write a dissertation which draws on your core studies and your own particular interests. Format & assessment

Taught modules are assessed by essays. For most 20-credit modules two essays are required. Certain modules may require a formative essay, for which feedback, but no mark, is given.

Description

This MA enables students with special interests in the Lusophone world to concentrate on a disciplinary or countryspecific focus of interest. Modules will be selected from those available, with departmental guidance, to construct a coherent programme according to one of the following: • Literature & Culture • History • Portugal • Brazil • Lusophone Africa.

Application procedure

Address Department of Spanish & Spanish American Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Gorka Hernandez, Departmental Manager, tel 020 7848 2205, fax 020 7848 2207, spanish@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/spanish

The department is a leading centre for research into Spanish and Latin American studies in the UK. It was one of only five departments, for instance, to be awarded the top mark of 5* in the last Research Assessment Exercise.

The department has 12 lecturing staff, covering one of the broadest ranges of expertise in the country. There are particular research strengths in cultural studies, gender criticism, visual arts and film, translation and performance studies, Spanish peninsular history, and comparative literature (including Catalan) as well as more traditional textual studies. Our teaching staff has international recognition, and we cultivate strong international links, especially with Spain, Chile and Mexico, and the department regularly organises international conferences on its areas of interest, and welcomes invited scholars from other countries.

Induction & training

Facilities

seeks to foster a supportive and inclusive environment for its graduate students. Funding

The department has a strong record of success in AHRC grant applications in recent years. Additionally, the Marjorie von Schlippenbach fund for Spanish Studies provides several departmental bursaries each year for graduate students; there are also Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries. It is expected that there will be further sources of funding in the near future.

There is a research room in the department itself for graduates and visiting researchers, one of the ways in which the department

Research opportunities Spanish & Spanish American Studies Research MPhil/PhD Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in Spanish, Spanish American or Latin American Studies. Equivalent from overseas candidates acceptable. Professional qualifications may, exceptionally, be acceptable. Part-time status will be granted where pressure of employment merits. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Typical start date: September, but flexibility available. Intake 5. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before 12 February. Funding Spanish Department Marjorie von Schlippenbach graduate bursaries, AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Departmental Manager, tel 020 7848 2205, fax 020 7848 2207, spanish@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/133

Research profile

About the programme

RAE score 5* (2001). Current number of academic staff 12. Current number of research students 12. Recent publications

The department offers research supervision in the full range of Hispanic studies, from the medieval period to the present day, and covering the major areas of the Spanishspeaking world.

• The Problem of Woman in LateMedieval Hispanic Literature. • A Companion to Federico García Lorca. • The Spanish Golden Age in English. • Ethnicity and Violence: the case of radical Basque nationalism. • The ‘Mester de clerecía’: Intellectuals and Ideologies in Thirteenth-Century Castile. Current research projects

• Golden Age Spanish Drama and Prose. • Basque Politics, Theories of Nationalism and Global Civil Society. • 19th-century Interpretations of the Colonial Period in Fiction. • Renaissance Literary and Textual Criticism. • Translation & Performance; Poetics, Narratives & Visual Arts of Latin America. Partner organisation

Institute for the Study of the Americas.

Training

The department runs student-led twohour research methodology seminars for graduate students throughout the year. Graduate research students give presentations on practical and methodological issues related to their research. Application procedure

You are encouraged to contact us before applying to discuss your proposed research project, and you are required to submit a 1,000-word research proposal with your application form. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee.

115

Spanish & Spanish American Studies

The department runs weekly wellattended research seminars at which graduate students, staff and invited speakers present papers, with a special focus on questions of methodology. Further training is available through the School of Humanities Graduate Programme as well as the Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies, the School’s Centre for Computing in the Humanities, and the Institute for the Study of the Americas.

School of Humanities

Spanish & Spanish American Studies

School of Humanities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Mr Gregorio Alonso Nineteenth-century Spanish history. Professor Robert Archer Medieval to 17th-century Spanish and Catalan literature. Dr Federico Bonaddio Modern Spanish fiction, poetry and film. Professor Catherine Boyle Spanish and Latin American drama; cultural transmission and translation; Spanish American Women’s writing.

Dr Stephen Jacobson Nationalism in Europe, especially modern Spain and Catalonia; modern Spanish history; professionalism. Dr Alicia Kent Spanish and French surrealism. Ms Antonia Moreira-Rodríguez Contemporary Spanish language, syntax; applied and descriptive linguistics. Dr Daniel Muñoz Sempere Modern Spanish culture and cinema. Dr Diego Muro Modern Spanish politics and history.

Dr Luis Rebaza-Soraluz Spanish America; Latin American poetry and visual arts; fin-de-siècle. Dr Elisa Sampson Vera Tudela Latin American colonial literature and historiography; modern re-interpretations of the colonial past, particularly 19th-century. Professor Julian Weiss Medieval and early modern literature and theory; cultural studies; gender criticism.

Taught programme Spanish & Spanish American Studies

Spanish & Latin American Studies MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in Spanish, Spanish American or Latin American Studies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 5. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC funding must apply before mid-February. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding AHRC, Spanish Department Marjorie von Schlippenbach graduate bursaries, Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships and bursaries, self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Many students pursue research in our department; others have developed their skills in teaching, journalism, cultural management or the financial sector. Contact Postgraduate Tutor, tel 020 7848 2205, fax 020 7848 2207, spanish@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/132

About the programme Purpose

For graduates in Spanish and/or Spanish American Studies wishing to deepen and develop their knowledge and gain research training and experience.

116

You will take three modules and complete a compulsory dissertation; each element comprises 25 per cent of the total mark. Modules are taught in weekly two-hour sessions and are assessed by coursework. Application procedure

Description

Modules include: Latin American Cultural Studies; Key Concepts & Critical Views in Latin American Visual Arts; Spanish/ American Theatres: Acts of Translation and Performance; The Spain of Fernando and Isabel; Culture & Society in Spain 1800-1936; The Spanish comedia; Key Concepts & Critical Views in Latin American Visual Arts; Federico Garcia Lorca: Becoming a Poet; Latin American Cultural Studies; Surrealism and Visuality; Comparing Cultures: Muslim Spain in the European Imagination; Guided Reading & Research Modules.

Related programme The following programme is offered by a different King’s department but covers related subject matter:

Format & assessment

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA (page 231).

Our department is one of the largest and most distinguished in Britain, with several leading specialists amongst its staff. In the 2001 Research Assessment Exercise we achieved a 5 rating. At present we have about 100 graduates in the department, full-time and part-time, from the UK and overseas.

Theology and religious studies is an interdisciplinary subject. We have expertise in a wide range of subject areas, including the Christian tradition, the history and literature of the Bible, the anthropology, history, philosophy and social sciences of religion, ethics, and the study of religions in modern contexts. We stress the importance of training in the methodology and skills required for graduate work. Our library resources are second to none; the College’s own library contains some 800,000 volumes, and its holdings in theology and religious studies reflect the long and eminent tradition of theological study at King’s.

Induction & training

Students in the department participate fully in the induction and training programmes offered by the School Graduate Programme. The department organises methods and foundations modules for each MA specific to sub-disciplines, varying as to whether they relate to technical research skills or methodology in the field. The department also runs graduate seminars, and other seminars may take place organised by the Research Institutes and Centres based within the department. Facilities

theology and religious studies, including several rare books and specific Special Collections, covering Judaica, Biblical history and the languages, literature and history of the Middle East; Christian and Jewish hymnals and other liturgical music; Christian liturgical works; Christian dogmatic theology, spiritualism and ecclesiastical history. Funding

AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, King’s Theological Trust Scholarship & Individual Small Grants, Walton Scholarships.

The Maughan Library has dedicated facilities for Humanities graduates. It also has a very extensive range of holdings in

Research opportunities Theology & Religious Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Oliver Davies. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in theology, religious studies or biblical studies. Equivalents from overseas candidates acceptable. Professional qualifications may, exceptionally, be acceptable. Part-time status will be granted where pressure of employment merits. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Entry in September, January or April. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but candidates applying for AHRC or ORS funding must apply before 28 February. Funding One scholarship awarded each year by the King’s Theological Trust to a student from a country where the opportunity to pursue a theology degree is not normally available and for whom sources of finance are not available. The student must already have been accepted to study in the department. The Trust additionally makes a number of minor grants to students. Two Walton Scholarships (approximately £4,500 each year). Otherwise AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities scholarships and bursaries, self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Moira Langston, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2073, fax 020 7848 2255, moira.langston@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/142

Research profile RAE score 5. Current number of academic staff 19. Current number of research students 42. Recent publications

• Contesting the Saudi State: Islamic Voices from a New Generation. • The Stars Will Fall From Heaven: Cosmic Catastrophe in the New Testament and its World. • Zadok’s Heirs: The Role and Development of the High Priesthood in Ancient Israel. • Two Models of Jewish Philosophy: Justifying One’s Practices. Current research projects

• Freedom of Will. • The Use of Old Testament Themes in the Oratorios of GF Handel. • Philosophical and Theological Foundations of Religious Toleration. • Social Ethics with a Special Emphasis on Poverty Research. • Faith and Public Policy. Partner organisations

London School of Jewish Studies.

About the programme The lively research-oriented atmosphere of our department offers a stimulating environment for our students, who may be recent graduates or those returning

to study. In the biblical area, we have particular strengths in the latter part of the Old Testament period, the Intertestamental period, and the entire range of New Testament studies. Other research strengths include systematic theology, history of religions (especially Christianity, Judaism and Islam), philosophy of religion, ethics and social scientific study of religion in contemporary society. Study environment

You work with a supervisor, and our graduate seminars and day conferences offer excellent opportunities for interaction with other staff and students, and the chance to try out research papers in a friendly atmosphere. Training

Training is provided by the School of Humanities’ Research Skills Programme. Application procedure

You are encouraged to contact us before applying to discuss your proposed research project. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil but we expect students to transfer to the PhD after an appropriate period, by agreement with their supervisor and the Departmental Postgraduate and Research Committee. 117

Theology & Religious Studies

Address Department of Theology & Religious Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Moira Langston, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2073, fax 020 7848 2255, moira.langston@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/trs

School of Humanities

Theology & Religious Studies

School of Humanities Theology & Religious Studies

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Edward Adams New Testament; social aspects of early Christianity; critical linguistics and New Testament interpretation. Professor Madawi Al-Rasheed Religion, politics and the state in the Middle East; religious transnationalism, Middle Eastern Christian minorities in London. Dr Maria Rosa Antognazza Philosophy of religion, and history of early modern philosophy; religious toleration. The Revd Professor Richard Burridge The Gospels; Graeco-Roman biography; New Testament ethics. Professor Peter Byrne Philosophy of religion; ethics; the Enlightenment. Dr David Crankshaw English reformation; the Elizabethan Catholic Community; the Elizabethan Privy Council.

Professor Oliver Davies Contemporary theology; theology and continental philosophy; medieval theology; religion and literature; mysticism. Dr Lutz Doering Judaism in the late second Temple and early rabbinic period; early Christianity. Dr Dominic Erdozain Modern British religious history; youth movements; relationship between Christianity and leisure. Dr Christopher Hamilton Nietzsche; Weil; ethics; relations between philosophy and literature. Dr Paul Janz Contemporary systematic theology; philosophical theology after Kant; theology and public authority; theological anthropology. Mr Carool Kersten Islamic studies; study of religions; history of religions; Southeast Asian history; translation and cultural studies. Dr Diana Lipton Literary, ideological and theological reading of the Hebrew Bible; rabbinic Torah.

Professor Ben Quash The idea of beauty in Western theology; the arts as scriptural exegesis. Dr Deborah Rooke Priesthood and cult in ancient Israel; feminist approaches to biblical studies. Dr Andrea Schatz Jewish thought and practice in early modern and modern times; the Enlightenment and its critics. Professor Clemens Sedmak Social ethics and poverty research; Christian ethics; theology and social sciences; relationship between epistemology and ethics. Dr Marat Shterin Religion and society in Europe; religion and migration, ethnicity, nationhood, violence/conflict; Church-State relations; religion law, and human rights. Dr Susannah Ticciati Contemporary Christian theology; Karl Barth; theological interpretation of the Bible; semiotics. Professor Xinzhong Yao Comparative ethics; Confucianism; Chinese religions.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date 15 August. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding One scholarship awarded each year by the King’s Theological Trust to a student from a country where the opportunity to pursue a theology degree is not available and for whom sources of finance are not available. The student must already have been accepted to study in the department. The Trust additionally makes a number of minor grants to students. Two Walton Scholarships (approximately £4,500 each year). Otherwise AHRC, Graduate School and School of Humanities studentships and bursaries, self-funded. Location Strand Campus.

Student destinations Research in the Department of Theology; teaching; journalism; careers in the church. Contact Moira Langston, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2073, fax 020 7848 2255, moira.langston@kcl.ac.uk Format & assessment Taught core and optional modules assessed by coursework and/or examination plus a dissertation. Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academic members of staff. We aim to process all applications within four weeks, although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Bible & Theology MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours in theology, religious studies, related disciplines, or other relevant qualifications and experience. US applicants should have GPA 3.5 or above. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/428 See shared details (above)

118

Theology; choices include: Reading the Bible: Methods in Biblical Study; Modern Purpose Doctrine; Advanced Greek Texts. To provide teaching and research training An interdisciplinary approach to biblical at postgraduate level in the theological interpretation; teaching in the theory context of the biblical literature. and practice of biblical hermeneutics; instruction in the methodology and Description content of Christian theology with Core module: Theological Interpretation particular attention to the importance of of Scripture. the biblical literature in the development of Options: choice of one module from each of Christian doctrine; in-depth study through MA Biblical Studies and MA Systematic a research dissertation.

About the programme

Entry requirements We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes, and we are delighted to consider all applications. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/134

About the programme Purpose

To develop your understanding of the Bible (Old and/or New Testament) and its critical study. To allow you to extend your understanding of Greek and/or Hebrew and the range of texts they work with, and/ or to learn the other one.

See shared details (page 118) Description

The Methods & Foundations module (Reading the Bible) will introduce you to the main critical approaches to the Bible. You may take further modules in either or

both Testaments. Students without prior knowledge of a biblical language (Greek or Hebrew) are required to take a module in one. If you have prior knowledge, you will extend your understanding of the language and the range of texts, and/or learn another one. Modules include detailed exegesis and study of major theological themes or issues of context and history. Options include: Passion & Resurrection Narratives; Paul’s Writings: Special Study of Chosen Passages; She’s all States & all Princes I; Identity politics in biblical bedrooms.

Entry requirements Contact the department. Student destinations New programme. Contact Ben Quash, Professor of Christianity and the Arts, tel 020 7848 2336; Moira Langston, Departmental Administrator, 020 7848 2073, fax 020 7848 2255, ben.quash@kcl.ac.uk, moira.langston@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/562 See shared details (page 118)

About the programme Purpose

Description

See online prospectus for more information about this new MA.

The new MA in Christianity and the Arts will investigate how Christian scripture, beliefs and practices have found expression in the arts over 2,000 years, tracing the idea of beauty in Western theological tradition, and making use wherever possible of examples and case studies in London.

Ethics & the Philosophy of Religion MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours in theology, religious studies, related disciplines, or other relevant qualifications/experience. US applicants: GPA 3.5 or above. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition from another subject. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/435

About the programme Purpose

To provide teaching and research training in the philosophical issues surrounding religious belief and practice as these are discussed in analytical philosophy, with special reference to the interrelationships between ethics and religion.

See shared details (page 118)

Description

You will take the core modules and choose one other optional module or elective. Core modules: Contemporary Philosophical Ethics; Contemporary Philosophy of Religion; Dissertation in Ethics/Philosophy of Religion. Electives: Kant’s Philosophical & Moral Theology; Nietzsche: Morality, Religion & Philosophy, Leibniz & the Philosophy of Religion.

Jewish Studies MA Entry requirements Successful candidates will have an undergraduate degree, usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. We interview most applicants, so that we can take your individual circumstances into account, and so that you can decide whether we have what you are looking for. Student destinations We would expect students to pursue a variety of careers, including teaching, journalism and further research. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/429 See shared details (page 118)

About the programme Purpose

To provide teaching and research training in Jewish Studies, offered by King’s College London and the London School of Jewish Studies. Description

A great attraction of Jewish Studies is its diversity. So numerous are its subjects and approaches that Jewish Studies has the rare distinction of being interdisciplinary all by itself.

Core modules: Methods & Foundations; either Introduction to Biblical Hebrew or Hebrew Texts: Prose (Esther) & Poetry (Lamentations) Options include: Medieval Jewish Thought: Metaphysics/Ethics; Identity Politics in Biblical Bedrooms; Protesting Violence & Catastrophe in the Hebrew Bible; Ethics in Contemporary Jewish Thought; Post-Holocaust Jewish Philosophy; 20th-century Anti-Zionism/ Anti-Semitism; War & Peace in the Middle East; Social Ethics in Jewish Law; Gender & Sexuality in Jewish Law & Society.

119

Theology & Religious Studies

Christianity & the Arts (subject to approval) MA

School of Humanities

Biblical Studies MA

School of Humanities

Religion in Contemporary Society MA Entry requirements We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes, and we are delighted to consider all applications. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/438 See shared details (page 118)

or religious pluralism), or to concentrate on a particular society or religion. You will master Purpose a number of transferable skills necessary for To provide training in analysis and professional expertise in a range of areas, understanding of religion in contemporary from the academic study of religion to public societies. policy and pastoral care. Core modules: Social Scientific Description Study of Religion; World Religions & While focusing on Christianity, Islam and Modernity. Options: Religion & Politics Judaism, this interdisplinary programme in Contemporary Muslim Society; will allow you to specialise in broad issues Contemporary Religious Movements, cutting across these traditions and societies choice from other MA options in the (for example fundamentalism, new religions, department.

About the programme

Theology & Religious Studies

Systematic Theology MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours in theology, religious studies, related disciplines, or other relevant qualifications/experience. US applicants: GPA 3.5 or above. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition from another subject. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/139

About the programme

See shared details (page118)

Description

Purpose

For those who wish to develop their skills in Systematic Theology or to prepare for postgraduate research in the discipline. An introduction to aspects of the methods and content of Christian theology. Core modules: Revelation & Reason; Modern Doctrine. Options: Theological Interpretation of Scripture, choice from other MA modules in the department.

This programme provides an opportunity to explore the doctrinal dimension of theology in-depth. Revelation & Reason core module is an exploration of the relation between faith, reason, theology and philosophy, while Modern Doctrine engages with topics from Trinity, Christology & Creation, to Ecclesiology. Both modules emphasise contemporary, though not to the exclusion of classical theologians. The dissertation provides an opportunity to integrate different parts of the programme or to explore one of them in greater depth.

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip Entry requirements Graduate or equivalent status in an area of study unrelated to Theology & Religious Studies. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Contact Undergraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2339, fax 020 7848 2255, ariane.dreysse@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/140

About the programme

Description

The programme structure is deliberately flexible, allowing you either to specialise For applicants of graduate or equivalent in one particular area of study or to take a status in areas of study other than Theology broader approach to different areas of the & Religious Studies. The Graduate subject. You will take modules from the Diploma may be used as a qualifying list prescribed for the BAs in Theology, programme to enable study at MA level, Religion in the Contemporary World, as it is especially designed to ease the and Religion, Philosophy & Ethics, and transition to Theology & Religious Studies complete a dissertation. from another subject. Purpose

Format & assessment

See shared details (page 118)

Part-time attendance: one-two days per week. Taught modules are assessed by coursework and/or examination, plus a dissertation.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter:

120

Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA, PG Dip (see page 125). Jewish Education MA (see page 230). Doctorate in Ministry DMin (see page 222).

Religious Education MA (see page 231). Master’s programmes in Theology & Ministry (see page 227).

School of Law

123 Taught programmes 126 Distance learning programmes 129 Research degrees

121

School of Law

School of Law Location Strand Campus Address School of Law, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Graduate Admissions Office, tel 020 7848 2097, fax 020 7848 2912, enq.pglaw@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/law

Engagement will be at the heart of your learning experience with the School. Researchers of international reputation will be delivering your lectures and leading your seminars. Your learning will engage with world-class, cutting edge research. You will engage with your peers on your programme and with the wider academic and professional communities in London through our extensive programme of public and private lectures and international law firm and alumni sponsored events. Whether you undertake study in medical ethics, competition law, international commercial law, human values, construction law, criminal justice or international peace and security, you will find that London is the international centre for work in these fields and that the work carried out at King’s School of Law is at the cutting edge. Research degrees

Research is the life blood of academic endeavour. Research active staff are the norm within the School of Law and the supervision and training of the next generation of legal scholars is of paramount importance. You will be asked to submit a short research proposal prior to completing the full application. This proposal will either be sent to the member of staff you identified as a supervisor or will be circulated to members of the team working in the area in which you want to undertake research. Once we have established that we can provide the right support for what you want to do, we will ask you to start the formal application process. Taught programmes

The School offers a rich portfolio of learning: those of you coming from a law background will find a large number of specialist Master’s of Law programmes; those of you from a more diverse background may well be interested in our broad range of specialised master’s programmes. Most of our programmes can be taken part-time and many of our specialist Master’s of Law programmes are taught after traditional working hours to assist those who are studying while in work. For those unable to study in London, we offer a number of distance learning master’s programmes which are supported by interactive sessions on the web. 122

Located at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major City Law firms, the School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience.

Induction & training

Interaction with the community and preparation for work are the key features of induction and of training at the School. Getting you settled in and off to a productive and fast start are the aims of the induction. You will be introduced to the basic concepts of law relating to your area of study. We will train you in how to access learning materials provided electronically; we will train you in the use of modern information gathering and information management techniques. In addition, you will be invited to attend purely social events as well as events sponsored by the School or alumni or City law firms as appropriate. Many of these events represent valuable opportunities for you in respect of establishing links with your peers and with a wider professional network. If deemed necessary, you will be able to undertake additional specialist training either through the College or, more rarely, via another provider. Funding

Two Master of Laws (LLM) studentships are offered each year: one covering home/EU fees and the other covering international student fees. Research scholarships for UK/EU and overseas students are periodically available from the School and are advertised on the website. Please see our website for the latest information on scholarships. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School. Facilities

Digitisation of key texts has been a priority for the School so that students can access learning materials on their laptop, from the comfort of their own home. Although the process of digitisation is never-ending, the School’s provision in this area supplements our ever-growing expansion of e-resources. If this all sounds too technical, remember that we are committed to training you to use these facilities: the same facilities which major law firms often employ. Our library spaces include the Maughan Library, which houses a magnificent collection in what was the old Public Records Office, and the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies – one of the Schools of Advanced Studies at the University of London.

I chose King’s because the School of Law is known for its excellence but what really swung it for me was the selection of electives within the programme – no other university was comparable. The teaching staff are knowledgeable in their areas of expertise but also brought a wealth of practical experience which provided a holistic teaching experience. Anna Matabele (Student), Master of Laws LLM

Master of Laws LLM About the programme Accreditations

Law Society CPD points. Purpose

This programme is designed to allow you to deepen or to broaden your knowledge of law as an academic subject and to assist your development as a legal professional. Designed for recent law graduates (or graduates of joint degrees with a significant law content) as well as established legal professionals who may have graduated a number of years ago.

Law, and Law in Society. At the heart of the programme is the research methodology module which will prepare you for the compulsory research element of the programme: either a research essay or a full dissertation. Format & assessment

A compulsory research methodology assessed by research plan, plus a compulsory research element assessed by essay or dissertation. Students study at least three other subjects delivered by two to three hours of timetabled sessions per week and assessed by written examinations and assessed coursework.

Pathways

LLM; LLM in Commercial Law; LLM in Competition Law; LLM in Intellectual Property Law; LLM in International Business Law; LLM in Financial Law; LLM in Regulation and Technology; LLM in Tax Law; LLM in European Law; LLM in Public International Law; LLM in Criminal Law, Criminology and Criminal Justice; LLM in Labour Law; LLM in Legal Theory; LLM in Public Law & Human Rights. Description

This programme is designed to maximise your intellectual potential while keeping you grounded by drawing on the real world experiences of staff and other practitioners. The programme is rigorous and demanding and requires serious commitment from students. There are 15 specialist pathways available in the areas of Commerce and Finance Law, European and International

Application procedure

Applications can be submitted from 1 October 2008. You will be able to track the progress of your application by using our online tracking system. We are committed to assess completed applications within four weeks. During busy times, there may, due to the sheer number of applications received, be a slight delay of perhaps an additional one to two weeks. Places are limited, so we advise you to apply early and to ensure that your application is complete. Applications will not be processed until all required documentation is submitted. For more information on how to apply and about the supporting documents which must be submitted along with your application in order to make your application complete, please visit the following website link: www.kcl.ac.uk/ schools/law/gradstudy/llm/apply/

Construction Adjudication PG Cert Entry requirements A degree in law, engineering, surveying or other construction-related subject or, exceptionally, professional qualifications acceptable to the College, plus (for construction professionals) at least two years’ relevant work experience. Duration Eight months PT, September to April. Intake 20 PT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £3300, PT overseas £4900. Funding Self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Our students progress as lawyers and construction professionals: as solicitors, barristers, quantity surveyors, building surveyors, engineers, architects and project managers. Contact The Manager, CCLDR, tel 020 7848 2685/2643, ccldr@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/476

About the programme Purpose

For qualified lawyers and construction industry professionals who are already adjudicators, intending to work as adjudicators or who wish to represent parties in construction adjudications, or to deepen their knowledge and understanding of the issues which arise in adjudication and the procedure involved.

There are two taught modules in the first term: Introduction to Law or Construction Technology for Lawyers, and Arbitration & Dispute Resolution; and in the second term, Construction Law I. Format & assessment

Three taught modules assessed by written examinations and some assessed coursework. Application procedure

Description

• Introduces the key legal doctrines in construction. • Analyses the scope and procedures of adjudication. • Develops skills to participate in adjudications.

Contact the Centre for a copy of its Certificate prospectus before making your application, which must be in hard copy to the Centre, not online or to the School of Law. An interview may be required. We aim to respond within two weeks.

123

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in law, or a degree of substantial law content, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two–four years PT, September to August. Intake Approximately 300 (FT and PT). Closing date 31 March 2009 (FT and PT). Incomplete applications will not be considered after that date. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7900, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £3950, PT overseas £6190. Funding Home: AHRC, self-funded, career development loans. EU: AHRC. Overseas: British Council, Association of Commonwealth Universities, Commonwealth Shared Scholarship Scheme (CSSS). The School of Law offers two Entrance Scholarships per year: one covering full home/EU fees; one covering full overseas fees. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Graduates go into or continue with a variety of careers including: legal profession; banking and finance; accountancy; management consultancy; human rights organisations and other voluntary bodies; academia. Contact LLM Admissions Office, School of Law, tel 020 7848 2097, fax 020 7848 2912, enq.pglaw@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/148

School of Law

Taught programmes

School of Law Taught programmes

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc Entry requirements A degree in law, engineering, surveying or other construction-related subject or, exceptionally, professional qualifications acceptable to the College, plus (for construction professionals) at least two years’ relevant work experience. Duration Two years PT September to September; exceptionally one year FT September to September or one and a half years FT September to April. Intake 10 FT, 50 PT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6800, FT overseas £9800, PT home/EU £3400, PT overseas £4900. Funding Self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Our students progress as lawyers and construction professionals: as solicitors, barristers, quantity surveyors, building surveyors, engineers, architects and project managers. Contact Manager, CCLDR, tel 020 7848 2685/2643, ccldr@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/232

About the programme

Purpose

To enable qualified lawyers and construction industry professionals to obtain a holistic view of the law and practice of construction and dispute resolution. Description

There are five modules: Introduction to Law or Construction Technology for Lawyers; Construction Law I; Construction Law II; Arbitration & Dispute Resolution; a dissertation on a topic approved by our Centre. Format & assessment

Four taught modules assessed by written examinations; most modules include assessed coursework; assessment of a written dissertation. Application procedure

Contact the Centre for a copy of its MSc prospectus before making your application, which must be made in hard copy to the Centre, not online or to the School of Law. An interview may be required. We aim to respond within two weeks.

Accreditations

The MSc, together with an award-writing examination, is currently recognised for the Fellowship qualification of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators. It is also recognised for CPD by the Law Society, the General Council of the Bar and the RICS.

The Centre offers the very first programme of its kind, bringing together lawyers, engineers, architects, designers, quantity surveyors and others – all active in the real world of construction. Students learn not only from our eminent faculty, but also from each other. We’ve attracted many students from overseas, and this has added a real international flavour. Louise Barrington (Staff), Director, Construction Law

Criminology & Criminal Justice MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or overseas equivalent) in law, sociology, criminology or other relevant social science discipline. If you do not satisfy this requirement but you have relevant professional qualifications or work experience, you may also be admitted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 40 FT and PT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £5650. Funding Home/EU: Arts & Humanities Research Council. Overseas: British Council. Further details can be found online. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Criminal justice agencies, police services, government departments, eg the Home Office, criminal justice think tanks, professional legal studies, continuing studies at research/PhD level. Contact MA CCJ Administrator, tel 020 7848 2923, fax 020 7848 2912, criminology@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/399

124

About the programme Purpose

This programme enables you to develop a comprehensive and systematic understanding of the criminal justice process undertaken from multidisciplinary perspectives. Designed for students considering a career in legal practice, in criminal policy development, in statutory and voluntary agencies, or in academic research and/or teaching. Description

The modules listed below have been taught in recent years. Please note that not all these modules are offered every year and that their availability in any given year or to particular students cannot be guaranteed. Students take compulsory modules in Criminology & Criminal Justice; Research Methods/Dissertation; Policing & the Police; Sentencing & Criminal Justice; Drugs, Crime & Criminal Justice; Prison Studies, Youth Justice; Racism, Ethnicity, Crime & Criminal Justice; Gender, Crime & Criminal Justice; Prosecution & Pre-trial process; Terrorism & Counterterrorism; Transnational & Comparative Criminology & Criminal Justice; State Crime; Internship.

Format & assessment

Written examination and essays; compulsory core module; optional modules; compulsory research module leading to a dissertation. Part-time students are taught at the same time as full-time students. Application procedure

Applications can be submitted from 1 October 2008. Applications should be sent to the MA CCJ Administrator. You must submit original or certified copies of transcripts from your previous degree(s), or of results to date if the degree is yet to be completed, and two confidential academic references. Employment references will only be accepted if you graduated prior to or during 2003. Applications will be considered in order of receipt. We hope to notify you of a decision within four weeks. A waiting list will operate if places on the programme are filled prior to the closing date. Applications will not be processed until all the required documentation has been submitted.

About the programme Purpose

Designed for those who have studied philosophy, politics, economics, history or social science; those in government, an international aid agency or an NGO; those involved in corporate social responsibility in the commercial sector. To develop your knowledge of human values and ethics (especially at a global level) and of world

politics, and apply philosophical rigour to your studies. Description

There are three compulsory modules in Semester one: Ethics, Contemporary Political Philosophy, Ideological Conflict, Belief & Philosophy. In Semester two, students choose three optional modules from a range that currently includes: Human Responsibility for the World & the Future, One world? Justice & Globalisation, The Ethics of Global Culture, Conflict: its Origins, Ethics & Containment. Optional modules will be based on current staff interests and as such could vary over time. Format & assessment

Taught mainly by seminars, to encourage active student participation in critical enquiry. Assessment will be by a mix of coursework, examination and dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be considered by two Admissions Tutors. Applications are considered in May of the year of starting the programme. We aim to let applicants know within six weeks of the deadline. Applications will not be processed until all the required documentation has been submitted.

After the programme, I hope to combine my professional and academic experiences in a job that will help me make a positive difference to the world. I am sure employers will value the knowledge and skills this programme provides and recognise the substantial role they may play in this hopefully not-soidealistic endeavour. Inês Vieira Ferraz (Student), Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA/PG Dip

International Peace & Security MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in law, history, political science, or international relations, or overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 60 FT and PT. Closing date 1 March 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £6800. Funding Home/EU: Arts & Humanities Research Council. Overseas: British Council. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations International organisations, eg the UN, the OSCE and the EU; government departments, eg ministries of foreign affairs and defence; political risk and the financial sector; continuing studies at research/PhD level; professional legal studies. Contact MA IPS Administrator, tel 020 7848 2923, fax 020 7848 2912, law-ips@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/147

About the programme

students are taught at the same time as fulltime students.

Purpose

To give students of international relations, historians, and political scientists a deeper knowledge of international law; to narrow the existing gap between international lawyers and international relations specialists; to educate people who could work in international organisations (both inter-governmental and nongovernmental), in government, or teach international law and politics. Description

There is a compulsory core module involving three strands: Law & Conflict in International Society; Contemporary Security Issues; Contemporary Research Agenda. Students also can choose from a wide range of up to 29 modules and must take two optional modules. This is followed by a dissertation.

Application procedure

Applications can be submitted from 1 October 2008 and should be sent to the MA IPS Administrator. You must submit original or certified copies of transcripts of your previous degree(s), or of results to date if the degree is yet to be completed, and two confidential academic references. Employment references will only be accepted if you graduated prior to or during 2003. Applications will be considered on a first come, first served basis. This is a popular programme and we strongly advise early application, since places are limited and much requested. A waiting list will operate if places on the programme are filled prior to the closing date. Applications will not be processed until all the required documentation has been submitted.

Format & assessment

Compulsory core module; two optional modules; compulsory dissertation. Written examinations and essays. Part-time 125

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a relevant discipline (ie philosophy, politics, economics, history, or social science) or a lower degree plus either a master’s degree in a relevant discipline or relevant professional experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 30. Closing date 30 April 2009. Those applying for AHRC funding should apply by 28 February 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4180 (PG Dip) plus £1020 for the MA, FT overseas £11050 (PG Dip) plus £1600 for the MA, PT home/EU £2090 (PG Dip) plus £1020 for the MA, PT overseas £5525 (PG Dip) plus £1600 for the MA. Funding AHRC; mainly self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations This programme has broadened students’ awareness of global issues; a number have gone on to do research degrees and work for governmental and non-governmental organisations. Contact Centre of Medical Law and Ethics, School of Law, tel 020 7848 2382, fax 020 7848 2575, cmle.enq@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/400

School of Law

Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA/PG Dip

School of Law Taught programmes

Medical Ethics & Law MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in a relevant discipline, such as medicine, law, philosophy, theology, social science or nursing studies or relevant professional experience. Duration One year FT (two days a week), two years PT (one day a week in each year), September to September. Intake Approximately 30. Closing date 31 March 2009. Those applying for AHRC funding should apply by 28 February 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £6190. Funding AHRC; mainly self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Enhancement of existing career; more specialised area of law or medicine; personal development. Contact Centre of Medical Law and Ethics, School of Law, tel 020 7848 2382, fax 020 7848 2575, cmle.enq@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/149

About the programme Purpose

For medical/legal professionals, graduates of a relevant discipline, those going on to research and for anyone wanting to think about and discuss some of the hardest human decisions. To study the methods of reasoning and analysis in ethics and law; to examine selected areas of health care and medical practice from a further perspective of medical ethics and law; to assist those involved in teaching or intending to teach in these areas. Description

Compulsory modules are: Medical Ethics Component; Medical Law Component. Format & assessment

Lectures, tutorials and case studies; assessment by coursework, examinations in law and ethics and a dissertation. Application procedure

Your application will be considered by two admissions tutors. We aim to reply to all applicants within six weeks of the closing date. Applications cannot be considered until all relevant papers have been received.

King’s was my first choice for graduate study in terms of its offerings for my field, the quality of the Centre of Medical Law & Ethics (CMLE) and its location. If given the chance to choose again, I would make the same decision with even greater confidence. Not only did King’s deliver on my expectations, but I was further impressed by the quality of the community of staff, faculty and my fellow students. Yan Yan Leung (Student), Medical Ethics & Law MA

Distance learning programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the distance learning programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

126

Accreditations CPD accredited by Law Society and the Bar Standards Board. Duration Two years PT (Distance learning), October to June. Closing date 1 September 2009 (although earlier application is advised). Late applications for the PG Dip may be considered. Tuition fees (2009) Please contact the School for details. Funding Self-funded. Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London. Student destinations This programme enables practitioners to further progress in their chosen profession. Contact For an application form write to Amanda Groom, Informa Professional Academy, 8th Floor, 29 Bressenden Place, London SW1E 5DR, tel 020 7017 4231, fax 020 7017 5858, amanda.groom@informa.com, or download from Centre of European Law’s website, www.kcl.ac.uk/cel

Format & assessment Compulsory assignments and examination for the Postgraduate Diploma. MA: dissertation. Application procedure Postal applications only. All students apply through Informa, not through King’s. You should not use the King’s application form to apply for this programme. We aim to turn around applications within four weeks. If you are undertaking the ‘read only’ option, the fees given below are reduced by £1,000. There is an additional fee of £250 for courier services.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in law or related degree, or professionally qualified solicitor, or suitable work experience. Intake Maximum 130. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/145 See shared details (page 126)

About the programme Purpose

For practising lawyers, regulators, academics and those with a specific need for knowledge of EC Competition Law. To provide a general understanding of the substantive rules of EC Competition Law and the procedural framework in which they operate. Description

The programme covers the following constituent provisions of EC Competition

Law: Article 81, Article 82, Articles 87-89 and the Merger Regulation. Subsequent modules will look at joint ventures, cartels, distribution agreements and licences of intellectual property rights. Finally, the modules deal with particular problems of EC Competition Law procedure and enforcement. Modules are fully selfcontained and will be updated each year to take account of any new law. Students take the following modules: Principles of EC Competition Law; Practical Application of EC Competition Law; EC Competition Law Procedure.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in law or related degree or qualified as a barrister or solicitor. Exceptional candidates may be considered based on their career history. Intake Approximately 70. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/455 See shared details (page 126)

About the programme Purpose

For practising lawyers, regulators, academics and those with a specific need for knowledge of Economics for Competition Law. Aims to provide the professional with an understanding of the increasingly important role that economics plays in competition law and an understanding of when economic analysis is needed for a particular competition law case.

Description

This programme aims to apply economic theory to the practice of competition law. The first module covers the conceptual foundations of economics as applied to competition law. The next two modules cover the basic building blocks of economics analysis in competition law: market power and market definition. Modules four to seven look at economic issues that arise under Article 82, whilst module eight examines Article 81. These are followed by two modules on mergers, one on state aid and one on empirical analysis. Modules: Foundations of Economics of Competition Law; Economics of Articles 81 & 82; Merger Analysis; State Aid & Empirical Analysis.

127

Distance learning programmes

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip

School of Law

EC Competition Law MA/PG Dip

School of Law

European Union Law MA/PG Dip Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in law or related degree or qualified as a barrister or solicitor, or suitable work experience. Intake Approximately 50. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/331

Distance learning programmes

See shared details (page 126)

About the programme Purpose

The programme aims to provide the professional with an in-depth and up-todate knowledge of the most important theoretical and practical aspects of EU law by focusing on the Treaty of the European Community. The programme will: Deal with the free movement of goods and people (including citizenship), the freedom of establishment, the freedom to provide services, the free movement of capital and economic and monetary union; Cover also competition law, social policy, environmental policy and external relations; Conclude with judicial review of EC law, including liability of EU institutions, and the enforcement of EC law with regard to the protection of individual’s rights in national courts and with regard to the applicable procedures. Description

Module 1: Introduction and Internal Market I; Module 2: Internal Market II & Substantive Policies I; Module 3: Substantive Policies II & Procedural Aspects.

The Postgraduate Diploma/Master’s in EU Law is a distance-learning programme which allows students to study for a graduate degree from one of the leading law schools in the country from anywhere in the world. The materials for the PG Dip are written and updated every year by a specialist in the field. Dr Alexander Türk (Staff), Director, European Union Law

UK, US & EC Copyright Law MA/PG Dip Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in law or related field or qualified as a barrister or solicitor. Exceptionally candidates may be admitted to the programme based on their previous career history. Intake Approximately 50. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/151 See shared details (page 126)

About the programme Purpose

For practising lawyers, regulators, academics and those with a specific need for knowledge of EC Copyright and related law. To provide a general understanding of the substantive rules of EC law concerning copyright and related matters and the relation between domestic copyright protection and EC law.

Description

Modules: UK Copyright Law I; UK Copyright Law II & US Copyright Law; French & German Copyright Law; EC and International Copyright Law.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School or department but cover related subject matter:

128

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc (see page 177). Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA (see page 239).

International Conflict Studies MA (see page 257). International Relations MA (see page 257).

Law Research MPhil/PhD

Research profile

International recognition The diversity and excellence of the School’s research is recognised internationally both within and outside the academic world and staff have been involved with a wide range of international and national projects.

Application procedure

About the programme While graduate research opportunities are organised through the School of Law, you may well find that your work is related to research undertaken at one of the research centres associated with the School. These centres enjoy strong international and national reputations and contribute to legal and wider public debates on important issues of today. The School is home to the Centre of European Law, the Centre of Medical Law and Ethics, the Centre for Technology, Ethics, Law and Society, the International Centre for Prison Studies, the Institute for Criminal Policy Research and the Centre of Construction Law. In addition, there are strong links between the School and the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies and the British Institute of Human Rights. You should take a look a the list of staff research interests as this will give you an indication of the areas which can be studied at the School.

Current number of academic staff 63 full time

Study environment

members of academic staff, including 35 Professors and other visiting academics. Teaching is also supported by part time tutors.

Graduate students are allocated a supervisory team which includes a primary and secondary supervisor. Facilities include a dedicated research students’ room within the School itself with computing facilities, printer and a place to relax and meet with colleagues. Graduate students are invited to attend and participate in staff seminars. The Graduate School hosts a range of social events to bring together graduates from different departments across the College. Graduate students have access to the Maughan Library where they have a dedicated work space. Students also have access to the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies Library, Senate House Library, and the British Library of Political and Economic Science at the London School of Economics. Our facilities are aimed at supporting research at the highest level.

Current number of Graduate research students

80. Recent publications

• Transnational and Comparative Commercial, Financial and Trade Law. • The Sovereignty of Law: The European Way. • Commercial Confidences after the Human Rights Act. • Coercion to Compromise: Plea Bargaining, the Courts and the Making of Political Authority. • From Law to the Beautiful Soul. Current research projects

• The Rule of Law in the European Union in the ‘War on Terrorism’ (AHRC funded). • Settlements in European Antitrust Enforcement (funded by the Centre of European Law). • Doing Right in Difficult Settings: the Management of Moral Quandaries in Medical Leadership Roles (Wellcome Trust funded). • Law Freedom and History: Critical Legal Theory and the Problem of Freedom (funded by the Graduate School). • Assessing the effects of anti-money laundering regulations in the UK and South Africa (funded by the Graduate School).

research students. Students interested in pursuing an academic career may attend the King’s Learning Institute to develop their skills and knowledge base in the areas of learning and teaching.

Training

A College application form must be completed and submitted with a CV giving details of your academic achievements – including degree transcript and two references; English language qualifications; a research proposal (approximately 2,000 words) which includes a title, research questions, field of study, methodology and time scale of the project. Your application will be assessed by the research director and a member of staff. UK/EU applicants may be invited for an interview and overseas applicants will be interviewed by telephone. A final decision will be made after receipt of your full application plus supporting documents and interview. Admission to our research programmes will initially be for the MPhil and after nine months of full-time study, students normally go through a formal procedure for upgrade to the PhD. You can apply throughout the year and students may commence the programme either in September or January.

Having obtained a British Chevening scholarship, I am very pleased I chose King’s to conduct my PhD research for a year. The most striking thing about King’s, in my opinion, is the down to earth manners and friendliness of the professors whose worldwide reputation is unquestionable. It is a chance of a lifetime for me and I am very proud of being part of the King’s family.

We provide research students with the skills and training they will need for their future careers. Supervisors are able to advise you on various lectures, seminars and training that will benefit you. The School offers a series of research methodology seminars. Students are also encouraged to give work-in-progress presentations to staff and other students in order to develop their Feysa Basar (Student), Law PhD presentation skills and to obtain ongoing feedback on their work. The Graduate School offers a vast range of in-house courses that are available to all

129

Research opportunities

Head of programme Professor Penny Green. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in law and normally a relevant graduate degree of at least a ‘merit’ in an appropriate subject relevant to the research proposal (or overseas qualifications of equivalent standard). Duration MPhil: two years full-time; three years part-time; PhD: three years full-time, six years part-time. Students may commence either in September/October or January in order to benefit fully from induction. Intake No set number. Closing date Applications may be made at any time of year. Studentships, when offered, will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Funding Self-funded or funded by their employers or countries. A limited number of Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) studentships may be available to British/EU nationals. Overseas: sources are Association for Commonwealth Universities; ORSAS; British Council. The Graduate School offers a wide range of funding opportunities to UK, EU and international students. You are advised to check our website continuously. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Research Administrator, School of Law, tel 020 7848 2849, fax 020 7848 2912, law-pgresearch@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/152

School of Law

Research opportunities

School of Law Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Tanya Aplin Copyright law; patent law; law of confidential information; privacy law. Mr Arnulf Becker Lorca Public international law; comparative law; history of international law; law in Latin America; legal theory. Professor Brian Bercusson European labour law, with special reference to EU law and comparative law. Professor Robert Blackburn Constitutional law; working of Parliament; elections/voting; human rights; monarchy; constitutional reform. Professor Benjamin Bowling Criminology; criminal justice; policing; crime control; racism and discrimination. Professor Roger Brownsword Common law; legal theory; bioethics and law; law and new technology. Dr Kenneth Campbell Jurisprudence; criminal law. Ms Hse-Yu Chiu Company law; corporate governance; securities regulation; regulation of financial services and markets. Ms Monica Chowdry-Bhandari Law of taxation (personal taxation the European element in taxation and VAT); law of restitution. Ms Catriona Cook Contract; equity and trusts. Professor Jan Dalhuisen Financial products and regulation; international commercial and financial law; international commercial arbitration. Professor Keith Ewing Labour law and constitutional reform. Dr Jonathan Garton Charities; non-profit and voluntary sector law; civil society theory; trusts. Dr Carsten Gerner-Beuerle International and comparative corporate law and securities regulation; economic analysis of law. Mr Stephen Gilmore Child/family law and policy; parental responsibility; post-separation parenting; children’s rights. Mr James Glister Equity and trusts (particularly commercial application); personal property law. Professor Penny Green International and transnational criminal justice. Mrs Jane Henderson Russian law; comparative law and legal systems; legal history. Ms Kathryn Hollingsworth Children’s rights; youth justice; public law; human rights; accountability mechanisms. Professor Richard Hooley Banking law; commercial law. Professor Alison Jones Competition law; European Union law and restitution. Professor Satvinder Juss International refugee law; human rights; administrative law; law and religion; rights of minorities. Mr Perry Keller Media and communications law; legal developments in China, especially concerning the media. Mr David Ladds Law of property and trusts; law of taxation.

130

Professor David Llewelyn Intellectual property law; comparative trade mark law; the use in practice of IP rights. Professor Eva Lomnicka Financial services; consumer credit law. Professor Timothy Macklem Legal and moral philosophy; human rights. Ms Maleiha Malik Anti-discrimination law; jurisprudence (legal and political theory); UK and EC anti-discrimination law. Professor Susan Marks International law and human rights. Professor Paul Matthews International property law; international trusts law. Professor Aileen McColgan Labour law; discrimination law; human rights law; administrative law. Professor Charles Mitchell Unjust enrichment; tort; equity and trusts; charities. Dr Paul Mitchell Torts, contract, restitution and legal history. Professor Robin (CGJ) Morse Private international law; international business transactions; transnational litigation. Professor Rein Müllerson International law; human rights; legal regulation of the use of force. Professor Alan Norrie Criminal law; philosophy and criminal justice; social and legal theory. Dr Tunde Ogowewo Company law; commercial law; securities regulation; mergers and acquisitions. Dr Federico Ortino International economic law; WTO; investment treaty; EC law. Professor John Phillips Commercial law; contract law; intellectual property. Professor Raymond Plant Legal and political philosophy; jurisprudence; aspects of public law. Ms Elaine Player Criminology; criminal justice; prison research; drug treatment; gender issues in criminal justice. Mr Michael Schillig International commercial and financial law. Dr John Stanton-Ife Jurisprudence; criminal law; moral philosophy; health care resource allocation. Dr Eva Steiner French civil and criminal law; comparative law. Dr Christopher Townley Rule interaction of UK and EC competition law. Dr Leslie Turano Comparative law; trusts and property law; Spanish law. Dr Mary Vogel Criminology; comparative law; socio-legal studies. Professor Richard Whish Law and economics of competition policy, particularly in EU and UK law. Professor Robert Wintemute Human rights law; anti-discrimination law; sexual orientation law. Professor Karen Yeung Regulation and governance; the regulatory state, regulatory institutions and instruments, regulating technology, design-based instruments. Dr Lorenzo Zucca Jurisprudence; constitutional theory; EU constitutional law; fundamental rights.

Centre of Construction Law & Dispute Resolution Mr John Barber Health and safety law and management in construction; adjudication and arbitration. Ms Louise Barrington International arbitration, mediation; investment treaty arbitration; diversity in dispute resolution. Professor Phillip Capper International arbitration and dispute resolution; new forms of contract and procurement. Mr Aaron Hudson-Tyreman All forms of dispute resolution, contract, legal process and CPR. Centre of European Law Professor Andrea Biondi European Union Law, in particular judicial protection; internal market and state aid. Professor Piet Eeckhout European Union law; international economic law. Dr Alexander Türk European Community law, in particular administrative and constitutional issues; comparative constitutional law. Centre of Medical Law & Ethics Dr Selina Chen Citizenship and public policy; liberalism; toleration; democratic governance, Britain and Asia. Professor Jonathan Glover Medical ethics; psychiatric ethics; global ethics. Professor Penney Lewis Medical law and ethics; human rights; criminal evidence. Professor Genevra Richardson Law and psychiatry; law and biomedical research; administrative justice. Professor Rosamund Scott Medical law and ethics; tort. Ms Patricia Walsh Medical ethics; social justice; political philosophy; global ethics; epistemology. Institute for Criminal Policy Research Professor Mike Hough Policing; drugs; sentencing; public attitudes to crime; community penalties, crime measurement; crime prevention. Mr Paul Turnbull Drug misuse; criminal justices issues; HIV/AIDS; risk behaviour. International Centre for Prison Studies Mr C Robert Allen Youth justice; public attitudes to prison and comparative criminal justice. Professor Andrew Coyle International prison reform; prison management; alternatives to prison; human rights.

School of Law

Located at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major City Law firms, the School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience.

Induction & training

Master of Laws LLM About the programme Accreditations

Law Society CPD points. Purpose

Pathways

Application procedure

About the programme Purpose

Three taught modules assessed by written examinations and some assessed coursework. Application procedure

Description

• Introduces the key legal doctrines in construction. • Analyses the scope and procedures of adjudication. • Develops skills to participate in adjudications.

123

Taught programmes

School of Law

Taught programmes

School of Law Taught programmes

About the programme

Purpose

To enable qualified lawyers and construction industry professionals to obtain a holistic view of the law and practice of construction and dispute resolution. Description

Four taught modules assessed by written examinations; most modules include assessed coursework; assessment of a written dissertation. Application procedure

Accreditations

124

About the programme Purpose

Format & assessment

About the programme Purpose

politics, and apply philosophical rigour to your studies. Description

Taught mainly by seminars, to encourage active student participation in critical enquiry. Assessment will be by a mix of coursework, examination and dissertation. Application procedure

About the programme

students are taught at the same time as fulltime students.

Purpose

Application procedure

Format & assessment

Compulsory core module; two optional modules; compulsory dissertation. Written examinations and essays. Part-time 125

Taught programmes

School of Law

Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA/PG Dip

School of Law Taught programmes

About the programme Purpose

Compulsory modules are: Medical Ethics Component; Medical Law Component. Format & assessment

Lectures, tutorials and case studies; assessment by coursework, examinations in law and ethics and a dissertation. Application procedure

126

About the programme Purpose

The programme covers the following constituent provisions of EC Competition

About the programme Purpose

Description

127

Distance learning programmes

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip

School of Law

EC Competition Law MA/PG Dip

School of Law

Distance learning programmes

See shared details (page 126)

About the programme Purpose

Module 1: Introduction and Internal Market I; Module 2: Internal Market II & Substantive Policies I; Module 3: Substantive Policies II & Procedural Aspects.

About the programme Purpose

Description

Modules: UK Copyright Law I; UK Copyright Law II & US Copyright Law; French & German Copyright Law; EC and International Copyright Law.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School or department but cover related subject matter:

128

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc (see page 177). Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA (see page 239).

International Conflict Studies MA (see page 257). International Relations MA (see page 257).

Law Research MPhil/PhD

Research profile

Application procedure

Current number of academic staff 63 full time

Study environment

members of academic staff, including 35 Professors and other visiting academics. Teaching is also supported by part time tutors.

Current number of Graduate research students

80. Recent publications

research students. Students interested in pursuing an academic career may attend the King’s Learning Institute to develop their skills and knowledge base in the areas of learning and teaching.

Training

129

Research opportunities

School of Law

Research opportunities

School of Law Research opportunities

130

School of Medicine

133 Research degrees 133 Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology 135 Cancer Studies 137 Cardiovascular 138 Gene & Cell Based Therapy 140 Genetics & Molecular Medicine 143 Imaging Sciences 145 Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease 148 Taught programmes

131

School of Medicine

School of Medicine Location Guy’s, King’s Denmark Hill and St Thomas’ Hospital Campuses Address School of Medicine Registry (Postgraduate), King’s College London, 2nd Floor Henriette Raphael Building, Guy’s Campus, London SE1 1UL Contact tel 020 7848 6703/6704/6713, fax 020 7848 6730, postgrad-medicine@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine

The School of Medicine is one of the oldest and most prestigious schools of medicine in the world with a history that can be traced back several centuries. Our pioneering staff cross all fields including cancer, immunology, radiology, transplantation and molecular virology, following in the footsteps of Nobel Prize winners such as Professor Sir James Black.

With a research income of around £163 million over the last five years and research groups which were all top rated in the last RAE, the School’s research strength is well recognised. We are positioned top in the UK for Medical Research Council (MRC) income and host two MRC centres in internationally leading areas of research – asthma and transplantation. As a result our students enjoy opportunities to work alongside globally renowned academic staff. We strive to shape the future of healthcare locally, nationally and internationally through our strategic partnership with NHS partners – the world renowned Guy’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust. As the academic partner for three Department of Health Research Centres of Excellence, we are uniquely driving progress in innovation and translational research. In 2007, King’s announced plans for an Academic Health Sciences Centre, which will serve to strengthen our teaching, clinical service and research portfolio.

School’s NHS Trust partners, ensuring that strong basic science is integrated with, and transforms into, improved clinical care. These groups include members from other Schools in the College such as Biomedical & Health Sciences and the Dental Institute and are at the heart of the School’s vision of encouraging close interactions between clinical and biomedical scientists.

Research degrees

Divisions cross traditional departmental boundaries and are closely aligned with the areas of clinical excellence of the

132

Taught programmes

The School ensures that all taught master’s programmes are truly research-led, in line with the College’s strategy, and that graduate research is only offered within a strong and supportive research training environment, in which students can flourish. Induction & training

Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other Health Schools and have access to the Graduate School training programme. Funding

A number of research studentships, funded by a mixture of central College and external (for example, Research Councils) funding, are awarded to Divisions and advertised separately in academic journals

such as Nature, during the autumn term. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. Facilities

All new students have access to a critical mass of research expertise and facilities. There are seminars and annual research days, which provide opportunities for students to network and present their work, including an annual Graduate Research Showcase Day. All students within the School are expected to take advantage of the extensive range of training courses. Library services comprise a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material including the networked Medline service. The online virtual campus provides a wealth of information relating to graduate study. Research students have access to two graduate common rooms, a social room and a room with computers and desks for quiet study. All new students are issued with the Graduate Student Handbook, which provides a wide range of practical information on how to access these and other facilities, plus other important information relevant to your studies.

School of Medicine

Research opportunities Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD Research profile RAE score 5. Research income £45m over the last five

years. Current number of academic staff 24 faculty

members. Current number of research students PhD 35;

MD 10. Recent publications

• Leukotriene-receptor expression on nasal mucosal inflammatory cells in aspirin-sensitive rhinosinusitis. • The crystal structure of the complete Fc region of IgE reveals an acutely bent antibody conformation. • Factors associated with the development of peanut allergy in childhood. • Community pulmonary rehabilitation after hospitalisation for acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: randomised controlled study. • Reversing the defective induction of IL-10 secreting T regulatory cells in glucocorticoid resistant asthma. Current research projects IgE structure, function and regulation; airway remodelling and signal transduction pathways; pathobiology of airway smooth muscle in asthmatics; therapy; prevention of allergy, asthma and chronic respiratory morbidity. Partner organisations Department of Asthma Allergy & Respiratory Science, Department of Paediatrics, Department of Paediatric Allergy, Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics, MRC & Asthma UK Centre in Allergic Mechanisms of Asthma.

About the programme Our strategy is to elucidate molecular, immunological and physiological mechanisms of asthma, allergy and related respiratory diseases; identify new therapeutic targets; test new treatment modalities and provide insights on the management of patients with severe lung diseases, including respiratory failure. Main research projects are: IgE regulation; antigen presentation and immune deviation in asthma and allergy; molecular mechanisms of Th1/Th2 differentiation and cytokine production; airway remodelling and signal transduction pathways; therapy; consequences of atopy and asthma; paediatric respiratory disease; and physiology of respiratory muscles.

Study environment

Students each work on individual projects, within established teams of researchers, supervised by the principal investigator of the group and with laboratory supervision on a day-to-day basis. Students are expected to submit their thesis within four years of the start of their studies and to achieve this will need to work at least 09.00–17.00 on a daily basis. Graduate research students work alongside basic science and clinical researchers of all levels and training backgrounds. Projects span basic and clinical science topics allied to respiratory diseases including asthma, rhinitis and chronic obstructive airways disease and are offered at Guy’s Hospital, St Thomas’ Hospital and King’s Denmark Hill campuses. The division is also part of the MRC and Asthma UK Centre in Allergic Mechanisms of Asthma (in conjunction with Imperial College), so students can benefit from the synergy created by the collaboration in this area of science between two outstanding Colleges in London. The Centre is the only MRC Centre in asthma and allergy in the UK. All students have two supervisors and a Higher Degree Co-ordinator. Registration is for MPhil initially and upgrade to PhD occurs at nine months following completion of an 8,000-word report, oral presentation and viva-voce. We run an active programme of external seminar speakers and technology-orientated weekly journal clubs to supplement the core training provided by PhD projects and the generic/transferable skills from the Graduate School. Students also regularly present their goals and findings to a broad interdepartmental audience at research-inprogress meetings as well as externally at national and international meetings. Training

Aside from generic laboratory and transferable skills tuition, we offer a multidisciplinary training (both theoretical and practical) in basic and clinical scientific disciplines (biology, biochemistry, chemistry, structural biology, bioinformatics and translational research) as applied to the specific clinical research fields of asthma and immunology. Application procedure

Named studentships are usually advertised on the College’s or the MRC & Asthma UK Centre’s websites or at www.jobs.ac.uk and in the New Scientist or Nature journals. We aim to attract students of the highest calibre.

133

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Tak Lee. Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in medicine, immunology, molecular biology, biochemistry, microbiology, genetics, physiology or pharmacology, or overseas equivalent. Duration Expected to be: three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. We also have a four-year MRC PhD programme for a limited number of outstanding students. Intake No set number. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before your proposed starting date. Funding A small number of studentships are usually available for specific named projects, funded by external funding agencies such as the research councils (MRC, BBSRC) or charitable bodies (usually advertised on the College’s website, in the New Scientist or Nature journals, our MRC & Asthma UK Centre in Allergic Mechanisms of Asthma website, www.asthma-allergy.ac.uk/ vacancies.html, or on www.jobs.ac.uk). These usually provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Other than this, applicants will be expected to be self-funded through a personal scholarship or private means. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s Campus, St Thomas’ Campus or King’s Denmark Hill Campus, dependent upon where supervisor is based. Student destinations 85 per cent of AALB nonclinical PhD graduates continue in postdoctoral positions in the UK and overseas (eg Toronto Children’s Hospital; Harvard; University of Sydney; Leiden University Medical Centre; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory); others joined industry and one became a science teacher. 25 per cent of clinical postgraduate trainees have re-joined the SpR scheme to complete clinical training; 75 per cent have become NHS consultants in teaching hospitals with a research interest or continued in academic medicine (four are professors at universities overseas). Contact Professor Tak Lee, tel 020 7188 1943, fax 020 7403 8640, tak.lee@kcl.ac.uk, juliana.oladuti@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/180

School of Medicine

Research groups in Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology There are full details of these groups on our website. Airways Remodelling Contact Professor Tak Lee, tak.lee@kcl.ac.uk, juliana.oladuti@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/366

Prevention of Allergy, Asthma & Chronic Respiratory Morbidity Contact Professor Tak Lee, tak.lee@kcl.ac.uk, juliana.oladuti@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/368

Therapy including Immunomodulation Contact Professor Tak Lee, tak.lee@kcl.ac.uk, juliana.oladuti@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/367

IgE Structure, Function & Regulation Contact Professor Tak Lee, tak.lee@kcl.ac.uk, juliana.oladuti@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/339

Staff research interests

Research opportunities

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Phil Aaronson Ion channels and second messenger systems in signal transduction in vascular and myometrial smooth muscle cells. Dr Andrew Beavil Biophysics; allergy; asthma; IgE structure and function; interleukin-13. Dr Chris Corrigan T cells and their mediators in asthma and allergy; mediators of allergic inflammation and airways remodelling; therapy resistant asthma. Dr David Cousins Chromatin structure and epigenetics; T-cell differentiation and lineage commitment. Dr Alex Faith T cell tolerance. Dr David Fear B-cell development; Chromatin structure; gene regulation; Immunoglobulin class switching; IgE; asthma; allergy. Professor Hannah Gould IgE, receptor structure and function; the pathogenesis of allergy; antibody engineering.

134

Professor Anne Greenough Neonatology; respiratory physiology; antenatal lung growth; paediatric chronic lung disease. Dr Catherine Hawrylowicz Immunology of allergy and asthma. Professor Gideon Lack Food allergy; oral tolerance induction; immune modulation; anaphylaxis; sensitisation; allergic march. Dr Paul Lavender Transcription, chromatin, asthma. Professor Tak Lee Allergy and asthma. Professor John Moxham Respiratory muscle physiology. Professor Kypros Nicolaides Fetal medicine with special reference to haematology; preterm diagnosis of chromosome abnormalities. Dr Alistair Noble T cell subsets; immune regulation; allergic inflammation.

Dr Gerrard Rafferty Respiratory physiology; respiratory muscle physiology. Dr George Santis Gene transfer technology. Professor Brian Sutton (School of Biomedical & Health Sciences) IgE and its receptors; molecular mechanisms of allergy; auto-antibodies and autoimmune disease. Dr Victor Turcanu Immune tolerance; immunotherapy; food allergy; asthma; immune diseases; translational research. Professor Jeremy Ward Regulation of pulmonary vascular tone; regulation of airways smooth muscle. Dr Sun Ying Pathology of asthma.

Cancer Studies (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Research profile RAE score 5. Research income over £6 million in 2006-7. Current number of academic staff 39. Current number of research students PhD 18

FT, 20 PT. Recent publications

• CD4+CD25high Foxp3+ regulatory T cells in myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS). • Activated ezrin promotes cell migration through recruitment of the GEF Dbl to lipid rafts and preferential downstream activation of Cdc42. • A gene-expression signature to predict survival in breast cancer across independent data sets. • How is place of death from cancer changing and what affects it? Analysis of cancer registration and service data.

• Factors influencing death at home in terminally ill patients with cancer: systematic review.

encouraged to attend the wide variety of courses specifically offered by the College (individual sections also provide more Current research projects specific health and safety, and induction • Gene expression and epigenetic changes sessions). More tailored courses, such in breast cancer. as those on thesis writing and citation • Early detection of symptomatic disease. management, are also available. First • Mechanisms in myelodysplastic year students are also encouraged, where syndromes and haematological thought necessary, to attend in full or part, malignancies. selected undergraduate courses pertinent • Mechanisms of chemotaxis. to cancer studies. • Cancer stem cells: tumour profiling; During the course of their training, cancer cell proteomics, pathophysiology graduate student progress is monitored of lymphoedema. initially at the three-month stage and Partner organisations: Guy’s and St Thomas’ thereafter at six monthly intervals by NHS Foundation Trust, King’s College both supervisors and an external assessor Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, South from within the division. This allows East London Cancer Network. both students and supervisors to air any concerns and also promotes regular contact between those involved. Upgrade from About the programme MPhil to PhD status is dependent on The Division of Cancer Studies has a successful presentation of progress by the multidisciplinary research portfolio that student, and is usually expected to occur maps onto and spans the entire cancer within the first year of commencement of patient journey. The division brings full-time PhD study. together and is underpinned by core Training strengths in haemato-oncology, breast Training of graduates is considered cancer biology, epidemiology, cancer an important element of their career cell biology and palliative care, alongside development. To this end centrally cothe unique resources of the Breast Tissue ordinated training in transferable skills is Bank and the Thames Cancer Registry. provided through the College. The strategic objective of the Division is to foster a culture of innovation in cancer Application procedure patient care through research excellence. Funded studentships are usually advertised To achieve this we are working towards a on the College’s website, in the New fully integrated cancer research pathway, Scientist or Nature journals, on www. breaking down traditional clinical/ academic boundaries and drawing together jobs.ac.uk or on www.findaphd.com. members of the Division and the associated Applicants should follow the instructions given in these advertisements. Please note Hospital Trusts. This is reflected in the that most funding bodies will only support co-ordinated strategic planning that has home/EU fees. Self-funded applicants laid the foundations for the Integrated should submit the College application Cancer Centre. form to the Registry. All applicants will Study environment be interviewed by at least two academics Sections within the Division encourage from the division. Proposed research their students to take an active part in their projects must be approved by the School of internal seminar programmes and they are Medicine Postgraduate Research Students expected to present at least twice yearly to Committee before an offer can be made. fellow students and academic members of staff. All graduate students (both full- and part-time) within the Division are also

Research groups in Cancer Studies There are full details of these groups on our website. Cancer Epidemiology Contact Philomena Bredin, PA to Professor Henrik Møller, philomena.bredin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/278

Haemato-oncology Contact Professor Ghulam Mufti, ghulam.mufti@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/277

Cell Biology & Imaging Contact Professor Tony Ng, tony.ng@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/341

Palliative Care, Policy & Rehabilitation Contact Professor Irene Higginson, palliativecare@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/275

Research Oncology Contact Amy Byrtus, PA to Professor Purushotham, amy.byrtus@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/340

135

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Peter Parker FRS. Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent. Duration Expected to be: usually three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally September, although students may commence at any time. Intake No set number. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before your proposed starting date. Funding A small number of studentships for specific named projects, funded by external funding agencies such as the research councils (eg MRC), or charitable bodies are usually available (these are normally advertised on the College’s website, in the New Scientist or Nature journals, or on www.jobs.ac.uk or www.findaphd.com). These typically provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Other than this, applicants will be expected to be self-funded through a personal scholarship or private means. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s, King’s Denmark Hill and St Thomas’ Hospital campuses. Contact Research Administrator, tel 020 7848 8300, fax 020 7848 6220, rebecca.trumble@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/181

School of Medicine

Research opportunities

School of Medicine Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Simon Ameer-Beg Protein-protein interactions; optical proteomics; advanced imaging. Multiphoton Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging. Dr Linda Barber Transplant Immunology; haematopoieitic stem cell transplantation; leukaemia; graft versus host disease. Dr Andrea Buggins B-CLL; immunosupression in cancer; endothelial/T cell/B-CLL cell interactions; microenvironment. Dr Joy Burchell O-linked glycosylation and changes that occur in malignancy; immunotherapy. Dr Yolanda Calle Regulation of cell adhesion and the cytoskeleton in haematological malignancies. Dr Elizabeth Davies Cancer services research; supportive and palliative care. Professor Farzin Farzaneh Gene therapymediated immune rejection of cancer; cellular differentiation; molecular genetic analysis. Dr Kevin Ford Epigenetics; DNA methylation and transcriptional control; development of targeted methylation strategies. Dr Johannes Gaken Immune mediated gene therapy of cancer; functional genomics; microRNA; tumour specific induction of apoptosis. Dr Cheryl Gillett Tissue banking; translation studies relating to histopathological application; markers of proliferative activity. Dr Suzanne Hall Health psychology; quality of life for patients; palliative care for older people; dignity; evaluation of interventions.

136

Dr Richard Harding Palliative care: non-cancer (heart failure, HIV); informal carers; complex interventions; Sub-Saharan Africa. Professor Irene Higginson Palliative care; palliative medicine; epidemiology; effectiveness; evidence; quality of life; psychosocial. Professor Lars Holmberg Cancer epidemiology; delivery of cancer care; cancer prognosis and natural history; screening. Mr Jonathan Koffman Pallative care; medical sociology; culture; ethnicity; carers. Dr John Maher Design of novel immunotherapeutic care for older people. Dr Jonathan Morris Cancer; novel protein kinase signalling pathways; the cytoskeleton; cell morphology and migration. Professor Ghulam Mufti Molecular pathology; treatment of myeloid malignancies; immune gene and stem cell therapy. Professor Henrik Møller Cancer epidemiology and analysis of cancer care and outcomes at the population level. Dr Tony Ng Interplay between signal transduction pathways in control of cell migration using FRET/ FLIM technology. Dr Linda Nicholson Molecular regulation of epithelial cell differentiation, proliferation and apoptosis.

Professor Peter Parker Signal transduction pathways, their status, prognostic and therapeutic potential in cancer. Dr Sarah Pinder Breast pathology; precursors of breast cancer; breast cancer morphology and prognostic factors. Professor Arnie Purushotham Molecular profiling and stem/progenitor cells in breast cancer-related lymphoedema. Dr Richard Siegert Psychometrics and outcome measurement; cognition in neurological disorders; rehabilitation and palliative care in complex neurological conditions. Dr James Spicer Thoracic oncology; early phase clinical trials. Professor Joyce Taylor-Papadimitriou Cellular and molecular biology of breast cancer. Dr Nicholas Thomas Cell cycle; systems biology; epigenetics; MDS, myeloid leukaemia; gene, protein interaction networks. Professor Lynne Turner-Stokes Rehabilitation; profound and complex disability; brain injury; outcome measurement; practice-based evidence. Dr Andrew Tutt Molecular cell biology of breast cancer. Dr Claire Wells Cancer cell migration; signalling in cancer; cell invasion and metastasis.

School of Medicine

Interdisciplinary research opportunities Cardiovascular (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score 5. Research income £32m including substantial

funding from the MRC, BBSRC, BHF, Wellcome Trust, EU and other organisations. Current number of staff 35 principal investigators. Current number of research students 46 PhD, 6 MD. Recent publications details of recent publications can be found on our staff research interest webpages (see below).

programme and an interdisciplinary PhD programme focusing on biophysics and structural biology applied to the cardiovascular field. Divisional research laboratories are housed in excellent accommodation with state-of-the-art equipment and facilities. Study environment

The division has two major sites, namely the James Black Centre at the King’s Denmark Hill Campus and the Rayne Institute at St Thomas’ in Waterloo, as well as a section focusing on biophysics that is embedded within the multi-divisional environment of the Randall Division at About the programme Guy’s. All sites have excellent laboratory The division integrates all the main facilities and infrastructure, a critical cardiovascular groups within King’s mass of complementary multidisciplinary College. We have recently been designated expertise, and unparalleled opportunities a BHF Centre of Research Excellence and for clinical interaction and access to clinical have strong collaborations with the Randall material. and Imaging Science Divisions. Research Training encompasses a broad range of myocardial Excellent training opportunities in most and vascular biology themes and extends from the research laboratory to the bedside. areas of cardiovascular biology. There is a major focus on the high-quality Application procedure training of non-clinical and clinical scientists, with a broad range of three-year All PhD projects must be approved by the Divisional Postgraduate Co-ordinator and and four-year PhD programmes. Head of Division. These include a four-year BHF PhD

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Kalwant Authi Ca2+ signalling in platelets and related cells; platelet activation. Professor Metin Avkiran Molecular mechanisms of novel therapies for cardiac dysfunction in ischaemia and failure. Professor Sue Brain Cardiovascular and inflammatory mechanisms: the pathophysiological role of peptides in the microvasculature. Professor Kevin Burnand Venous disease; carotid disease restenosis and lymphoedema; aneurysms. Dr Alison Cave Reactive oxygen species; cardiac contractile function; sepsis; left ventricular hypertrophy and fibrosis; diabetic cardiomyopathy. Professor Philip Chowienczyk Endothelial cell dysfunction in dyslipidaemia/diabetes; forearm/ coronary blood flow measurement in vivo. Dr Michael Curtis Cardiac arrhythmias;

antiarrhythmic drugs; ischaemic heart disease; torsades de pointes; coronary control. Dr Philip Eaton The redox-dependent regulation of protein function in the setting of ischaemia and reperfusion. Dr Elisabeth Ehler What makes a heart work from a cell biologist’s point of view. Dr Albert Ferro Endothelial and platelet-derived nitric oxide; aspirin resistance. Dr Paul Fraser The regulation of blood flow through the microcirculation and its permeability in inflammation. Dr Luigi Gnudi Diabetic nephropathy. Dr Richard Heads Myocardial adaption; signal transduction; assessment of cellular injury. Dr Jonathan Hill Endothelial progenitor cells; interventional cardiology.

Dr Yanhua Hu Stem cells; atherosclerosis; vascular biology; animal models. Professor Lalit Kalra Outcome measures in cerebrovascular disease. Professor Jonathan Kentish Changes in the contractile properties of the cardiac myofilaments in heart disease. Professor Giovanni Mann Endothelial and smooth muscle dysfunction in pre-eclampsia, diabetes and atherosclerosis. Professor Michael Marber Myocardial infarction; cardiac protection; signal transduction. Dr Manuel Mayr Cardiovascular proteomics. Dr Yatin Patel Platelet and endothelial cell signal transduction; characterising platelet signalling defects in patients suffering from chronic bleeding disorders.

137

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Ajay Shah. Entry requirements A BSc degree awarded with first class honours or a 2:1, or an overseas equivalent. The division is generally only able to accept students on funded studentships, which are usually advertised and appointed competitively. Duration Expected to be: three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. We also have a four-year BHF PhD programme for a limited number of outstanding students. Intake No set number, dependent upon funding from external bodies. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least six months before your proposed starting date. Funding Studentships funded by external funding agencies such as the British Heart Foundation (BHF), the Wellcome Trust or research councils (eg MRC) are usually advertised in New Scientist/ Nature when available. The four-year PhD programme funded by the BHF, with an annual intake of three students, is advertised annually in Nature. The first year of this studentship is composed of an MRes in Cardiovascular Sciences. The division has also commenced an interdisciplinary PhD scheme as part of the BHF Centre of Excellence. These highly competitive studentships provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate, for qualifying students. From time to time, divisional investigators may be in a position to take on additional students. Fees See general fees section. Location King’s Denmark Hill, St Thomas’ or Waterloo campuses. Student destinations Mainly academic posts. Contact For general enquiries, please contact Pauline Newlands, Divisional Administrator, tel 020 7848 5167, pauline.newlands@kcl.ac.uk. For specific enquiries regarding research and training opportunities, please contact the most appropriate investigator from those listed on our divisional web pages, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/338

School of Medicine

Professor Jeremy Pearson Intracellular signalling pathways in endothelial cells; dysfunction in vascular and inflammatory diseases. Dr Simon Redwood Coronary physiology; coronary intervention; acute coronary syndromes. Professor Jim Ritter Vascular function in relation to risk factors, including arterial hypertension, dyslipidaemia, and diabetes mellitus. Dr Adam Rodaway Development of blood and vasculature in the zebrafish embryo. Professor Ajay Shah Endothelial dysfunction; oxidative stress; cardiac hypertrophy; heart failure.

Professor Catherine Shanahan Vascular smooth muscle cell biology; atherosclerosis, vascular calcification; nuclear envelope; nesprins; ageing. Professor Michael Shattock Regulation and function of ion translocating proteins in cardiac muscle in health and disease. Dr Richard Siow Antioxidants, oxidative stress and growth factors in cardiovascular health and disease, cardiovascular nutrigenomics. Dr Alberto Smith The unstable vessel wall; thrombosis; lymphatic vessel disease.

Professor Giancarlo Viberti Diabetic nephropathy; hypertension and cardiovascular disease in diabetes; chronic vascular complications of diabetes mellitus. Mr Matthew Waltham Vascular imaging; unstable carotid disease; aneurysms; endovascular surgery. Professor Qingbo Xu Stem cells; pathogenesis of atherosclerosis; vascular biology; animal models; proteomics; gene expression. Dr Lingfang Zeng Stem cell differentiation; atherosclerosis; vascular biology; mechanical signal transduction; ER stress; HDACs.

Research opportunities

Gene & Cell Based Therapy (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Head of division Professor Swee Lay Thein. Entry requirements A minimum first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent. Duration Expected to be: Three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration is normally October, although students may commence at any time. Intake No set number. Vacancies are advertised on the division webpage, findaphd.com and Nature online as and when they become available. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated in the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before their proposed starting date. Funding A small number of studentships are usually available for specific named projects, funded by external funding agencies, such as the research councils (eg MRC) or charitable bodies. They are advertised when available (see applications procedure for details). They usually provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Such stipends, however, are restricted to home/EU students. Other than this, applicants will be expected to be self-funded through a personal scholarship or private means. Fees See general fees section. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations After receiving their graduate degrees, most students have progressed to senior academic appointments or similar positions in health services or industry. Contact Annabelle Kelly, Division Administrator, tel 020 7848 5441, belle.kelly@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/431

Research profile RAE score Several component departments/ groupings have achieved 5 or 5*. Research income £17.8m. Current number of staff 54 (26 under King’s College London contracts, 18 grantfunded positions and 10 King’s College Hospital NHS Trust-funded positions). Current number of research students 14 PhD, 5 MD/MDRes and 16 MSc students. Recent publications include

See website for details.

About the programme Our division includes the following main research groups: Diabetes & Endocrine Autoimmunity, Liver Studies & Transplantation, Molecular Haematology and Renal Medicine, with collaborative research resulting in highly innovative therapeutic approaches and providing excellent opportunities for crossfertilisation of ideas and the pooling of knowledge and expertise. Clinically important immune responses are a major area of our research, including the rejection of transplants, autoimmunity of the liver, thyroid, kidney, and pancreatic islets, as well as tumour-specific immunity. Single gene disorders and genetic susceptibility to disease are being pursued in the inherited red blood cell disorders including sickle cell disease and the thalassaemias, and liver disorders, with a coalescence of interests in isolating the genetic loci modifying these disorders.

Training

The division places a great deal of emphasis on training. Specific training is given within the division’s component departments/research groupings and is augmented by training and courses delivered elsewhere within the School of Medicine and centrally. Application procedure

Applications to undertake graduate studies in the division must be made only through the Head of Division (Professor Swee Lay Thein) in the first instance. Prospective graduate students will then be required to attend for interview by senior investigators in the appropriate component departments/ research groupings within the division.

Study environment

Graduate students in the division are primarily based on the King’s Denmark Hill Campus, although travel to other campuses may sometimes be required. On arrival, each graduate student receives a comprehensive induction programme which includes instruction in laboratory practice, health and safety issues, and orientation within the organisation on the campus. Students are usually attached to a group and The common theme of the work work directly under the supervision of one in the division is the use of cell and of the senior research staff with a second supervisor. They are normally expected molecular biological techniques to to work from 09.00–17.00 Monday to advance understanding of disease and Friday, but this often varies according to the to provide translation of basic biology nature of their research projects and work outside these hours may be required from towards new human therapies. time to time (eg when necessary to attend My area of interest is in finding to tissue culture or animal experiments). new targets for treating progressive We run a programme of regular seminars for graduates and staff. Additional seminars renal failure, a condition that affects and meetings are held regularly within our 150,000 people in the UK alone. division’s component departments/research Claire Sharpe (Staff), Gene & Cell Based Therapy groupings. Research Division

138

There are full details of these groups on our website. Diabetes, Endocrine and Autoimmunity Contact For diabetes research, metabolic neuroimaging and islet transplantation/cell therapy please contact Professor Stephanie Amiel, Head of Group, stephanie.amiel@kcl.ac.uk. For thyroid autoimmunity please contact Professor Paul Banga, paul.banga@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/342

Liver Studies & Transplantation Contact Professor Giorgina Mieli-Vergani, Head of Department, giorgina.vergani@kcl. ac.uk; Professor Diego Vergani, Professor of Immunology, Chairman of ILS Higher Degree Committee, diego.vergani@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/344

Molecular Haematology Contact Professor Swee Lay Thein, Head of Group, sl.thein@kcl.ac.uk; Dr David Rees, Senior Lecturer; Dr Steve Best, Lecturer; Dr Stephen Menzel, Senior Lecturer, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/345

School of Medicine

Research groups in Gene & Cell Based Therapy

Renal Medicine Contact Professor Bruce Hendy, bruce.hendry@kcl.ac.uk; Dr Claire Sharpe, claire. sharpe@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/409

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor John Fabre Gene therapy for single gene disorders of the liver; immunoregulation, especially in transplantation; tumour immunotherapy. Dr Phillip Harrison Immunotherapy of liver tumours and viral hepatitis; liver fibrosis. Professor Bruce Hendry Renal fibrosis; cell signalling and Ras GTPases. HIV and kidney. Dr Guo Cai Huang Pancreatic islet cell growth and differentiation; islet transplantation; stem cells; beta cell biology; liver cancer. Dr Robin Hughes Hepatocyte transplantation; liver support; hepatoprotection; liver cell biology. Dr Yun Ma Immunoregulation; immunogenetics; pathogenesis of autoimmune and viral liver diseases. Dr Stephan Menzel Genetic mapping of measurable (quantitative) traits in humans; disease inheritance in families. Professor Giorgina Mieli-Vergani Paediatric hepatology; autoimmune liver disease; liver transplantation; biliary atresia; aplha-1 antitrypsin deficiency.

Dr David Rees Clinical and molecular characterisation of red cell disorders; sickle cell disease and haemoglobinopathies. Dr Claire Sharpe Renal medicine; renal fibrosis; cell signalling; cell biology; Ras monomeric GTPases; sickle cell nephropathy. Professor Swee Lay Thein Inherited and acquired red blood cell disorders; sickle cell disease and haemoglobinopathies. Dr Richard Thompson Genetics of cholestatic liver disease. Professor Diego Vergani Pathogenesis of autoimmune and viral liver disease and of liver transplant rejection/tolerance. Dr Julia Wendon Intensive care; mechanisms of severe liver injury; multi-organ failure - clinical, basic aspects. Dr Qihe Xu Searching for anti-fibrotic activities from natural sources; mechanisms of fibrogenesis.

139

Research opportunities

Dr Varuna Aluvihare Immune responses and development of cell therapy for tolerance induction in organ transplantation. Professor Stephanie Amiel Brain metabolism and function in diabetes; intensified diabetes therapy including islet transplantation. Professor J Paul Banga Autoimmunity; examination with molecular biology and biochemistry of auto-antigens. Dr Steven Best Genotype/phenotype correlation in inherited red blood cell disorders; thalassaemia and other haemoglobinopathies. Dr Dimitrios Bogdanos Bile duct specific autoantigen in primary biliary cirrhosis; role of molecular mimicry. Dr Pratik Choudhary Diabetes therapy; hypoglycaemia; continuous glucose monitoring; neuroimaging. Dr Louise Collins Receptor-targeted non-viral DNA vectors; gene therapy studies in immune tolerance and tumour immunotherapy and applicants.

School of Medicine Research opportunities

Research opportunities Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Head of division Professor Ellen Solomon. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biochemistry, genetics and related disciplines. Duration Expected to be: three or four years FT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. Intake Approximately 3–4 students per year in each department. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before their proposed starting date, with a curriculum vitae, information on the research projects they wish to undertake, information about their research experience and details of how they plan to fund themselves. Funding A small number of studentships for specific named projects, funded either by external funding agencies such as the research councils (eg MRC), or charitable bodies, are usually available (and will be advertised on the College’s website, in the journals New Scientist and/or Nature, or on www.jobs.ac.uk). These usually provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Self-funded students may also apply to study a particular research project. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s Campus for Medical & Molecular Genetics and St John’s Institute of Dermatology, St Thomas’ Campus for the Twin Research Unit. Contact Professor Ellen Solomon, Head of Division, tel 020 7188 3713, fax 020 7188 2585, ellen.solomon@genetics.kcl.ac.uk; Professor Mary Seller, Head of Graduate Students, tel 020 7188 3705, fax 020 7188 2585, mary.seller@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/189

Research profile RAE score 5. Research income £5.9m (Department of

Medical and Molecular Genetics: £2.8m; St John’s Institute of Dermatology £1.3m; Twin Research Unit: £1.8m). Current number of academic staff 27. Current number of research students 53. Recent publications In 2006-7 members of the Division of Genetics and Molecular Medicine published 145 papers in peerreviewed journals. See division web pages for details. Current research projects See website for details.

About the programme The division’s research strategy aims to identify the genes, and variations therein, which contribute to common diseases such as breast cancer and inflammatory bowel and skin disease; to understand the biology and pathophysiology of genes and proteins known to contribute to pulmonary vascular disease and neurogenetic diseases such as Huntington’s disease and motor neurone disease; to understand epigenetic effects such as imprinting, and control of gene expression; to develop novel analytical methodologies and approaches to study epistatic interactions between genes. Skin Sciences research targets cancer, genetics, immunology and photobiology as they affect the skin. The work of the Twin Research Unit focuses on complex genetic traits in the main categories of ageing, CVD, metabolic syndrome, and eyes, as well as on other areas such as skin disease, immunology, gastroenterology and behaviour.

Study environment Graduates work with a particular research group, under the guidance of a primary supervisor. They also have a second supervisor, who follows the work closely and is involved in upgrades, thesis writing, and scientific mentoring. They meet

140

regularly with their supervisor(s), usually on a weekly basis, and his/her group, and will attend weekly laboratory meetings, and the monthly Graduate Student Forum, where they will be expected to participate and present their work. All students are required to produce six-monthly progress reports, which are submitted to the School’s Postgraduate Research Committee. All graduate students are expected to attend the regular laboratory and divisional meetings. The division has weekly seminar programmes for Medical & Molecular Genetics and Dermatology, and a fortnightly Laboratory Group news seminar; these are intended to develop new collaborations, strengthen selected areas of research (particularly in areas given high priority by the government, research councils, the Wellcome Trust and NHS), implement further translational research between academic and clinical colleagues, and develop facilities for new technologies. St John’s Institute of Dermatology offers a one-year taught MSc in Clinical Dermatology for medical graduates wishing to specialise in dermatology. Training

There is a monthly Graduate Student Forum. The division also holds a yearly study day, a formal scientific meeting at which each graduate student is required to present at least one paper during their time here. Training is given in the use of PowerPoint and the method and practice of making formal presentations. Application procedure

Applicants are required to satisfy the leader of the research group they wish to join, the Head of Department/Division, and the Divisional Higher Degrees Co-ordinator, representing the Medical School Higher Degrees Committee. Those shortlisted are called to interview, which may be highly competitive in the case of advertised studentships.

School of Medicine

Research groups in Genetics & Molecular Medicine There are full details of these groups on our website. Bioinformatics Contact Dr Thomas Schlitt, tel 020 7188 9072, thomas.schlitt@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/410 Cancer Genetics Contact Professor Ellen Solomon, ellen.solomon@genetics.kcl.ac.uk; Professor David Grimwade, david.grimwade@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/279 Epigenetics Contact Dr Rebecca Oakey, rebecca.oakey@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/307

Genetic Skin Disease Contact Professor John McGrath, john.mcgrath@kcl.ac.uk, sandra.1.grant@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/302

Molecular & Medical Genetics Contact Professor Richard Trembath, tel 020 7188 7993, fax 020 7188 2585, richard.trembath@genetics.kcl.ac.uk; Dr Francesca Capon, tel 020 7188 8079, fax 020 7188 2585, francesca.capon@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/335 Molecular Neuroscience Contact Dr Roland Roberts, tel 020 7188 3704, fax 020 7188 2585, roli.roberts@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/308 Neurogenetics Contact Professor Gill Bates, gillian.bates@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/280 Nuclear Biology Contact Dr Michael Antoniou, tel 020 7188 3708, fax 020 7188 2585, michael.antoniou@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/282

Photobiology Contact Professor Anthony Young, anthony.r.young@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/289 Skin Cancers Contact Professor Frank Nestle, FNestle-PA@genetics.kcl.ac.uk; Dr Sean Whittaker, sean.whittaker@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/336 Therapeutics & Pharmacogenetics Contact Professor Jonathan Barker, tel 020 7188 6412, jonathan.barker@kcl.ac.uk; Dr Catherine Smith, tel 020 7188 1895, catherine.smith@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Frank Nestle, tel 020 7188 8086, FNestle-PA@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/311 Twin Studies Contact Professor Tim Spector, Genetics, Rheumatology; Dr Kourosh Ahmadi – Metabolic Syndrome; Dr Frances Williams – Musculoskeletal system; Professor Chris Hammond – Ophthalmology; Dr Lynn Cherkas – Behavioural Traits via victoria.vazquez@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/411

Genetics of Complex Disorders Contact Professor Chris Mathew, christopher.mathew@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/281

141

Research opportunities

Genetic Epidemiology & Statistical Genetics Contact Professor Cathryn Lewis, cathryn.lewis@genetics.kcl.ac.uk; Dr Michael Weale, michael.weale@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/433

Inflammatory Skin Diseases Contact Professor Jonathan Barker, jonathan.barker@kcl.ac.uk; Professor Frank Nestle, FNestle-PA@genetics.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/310

School of Medicine Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website.

Dr Kourosh Ahmadi Human population genomics, pharmacogenomics; systems biology; evolution. Dr Toby Andrew Genetic epidemiology; genetic aetiology of common disease; gene mapping. Dr Michael Antoniou Characterisation and biotechnological application of dominant chromatin remodelling; transcriptional control elements. Professor Jonathan Barker Pathogenetic, pharmacogenetic and clinical studies of psoriasis and cutaneous inflammation. Professor Gillian Bates Investigation of the molecular basis of Huntington’s disease and development of therapeutics. Dr Francesca Capon Genetic analysis of complex traits; genetics of psoriasis and inflammatory skin disorders. Dr Peter Green Molecular analysis of mutations causing haemophilia. Professor David Grimwade Pathogenesis and treatment of acute promyelocytic leukaemia. Dr Richard Groves Immunodermatology; mechanisms, diagnosis and novel therapies for immunologically medicated blistering skin diseases.

142

Professor Cathryn Lewis Genetic epidemiology: statistical methods to localise genes using linkage and association studies. Professor Christopher Mathew Investigation of the genetic basis of susceptibility to common, complex disorders, including inflammatory bowel disease and cancer. Professor John McGrath Molecular basis of inherited skin disorders; translational research therapies; prenatal diagnosis. Professor Frank Nestle Analysis of molecular and immunological pathways in skin inflammation (psoriasis) and melanoma; development of novel therapeutics. Dr Rebecca Oakey Epigenetics; polyadenylation; imprinting; bioinformatics; microarrays; human imprinted diseases; cardiac development; growth abnormalities. Dr Roland Roberts Functional analysis of proteins involved in human neuromuscular and neurological genetic disorders. Dr Thomas Schlitt Bioinformatics; gene networks; expression analysis; data integration. Dr Catherine Smith Inflammatory skin disease (psoriasis, eczema); therapeutics.

Professor Ellen Solomon Breast cancer genetics; acute promyelocytic leukaemia; human genetic disease. Professor Tim Spector Genetic epidemiology; twin studies; chronic complex trait genetics; CVD; metabolic; ageing; locomotor. Professor Richard Trembath Pulmonary arterial disease; common complex disease genetics; mapping in autosomal recessive disorders. Dr Ana Valdes Genetic epidemiology; osteoarthritis; ageing. Dr Michael Weale Statistical genetics; genetic epidemiology; population genetics. Dr Sean Whittaker Molecular genetics and therapeutic strategies in cutaneous T cell lymphoma. Dr Frances Williams Genetic epidemiology of osteoarthritis, particularly degenerative disc disease, and osteoporosis. Professor Antony Young Mechanisms of UVinduced skin damage (molecular, immunological), repair mechanisms.

School of Medicine

Interdisciplinary research opportunities Health & Social Care (Research Division) MPhil/PhD This is an interdisciplinary research division which is run across the School of Medicine and the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery. For details, please see page 157.

Research opportunities Imaging Sciences (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score 5. Research income In 2006 and the first half of

2007 the division secured over £2.2 million of new research funding. Current number of academic staff 21. Current number of research students 18. Recent publications Papers have been published in the Lancet, Magnetic Resonance Medicine, Journal of Bone & Mineral Research, Medical Image Analysis, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Circulation, Dalton Transactions. Current research projects

• Time resolved whole-heart cardiac imaging using highly parallel magnetic resonance. • Electro-anatomical fusion for guiding EP procedures and patient specific modelling and electrophysiology platform for image-guided arrhythmia management. • New fluorine chemistry for PET (F-18) and MRI (F-19) imaging. • Copper radionuclide complexes for PET imaging of hypoxia. • PET Imaging of Thyroid Cancer with F-18 Labelled Tetrafluoroborate. Partner organisations The division works collaboratively with a number of national and international research organisations eg University College London, University of Kent, Washington University (St Louis, USA) and Imperial College London. We also have a number of industrial partners such as Philips Medical Systems.

About the programme The division brings together physicists, chemists, biologists, mathematicians, IT specialists and clinicians working in medical imaging and image guided therapy. We are keen to recruit PhD students from all these disciplines. All imaging modalities are studied including MR, X-ray, CT, ultrasound, PET and SPECT, as well as therapeutic nuclear medicine. Ongoing projects range from the development of new imaging agents and technology and computational image analysis and modelling, through to the clinical assessment of new imaging methods. We undertake a wide range of work, from studies of the basic science of

imaging to research targeted at specific clinical problems such as cardiology, neuropsychiatry, oncology, radiotherapy and surgery. Our work is carried out in close collaboration with other groups within the School of Medicine and associated hospitals. Study environment

The emphasis in the study environment is on interdisciplinarity and translation to the clinic, and students work in an environment in which close interaction with colleagues from other complementary disciplines is the norm. Office space is provided in a semi-open plan environment shared by chemists, physicists, biologists, image processing specialists and medics. Students are part of the Biomedical Forum in which graduate scientists and clinical fellows communicate ideas and results, facilitating mutual understanding of each other’s language and ethos, and in turn leading to rapid translation of research to clinical application. In accord with wider School of Medicine practice, each student has at least two supervisors, strengthening the cross-disciplinary nature of the training. Students have access to excellent laboratory facilities for radiochemistry and radiobiology, PET, SPECT and MR imaging facilities. Training

As well as the transferable skills packages offered by King’s, students in Imaging Sciences have access to taught modules constituting the three MSc packages offered by the division: Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry, Nuclear Medicine, and Medical Engineering & Physics. This is an invaluable resource to facilitate rapid induction of graduates with a strong grounding in conventional science subjects into the world of medical imaging. Application procedure

All applicants must complete the King’s application form. These forms are forwarded to the relevant supervisor who will decide whether a candidate should be interviewed. Formal offers will only be made after interview and once a project is agreed.

143

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Reza Razavi. Entry requirements Normally a first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent. Must have a good command of English and be able to apply this in an academic environment. Overseas applicants will usually be required to provide certificated proof of competence in English before starting their studies. Duration Expected to be: Three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. Some special studentships are four years FT. Intake No set number. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before your proposed starting date. Funding A small number of studentships for specific named projects, funded by external funding agencies such as the research councils (MRC, EPSRC), or charitable bodies are usually available (advertised on the College’s website, in the New Scientist or Nature journals, or on www. jobs.ac.uk, and www.postgraduatestudentships. co.uk). These usually provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Other than this, applicants will be expected to be self-funded through a personal scholarship or private means. Fees See general fees section. Location Guy’s, St Thomas’, Waterloo and Strand campuses. Student destinations Previous students have gone on to work for research organisations and industry throughout the world, including The Netherlands, Australia and the USA. Contact Dr Glen Blake, tel 020 7188 4117, email glen.blake@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/197

School of Medicine

Research groups in Imaging Sciences There are full details of these groups on our website. Interdisciplinary Medical Imaging Group (IMIG) Contact Professor Phil Blower, philip.blower@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/333 Interventional Radiology Contact Professor Andy Adam, andy.adam@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/346

Nuclear Medicine & Osteoporosis Contact Professor Ignac Fogelman, ignac.fogelman@kcl.ac.uk; Dr Jim Ballinger, jim.ballinger@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/293 PET Imaging Centre Contact Dr Paul Marsden, paul.marsden@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/292

Staff research interests Research opportunities

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Andy Adam Thermal ablation of liver tumours and metallic stent placement in oesophagus. Dr Edward Baker Structural and functional magnetic resonance imaging of congenital heart defects. Dr Philip Batchelor Medical imaging; mathematical methods in medical imaging; MRI reconstruction, DT-MRI, cardiac imaging, quantification methods (perfusion). Dr Philip Beerbaum XMR-guided cardiac catheterization; 3D imaging of congenital heart disease; 7D MR flow; multicentre MR-based outcome research in congenital heart disease. Dr Glen Blake Evaluation and development of techniques for the assessment of bone mineral density. Professor Phil Blower Molecular imaging agents and methodologies for their synthesis; radiopharmaceutical chemistry; PET chemistry.

144

Professor Rene Botnar Cardiovascular MRI with particular focus on atherosclerosis. Professor Ignac Fogelman Evaluation and development of techniques for the assessment of bone mineral density. Dr Michelle Frost Osteoporosis; metabolic bone disease; treatment of osteoporosis. Dr Gerald Greil MRI imaging of heart disease; 3D and 4D imaging techniques. Dr Stephen Keevil Physics and methodology of magnetic resonance imaging and spectroscopy. Dr Paul Marsden Positron Emission Tomography (PET) methodology and applications; combined PET & MR. Dr Greg Mullen In vivo imaging of complement activation, hypoxia, immune and stem cells. Professor Eike Nagel Cardiovascular MRI with particular focus on ischemic heart disease.

Dr Mike O’Doherty Acquisition and analysis of PET/CT data and application to oncology; neurology; cardiology, inflammation and infection. Dr Graeme Penney Image processing; medical image registration; image-guided surgery; computer assisted surgery. Professor Reza Razavi Cardiovascular MR and MR guided cardiac catheterisation and intervention. Dr Kawal Rhode Image-guided cardiovascular interventions; image-guided surgery; medical image processing. Professor Tobias Schaeffter Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) particularly interventional MRI and molecular imaging. Dr Maxime Sermesant Cardiovascular modelling; cardiac image analysis; intervention guidance. Dr Richard Southworth Molecular imaging; cardiac biochemistry; cardiac glucose handling; ischaemia; hypoxia; PET; NMR; MRI.

School of Medicine

Research opportunities Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Research profile Research income £46m over the last six

years. An MRC Research Centre in Transplantation was demarcated in the division in 2006. Current number of staff 44 principal investigators. Current number of research students 61 PhD students. Recent publications

• Parallels between cytokinesis and retroviral budding: a role for the ESCRT machinery. Science. • CD4+CD25+Foxp3+ regulatory T cells induce alternative activation of human monocytes/macrophages. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. • A strategy for translation. Lancet. • Participation in two phase II prophylactic HIV vaccine trials in the UK. Vaccine. • Retroviruses can establish filopodial bridges for efficient cell-to-cell transmission. Nat Cell Biol.

About the programme We use a range of techniques from molecular genetics and biochemistry to statistical epidemiology to undertake research in several areas. We seek a better understanding of the dynamic interplay between host defence mechanisms and viral and microbial determinants. These studies can expose the genetic basis of disease susceptibility and resistance. We examine what fails when host defence mechanisms mistakenly target uninfected tissues, causing autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, type I diabetes, multiple sclerosis, and we ask whether such mechanisms can be usefully directed against tumours. We examine how immune responses are regulated, so as not to cause inflammatory disease, and whether such immunoregulation can limit transplant rejection. We actively consider practical approaches to enhancing host responses to pathogens and to limiting autoimmunity, and we direct clinical trials in immunological diseases measuring outcome by specific measures of disease.

Training

Excellent training courses (scientific, IT and others) are available for all PhD students through King’s Graduate School. Additionally, training for most laboratory techniques is available within the division. It is expected that graduate students will attend many of these courses to help them rapidly attain the high level of technical and IT expertise required to produce top quality work. Application procedure

Named studentships are usually advertised on the College’s website, in the New Scientist or Nature journals, or on www.jobs.ac.uk. Applicants should follow the instructions given in these advertisements. Self-funded applicants should submit the College application form to the Registry at Guy’s. All applicants will be interviewed by at least two academics from the division. Proposed research projects must be approved by the School of Medicine Postgraduate Research Students Committee before an offer can be made.

Study environment

The division currently has 61 PhD students each working on individual projects, within established teams of researchers, supervised by the principal investigator of the group and commonly interacting with fellow laboratory researchers on a day-today basis. Students are expected to submit their thesis within four years of the start of their studies – to achieve this will need to work and think carefully and intensively on a daily basis. Departments run laboratory meetings, which students will be required to attend and there is a strong ethos of continued education, so students are encouraged to broaden their scientific My academic support has been knowledge by attending seminars in other departments within the division. Students excellent. I meet with my supervisor are supported throughout their three-year once a week and present my work to (FT) or six-year (PT) studies by a personal my committee every six months. I committee composed of the student’s have been exposed to the forefront of two supervisors, two independent experts and a chairperson, who is part of the research in the HIV field having had Postgraduate Teaching Committee. The the opportunity to present my findings student has regular six-monthly reports/ at two international meetings in the meetings to monitor progress. In addition, they present their work at laboratory and USA, at the MRC centre in The departmental meetings and at the annual Gambia, and in Cambridge, UK. divisional Graduate Students’ Research Bethan McDonald (Student), Day. Infectious Diseases PhD

145

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Adrian Hayday. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent is mandatory. Duration Expected to be: three years FT or up to six years PT. Registration normally October, although students may commence at any time. Intake No set number. Closing date Named studentships will have a closing date stipulated on the advertisement. Self-funded students should apply at least three months before your proposed starting date. Funding A small number of studentships for specific named projects, funded by external funding agencies such as the research councils (MRC, BBSRC), or charitable bodies (Oliver Bird Studentships, Nuffield Foundation) are usually available (usually advertised on the College’s website, in the New Scientist or Nature journals, or on www.jobs.ac.uk). These usually provide a stipend and the payment of tuition fees at the home/EU rate. Other than this, applicants will be expected to be self-funded through a personal scholarship or private means. Fees See general fees section. Location Mainly Guy’s Campus and sometimes St Thomas’ and King’s Denmark Hill campuses. Contact Dr Stipo Jurcevic, tel 020 7188 8193, fax 020 7188 5721, stipo.jurcevic@kcl.ac.uk; Mrs Carol McHattie, tel 020 7188 3162, fax 020 7188 3385, carol.mchattie@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/192

School of Medicine

Research groups in Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease There are full details of these groups on our website. Immunology Contact Mrs Carol McHattie (DIIID PhD Administrator), carol.mchattie@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/270 Infectious Diseases Contact Professor Michael Malim, michael.malim@kcl.ac.uk; Mrs Carol McHattie, carol.mchattie@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/271

MRC Centre for Transplantation Contact Jill Holliday, jill.holliday@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/413 Nephrology & Transplantation Contact Professor Steven Sacks, steven.sacks@kcl.ac.uk; Professor Graham Lord, graham.lord@kcl.ac.uk; Professor Giovanna Lombardi, giovanna.lombardi@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/272

Rheumatology Contact Dr Valerie Corrigall, valerie.corrigall@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Frederic Geissmann, frederic.geissmann@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Andrew Cope, andrew.cope@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/274

Staff research interests Research opportunities

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Marie-Jose Bijlmakers Control of T cell activation. Dr John Cason Human immunodeficiency virus; viral quasi-species evolution; human papillomaviruses; infectious diseases biobank. Dr Ernest Choy Immunotherapy in rheumatoid arthritis; clinical trials design. Dr Helen Collins The role of host iron status in host immunity to intracellular pathogens. Dr Valerie Corrigall Immuno-inflammatory mechanisms in rheumatoid arthritis. Dr Sandra Diebold Dendritic cells; Toll-like receptors; pattern recognition; tumour immunotherapy. Dr Deborah Dunn-Walters Humoral immunity and immunosenescence. Professor Philippa Easterbrook HIV epidemiology; long-term non progression; clinical trials; HIV immune reconstitution syndrome; ARV delivery in sub-Saharan Africa. Dr Jonathan Edgeworth Bacterial disease pathogenesis; staphylococcus aureus; intensive care unit infections; healthcare-associated infections. Professor Adrian Hayday Genetic approaches to immune system function and development; unconventional T cells and the regulation of tissue inflammation. Dr Els Henckaerts Virology; stem cell biology; molecular biology; gene and cell therapies. Dr Susan John Regulation of gene expression in response to cytokines. Dr Stipo Jurcevic Activated T cells as a target of immune intervention.

146

Dr Linda Klavinskis Molecular and cellular basis of HIV vaccine development; innate immunity and regulation of dendritic cell function; gene therapy development in models of rheumatoid arthritis. Professor Robert Lechler Dendritic cell biology; IFN-alpha biology; transplantation tolerance; regulatory T cells. Professor R Michael Linden Virology; gene and cell therapies; stem cell biology; molecular biology; structural biology. Dr Giovanna Lombardi Dendritic cell biology; IFN-alpha biology; transplantation tolerance; regulatory T cells. Professor Graham Lord Infectious/autoimmune diseases; control of gene expression in T cells and denditric cells. Professor Michael Malim Molecular pathogenesis of HIV/AIDS; innate resistance to infection; cell biology. Dr Juan Martin-Serrano Retroviral assembly; endosomal sorting; cytokinesis. Dr Graham Mitchell Malaria; invasion biology; immune response. Dr John Murphy Early response genes in B lymphocyte functions; microarray profiling of autoantibody mediated early gene expression in endothelial cells. Professor Mark Peakman Type 1 diabetes; T lymphocyte function; endocrine autoimmunity; immunotherapy. Dr Barry Peters Clinical trials in HIV infection; prophylactic HIV vaccine trials. Dr Frank Post Renal disease in HIV infection; tuberculosis; viral hepatitis.

Dr Michael Robson Pathogenesis of glomerulonephritis. Professor Steven Sacks Complement in transplantation and renal diseases. Professor David Scott Rheumatoid arthritis; other forms of inflammatory arthritis. Dr Richard Smith Therapeutic agents in transplantation, complement system biology, protein engineering, membrane structure. Dr Jo Spencer Mucosal immunology and development. Dr Chad Swanson HIV Gag-Pol translation; genomic RNA trafficking; post-transcriptional gene regulation. Dr Leonie Taams Immunoregulation; tolerance; anergy; regulatory T cells; monocytes/ macrophages; rheumatoid arthritis. Dr Stephen Thompson Bacterial antigens, T cells and their cytokines: pathogenesis and immunotherapeutic strategies. Dr Timothy Tree Role of autoreactive and regulatory T cells in human health and disease. Dr Robert Vaughan HLA, human MHC, transplantation immunogenetics, HLA specific antibody characterisation and removal, KIR. Dr Anna Vyakarnam Immune responses to HIV; mechanisms of cellular resistance. Dr Wilson Wong Natural killer cells in transplantation, chronic rejection, regulatory T cells, transplant tolerance. Dr Wuding Zhou Ischaemics reperfusion and T cell responses.

School of Medicine

Interdisciplinary research opportunities The following programme is delivered by staff from across several disciplines.

Reproduction & Endocrinology (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD This is an interdisciplinary research division which is run across the School of Medicine and the School of Biomedical & Health Sciences. For details see page 40.

Other staff research interests in the School of Medicine Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Gabrielle Kingsley Qualitative and quantitative research methodology including clinical trials; rheumatoid and other inflammatory arthritides. Professor Alan McGregor Endocrinology; autoimmunity – auto-antigen characterisation and immune activation. Dr John Philpott-Howard Infection in immunocompromised patients; infection control; pastoral care of students.

Professor John Rees Medical education; clinical respiratory medicine. Professor Michael Richards Psychosocial factors on the prevention, early detection, care and survival of cancer patients. Mr Nigel Smeeton Statistics in medical research, epidemiology of stroke; nonparametric methods.

Taught master’s by research Integrative Biomedicine MRes Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacology, physiology or related science. Duration One year FT September to September. Intake 3–4 FT. Closing date 6 January. Fees Please contact the School for details. Funding A BBSRC capacity building grant provides funding for three students as part of a four year programme, where students progress to a PhD. Location All campuses. Student destinations Students are expected to follow careers in research. Contact Administrator, Lihuan Liang, tel 020 7848 3401, lihuan.liang@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/512

About the programme Purpose

The programme provides students with an advanced knowledge and the skills required to undertake a doctoral degree or pursue a career in biomedical academic or industrial research. The programme, managed by the Cardiovascular Division, includes the Cardiovascular, Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (Transplantation), Neuroscience (Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Disease), Reproduction & Endocrinology and Pharmaceutical Sciences divisions in the Schools of Biomedical & Health Sciences and Medicine. Description

This programme will give you an understanding of the fundamentals of integrative biomedicine research, and of specialised research skills associated

with in vivo procedures, involving models and translational research, relevant to the discovery of new drug treatments. It consists of five taught modules that are composed of three mini projects (each carried out in a different laboratory), a specialist workshop module and a generic training module. Format & assessment

Laboratory-based research mini projects; small group teaching via specialist workshops. Assessment: 100 per cent coursework. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by the Centre for Integrative Biomedicine Steering Group. We interview a shortlist of candidates. We aim to offer posts during the February-May period.

147

Research opportunities

Dr Sally Barrington Clinical positron emission tomography; radiation protection aspects of radioiodine treatment; functional cardiac imaging. Dr Richard Camplejohn Apoptosis; cell proliferation and the genetic basis of inherited cancer susceptibility. Dr Pamela Garlick Educational research; widening participation particularly in medicine.

School of Medicine Taught programmes

Interdisciplinary taught programmes Immunology MSc Entry requirements First or second class honours degree in a biological science or a degree in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine or other relevant subject awarded by a British university, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 20 FT. Closing date 31 July. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £16800. Funding Self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Many MSc Immunology graduates go on to research positions in either a university or research institute as PhD students or graduate research assistants. Others have gone into careers in hospital laboratories as clinical scientists or obtained positions in the pharmaceutical industry. Contact Dr John Murphy, Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 8213, john.murphy@kcl.ac.uk; Programme Administrator, Ms Ann Gallagher, tel 020 7188 8301, ann.m.gallagher@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/75

About the programme Purpose

Suitable for scientists from clinical and non-clinical backgrounds wishing to improve their employment prospects by extending their expertise in the field of modern immunology, and those wishing to acquire relevant research training to undertake a PhD. Description

This programme will give you an understanding of the structure and functioning of the immune system, at the cell, molecular and genetic level, and its relation to health and disease. It consists of three taught modules: Cellular Interactions in the Immune System; Molecular Immunology; Immune Disorder & Infection, and a six month experimental research project.

Format & assessment

Three taught modules in the first semester. The Experimental Research Project is undertaken from January to the end of July. Projects are assessed in August/September. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two academics. We interview all suitable home applicants in person, or by phone if overseas. We aim to process all applications within eight weeks. Therefore, early applications are recommended to maximise your chances of selection. You are encouraged to attend our open days which usually take place in December and June.

Medical Engineering & Physics MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or equivalent or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 12. Closing date 1 September. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £7580. Funding The London NHS Region provides funding for a limited number of trainee clinical scientists (through a separate NHS application). Other students are self-funded. Location Primarily taught at King’s Denmark Hill Campus and the Institute of Cancer Research. Student destinations The majority of our students are employed during the first year of graduation. More than 70 per cent continue to work in healthcare and some are already established as leading specialists. The majority have been employed in the NHS; some have also been employed in leading academic institutions and industry. Contact Dr Slavik Tabakov, tel. 020 3299 3536/1650, fax 020 3299 1651, slavik.tabakov@kcl.ac.uk, teresa.flett@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/166

About the programme Accreditations

Accredited by the UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Some components approved by the Royal College of Radiology.

148

Purpose

For graduates of the physical and engineering sciences seeking a broad view of the field and wishing to specialise in medical physics/engineering. To integrate with training schemes leading to registration as a clinical scientist. To provide a sound knowledge of physical and engineering science applied to medicine. Description

Core modules: Basis of Human Anatomy & Physiology; Basis of Medical Technology; Data Processing in Medicine, Radiation Physics. Optional Modules: Biomechanics & Ergonomics; Rehabilitation Engineering; Management of Medical Equipment; Medical Imaging with Nonionising Radiation; Medical Imaging with Ionising Radiation; Radiotherapy Physics; Radiation Protection. MSc project. Format & assessment

Day and block release attendance. Written examinations, assessment of coursework, project dissertation. Application procedure

One of the highlights of the programme has been the optional modules held and taught at the Institute of Cancer Research at various hospitals throughout London. This has been a fantastic opportunity to meet some of the leaders in medical physics and scientists that have been pivotal in the evolution of the industry.

We invite applications from 1 March 2009. Each application is assessed at least by two Elizabeth Morris (Student), academics. Selection is on the basis of an application form and references. Applicants Medical Engineering & Physics MSc may be interviewed in person, by telephone or by alternative arrangements.

About the programme Accreditations

Recognised by Royal College of Pathologists, Joint Committee on Higher Medical Training, Deanery STC’s, Consortia/Confederations and the Health Professions Council registration authority. Recognised as component of training programme for Trainee Clinical Scientists in Immunology by the Association of Clinical Scientists in Immunology. Individual modules may be taken for CME or CPD purposes.

Description

Taught modules in: Introduction to Immunology/Cellular Immunology; Molecular Immunology; Autoimmunity & Disease; Autoimmune Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases; Cancer & the Immune System; Infection & Immunity; Extrinsic Allergic Diseases; Transplantation Immunology & Transfusion Medicine; Immunodeficiency Disorders & Infection Diseases Control; Quality Assurance; Diagnostic Tests and Laboratory Management. Format & assessment

Purpose

To provide an integral part of scientific and medical training in immunology for Calman Specialist Registrars, Grade A/B clinical scientist trainees in immunology, histocompatibility and immunogenetics, biomedical scientists, industrial partners and (overseas) research fellows; and greater awareness and knowledge of recent advances in the physiology of the immune system.

Lectures one day per week; 10 taught modules (15 credits each) examined by written essays, written practical/data interpretation and learning log. The 11th module (Research Project) has a value of 45 credits and is examined by a written project and oral component. Application procedure

Applications assessed by Course Coordinating Committee; candidates will be interviewed in person between May and September, or if overseas, by alternative arrangements.

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements A degree in medicine or dentistry or a 2:1 degree in nursing, life sciences or social sciences from a UK or overseas university. You should also have experience of working in palliative care or an associated area, eg clinical or social care research. Duration MSc: One year FT, two years PT; PG Dip: One year FT, two years PT; PG Cert: One year FT, January to December. Intake Approximately 25–30 FT/ PT. Closing date 30 November. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050 (MSc) £2800 (PG Dip) £1400 (PG Cert), FT overseas £15160 (MSc) £10100 (PG Dip) £5120 (PG Cert), PT home/EU £2025 (MSc) £1400 (PG Dip), PT overseas £7580 (MSc) £5050 (PG Dip). Funding Students are self-funded or funded by their employer and a number of charitable organisations. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; St Christopher’s Hospice, Sydenham. Student destinations Many SpRs have now gone on to secure consultant posts; many clinical nurse specialists are now nurse consultants. An increasing number of former students have gone on to study for PhDs and teach on the programme. Contact Jonathan Koffman, tel 020 7848 5590, fax 020 7848 5517, mscpallcare@kcl.ac.uk, jonathan.s.koffman@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/176

About the programme

Format & assessment

MSc and PG Dip students take four core and two optional modules. In addition, To develop the skills necessary to appraise MSc students complete a research study evidence-based care and conduct research project. PG Cert students study two on issues of palliative care in order to inform core and one optional module over one clinical practice and service development year. Assessment is by examinations and in the field of palliative care. coursework, for MSc students, a research project. Purpose

Description

The modules are specifically designed to appeal to future leaders in palliative and end-of-life care. Core modules: Research Methods & Statistics; Biology & Management of Symptoms in Advanced Disease; Psychosocial, Cultural, Ethical & Spiritual Issues; Service Organisation & Policy in Palliative Care. Advanced Modules: Applying Epidemiology in Palliative Care; Advanced Psychosocial, Ethical & Spiritual Care; Service Development & Management; Advanced Pain & Symptom Control and Research Study Project (MSc only).

Application procedure

Please submit a completed application form together with two supporting references. We interview candidates, usually with two members of the department, to discuss your palliative care experience, reasons for wanting to join the programme, and your research interests.

149

Taught programmes

Entry requirements A 2:1/2:2 degree in biological science or above; a qualification in medicine, dentistry, veterinary, pharmacy, nursing, or MIBiol/ FIBMS. Affiliation to an Immunology dept or similar in a UK university, hospital or similar institution. Overseas applicants need affiliation before applying. Duration Two years PT, lectures one day per week, September to September. Intake Maximum 25. Closing date This is a two year programme which recruits only every two years. The next entry is in September 2010 and applications will be accepted from Spring 2010 onwards. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2900, PT overseas £7580. Funding Students are either self-funded or are funded by their employer. Location Intercollegiate programme, primarily Guy’s Campus. Student destinations For career development in clinical, laboratory and academic immunology, possibly to run own diagnostic service, research group or clinical practice as Grade C clinical scientists, senior lecturers/professors and NHS consultants. Contact Professor Mark Peakman, tel 020 7188 0148, Miss Ann Gallagher, Course Administrator, tel 020 7188 8301, ann.m.gallagher@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/389

School of Medicine

Medical Immunology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

School of Medicine Taught programmes

Primary Health Care MSc Entry requirements Applicants must hold a degree in medicine, or a first degree in a subject related to healthcare (at least 2:2 degree or equivalent), and must have experience of working in primary care or experience of working in health care with the intention of development in primary healthcare. Duration One year FT; two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Part-time students attend every Wednesday during the first year and every Monday during the second. Intake Approximately 8 FT and 8 PT. Closing date 18 May. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £7580. Funding Self-funded. Applicants may apply for and receive funding via the Postgraduate Deanery or from their Primary Care Trusts. Location Department of General Practice & Primary Care. Student destinations Graduates have gone on to become some of the leading academics in general practice and into positions at the forefront of research and teaching in primary healthcare. Recent students have included general practitioners from the UK and overseas, PCT managers and nurse consultants. Contact Beryl Stevens, Administrator for Postgraduate Studies, tel 020 7848 4176, beryl. stevens@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Kalwant Sidhu, Lecturer, tel 020 7848 4179, kalwant.sidhu@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/163

About the programme Purpose

To enable the increasingly wide range of health professionals involved in primary health care provision to develop both personally and professionally. We aim to help you reflect on your practice and critically examine key aspects of your work that could facilitate career advancements in either service development, academic or research fields, and contribute to the evidence base for primary healthcare. Description

The MSc has four core modules: Developing & Delivering Primary Health Care; Best Evidence: Research Methods in Primary Health Care; Best Practice: Appraising & Applying the Evidence in Primary Health Care; and the Primary Health Care Dissertation. Students are also required to choose two additional optional modules which may include: Professionalism, Law & Ethics; Facilitating Learning in Primary Health Care or Management in Organisations.

Format & assessment

Full-time students are required to attend two days a week; part-time students attend one day a week during term times. Teaching sessions include lectures, seminars with group work and discussion. Assessment is integral to the learning outcomes for each module and a variety of methods are employed. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two academics. We interview all applicants, either in person or by telephone if applying from overseas. You are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within eight weeks. Therefore, early applications are recommended to maximise your chances of selection.

Public Health MPH/MSc Entry requirements A second class honours degree or professional qualification in a healthrelated subject, with experience in the broad field of public health. Graduates in other disciplines will be considered, particularly if they have relevant experience. Duration One year FT, two years (one day per week) PT, September to September. Part-time students attend every Thursday during the first year and every Monday during the second. Intake Approximately 10 FT, 20 PT. Closing date 1 April for overseas students, 1 June for home students. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £16800, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £8400. Funding Sponsorship by student’s employer, or self-funded. Location Mainly at the Guy’s Campus; some specialist sessions take place off-campus. Student destinations Job titles of recent graduates include: Public Health Specialist, Head of Public Health Intelligence, Health Partnership Programme Manager, Epidemiologist and Antenatal Screening Co-ordinator. Other students have gone on to pursue academic careers. Contact Norman Parkinson, Programme Director, tel 020 7848 6618, norman.parkinson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/77

150

About the programme Purpose

To provide individuals with the academic background required for leadership roles in public health. For graduates or holders of a relevant professional qualification, whether medical or non-medical, who are working or intend to work in the broad field of public health.

Format & assessment

Specialist lectures; interactive seminars and workshops; project work; computer-based exercises; oral presentations; case-study group work. A variety of assessment methods, including: conventional unseen examinations; short answer examinations; case studies; presentations, and conventional essays. Application procedure

Description

Core Modules: Basic Epidemiology & Statistics for Public Health and Prevention and Control of Disease; Public Health Dissertation. Optional Modules: Further Epidemiology & Statistics for Public Health; Sociology of Health & Illness; Environmental Health Management in Organisations; Health; Economics & Health Policy; Essentials of Toxicology for Health Protection; Environmental Science; Nutrition for Public Health; Principles & Practice of Health Promotion; Critical Appraisal & Research Methods and Integrative Studies.

Your application will be assessed by two academics. Home candidates are usually interviewed. We aim to process all applications within eight weeks. Therefore, early applications are recommended to maximise your chances of selection. During holiday periods, applications may take longer to process.

About the programme Purpose

To educate, train and equip students from a chemistry, pharmacy or related background to enter employment as radiopharmaceutical scientists in a PET radiochemistry centre (cyclotron unit) or in a conventional radiopharmacy, providing diagnostic and therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals to nuclear medicine centres or specialised commercial centres, or to study for PhD in this field.

Format & assessment

Written examinations (modules 1, 2, 3 and 4a); workshops (all modules); practical laboratory work and reports (modules 1, 2, 3a, 3b, 4a, 5): audiovisual presentations (all modules); laboratory or library-based research project. Application procedure

Early application is advised. All applicants seeking a bursary or studentship are interviewed.

Description

Core modules: 1. Radiopharmaceutical Science & Practice. 2. Radiopharmacology. 5. Research project (projects are available at King’s in the radiochemistry research laboratory, the PET Centre, or the Department of Nuclear Medicine; other university and hospital laboratories also host research projects for our students). Optional modules: 3a, Radiopharmaceutical Chemistry or 3b, Radiopharmaceutical Design, Formulation and Manufacture. 4a, Cyclotron Engineering & Nuclear Chemistry or 4b, Radiopharmaceuticals in Practice (including work experience placement).

Taught programmes

Entry requirements At least a 2:2 degree (or equivalent) in chemistry, chemical engineering, physics, pharmacy or biochemistry; other related subjects such as physics, radiography or medicine may be considered on a case by case basis, if appropriate graduate practical experience is demonstrated. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 15 FT, 5 PT. Closing date 31 August 2009 (for entry September 2009). Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £16800, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £8400. Funding EPSRC bursaries (fees and stipend) are available to suitable applicants and CRUK bursaries are available. Occasional industrial studentships are also available. Please enquire for details. Location St Thomas’ and Waterloo Campuses. Research projects and work placements may be at other locations. Student destinations Expected destinations are the NHS and commercial nuclear medicine services, the pharmaceutical industry or PhD research. Contact Professor Phil Blower, tel 020 7188 9513, Dr Paul Marsden, tel 020 7188 4998, sheila.foolheea@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/443

Taught programmes for qualified doctors/medical practitioners Clinical Dermatology MSc Entry requirements A medical qualification from a recognised university, current clinical experience of either 6–12 months in dermatology or 3–4 years practising medicine post-registration, and proof of English language ability for non-UK students. Duration One year FT, October to September. Intake Approximately 20. Closing date 2 March. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4500, FT overseas £23500. Funding About half our students are self-funded. Others funded by the British Council, WHO and government scholarships. To guarantee a place, self-funded students must pay a deposit of £1,000 for home/EU students and £5,000 for overseas students. The deposit is paid after you have received the formal offer. Location St Thomas’ and Guy’s campuses. Student destinations Graduates have progressed their careers in senior hospital posts and private practice back in their own countries. Some of our graduates have pursued further higher qualifications and Foundation Programmes in the UK. Contact Course Co-ordinator, tel 020 7188 6255, fax 020 7928 1428, derm-courses@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/158

School of Medicine

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc

About the programme Purpose

For medical graduates wishing to specialise in dermatology. To provide a combination of clinical skills and knowledge of the scientific basis of dermatology, and a practical training in clinical dermatology and laboratory sciences relevant to skin disease.

Format & assessment

All four modules have to be passed: Theoretical: essay (50 per cent), MCQ (50 per cent). Clinical: OSCE (70 per cent), clinical oral (30 per cent). Dermatopathology: practical (100 per cent). Research Project: written piece (60 per cent), oral based on written dissertation (40 per cent). Application procedure

Description

You will be interviewed when required.

Clinical Dermatology: includes attendance at general and specialist clinics, dedicated teaching clinics, tutorials and reflective self-directed learning. Theoretical Dermatology: taught by the use of seminars, lectures, research presentations, laboratory workshops and private study. Dermatopathology: highly practical with guided interpretation of histology slides twice a week. Research Project: students undertake a critical evaluation of dermatological literature on a specialist subject. Projects are not laboratory or patients based as delays frequently occur when obtaining ethical permission or recruiting patients.

151

School of Medicine Taught programmes

Diabetes & Endocrinology MSc Entry requirements For medical graduates who have obtained the MRCP or an equivalent qualification and are in relevant employment in the UK. Duration Two years PT, October to July. The programme is offered every two years only. Intake Approximately 10–20 PT. Closing date 31 March 2010 (for entry October 2010). Applications received after the closing date will be held as reserve applications, in case there are vacancies or places become available. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £7580. Funding Students are self-funded or should seek full study leave support from their employers. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Career development. Contact Mrs Alison Worth, tel 020 3299 3106, alison.langley@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/160

About the programme Purpose

five compulsory modules: Physiological Aspects of Diabetes & Endocrinology (30 credits); Molecular & Cellular Aspects of Diabetes & Endocrinology (30 credits); Clinical Diabetes & Endocrinology 1 (30 credits); Clinical Diabetes & Endocrinology 2 (30 credits); Research Design, Evaluation & Practice (60 credits).

To provide a sound background in the scientific basis of clinical diabetes and endocrinology and relevant research methodology for physicians training in diabetes, endocrinology and related disciplines. This programme provides a major contribution to the theoretical training requirements for this specialty.

Format & assessment

Description

Written examination, viva, dissertation, continuous assessment.

The programme covers basic and clinical science relating to diabetes mellitus and endocrine syndromes, including pathophysiology, clinical aspects, laboratory assessment and research methodology including basic statistics and audit. The programme consists of a series of

Application procedure

We interview all candidates unless they have been appointed to a NTN in diabetes and endocrinology in the London Deanery.

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements MSc: Doctors with two years’ experience in general and acute medicine. Overseas students must obtain temporary registration with the General Medical Council. PG Dip, PG Cert: graduates in medicine, physics, nursing, radiography or other medically-related subject who have working experience in healthcare. Duration MSc and PG Dip: one year FT, two years PT, October to September; PG Cert: six months FT, 18 months PT. Intake Approximately 12. Closing date 31 July. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050 (MSc) £2800 (PG Dip) £1400 (PG Cert), FT overseas £15160 (MSc) £10100 (PG Dip) £5120 (PG Cert), PT home/EU £2025 (MSc) £1400 (PG Dip), £1400 (PG Cert), PT overseas £7580 (MSc) £5050 (PG Dip) £2560 (PG Cert). Funding Students are self-funded or supported by their health service employers. Location Primarily Guy’s Campus, but sections of some modules may take place off-campus. Student destinations Contact School for further details. Contact Nina Prescod, Course Co-ordinator, tel 020 7188 4108, fax 020 7188 4119, nina.prescod@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/173

152

About the programme Purpose

MSc: for doctors only. PG Dip and PG Cert: suitable for doctors, scientists, technologists, radiographers or nurses. This programme develops skills for the provision of safe, high-quality nuclear medicine services by offering nuclear medicine training with a strong scientific and academic framework in an approved structured service environment. Description

The programme consists of six modules: Clinical Practice; Radiopharmaceutical & Regulatory Issues; Scientific Basis; Diagnostic Nuclear Oncology & Radionuclide Therapy; Practical; Research. The first four modules are taught via lecture courses. MSc students study all six modules. PG Dip students study four modules with the option of choosing Scientific Basis or Diagnostic Nuclear Oncology & Radionuclide Therapy and

either the Practical or Research module. PG Cert students study three taught modules including Clinical Practice and Radiopharmaceutical & Regulatory Issues, with an option of either Scientific Basis or Diagnostic Nuclear Oncology & Radionuclide Therapy. Format & assessment

MSc: unseen written exams and essays for taught modules; logbook of clinical studies, audit and experiments and an unseen clinical exam for Practical module; report on research project and short oral exam for Research module. PG Dip and PG Cert: unseen written exams and essays. Application procedure

You may apply from 1 January. Please enclose a CV with your application form. Students may be interviewed by telephone. You are welcome to telephone the Programme Director, Dr S Clarke, for an informal discussion, tel 020 7188 4104.

Entry requirements Specialist registrars in rheumatology and other medical graduates with appropriate and recognised qualifications. Duration Two years PT, September to July. Intake Approximately 18. Closing date 31 July. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2040, PT overseas £14250. Funding Students are self-funded. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations The majority of students continue to work in the NHS during study and use the programme for career development in the NHS. Contact Rheumatology MSc Administrator, tel 020 7188 5908, fax 020 7188 5883, mscadmin-rheum@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/178

Purpose

To meet the needs of specialist training at pre-consultant level. To develop the following: understanding of the scientific basis and clinical practice of rheumatology; understanding and critical evaluation of research; design and conduct of a research project; communication and management skills; the ethos of a multidisciplinary approach to rheumatological care.

in a modular structure: Basic Concepts; Clinical & Molecular Genetics; Cell Biology; Basic Immunology & Autoimmunity Immunology; The Neuroendocrine System & its Relevance to Rheumatology; Haematology; Radiological Sciences & their Application to Rheumatic Disease; Laboratory Techniques in Diagnosis; The Scientific Basis of Clinical Rheumatological Practice; Specific Rheumatological Diseases; Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics; Non-Drug Therapies; Psycho-Social & Economic Aspects of Rheumatoid Diseases Management Methods. Students also undertake a research project. Format & assessment

Lecture-based programme, on approximately 18 Wednesdays distributed throughout the academic year. Examination and assessment: Year one – MCQ examination (basic science), essay examination (basic science) and a literature review; Year two – MCQ examination (clinical), essay examination (clinical) and a research project . Application procedure

Selection is on the basis of application form and references.

As a Rheumatology registrar, the MSc offers an opportunity to consolidate my clinical experience and gain further understanding of my specialist field. An excellent and comprehensive programme of lectures is given by national experts, covering all key areas in rheumatology. Insight into current areas of research and innovation ensure the course is interesting and stimulating. Margaret Ma (Student), Rheumatology MSc

Description

The programme covers the clinical and basic knowledge base of rheumatology

Taught programmes in medical ultrasound Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or equivalent in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. All applicants must have a hands-on clinical placement for the duration of the programme. Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Intake Approximately 20 PT. Closing date 30 November for a January 2009 start. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £1375, PT overseas £5070. Funding Students are self-funded or supported by their health service employers. Location St Thomas’ Campus. Student destinations The majority of graduates take up posts in the NHS and move on to become advanced and consultant practitioners. Contact Ms Rosie Simpson, Programme Director, tel 020 7188 3637, rosie.simpson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/169

About the programme Accreditations

Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE).

Vascular Ultrasound (Clinically assessed option); Advanced Vascular Ultrasound (Non-clinically assessed option); Negotiated Learning (Non-clinically assessed option). Format & assessment

Purpose

For radiographers, doctors, midwives and other health professionals wishing to practise clinical ultrasound as part of professional development. The programme aims to provide a knowledge base in diagnostic medical ultrasound, to enable you to integrate underlying theoretical concepts with ultrasound professional practice-based skills. Description

Core modules: Fundamentals of Ultrasound Practice; Research Methodology (Core for PG Diploma & MSc); Research Project (Core for MSc). Optional modules: Obstetrics & Gynaecology Ultrasound (Clinically assessed option); General Medical Ultrasound (Clinically assessed option);

The programme is offered on a part-time basis in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Coursework, practical file/assessment and written examinations assess the modules. Clinical competence is assessed by ongoing formative and summative assessments. Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two academics. All applicants who fulfil the entry requirements are interviewed. Telephone interviews are possible for overseas students by prior arrangement. We aim to process all applications within six weeks. However, during the months prior to the closing date, and over holiday periods, applications may take longer to process due to the volume received at this time.

153

Taught programmes

About the programme

School of Medicine

Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip

School of Medicine Taught programmes

Vascular Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or equivalent in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. Those with professional qualifications must have a minimum of two years’ current relevant experience. All applicants must have a hands-on clinical placement for the duration of the programme. Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Intake Approximately 10 students PT. Closing date 30 November for a January 2009 start. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £1375, PT overseas £5070. Funding Students are self-funded or supported by their health service employers. Location St Thomas’ Campus. Student destinations The majority of graduates take up posts in the NHS and move on to become advanced and consultant practitioners. Contact Dr Colin Deane or Dr David Goss, colin. deane@kcl.ac.uk, tel 020 3299 3711; Ms Rosie Simpson, Programme Director, tel 020 7188 3637, rosie.simpson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/179

About the programme Accreditations

Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Purpose

To provide a sound clinical and technical knowledge base for practising technologists, sonographers and other health professionals wishing to work in this area as part of their professional development. The programme integrates the underlying theoretical concepts with professional practice to perform vascular examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Description

Core modules: Fundamentals of Ultrasound Practice; Vascular Ultrasound; Research Methodology (Core for PG Dip & MSc); Advanced Vascular Ultrasound (Core for PG Dip & MSc); Research Project (Core for MSc).

Format & assessment

The programme is offered on a day release basis in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Coursework, practical file/assessment and written examinations assess the modules. Clinical competence is assessed by ongoing formative and summative assessments. Application procedure

Applications are assessed by two academics. All applicants who fulfil the entry requirements are interviewed. Telephone interviews are possible for international students by prior arrangement. We aim to process all applications within six weeks. However, during the months prior to the closing date, and over holiday periods, applications may take longer to process due to the volume received at this time.

Other taught programmes Medicine Graduate/Professional Entry Programme MBBS Contact Student Admissions Office, tel 020 7848 6501/2, guysadmissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/ugp/programme/649

Medicine Maxfax Entry Programme (MFDS candidates) MBBS Contact Student Admissions Office, tel 020 7848 6501/2, guysadmissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/ugp/programme/666

For full details of these programmes, please refer to our undergraduate prospectus.

Gerontology MRes, MSc (see page 244-5). Health & Society MSc, PG Dip (see page 226). Health Promotion MSc, PG Dip (see page 226). Literature & Medicine MA (see page 91).

Medicine, Science & Society MSc (see page 218). Public Policy MA (see page 251). Public Services Policy & Management MSc (see page 249).

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter or broadly touch upon the area of health sciences:

154

157 Research degrees 159 Taught programmes

155

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses Address Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery, King’s College London, James Clerk Maxwell Building, Waterloo Campus, 57 Waterloo Road, London SE1 8WA Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 3571, postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/nursing

The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery’s origins lie in the merger of the UK’s premier nursing research department and the Nightingale Institute which itself traces its roots to the earliest professional nurse training institutions in the UK. Our experience of taught graduate programmes dates back to 1985, making us one of the UK’s longest-established providers of graduate education in nursing. The School incorporates the National Nursing Research Unit, which carries out a programme of research mainly funded by the Department of Health.

King’s has consistently been rated as one of the top nursing research departments in the UK, producing high quality research which is recognised both nationally and internationally.

Most of our teaching takes place at the Waterloo Campus on the South Bank. The campus has extensive library and IT facilities and is at the heart of the public transport network. Students also have access to nearby facilities at the Guy’s, St Thomas’ and Strand campuses, including library and IT facilities and the Clinical Skills Centre.

Research degrees

We offer both an MPhil/PhD programme and a taught doctorate (Doctorate in Healthcare). The MPhil/PhD programme is in conjunction with the College-wide Division of Health & Social Care Research and staff interests cover a wide variety of subjects. The main themes of research in the School are: • women’s health and reproduction • health and social care workforce • long-term conditions • clinical interventions. Our programmes are suited to professionals from a number of backgrounds and with a range of aspirations. All graduate programmes offered by the School reflect the strong research tradition of nursing and midwifery within the College and our programmes are taught and supervised predominantly by staff who are both experienced clinicians and active researchers. The integration of research understanding with professional practice is an important focus of all our graduate programmes - reflecting the needs of modern health services. Taught programmes

Our close working links with the major teaching hospitals and NHS Trusts across London ensure that our graduate programmes reflect the changing environment in which healthcare is delivered. Students are encouraged to develop the skills and knowledge to inform those changes and to lead the development and delivery of innovative practice.

156

Induction & training

Developing an awareness of relevant information tools, software and services, and learning how to access and exploit these resources effectively, is essential for effective study. Our Information Services & Systems Department (ISS) offers a range of information literacy courses and other opportunities to improve your use of information tools, software and services, including self-paced web-tutorials and practical hands-on training. A team of information specialists is available to support your learning. They can offer advice and information on a wide range of issues and, working with teaching staff, can provide training related to your programme. They form part of the ISS Research and Learning liaison team which ensures that your needs are reviewed on a regular basis to guarantee that the resource base is relevant and of a high quality. General advice and support about all ISS services is available at Enquiry Services Helpdesks across all campuses. Funding

Sources of funding include: ESRC/MRC, DoH, NCCSDO, Guy’s and St Thomas’ Charitable Foundation, the Wellcome Trust, the Health Foundation, NHSE London, the European Union, HEFCE, Joseph Rowntree Foundation, EPSRC, the Nursing and Midwifery Council, Dansac

Ltd, St Marks, Burdett Trust, European Oncology Nursing Society, Macmillan, Department for Business, Enterprise & Regulatory Reform and the Overseas Research Students Awards Scheme (ORS). Funding may also be available through the Graduate School. Facilities

The print and electronic nursing, midwifery and health collections include books, journals, theses and reference tools, library catalogues, bibliographic and full text databases and internet resource discovery tools. Key science, medical and health databases are available alongside electronic journals. Approximately 145,000 books are available at the Waterloo Campus, supplemented by electronic access to some key texts. There are over 300 nursing and midwifery journals available in print format and over 6,200 electronic titles; a number expanding on a daily basis. Databases include: Medline/Pubmed, CINAHL, British Nursing Index, Cochrane Library, Embase, Biosis Previews and the Web of Science’s Science and Social Science Citation Indexes. ISS can also advise on access to alternative libraries, information services and relevant professional collections including the British Library and the Royal College of Nursing.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Interdisciplinary research opportunities Health & Social Care (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Research profile Research income £6.36m (2006-7). Number of academic staff 50. Number of research students 85. Recent publications See website

(www.kcl.ac.uk/hscr) or contact the division for details. Current research projects See website (www.kcl.ac.uk/hscr) or contact the division for details.

About the programme The Division of Health and Social Care Research includes 46 Principal Investigators College-wide. The division reflects the disciplinary richness of the College as a whole, in spanning an exceptional academic range (from clinical strengths in primary care, public health, nursing and midwifery, to disciplinary expertise in management, health policy, gerontology, social work and social studies of science). The division aims to improve the quality of services and health and social outcomes through research relating to individual clinical and social needs, service delivery and organisation, and the wider social and policy context of care.

Our work is underpinned by three core principles: engagement with patient and user perspectives; commitment to conceptual and methodological innovation; and attention to the policy relevance and practical and practical application of our findings. Study environment

Research training is an increasingly important and valued part of the MPhil/ PhD programme. Training opportunities for this have been greatly enhanced by the formation of the Graduate School which provides opportunities for students from various health related disciplines to train together. You will be required to attend some taught courses or study days as an induction to the programme. All students are required to maintain regular contact with their academic supervisors. Training

See page 156. Application procedure

I work in the King’s College London, Stroke Research Programme, an internationally recognised research group.Our research is truly multidisciplinary, including epidemiologists, clinicians, social scientists, statisticians and health economists. We collaborate with other researchers and service providers locally, nationally and internationally across Europe, and in the Caribbean, Australia and New Zealand.

Application forms should be completed and returned to the Postgraduate Administrator for the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery, or the Assistant Registrar for the School of Medicine, with an outline research proposal and a CV. Your proposal may form the basis of an informal admission interview with two members of Dr Christopher McKevitt (Staff), the academic staff, one of whom may be a Stroke Research Programme, potential supervisor. When writing your Health & Social Care Research Division research proposal you may wish to consult the following text, which provides valuable guidance: Bond S, ‘Preparing a Research Proposal’ in Cormack D (ed) (1996) The Research Process in Nursing 3rd Edition, Oxford: Blackwell Science. Applications are considered at any time during the academic year, although entry is usually in September. We welcome applications from qualified nurses, midwives and other healthcare professionals, with a good first degree and a coherent plan of study.

157

Research opportunities

Head of division Professor Charles Wolfe. Entry requirements Normally a 2:1 first degree or higher in a relevant subject, or an overseas equivalent. A master’s level qualification or qualification and/or experience as a health professional may also be required for some programmes. Duration Expected to be: three years FT, four-six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Employer sponsorship and self-funding. Fees See general fees section. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, School of Nursing and Midwifery, tel 020 7848 3368, fax 020 7848 3680, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/432

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Jo Armes (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Cancer-related fatigue; non-pharmacological management techniques; symptom perception; supportive care needs. Professor David Armstrong (School of Medicine) Medical sociology; health services research; factors affecting clinicians’ behaviour. Dr Gillian Aston (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Intimate partner abuse in pregnancy; response of health professionals to abuse. Dr Louise Barriball (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Analysis of the nursing workforce both in the UK and other countries. Dr Annette Boaz (School of Medicine) Translational research; knowledge transfer; qualitative research methods; service user involvement in research. Professor Sarah Cowley (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Healthy children and families; health inequalities; social capital; user involvement; participation; partnership and empowerment, health visiting; qualitative approaches. Dr Margaret Edwards (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Home nursing; skill mix; intermediate care; long term conditions and case management. Dr Joanne Fitzpatrick (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Healthcare of older people in long term care settings; nurse workforce education and training issues. Dr Angus Forbes (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Chronic disease; diabetes; multiple sclerosis; complex evaluation; systemic reviews; learning needs; telemedicine. Professor Linda Franck (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Pain assessment and management in infancy and childhood; neonatal/paediatric intensive care. Professor Andrew Grieve (School of Medicine) Clinical trials design; drug development; adaptive trial design; bayesian methods; history statistics. Professor Peter Griffiths (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Nursing workforce; health outcomes; intermediate care; nurse-led care; evidencebased practice; psychological aspects of infection control practices. Dr Patricia Grocott (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Research methodologies for capturing patient outcomes, experiences and needs; translational research in wound care. Dr Martin Gulliford (School of Medicine) Epidemiology as applied to health services research; public health in Caribbean region.

158

Dr Peter U Heuschmann (School of Medicine) Health services; stroke; epidemiology; register methodology; risk communication; public health. Professor Irene Higginson (School of Medicine) Palliative care; quality of life; symptoms; epidemiology; health services research; measurement. Professor Charlotte Humphrey (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Evaluation of policies to improve the quality of healthcare. Professor Roger Jones (School of Medicine) Gastrointestinal disorders in primary care; mental health problems in primary care. Dr Jill Maben (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Workforce: new and extended roles; recruitment and retention; work environments; international migration. Professor Alistair McGuire (School of Medicine) Health economics: economic evaluation; hospital economics; healthcare technology diffusion. Dr Chris McKevitt (School of Medicine) Anthropology of health and illness; health services research; stroke; chronic disease. Dr Myfanwy Morgan (School of Medicine) Sociology of health and illness; lay perspectives; chronic illness; illness behaviours in ethnicity. Dr Susan Murray (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Social science of healthcare systems; healthcare in low and middle income countries. Professor Ian Norman (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Health services research. Professor Christine Norton (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Faecal incontinence; constipation; functional bowel disorders; nurse specialists; quality of life; symptom evaluation. Dr Edward Purssell (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Paediatrics; infectious diseases; HIV; evidence-based practice. Professor Anne Marie Rafferty (School of Nursing & Midwifery) History of nursing and medicine; health policy analysis; workforce research. Dr Emma Ream (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Cancer patient care; symptoms management; education/support of patients and families, preparation for and role of clinical nurse specialists. Dr Judith Redfern (School of Medicine) Stroke prevention/secondary prevention; evaluation of complex interventions.

Professor Alison Richardson (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Assessing and managing cancer symptoms; education, training and supervision of cancer care workforce. Dr Julia Roberts (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Long term care needs of older people; the care homes sector. Dr Sarah Robinson (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Interprofessional relationships and the use of professional skills; career patterns of staff. Professor Jane Sandall (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Social and cultural influences on reproduction/childbearing; maternity policy and service organisation/delivery; reproductive technologies. Mr Nigel Smeeton (School of Medicine) Strokeincidence in the community; factors influencing patient survival. Dr Anne Stephenson (School of Medicine) Undergraduate medical education; professional development of medical students and communitybased teachers. Dr Andre Michael Toschke (School of Medicine) Health services research; lifecourse epidemiology; chronic diseases epidemiology; metabolic programming; biostatistical methods. Dr Ian Wellwood (School of Medicine) Intervention trials in rehabilitation; measuring quality of healthcare and users’ opinions; systematic reviews and meta-analysis. Professor Alison While (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Chronic illness particularly diabetes; MS; nurse roles including prescribing; primary and intermediate care. Dr Patrick White (School of Medicine) Asthma and cardio-vascular disease; chronic disease management in primary care. Dr Theresa Wiseman (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Qualitative methods; ethnography; cancer and palliative care; nurses - work and job satisfaction; patient experience. Professor Charles Wolfe (School of Medicine) Epidemiology/health services research relating to stroke aetiology, natural history and prevention. Dr Ruth Young (School of Nursing & Midwifery) Nursing, medical and allied health professional workforce; international; recruitment; role redesign and migration.

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC About the programme Purpose

The Doctorate in Healthcare (DHC) programme aims to prepare candidates to be leaders in areas such as practice, research, management and education in their respective discipline and thereby shape professional knowledge and practice. It achieves this through taught modules, a service-focused study (SFS) and a research-based thesis (RBT), and the many and varied opportunities afforded to students as members of a rich and established research environment. Description

The DHC offers experienced healthcare professionals an opportunity to pursue doctoral level studies via a programme that is relevant to their professional interests. The taught modules are: Philosophical & Theoretical Perspectives of Healthcare; Methods of Inquiry; Specialist Practice Portfolio in Healthcare; Advanced Research Methods; Organisational

Development in the Public Sector. In the service-focused study students identify, explore and propose an empirical study that has the potential to contribute to knowledge. The research-based thesis involves an empirical study in the student’s own specialist topic area. Format & assessment

Each taught module is delivered in a series of two two-day blocks in a term. A timetable of dates for the academic year is issued to students prior to commencing on the programme. A range of events and resources are provided to give opportunities for student networking and independent learning. Application procedure

A completed application form should be sent to the Graduate Administrator (postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk). In addition, applicants are required to submit a CV detailing relevant professional and academic experience. Shortlisted applicants will be invited for interview.

Taught programmes Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc degree or equivalent. Postgraduate award equivalent to a UK master’s programme. Must possess a registered nurse qualification accredited by home national governing body. Duration One year FT. Intake 25 FT. Closing date End of July. Late applications may be considered, subject to availability of places. King’s accommodation placements fill up rapidly, therefore early applications are desired (by the end of May) if College accommodation is required. Tuition fees (2009) Contact School for details. Funding Self-funded or home governmental scholarships. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses. Off site clinical placements. Student destinations Graduates of the programme would be expected to work in specialised and autonomous roles in clinical practice and research. Other areas include educational roles and roles in governmental departments developing policy and governmental initiatives. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 3368, postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/541

About the programme

the UK eg nurse-led clinics, specialist nurse practice.

Purpose

The aim of this programme is to enable students who are qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to deliver, manage, develop and research healthcare practice and education in a setting outside the UK. Description

All MSc students must study a number of core modules which include: Evidencebased Decision-making (15 credits) or Evidence-Based Practice (15 credits), Developing Professional Leadership (15 credits), Principal Methods for Healthcare Research (15 credits), Advanced Assessment Skills (30 credits), Dissertation in Healthcare (60 credits). To complete the 180 credits for the MSc the student may take two–three optional modules from a diverse range of more than 30 level 6 (BSc) and level 7 (MSc) modules of study. The programme includes up to 20 days of specially arranged clinical observation in

Format & assessment

The MSc programme will be examined using a combination of written assignments and examinations. Application procedure

Apply using the College application form available online. In addition, please submit a CV detailing relevant professional and academic experience.

159

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum of a master’s degree or an overseas equivalent. Minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration; demonstration of career-long learning, experience, research and formal education; be in a position to develop and undertake a service focused study and research based thesis. Duration Four years to six years PT. The entry date is September each year. Intake 10. Closing date 19 June (for applications). Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding Employer sponsorship and self funding. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations It is expected that programme graduates will become leaders in their chosen field. Contact Dr Theresa Wiseman, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 3229, theresa.wiseman@kcl.ac.uk; Dr Louise Barriball, Deputy Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 3029, louise.barriball@kcl.ac.uk, postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/219

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Specialist doctorate

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Taught programmes

Healthcare & Academic English (subject to aproval) Grad Dip The School, together with the English Language Centre, is planning to offer this programme from 2009, please check the website for up-to-date details.

Healthcare Research MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Minimum second class honours first degree or equivalent. Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, may be considered. Duration One calendar year FT, minimum two years (one for PG Dip/PG Cert) to a maximum of six years (four years for PG Dip, three for PG Cert) PT. Typically students take one year to complete a PG Cert, two years for a PG Dip and three years for an MSc, September start. Intake 10–15. Closing date End of July. Late applications may be considered. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding Employer sponsorship; government sponsorship; funding from charitable trusts. This programme is available under the School’s post-registration training contract with the SELWDC for post-registration education of nursing and allied health professionals. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Senior posts in the health service; health service management; clinical practice development; healthcare research and teaching. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, 020 7848 3571, postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/220

About the programme Purpose

This programme is designed for qualified healthcare practitioners from a range of specialties who wish to develop analytical and research skills, and enhance clinical leadership potential. The programme seeks to provide a sound understanding of professional healthcare issues and of research methods and analytical skills for investigating and reviewing these. Learning outcomes have been mapped against the Knowledge and Skills Framework (KSF) allowing students employed by the NHS to identify learning to support their career progression. Description

Taught modules provide a base for critically examining practice through a sound understanding of professional issues and of principles and methods of research. Teaching methods include seminars, lectures, individual tutorials and group work. There is emphasis on student participation and in some modules students are actively involved in shaping the programme content. Students undertake core modules in Principal Methods for Healthcare Research, Evidence-based Decision Making, Issues in the Conduct of Healthcare Research and Theories & Perspectives in Healthcare. These modules provide foundations for students to begin to develop ideas for later empirical study. Format & assessment

The first and second parts of the programme are predominantly taught, with a mixture of one day per week attendance and study blocks; students who progress to the final year will undertake a research project. Assessment is by coursework but at least one module is assessed by examination. Application procedure

Apply using the College application form available online. In addition, please submit a CV detailing relevant professional and academic experience.

160

The excellent reputation of King’s College London attracted me to study at this prestigious institution. The high quality of training and instruction from the academic staff creates a mentally stimulating and challenging learning environment. The sessions were delivered by professionals who are experts in their respective fields. I have enjoyed the variety of learning methods and tools that were utilised in class. Mary Tanay (Student), Healthcare Research PG Dip

Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Duration Maximum of six years PT. Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Intake 10-15. Closing date End of July. Late applications may be considered, subject to availability. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6190. Funding Staff from contracted Trusts are eligible to have their study funded, subject to agreement by their manager. Students not sponsored by their employer may wish to pursue other sources of funding. Some scholarships may be available. Prospective students may also wish to consult

the Directory of Grant-making Trusts and Charities (available in local libraries). Self-funding students may wish to consider a Career Development Loan (www.lifelonglearning.co.uk/cdl/). Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 3571, postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk Application procedure Apply using the College application form available online. In addition, please submit a CV detailing relevant professional and academic experience. Format & assessment The majority of assessment is by coursework; some modules are also assessed by one examination.

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

This programme is intended for experienced healthcare practitioners who are seeking to advance their clinical practice, enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare and develop their roles. It is suitable for practitioners, educators and managers from many healthcare disciplines who are developing autonomous practice, supporting educational and practice development or exercising clinical leadership. Description

This programme builds on your existing skills and experience to enable you to lead and support the development and subsequent delivery of evidence-based practice. You will study core modules in evidence-based practice and, for the

PG Dip, healthcare research. You will devise a programme of study by choosing options to meet your needs and interests in tandem with compulsory core modules. Module outcomes have been mapped against the Knowledge and Skills Framework (KSF) allowing students employed by the NHS to identify learning to support their career progression. Students on this programme may choose freely from a range of options or elect to follow a speciality title. Format & assessment

This programme is part-time with taught sessions comprising a mixture of one day per week attendance and study blocks. Students select from modules rated at 15 or 30 credits. Students may elect to undertake one or more practice portfolios where practice accounts are used to demonstrate specialist or advanced practice.

161

Taught programmes

Entry requirements For specialist pathways you must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. Minimum second class honours degree or equivalent. Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, may be considered. Student destinations Possible options after taking this programme include advanced practice roles such as nurse consultant, specialist practice roles, education, research and audit. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/217

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Shared details

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Taught programmes

Taught programmes: specialist pathways Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate clinical care setting for the duration of the programme. Funding Cancer Research UK established the MSc Bursary Scheme as part of its mission to encourage training for individual clinicians with a future desire to contribute to research in cancer care. We are very pleased to announce that CRUK have awarded funds to the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at King’s College London for a Bursary Scheme to support students applying for the MSc Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing). Up to three awards will be made available annually (for three successive intakes in 2007, 2008 and 2009) to cover the cost of fees and a contribution towards travel to college and books. Further details can be found at www.kcl.ac.uk/ schools/nursing/cruk Student destinations Nurse consultant in cancer care; nurse director of a cancer network; lead nurse for cancer services. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/214

About the programme Purpose

This pathway is designed to build upon the skills and knowledge of experienced nurses with some experience of cancer care and will enable you to lead the development and delivery of innovative cancer nursing practice.

Description

This programme is designed to equip practitioners to take forward innovations in care and service delivery, acknowledging the central position of nursing in cancer care and its potential to influence. The pathway would be especially useful for practitioners who intend to become, or are already working as a clinical nurse specialist, who are keen to develop services for people with cancer, and those engaged in advanced cancer nursing practice, or the preparation of others for such roles.

See shared details (page 161)

Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme it is desirable that applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate critical care setting for the duration of the programme. Student destinations Students completing this programme would be expected to work in specialised and autonomous roles in clinical practice, research and governmental departments involved in policy development. In addition the MSc is an excellent primer for higher research-based studies leading to a doctoral award. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/494 See shared details (page 161)

162

About the programme Purpose

This pathway is for practitioners who are already or aim to be working in areas of advanced cardiac practice. There are two main aims of the pathway: firstly, to consolidate and improve the practitioners understanding of advanced concepts in cardiac disease and treatment and secondly, to provide practitioners with skills to help them further develop their careers. Description

The core modules for this pathway are: Cardiac Care (Advanced Practice); Professional Development & Organisational Change or Issues in the Conduct of Healthcare; Evidence Based Decision Making in Healthcare; Principal Methods of Healthcare Research.

Dissertation in healthcare. Additionally candidates choose two 15 credit modules, these may include: Advanced Assessment Skills; Prescribing (for eligible practitioners); Clinical specialties; Practice Portfolios. Options from our BSc programme may also be available. Modules studied elsewhere may be incorporated through accreditation of prior certificated learning (subject to a successful accreditation). Format & assessment

Assessment of the module will be by a written assignment, the aim of which is to provide a publication standard review and analysis of a relevant area of care/ practice. In addition to this format other modules within the MSc programme will be examined by examinations and clinical competencies.

About the programme

See shared details (page 161)

Description

Purpose

This pathway is designed for experienced child healthcare practitioners who wish to advance their clinical practice, develop their professional career and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare.

and methodologies, use theoretical concepts from nursing and other disciplines to generate researchable questions focused around child healthcare, develop a scientific basis for examining child healthcare practice, use the skills of critical reflection, and understand the political context of healthcare and how it influences practice. It is a suitable programme for practitioners from a wide variety of child healthcare areas.

Entry requirements Degree from a UK university. We particularly welcome applications from related professionals, eg counselling, occupational psychology and those having an active interest in psychological approaches. Entry may be considered via APEL. Duration This is a new MSc Advanced Practice pathway and typically students will take one year to complete a PG Cert, two years for a PG Dip and three for an MSc. Intake 30. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £3090, PT overseas £6190. Student destinations This is a new MSc Advanced Practice pathway. Contact Lee Grant, Pathway Leader, tel 020 7848 3702, lee.3.grant@kcl.ac.uk; Jane Muston, Programme Adviser, tel 020 7848 3702, jane.muston@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/542 See shared details (page 161)

About the programme Purpose

This programme is designed to provide people from various backgrounds with the opportunity to develop a comprehensive knowledge base and a broad repertoire of clinical skills in Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT). On successful completion of this programme each student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the principles of cognitive behaviour therapy with a variety of disorders along with a specialist application of CBT skills and interventions. This will include skills in clinical supervision, teaching skills and theories and service provision. Description

For the award of PG Cert you must complete the following four modules: Cognitive Behavioural Therapy: Fundamental Principles; EvidenceBased Decision Making in Healthcare; Cognitive Behaviour Therapy: Anxiety & Depression; Specialist Practice Portfolio (1). For the award of PG Dip you must have successfully completed the PG Cert and the following three modules: Cognitive Behavioural: Specialist Application; Principal Methods of Healthcare Research;

Specialist Practice Portfolio (2). For the award of MSc you must have successfully completed the PG Dip and the dissertation module. Format & assessment

Assessment is a combination of essays, case reports, taped sessions, and practice assessment documents. In addition: competence must be reached on assessed audiotapes of therapy sessions using a recognised competency assessment scale; a minimum of eight cases must be treated by the end of the second year. Application procedure

Apply using the College application form available online. In addition, please submit a CV detailing relevant professional and academic experience. You will also need to indicate your arrangements for clinical supervision. Short-listed applicants will be invited to attend a semi-structured interview. The interview is for the provision of information and assessment for the potential of both academic and clinical ability to undertake the programme. Applicants demonstrating academic ability, clinical experience, and access to suitable clients with a BABCP accredited (or eligible) supervisor will be offered places on this programme.

163

Taught programmes

Advanced Practice (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate critical care setting for the duration of the programme. Student destinations Students are now experienced practitioners working in a variety of critical care settings such as: cardiac, accident and emergency, renal, hepatology, neurosciences, perioperative, intensive care and high dependency. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/215

About the programme Purpose

For experienced critical care practitioners who wish to advance their clinical practice, develop their professional career and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare.

See shared details (page 161)

Description

The programme builds on your existing skills and experience to enable you to lead and support the development and subsequent delivery of evidence-based practice. It will enable you to develop a critical understanding of research methods and methodologies, use theoretical concepts from nursing and other disciplines to generate researchable questions focused around critical care. Students undertake core modules in critical care, evidencebased practice and healthcare research.

Taught programmes

Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate care setting for the duration of the programme. Student destinations The pathway will help all practitioners to improve their diabetes care and could be used to support GPs in developing a special interest in diabetes (GPwSI) and practice nurses. The pathway also follows the national curriculum for specialist nurses in diabetes. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/495 See shared details (page 161)

This programme aims to equip all health professionals working with patients who have diabetes mellitus either in specialist of primary care settings with the knowledge and skills they need to provide effective care.

(nurses, doctors, dieticians, podiatrists and pharmacists). The pathway will provide training in research methods and the methods of evidence-based healthcare. Through this training you will produce a systematic review of a diabetes-specific topic and undertake a substantial research or service development project relevant to your own area of practice.

Description

Format & assessment

About the programme Purpose

The pathway offers a range of options in the The assessment is by a mixture of field of diabetes care and is taken by a wide coursework; written examination and variety of different healthcare professionals observed examination.

Advanced Practice (Education) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Applicants must be engaged in the education of healthcare practitioners. Students seeking a recorded qualification with the NMC are required to have a minimum of three years’ experience working with learners in their practice area for teacher qualification, or two years’ experience for practice teacher. Student destinations Possible options are students in clinical practice: clinical educators, practice development facilitators, in academia: teachers. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/222 See shared details (page 161)

164

About the programme Accreditations

The programme is accredited by the Higher Education Academy and for those registered with the Nursing and Midwifery Council the programme incorporates the practice teacher or teacher qualification and lecturer qualification. Purpose

This pathway is designed for those engaged in healthcare practice education, whether as lecturers or practitioners. It aims to further develop an understanding of the principles of teaching and learning and their application within the practice setting. It is offered to all healthcare professionals, thus developing education in order to facilitate working.

Description

Core modules in Teaching & Learning, Professional Development & EvidenceBased Practice and Healthcare Research and Specialist practice portfolio (education). Options from a range of areas including: Advanced Assessment Skills, Healthcare Research, Diabetes Care, Leadership, Prescribing (for eligible practitioners), Long-term Conditions and Case Management. Other options from our BSc programme may also be available. Format & assessment

Specialist taught modules; seminars; tutorials. The majority of assessment is by coursework; some modules are also assessed by one examination.

Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be registered nurses involved in the delivery of gastrointestinal nursing or have considerable relevant experience. Location Waterloo Campus; St Mark’s Hospital Harrow for clinical options. Student destinations Nurse specialist; nurse consultant; lecturer practitioner. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/426

About the programme Purpose

This pathway is designed for clinically based experienced healthcare professionals specialising in gastrointestinal disorders who are seeking to extend and expand their clinical practice and develop their professional role. Extensive previous clinical experience is assumed.

Description

This programme aims to provide sound theoretical underpinnings and extend the depth of clinical knowledge on which to base advanced practice in gastrointestinal nursing. Students undertake core modules focusing on foundations of gastrointestinal nursing practice, evidence-based practice and healthcare research. In addition students select clinically focused options in gastrointestinal nursing.

See shared details (page 161)

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Gastrointestinal Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Taught programmes

Entry requirements For specialist pathways you must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. Minimum second class honours degree or equivalent. Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, may be considered. Student destinations Leadership and management roles in the NHS or private sector such as practice development, clinical leadership and nursing or midwifery management. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/337

About the programme Purpose

This programme aims to help those working in management or leadership roles in healthcare organisations to become familiar with the origins, mechanisms and implications of the current health and social care modernisation programme and assess future policy-making process in relation to the NHS and broader public services. Description

See shared details (page 161)

You will learn theories of leadership in a range of contexts and develop an enhanced personal repertoire of leadership styles and skills. A distinctive feature of the programme is the range of learning techniques used, including individual and group work, peer learning, organisational observation, reflective review and experiential learning. You will undertake core modules in leadership, the modernised NHS and evidence-based practice and healthcare research. In addition students select options from a range of areas including: clinical specialities, advancing professional roles and professional development and organisational change.

I finished my degree nearly three years ago and have continued to work in the Maternal and Foetal Research Unit on various clinical trials. I am now planning to register for a PhD. If studying at this level appeals to you, I would say do it, and do it at King’s! My experience was really positive and in addition to my degree I also gained skills and confidence in the academic arena. Annette Briley (Alumna), Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc, see programme entry over the page.

165

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be qualified midwives. Student destinations Consultant midwife leading services for teenagers; research midwife managing a clinical trial on the role of vitamins in preventing pre-eclampsia; midwifery lecturer. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/216 See shared details (page 161)

About the programme Purpose

The aim of this programme is to equip you with an understanding of international, political, social and ethical issues of reproduction, and a scientific basis for examining maternity policy and practice. You will gain knowledge and understanding of the social and political context of reproduction and maternal health policy, evidence-based practice and research methods. Description

Health; Evidence-based Practice and Healthcare Research. In addition students select options from a range of areas including: clinical specialities; education; leadership; professional development and organisational change; health economics; health policy and NHS reform. Other options from our BSc programme and modules from the MSc in Medical Ultrasound may also be available. Students who have already studied clinically focused modules at undergraduate or graduate level at King’s, upon consultation, may be able to have that study incorporated into this programme.

Taught programmes

Students undertake core modules: Social & Political Dimensions of Women’s

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate neuroscience care setting for the duration of the programme. Student destinations Students are experienced practitioners working in a variety of neuroscience care settings such as: neurological and neurosurgical units, intensive care units, stroke units, spinal injuries units, neurological rehabilitation departments, primary long-term care settings for people with neurological problems. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/496 See shared details (page 161)

About the programme Purpose

For experienced neuroscience care practitioners who wish to advance their clinical practice, develop their professional career and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare.

clinical practice. The programme provides opportunities for students to acquire the requisite knowledge and expertise to meet the challenges encountered and opportunities presented by ever expanding role responsibilities in practice within a neuroscience care setting. Students undertake core modules in evidence-based practice and healthcare research.

Description

This programme aims to build on practitioners’ neuroscience practice experience and equip practitioners engaged in advanced neuroscience practice with the critical thinking skills to evaluate issues related to neuroscience services, policy and

Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/Community Matron/ Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Applicants must be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/ client contact. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a primary care setting. Student destinations Community matron, nurse practitioner. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/221 See shared details (page 161)

166

About the programme Purpose

These pathways are designed to furnish community nurses with the evidence to demonstrate eligibility to register their advanced practitioner status with the Nursing & Midwifery Council (subject to ratification by the NMC). They are suitable for experienced community nurses who are developing autonomous practice, supporting educational and practice development or exercising clinical leadership.

Description

Students undertake core modules in evidence-based practice and healthcare research. In addition they will select options from a range of areas including: advanced assessment skills; long-term clinical conditions; clinical practice; longterm conditions and case management; diabetes care; specialist practice in reproductive and sexual health; prescribing (for eligible practitioners); teaching and learning; leadership; professional development and organisational change.

Entry requirements For specialist pathways you must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. Minimum second class honours degree or equivalent. Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, may be considered. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses; Core Palliative Care Nursing module includes sessions at St Christopher’s Hospice. Student destinations This is a new MSc Advanced Practice pathway. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 3571, Dr Theresa Wiseman, tel 020 7848 3229, postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/520

About the programme Purpose

This pathway is designed to build upon the skills and knowledge of experienced palliative care nurses and will enable them to lead the development and delivery of innovative palliative care nursing practice. It is designed to equip practitioners to take forward innovations in care and service delivery, acknowledging the central position of nursing in palliative care and its potential to influence care.

Description

This pathway would be especially useful for practitioners who intend to become, or are already working as, a clinical nurse specialist. Applicants should be keen to develop palliative care nursing services, and be engaged in advanced palliative care nursing practice, or the preparation of others for such roles. The core modules include Advanced Assessment with Elements of Work-based Practice. Students may take optional modules in prescribing and it is also possible to access modules from MSc Palliative Care.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

See shared details (page 161)

Taught programmes

167

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/ Public Health/School Nursing) PG Dip Entry requirements Applicants must be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/ client contact. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a relevant practice area or have secured sponsorship for full-time study. Duration Minimum of two years to a maximum of five years, FT or PT. Tuition fees (2009) Contact School for details. Student destinations Possible options include: professional supervisor; public health specialist; consultant school nurse. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/218

About the programme Purpose

These pathways are designed to furnish qualified nurses with the evidence to demonstrate eligibility to register their specialist practitioner status with the Nursing & Midwifery Council (subject to ratification by the NMC). They may also suit registered practitioners who are supporting autonomous practice, supporting educational and practice development or exercising clinical leadership and who seek further educational opportunities to further this.

See shared details (page 161)

Taught programmes

Description

You will undertake core modules in public health, minor ailments or family assessment, leadership in public health, evidence-based practice and healthcare research. In addition you will select options

from a range of areas. If you have already studied clinically focused modules at undergraduate or graduate level at King’s you may be able to incorporate that study into this programme, provided that the credits have not already contributed to an award. Modules studied elsewhere may be incorporated through accreditation of prior certificated learning. Format & assessment

The programme begins in mid-September. Assessment is predominantly by coursework but at least one module is assessed by examination. Most modules have a single assessment and in addition students write up a project that analyses the research base or policy in an area of their choice.

Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants for this pathway must be working in a practice role, which involves regular patientclient contact in a women’s healthcare setting. Background knowledge and experience in sexual and reproductive healthcare is desirable. Student destinations Consultancy in women’s healthcare; senior posts managing a service; practicing in a women’s health setting, particularly in sexual health or gynaecology; research. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/344

About the programme Purpose

This pathway has a strong clinical focus, offering you an opportunity to develop and enhance specialist clinical skills in sexual and reproductive health assessment, screening, contraception, sexually transmitted infection management; communication and leadership, in order to provide a more comprehensive and easily accessible reproductive and sexual health service.

See shared details (page 161) Description

You will also increase your knowledge

and critical understanding of the sociopolitical context of women’s lives and health experiences; appraise your role as an advocate for women; gain in-depth knowledge of research methods and evidence-based healthcare, to support the formulation, implementation and evaluation of policies. Students undertake core modules in the social and political dimensions of women’s health, specialist practice in reproductive and sexual health, evidence-based practice and healthcare research. In addition students select options from a range of areas including: advanced assessment skills; prescribing (for eligible practitioners); clinical specialities.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School or department but cover related subject matter or broadly touch upon the area of health sciences:

168

Clinical Pedagogy MA, PG Dip, PG Cert (see page 261). Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC (see page 41). Gerontology MRes, MSc (see page 244-5). Global Ageing MSc (see page 245) Health & Society MSc, PG Dip (see page 226). Health Promotion MSc, PG Dip (see page 226).

Palliative Care MSc (see page 149). Primary Health Care MSc (see page 150). Public Health MPH, MSc (see page 150). Public Policy MA (see page 251). Public Policy & Ageing MA (see page 245) Public Services Policy & Management MSc (see page 249).

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering 171 Bioinformatics 171 Research degrees 172 Taught programmes 173 Computer Sciences 174 Research degrees 175 Taught programmes 178 Engineering 178 Research degrees 180 Taught programmes 185 Mathematics 185 Research degrees 187 Taught programmes 189 Physics 189 Research degrees 190 Taught programmes

169

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering Location Strand Campus Address School of Physical Sciences & Engineering, Room 34B, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact 020 7848 2574 (taught programmes) or 020 7848 2555 (research programmes), fax 020 7848 2766, pse-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/pse

The School comprises the Departments of Computer Science, Mathematics, Physics, Electronic Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and the Centre for Bioinformatics. World-leading research is carried out in all the departments. You will join a vibrant research community which is continually striving to develop further established areas of excellence and to implement new and exciting research initiatives.

Each department has its own staff-student liaison committee and graduate students are represented on the School Research Committee. Our staff and students come from a wide range of backgrounds and experiences, and by joining us you will become part of a diverse and culturally enriched community.

further enhance their status. A new centre of bioinformatics activity is in the process of being established and new appointments are being made. This new centre of study will link existing work in the field currently undertaken within Computer Science and the Health Schools. Taught programmes

Research degrees

Our research strengths have enabled us to form strong links within industry and commerce. Each department has well-established research programmes. There is also a strong commitment to interdisciplinary research: for example, Physics has recently introduced a new research group in macro-molecular science which provides links to the Randall Centre; other longstanding collaborations include Engineering with Medicine, Pharmacy and Geography; and Computer Science with Philosophy and Medicine. We encourage imaginative approaches to research; recent innovations within the Division of Engineering include a series on Engineering Art (in conjunction with the Tate Modern) and the founding of a Materials Library. Alongside these more recent initiatives, established research programmes in Pure Mathematics, Applied Mathematics and the Centre for Telecommunications Research have continued to expand and

170

The School teaches a wide range of graduate taught programmes and is establishing exciting new opportunities within the fields of communication and multimedia signal processing and nanotechnology engineering. King’s has a proud tradition of interdisciplinary teaching and many programmes benefit from teaching from across related disciplines. New programmes in engineering with business management and digital culture are just two examples. Induction & training

The School holds an annual induction day for new research students, in conjunction with the School’s Research Day, in which third-year research students give presentations on their work. The College also provides a programme of training in transferable skills. Funding

For UK students, the major source of funding is the EPSRC. Overseas master’s

students have the opportunity to apply for the Commonwealth Shared Scholarship Scheme and, annually, applications from outstanding overseas students are submitted for the Overseas Research Studentships Awards. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. We offer a small number of our own research studentships and there are also studentships available for some of our taught programmes – see individual programme entries. Facilities

The School of Physical Sciences & Engineering has a custom-built server farm, which was built at a cost in excess of £1 million. It houses the high performance computing clusters for the Department of Physics, the Centre for Bioinformatics and the Division of Engineering, in addition to the School’s research data storage facility. Each department has its own dedicated graduate facilities. In addition, the College’s library at Chancery Lane has specific graduate facilities. Students also benefit from our central location, providing easy access to some of the major research libraries and leading scientific societies. Social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are also provided on the campus.

Contact Centre for Bioinformatics, King’s College London, King’s Building, Strand, London, WC2R 2LS, tel 020 7848 2574, fax 020 7848 2766, bioinformatics@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/pse/bioinform

King’s Centre for Bioinformatics (KCBI) was established in 2007 through a collaboration between the School of Physical Sciences & Engineering and the School of Biomedical & Health Sciences. The principal objectives of KCBI are to promote interdisciplinary research between computational and biological sciences, provide a focus for joint research opportunities across King’s, enable access to first class expertise and resources in computational biology and offer MSc/PhD degrees in relevant subjects.

The field of bioinformatics has experienced an explosive growth, and KCBI is in the process of formulating a research and training agenda both to support existing demands and anticipate exciting new developments at the crossroads of physical and biomedical sciences. KCBI fosters a range of activities in key areas of computational biology, including structural genomics, functional genomics, biomedical genetics, systems biology and comparative genomics. KCBI comprises five research groups, over 20 associate members across the College and a select

group of eminent visiting professors, creating a vibrant atmosphere conducive to scientific excellence. KCBI also maintains strong collaborative links with major bioinformatics centres worldwide. Induction events take place for all students at the start of the academic year, giving students a chance to familiarise themselves with the Centre, and meet associated staff and students. Academic supervisors assess the training needs of research students on an individual basis.

Facilities

KCBI is primarily based at the School of Physical Sciences & Engineering, with additional locations at other Schools and divisions. There is generous, refurbished, modern office and classroom space. Computational resources include a set of high-end servers, multi-TB storage systems and high-performance computer clusters. Funding

EPSRC funding for MSc students is available. Additional funding will be available on a case-by-case basis.

Research opportunities Bioinformatics Research MPhil/PhD Head of Centre Professor Christos Ouzounis. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours degree, or equivalent, in a relevant subject. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None, but there are deadlines for applying for various studentships. Funding A limited number of fellowships are available; contact Professor Ouzounis for further details. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus, Guy’s Campus. Contact Professor Christos Ouzounis, tel/fax 020 7848 1537, christos.ouzounis@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/517

Genomic Information to Facilitate Drug Discovery. Current research projects

• Ancestral reconstructions of gene content. • Biological network inference and classification. • Genome sequence analysis and annotation. • Normalisation algorithms for microarray data. • Protein-protein interaction networks. Partner organisations

EBI (Cambridge), JGI (Berkeley), NIMR (London), UCL (London), SRI International (Menlo Park), University of Toronto.

Research profile

About the programme

Current number of academic staff 5, plus

The field of bioinformatics has experienced an explosive growth during the past decade, and the KCBI is in the process of formulating a research and training agenda in order to both support existing demands and anticipate exciting new developments at the crossroads of physical and biomedical sciences. The KCBI fosters an extensive range of activities in key areas of bioinformatics and computational biology, including molecular simulations and structural genomics, algorithm development and functional genomics, network analysis and microarray bioinformatics, metabolic databases and systems biology, and

4 internationally recognised visiting academics, and 20 Associate Members. Current number of research students 5. Recent publications

• Current approaches to Gene Regulatory Network Modelling. • Evolutionary Conservation of Regulated Longevity Assurance Mechanisms. • Ancestral State Reconstructions for Genomes. • Prion and Water: Tight and Dynamical Hydration Sites have a Key Role in Structural Stability. • Computational Analysis of Plasmodium Falciparum Metabolism: Organising

molecular evolution and comparative genomics. Study environment

Our PhD students have access to good library facilities, a personal work area and computer, pleasant PhD laboratories, weekly departmental seminars and regular group seminars, college-based training in transferable and research skills. Students attend an induction course provided by the School, and also attend KCBI induction events. There is extensive online access to journals and an excellent study environment in the College library. Networking with other graduate students in the College is encouraged through the activities of the Graduate School. Training

All research students attend the School and College-based induction programme and training in transferable skills. Other training needs are assessed on an individual basis, in discussion with your supervisors. Application procedure

Applications are evaluated by the Head of the Centre in consultation with potential academic supervisors. We aim to respond within four weeks, although it may take longer at certain times. Applicants may be interviewed, by telephone for those not based in the UK.

171

Bioinformatics

Induction & training

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Bioinformatics

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website.

Dr Eric Blanc Microarray data processing algorithms; transcription regulation evolution; applied Bayesian statistics. Dr Franca Fraternali Molecular simulations; protein structure predictions; protein-protein interaction networks; protein aggregation.

Professor Christos Ouzounis Genome evolution; sequence comparison; genome databases; synthetic biology; exobiology; science communication. Dr Thomas Schlitt Bioinformatics; gene networks; expression analysis; data integration.

Dr Sophia Tsoka Bioinformatics; computational genomics; network analysis; metabolic networks; genome data mining.

About the programme

Format & assessment

Taught programme

Bioinformatics

Bioinformatics MSc Entry requirements Equivalent of a good second class (normally 2:1) UK honours degree in computer science, mathematics, a bioscience related subject or a joint degree in two such subjects, plus demonstrable competence in a high level computer programming language. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake Approximately 20–30. Closing date Mid-September 2009, or until places are filled. However, we recommend overseas student applications are submitted by the end of July to ensure that you have time to organise visas and/or accommodation. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £13600. Funding EPSRC funding may be available for Home/EU students. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Biotechnology industry, academic and industrial biotechnology research, general software consultancy companies, specialised software development companies, IT departments of large institutions (in both public and private sector). Contact Postgraduate Officer, School of Physical Sciences & Engineering, tel 020 7848 2574, fax 020 7848 2766, bioinformatics@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/409

172

Purpose

To provide students with theoretical foundations and practical understanding of computational techniques in the study of molecular biology; to prepare for careers in biotechnology or the pharmaceutical industry, or for further advanced research work. Description

Our programme reflects bioinformatics as a multidisciplinary field involving research, development and application of computational tools for storing, organising and analysing the large amounts of biomolecular data now available (eg genomic, gene expression arrays, protein-protein interactions, protein and nucleic acid structures). Examples of topics covered are algorithm design and analysis in computational molecular biology; protein structure analysis and prediction; introduction to statistics for bioinformaticians; microarray data analysis; protein/gene interaction networks; computational techniques in systems biology. All students on the MSc will also undertake a research project.

The MSc programme consists of eight taught modules, assessed by written examinations, and an individual project, assessed mainly on the basis of written dissertation. The taught modules may contain an obligatory coursework component. Application procedure

Your application will be reviewed by an academic tutor and we aim to respond to applications within two weeks although this may take longer during busy periods. Prospective MSc students whose first degree is not single-honours Computer Science must provide evidence of their competence in computer programming.

Our department has gained an enviable reputation in academia and industry for the quality of our research and the high calibre of our graduates. Each year, hundreds of students from the UK and abroad seek admission to our MSc and PhD programmes. Our research groups attract high levels of research funding, in particular from UK and European sources.

Department members are actively involved in research in the areas of algorithm design, software engineering, agents and intelligent systems, logic and theory of computing, and organise and participate in a wide range of academic events including international conferences, seminars and regular talks for a wide audience. We are also well represented on the editorial boards of a number of leading international journals. Recent developments include: • the establishment of the Centre for Research on Evolution, Search and Testing, led by Professor Mark Harman, with a major research grant; • the introduction of new MSc programmes in Web Intelligence, Computing & Security, and Intelligent Systems; and • the hosting of several international research events, London Stringology Days and London Algorithmic Workshop, and the annual de Morgan Workshops in interdisciplinary applied logic. We are based at the Strand Campus, in the heart of London. In addition to the excellent academic, social and cultural opportunities, we are located only minutes from both the British Computer Society and the Institute of Engineering & Technology.

All students are also given an induction pack, containing information about insessional English courses, library tours and a handbook for the chosen MSc or PhD programme. This is also an opportunity to view the department and find out about the main facilities of the campus. Our research students are encouraged to submit papers to conferences, and we try to provide financial support for them to travel to present their papers.

Computer Science

Address Department of Computer Science, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Graduate Secretary, Department of Computer Science, tel 020 7848 2588, fax 020 7848 2851, dcs-pgsec@.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/compsci

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Computer Science

Facilities

The Department of Computer Science provides its students with four computer laboratories, one of which is for the exclusive use of MSc students. Our research students have dedicated office space, are assigned their own desk, and have the use of a photocopying and stationery room and of a communal room. In addition, our incoming research students are now provided with their own new, high specification computer when they start, to support their studies. Funding

We currently have 46 PhD students, 26 of whom are sponsored or have scholarships or grants of one kind or another. Our department is deeply involved with the Engineering and Physical Sciences Induction & training Research Council (EPSRC). This means Our department organises and runs an that every year we can award two to induction and registration day that takes four studentships to research students place just before the start of each academic through the Doctoral Training Account, year. During this event, you will have the run through the EPSRC. In addition, we opportunity to meet each other as well as annually put forward research students academic and administrative staff, listen to for award of the College-run Overseas talks delivered by our Head of Department, Research Student Award (ORS) and a member of Career Services and a several other studentships. representative of the Students’ Union.

King’s is a great place to work and study, and its central location makes for innumerable pleasant distractions if you need a break from thinking about architecture. The department has a faculty of highly intelligent and very likeable academics. It is a medium-sized department, which I think makes the student experience a somewhat more user-friendly one than at a larger place. Iman Poernomo (Staff) Lecturer, Software Architecture

173

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering Computer Science

Research opportunities Computer Science Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Andrew Jones. Entry requirements Equivalent of a 2:1 honours BSc degree in Computer Science or a closely related subject, and a good background in the area of intended research. Duration PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake Approximately 12–15 per year. Closing date None, but there are deadlines for applying for various studentships. Funding Many of our students are self-funded or sponsored by their companies or countries. Some funding is available through the College, the EPSRC, the European Union and industrial sponsors. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Graduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2588, fax 020 7848 2851. If you wish to work with a particular member of staff, or in a particular group, email the individual directly, or the Head of Group. Email lists can be found on the departmental website, www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/pse/dcs/research, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/231

• SEBASE: Software engineering by automated search. • CONTRACT: Contract-based e-business system engineering for robust, verifiable cross-organisational business applications. Partner organisations Our research has been supported by several companies from the aerospace, automotive, financial, IT and telecommunications sectors. Recent events We host a number of workshops and conferences and other regular research meetings. Please check our website for forthcoming events.

About the programme

The scope of our research is defined by the interests of our research sections. Algorithm Design develops and analyses algorithms for various computational problems, including pattern matching and recognition, graph searching, network optimisation, scheduling, classification of DNA and protein sequences, analysis of Research profile gene expression patterns, and uncovering Current number of academic staff 25 protein-protein and protein-DNA Current number of research staff and students interactions. 5 research associates/fellows, 46 MPhil/ Logic and Theory of Computing studies PhD students and regular visits by applications of logic to computer science several internationally recognised visiting and artificial intelligence, and investigates academics. various models of reasoning and Recent publications Together with prestigious computation, designing formal languages to publishers, we publish a number of describe problem domains, and analysing international journals, including: Journal their expressive power and computational of Logic and Computation, Logic Journal behaviour. of the IGPL, Research on Language and Software Engineering specialises in Computation, Journal of Applied Logic, developing innovative ways to optimise Journal of Discrete Algorithms. software engineering processes and Current research projects products. Research areas include software • Stochastic local search algorithms for testing, software evolution, security, structural proteomics. search-based software engineering, • New principles of logic: reasoning at intelligent agents and multi-agent systems, different levels. and applied formal methods. • Computational applications of nominal sets.

Study environment

We are a medium-sized department with many internationally recognised researchers and visiting academics, large groups of PhD students, research assistants, national and international projects, collaborations with other departments and the School as well as links with industry. We offer an exciting environment and excellent opportunities for research. Our PhD students have access to good library facilities, a personal work area including a desk and high-specification computer, pleasant PhD laboratories, weekly departmental seminars and regular group seminars, and college-based training in transferable and research skills. Training

We provide: MSc specialist courses that you can attend; School and College induction courses; a week of training per year in transferable and research skills and the opportunity to attend one week EPSRC sponsored courses on career prospects for research students. There is also a centrally provided programme of computing and related skills training. Our research students are also encouraged to submit papers to conferences, and we try to provide financial support for them to travel to present their papers. Application procedure

You should complete the application form and send all appropriate documentation as listed in the requirements. Ideally, you should indicate in Section 2 the research groups and, if possible, names of potential supervisors. Your application is evaluated by the relevant research group or individual academic. Applicants may be interviewed, by telephone for those not based in the UK. We aim to notify you of the result within six weeks of receipt of an application by the School.

Research groups in Computer Science There are full details of these groups on our website. Algorithm Design Contact Graduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2588, fax 020 7848 2851, dcs-pgsec@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/7 (Algorithm Design) www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/434 (Bioinformatics)

174

Logic & Theory of Computing Contact Graduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2588, fax 020 7848 2851, dcs-pgsec@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/306 (Logic, Language & Computation) www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/435 (Theory of Computing)

Software Engineering Contact Graduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2588, fax 020 7848 2851, dcs-pgsec@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/436 (Agents & Intelligent Systems) www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/5 (Centre for Research on Evolution, Search & Testing) www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/437 (Predictable Assembly Laboratory) www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/438 (Software & Systems Modelling)

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website.

Logic & Theory of Computing Dr Steve Barker Database access and protocols. Dr Anatoli Degtyarev Automated reasoning, logic in computer science.

Dr Maribel Fernandez Operational semantics; term rewriting. Professor Dov Gabbay Logical systems; modal and temporal logics; artificial intelligence. Dr Jonathan Ginzburg Natural language semantics; dialogue, evolution and acquisition. Mr Alan Hutchinson Logic and machine learning and symmetries of partial differential equations. Dr Agi Kurucz Mathematical logic; logical systems in computer science and artificial intelligence. Dr Odinaldo Rodrigues Artificial intelligence; belief revision; formalisation of common-sense reasoning; social choice theory. Software Engineering Dr David Clark Program semantics; program specification and modelling; program analysis; security; information theoretic flow. Dr Nicolas Gold Digital humanities; computational musicology; software maintenance; program comprehension; source code analysis, serviceoriented software engineering. Professor Mark Harman Search-based software engineering; evolutionary computation; software testing and program slicing.

Professor Andrew J I Jones Deontic logic; normative systems; formal theory of communication; artificial intelligence and law. Dr Jeroen Keppens Artificial intelligence and law; approximate reasoning; qualitative reasoning; knowledge representation; compositional modelling. Dr Jens Krinke Program analysis; program comprehension; program slicing; clone detection; testing; requirements traceability. Dr Kevin Lano Safety critical systems. Professor Michael Luck Intelligent agents; multi-agent systems; trust and reputation; norms; artificial intelligence. Dr Simon Miles E-science; provenance of data; multi-agent systems; web services; electronic contracting. Dr Richard Overill Information assurance and information warfare; cybercrime and power laws; anomaly detection and intrusion detection. Dr Iman Hafiz Poernomo NET; enterprise software architecture; quality of service; formal methods; constructive type theory.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake Up to 20–30 FT. Closing date Mid-September 2009 or until places are filled. However, we recommend overseas student applications are submitted by the end of July to ensure that you have time to organise visas and/or accommodation. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £14320. Funding Students are self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Our graduates proceed into software consultancy, specialised software development and large IT departments, addressing maintenance of software systems and IT project management. They also enter into academic and industrial research in software engineering, algorithms and computer networks.

Contact Graduate Secretary, Department of Computer Science, tel 020 7848 2588, fax 020 7848 2851, dcs-pgsec@kcl.ac.uk Format & assessment Eight taught modules assessed by written examinations. The modules may contain an obligatory coursework component. Assessment of written final project. Candidates who fail to complete the dissertation successfully may be considered for the award of a PG Dip. Application procedure Your application will be reviewed by an academic tutor and we aim to respond to applications within four weeks, although this may take longer during busy and holiday periods.

Advanced Computing MSc Entry requirements 2:1 honours British BSc degree, or equivalent, in computer science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/226 See shared details (above)

About the programme

Description

Covers algorithmic concepts and practical techniques for solving advanced For students with computer science, computational problems. The compulsory mathematics, science or engineering modules are Algorithm Design and backgrounds and good knowledge of Analysis; Data Structures and their computer programming. To improve ability Implementation in C++, and Parallel to solve advanced computational problems and Distributed Algorithms. Optional by providing a thorough knowledge of data topics include advanced algorithms for: structures, design, quantitative analysis of multimedia, network optimisation, text algorithms and algorithmic applications processing, web applications and molecular and impart skills necessary for algorithm biology. We require students to complete implementation within the overall context an individual project to be eligible for the of software development. MSc degree. Purpose

175

Computer Science

Algorithm Design Dr Colin Cooper Probabilistic algorithms; algorithm performance. Professor Maxime Crochemore String algorithms; text compression; pattern matching; algorithms for bioinformatics. Professor Costas Iliopoulos Algorithm design; string algorithms. Dr Tomasz Radzik Algorithm design; network optimisation; algorithms for wireless communication; data structures. Dr Kathleen Steinhöfel Combinatorial optimisation; local search; stochastic algorithms; learning theory; structural proteonics. Dr Joseph Wun-Tat Chan Algorithms design/ analysis; online and approximation computation; scheduling; combinatorial optimisation; data structures.

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Staff research interests

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Advanced Software Engineering MSc Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in Computer Science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/227 See shared details (page 175)

About the programme Purpose

For students with a substantial Computer Science background wishing to pursue an IT career in large enterprises. To provide a thorough understanding of the role of IT in enterprise and how information systems impact on business and organisational processes, to prepare students for a career in the planning, development and management of enterprise information systems. Description

Computer Science

Our programme offers modules on information management, information security, development of applications to support organisational and business processes, and architecture of enterprise information systems, including computer communications and networks, the internet, distributed computing and database technology. Students will take modules such as Advanced Software Engineering – Software Measurement and Testing, Software Design and Architecture, and Group Project. We require students to complete an individual project to be eligible for the MSc degree.

The MSc in Advanced Software Engineering has equipped me with the unique ability to design system solutions that can be migrated across a variety of platforms, a skill that translates seamlessly into working environments. Course components taught by industry leaders in computing ensure exposure to the state-of-the-art ideas and systems. Akhigbe Itua (Student), Advanced Software Engineering MSc

Computing & Internet Systems MSc Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Student destinations Our graduates proceed into employment in general software consultancy companies, in specialised software development companies and in IT departments of large institutions (financial, telecommunications and public-sector). Their jobs involve maintenance of software systems and IT project management. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/229 See shared details (page 175)

176

to support organisational and business processes, and architecture of enterprise Purpose information systems, including computer For students with a substantial computer communications and networks, the science background. To improve ability internet, distributed computing and to solve a broad range of challenging database technology. Students take computing-related problems and to provide modules such as Data Structures and a broad introduction to aspects of the their Implementations in C++; The internet. Internet; Software Engineering of Internet Applications; and Group Project. We Description require students to complete an individual Our programme offers modules on: project to be eligible for the MSc degree. information management, information security, development of applications

About the programme

Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics/chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/513 See shared details (page 175)

About the programme Purpose

For graduates in computer science, science and engineering who have prior experience of computer programming and mathematics in their first degree and who wish to obtain specialised training in computing and security. The programme covers a broad range of concepts and practical applications of information security engineering and provides students with a thorough understanding of the field and with practical knowledge and expertise sufficient to evaluate, design and build computer security systems using a large range of tools and techniques.

Description

Our programme offers modules on language-based security, computer forensics and cybercrime, cryptography, concepts and practical applications of information security engineering as well as internet applications, distributed systems and data management. In addition, each student undertakes a substantial individual project and is required to complete a group project.

Entry requirements 2:1 honours British BSc degree, or equivalent, in computer science/IT. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Note that English Language requirements are stricter for this programme. Duration One year FT; two years PT; September to September. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £14320, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £7160. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/230

About the programme Purpose

For graduates with a background in computer science, who wish to gain an understanding of theories, methods and tools relevant to, for instance, computer forensics and cyber-crime, computer security, legal/administrative applications of knowledge-based systems, and to acquire/develop knowledge of information law and management.

See shared details (page 175)

Description

You will take five or six examined modules in computer science, one in law and one or two in management. Your MSc dissertation (individual project) will be on a topic relevant to the programme and containing a substantial Computer Science component. There are two obligatory Computer Science modules: Computer Forensics and Cybercrime, and Intelligent Systems for Legal and Administrative Applications. The obligatory Law module is: IT Law for IT Professionals. You will also take one or both of Project Management and Advanced Industrial Business Management. We require students to complete an individual project to be eligible for the MSc degree.

Web Intelligence MSc Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/514 See shared details (page 175)

About the programme Purpose

For students with computer science, mathematics, science or engineering backgrounds and good knowledge of computer programming. To improve the ability to solve a broad range of challenging computational problems related to advanced reasoning systems for the web by providing a thorough knowledge of techniques for developing intelligent software, and to provide a broad introduction to web intelligence.

Description

Our programme offers modules on artificial intelligence, agents and multi-agent systems, internet, software engineering for internet, software design, algorithmic issues of the web, policies and norms, cryptography, distributed systems, and intelligent systems for legal applications. We require students to complete an individual project to be eligible for the MSc degree.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter or broadly touch upon the subject area:

Digital Culture & Technology MA (see page 70). Digital Humanities MA (see page 86). Intelligent Systems MSc (see page 182). Bioinformatics MSc (see page 172).

177

Computer Science

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Computing & Security MSc

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering Engineering

Engineering Address Engineering, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Postgraduate Secretary, Nicola Nayler, Engineering, tel 020 7848 2592, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/diveng

We strive to engineer solutions to problems as diverse as biometric identification, building intelligent robots, designing new medical apparatus, and communications beyond 3G. We pursue excellence in teaching, scholarship and research. We incorporate changes in engineering education and demands by industry for both specialist and broad-based engineers in our degree programmes. Our students are the heart of the division, and its future.

Both Electronic and Mechanical Engineering have been rated 5, and therefore among the best in the country for excellence in research in the Higher Education Funding Council’s 2001 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). Our active research environment and the involvement of staff in the development of the engineering professions mean that the topics covered in both taught and research programmes are at the forefront of knowledge. Our research activities maintain a good balance between fundamental academic research and industrial applications. We host regular international conferences, including IFIP International Conference on Mobile and Wireless Communications Networks (2005), Signal Processing for

Wireless Communications (annual), and 13th European Mixing Congress (EFCE 2009). A number of our staff are elected fellows of engineering bodies (eg IET, IMechE, IChemE), meaning that they have demonstrated exceptional commitment, professionalism and innovation in their field. Induction & training

Induction events take place for all students at the start of the academic year, giving you a chance to familiarise yourself with the department, and meet staff and fellow students. All our research students attend training courses in transferable skills. Your supervisor assesses other training needs on an individual basis.

Facilities

Our facilities include a wide range of sensors and instrumentation for measurements in fluid flow and heat transfer, 1-, 2- and 4channel laser anemometers, and a particle image velocimeter. Our computing facilities include an extensive network of PCs, a new 12-processor supercomputer, a powerful cluster of UNIX workstations, a terminal room, a laser-based technique research area and an open-plan laboratory. We also have robot manipulators, mobile robots, and a wide range of CADCAM software, as well as comprehensive materials preparation and metallographic facilities. Funding

We receive grants from the EPSRC, BBSRC, the EU and industry.

Research opportunities Engineering Research MPhil/PhD (Electrical Engineering, Telecommunications, Mechanical Engineering) Head of programme Professor Lakmal Seneviratne. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) degree in engineering or a related subject. A 2:1 first degree and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is acceptable. Duration Expected to be: three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake Approximately 30. Closing date 1 May, for those eligible and wishing to be considered for research council funding. Funding Some studentships are usually available but students are often self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Postgraduate Secretary, Nicola Nayler, tel 020 7848 2592, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/334

Research profile RAE score 5 (2001) (for both constituent

parts). Research income We typically receive in excess of £2m a year in research income. Current staff 37 research-active full-time academic staff in the division, and we will appoint one more in the near future. PhD students 100. Research assistants 20. Partner organisations We have strong links

178

with industry, government organisations, and other universities, and are currently working with (amongst others): Defence Science and Technology Laboratory (Dstl); Mobile VCE Consortium; Nokia and QinetiQ. Further details on website.

About the programme Our staff are nationally and internationally renowned in a variety of fields. We provide opportunities to pursue research in electronic engineering, with an emphasis on digital signal processing and telecommunications (particularly mobile and personal communications, and ultra wideband communications), and in mechanical engineering in the fields of fluid mechanics, mechatronics, robotics, nanotechnology, materials science, biomedical engineering and intelligent systems. All our Engineering activities were rated 5 in the 2001 RAE, demonstrating that most of our research is at an international level.

seminars arranged, which include those organised by research groups and given by third year PhD students. Your supervisor will help you learn the techniques and advise on training/courses to attend. You will usually work within a group and be supervised by two academics. As part of this supervision you will take part in a monitoring exercise every six months. All research students are provided with a dedicated work area. Training

Receiving the appropriate training and support is vital in successfully completing a research degree, and King’s has the highest completion rates in England (HEFCE 2007). All research students are required to attend the training provided by the School. Other training needs are assessed on an individual basis, in discussion with your supervisors. Some students are given the opportunity to work as laboratory demonstrators for undergraduate classes. Application procedure

Study environment

You will attend a School induction course, and also divisional events. All students receive the Division of Engineering Guidelines for students and supervisors when you enrol. We also have various

Your application is assessed by the Research Graduate Admissions Tutor. We aim to respond within four weeks, although it may take longer at certain times. Please see web for more details.

There are full details of these groups on our website. Biomedical Engineering Contact Dr Kalok Lee, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/349 Centre for Digital Signal Processing Research Contact Dr N Boulgouris, fax 020 7848 2932, nikolaos.boulgouris@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/9 Centre for Mechatronics and Manufacturing Systems (CMMS) Contact Professor J Dai, fax 020 7848 2932, jian.dai@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/11

Centre for Telecommunications Research Contact Postgraduate Secretary, Nicola Nayler, tel 020 7848 2592, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/10 Experimental and Computational Laboratory for the Analysis of Turbulence (ECLAT) Contact Dr S Balabani, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/12

Materials Contact Dr Mark Miodownik, fax 020 7848 2932, mark.miodownik@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/330 Ultra Wide Band Communications Contact Postgraduate Secretary, tel 020 7848 2592, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/329

Intelligent Systems and Control Contact Dr Mahbub Gani, tel 020 7848 2388, fax 020 7848 2932, mahbub.gani@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/350

Engineering

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Centre for Digital Signal Processing Research Dr Steve Alty Intelligent signal processing; efficient algorithms; speech technology. Dr Nikolaos Boulgouris Image/video processing; biometric identification; multimedia transmission; surveillance; multimedia indexing and retrieval. Dr Zoran Cvetkovic Signal processing, theory and applications. Dr Mahbub Gani Mobile sensor networks; multiagent systems; distributed control and signal processing; robust control. Dr Apostolos Georgakis Time-frequency analysis; biomedical signal processing; signal processing for biomechanics. Dr Hak-Keung Lam Chaotic synchronisation; fuzzy control; neural networks; genetic algorithm. Dr Bingo Wing-Kuen Ling Filter banks and wavelets; symbolic dynamics; functional inequality constrained optimisation; impulsive control. Dr Mohammad Shikh-Bahaei Communication signal processing; cross-layer optimisation of wireless communication systems; adaptive transmitters and receivers. Centre for Mechatronics and Manufacturing Systems (CMMS) Dr Kaspar Althoefer Mechatronics; robotics; embedded intelligence; medical robotics; remote sensing; pipe inspection; neuro-fuzzy robot navigation; visual odometry. Professor Jian Dai Robotics, kinematics and mechanisms; advanced machinery; motion control; assembly and industrial automation. Dr Catarina Nunes Biomedical engineering; control systems; modelling and identification, intelligent systems. Dr Lei Ren Biomechanics and neural control of human movements; neuromuscularskeletal system; rehabilitation engineering. Professor Lakmal Seneviratne Robotics; automation; mechatronics; control, system identification.

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Research groups in Engineering

Dr Michael Spratling Neural computation; visual perception; machine intelligence; developmental robotics; computational and cognitive neuroscience. Centre for Telecommunications Research Professor Hamid Aghvami (Director of Centre) UMTS/IMT2000; future wireless multimedia communication systems; IP-based wireless networks. Dr Vasilis Friderikos Wireless mesh networks; cross layer optimisation; scheduling; routing; QoS; stochastic/deterministic mathematical programming. Dr M Reza Nakhai Multi-user communications; space time wireless communications; communications theory; information theory; coding. Dr Fatin Said Wireless and mobile communications using bandwidth and energy efficient coding and modulation techniques. Experimental and Computational Laboratory for the Analysis of Turbulence (ECLAT) Dr Stavroula Balabani Experimental fluid mechanics. Dr Andrea Ducci Shaken flask flow; stirred vessels; turbulence; mixing; cylindrical container flow; vortex ring. Dr Kalok Lee Biomedical flows (inhalation, breathing, pharmaceutical inhalers, etc), fluid mechanics, instrumentation. Dr Gianluca Marcelli Molecular simulation; reaction-diffusion; cell membrane mechanics; cell signalling; ovarian folliculargenesis. Dr Yorgos Papadakis Computational fluid dynamics; fluid structure interaction. Dr Pierre Ricco Fluid mechanics; applied mathematics; boundary layer theory; shear flow instability; turbulent drag reduction.

Dr Shahriar Sajjadi-Emami Multiphase dynamics; polymer reaction engineering; emulsion polymerisation, emulsion technology; colloid science; nanoparticles. Professor Michael Yianneskis Fluid mechanics; turbulence; fluid mixing; haemodynamics. Materials Dr Michael Clode Microstructural modelling of materials processing. Dr Chris Lorenz Computer modelling of molecularscale interfacial behaviour in biology and nanotechnology. Dr Samjid Mannan Nanoparticles; solders; electronic materials reliability in harsh environments; adhesives; rheology; concentrated suspensions. Dr Patrick Mesquida Materials science; nanotechnology; biophysics; biomaterials; surface functionalisation; protein fibres. Dr Mark Miodownik Computer modelling of complex materials and biological systems. Ultra Wide Band Communications Dr Reza Shams Dilmaghani Ultra wideband; wireless sensor networks; biomedical signals analysis; wavelets. Professor Mohammad Ghavami Ultra wideband communication systems; smart antenna; adaptive signal processing. Dr Panagiotis Kosmas Computational electromagnetics; biomedical engineering; inverse problems; microwave engineering;medical imaging. Dr Arumugam Nallanathan Cognitive radio; cooperative communications; UWB communications; MIMO-OFDM systems. Dr Vivien Xiaoli Chu Wireless communications systems; UWB radio technologies; MIMO systems; channel estimation; multiple access.

179

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the Taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 25 FT; 5PT. Closing date Mid-September or until places are filled. However, we recommend overseas student applications are submitted by the end of July to ensure that you have time to organise visas and/or accommodation. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £6800. Funding Students are generally self-funded. Location Strand Campus.

Contact Postgraduate Secretary, Nicola Nayler, tel 020 7848 2592, fax 020 7848 2932, pgadmissions.engineering@kcl.ac.uk Format & assessment Teaching methods: lectures; tutorials, seminars. Assessment: coursework, written examinations, final project report. More information about our modules can be found at www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/pse/diveng/pgs Application procedure Your application will be assessed by an admissions tutor and we aim to make a decision within four weeks. We do not normally interview.

Engineering

Computer-aided Mechanical Engineering MSc Entry requirements A second class British honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Student destinations Research, and careers in areas of industry such as Manufacturing, Automotive and Aerospace. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/234

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Purpose

For graduate engineers and scientists wishing to learn in depth the theory and use of state-of-the-art computer-aided design and manufacturing methods. Description

See shared details (above)

Over the past two decades computers have revolutionised the practice of

mechanical engineering and have become indispensable tools in all of its key areas. As a result, there is a growing demand for MSc graduates who can integrate computing skills with the traditional mechanical engineering principles. Core modules are: Dynamical Systems & Simulation; Advanced Numerical Methods for Engineers; Computer-Aided Manufacture; Computer-Aided Design; Computational Fluid Dynamics; Project Management; Robotic Systems; Individual research project. Plus either Fluid Mechanics or another MSc module in the division.

Digital Signal Processing MSc Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 20. Student destinations PhD studies in signal processing, communications, biomedical engineering and related disciplines; careers in the defence and commercial sectors including finance, communications, aerospace, media and consumer electronics. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/235 See shared details (above)

180

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Engineering and Technology. Purpose

For students and practitioners with a background and/or interest in signal processing who wish to understand the mathematical foundations of signal processing and explore the applications of this theory in a variety of modern settings including intelligent systems, health sciences, wireless communications, multimedia and consumer electronics.

Description

Signal processing is the mathematical engine under the bonnet of highly complex digital systems and devices that are at the core of the information exchanges in our lives today. Consequently, there is growing demand in defence, health and a broad range of commercial sectors, for engineers proficient in both the theory and practice of signal processing. Core modules: Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing (DSP); Statistical DSP; Real-time DSP; Wavelets & Transforms in DSP; Pattern Recognition; Adaptive & Array Signal Processing; Individual research project. Plus two from other modules in the areas of communications and signal processing.

Entry requirements Second class British honours degree in engineering or computer science (or other relevant subject, eg mathematics, materials science, physics). We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 10 FT, 5 PT. Student destinations Careers in music production, music performance, radio, TV, film, arts management and production. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/464 See shared details (page 180)

technology, law and philosophy. It aims to provide a rigorous framework Purpose to understand the social and cultural For students with a technical background impact of the revolution in digital who want to specialise in digital technology technology. Core modules are: Digital and its applications in the cultural sector. Culture & Technology; Rapid Prototype Engineering. Description Over 40 options in Electronic Focuses on the application of digital Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, technologies in music and contemporary Computer Science, Film Studies, Music, culture, which is broadly interpreted Philosophy, Geography and War Studies to include areas of activity such as film, (subject to availability and timetabling). TV, radio, the visual and performing arts, telecommunications, information

About the programme

Entry requirements First class or 2:1 degree or equivalent in electrical/electronics engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas and professional qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Student destinations Our graduates progress into industry, commerce or further study. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/236

About the programme Purpose

For students interested in pursuing MSc research in mobile and personal communications or digital signal processing. This programme provides a basic experience of research and training in one of these specialist areas.

Description

Your main focus will be a substantial research project which runs throughout the year. Appropriate projects can provide the foundations for PhD research. You will also select two taught modules to extend and complement existing knowledge. Format & assessment

Two taught modules and a supervised research project. Written examinations; project dissertation; coursework.

See shared details (page 180)

Electronic Engineering with Business Management (subject to approval) MSc Entry requirements Second class British honours degree or equivalent overseas degree in electronic engineering or other relevant subject. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Student destinations Management positions in industry. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/557

About the programme

See shared details (page 180)

Description

Purpose

To provide practical and theoretical knowledge of modern electronic engineering techniques sufficient to prepare them for careers in the field of electronic engineering on a managerial level. We aim to provide a good understanding of a wide range of both general management, engineering management

and electronic engineering skills. This will allow graduates to work in industry at a relatively advanced level and to work towards senior positions within electronic engineering or management. All students take modules in Advanced Industrial Business Management, and Operations Management, and then choose six modules from a range of engineering management, signal processing and communications modules. An important and substantial part of the programme is the individual engineering project.

Engineering with Business Management MSc Entry requirements Second class British honours degree in engineering or a related subject, eg physics, computer science, materials science. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Student destinations Management positions in industry. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/463 See shared details (page 180)

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Engineering and Technology. Purpose

To provide graduates in engineering or relevant scientific disciplines with practical and theoretical knowledge of modern engineering techniques sufficient to prepare them for careers in the field of engineering on a managerial level. Description

understanding of a wide range of both general management and engineering management techniques and applications. Core modules are: Project Management; Operations Management; Advanced Industrial Business Management; Individual engineering project. Optional modules include: Computer Aided Design; Computer Aided Manufacture; Industrial Business Management; Intelligent Systems for Legal & Administrative Applications; Real-Time Systems & Control; Sensors & Actuators; Robotic Systems.

We aim to provide students with a good 181

Engineering

Electronic Engineering Research MSc

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Digital Technology & Culture MSc

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering Engineering

Engineering with Finance (subject to approval) MSc Entry requirements At least a 2:2 British honours degree (or international equivalent) in engineering. Students with a first degree in mathematics, physics or other physical sciences and engineering subject will be assessed on a case-by-case basis for their suitability for the programme. Intake Approximately 30. Student destinations Financial analysis; risk management; quantitive finance. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/556 See shared details (page 180)

About the programme Purpose

To provide graduates with a good understanding of a wide range of both engineering methods and applications (eg wavelets, orthogonal decomposition, intelligent systems) for financial problems. Description

We aim to provide practical and theoretical knowledge of engineering techniques to prepare graduates for careers in the field of quantitative finance. All students

take three core modules: Strategic Analysis of Financial Systems; Financial Engineering; Applied Risk Management. Students then choose at least three modules from: Random Variables and Stochastic Processes; Pattern Recognition; Dynamical Systems & Simulation; Biologically Inspired Methods; Statistical Digital Signal Processing; Advanced Numerical Methods, plus another module from a list including advanced topics in engineering management. A substantial part of the programme is the individual engineering project.

Intelligent Systems MSc Entry requirements A high quality degree in a scientific or engineering discipline which provides extensive computer programming experience and a sound background in basic mathematics, in particular familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory. Student destinations Careers in industry or academic research. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/498 See shared details (page 180)

About the programme Purpose

For graduates in science and engineering with a good knowledge of computer programming and mathematics wishing to obtain specialised training in intelligent systems. Provides broad understanding of the field and practical knowledge and expertise sufficient to evaluate, design and build intelligent systems using a large range of tools and techniques. Description

Engineering systems and devices of all kinds are increasingly required to behave

in more intelligent ways. There is thus a growth in interest in intelligent methods for solving a huge range of problems across many disciplines and industries. This programme aims to address the upsurge in interest in this field and the future need for graduates in this area. At least five modules are chosen from: Artificial Intelligence, Agents & Multi-agent Systems; Neural Networks, Pattern Recognition, Computer Vision, Biologically Inspired Methods, Group Design Project, Individual Project. One to three from modules including: Advanced Neural Networks, Multimedia Signal Processing, Robotic Systems.

Mechanical Engineering Research MSc Entry requirements First or 2:1 degree (or equivalent) in mechanical engineering, electronics and electrical engineering, computing, physics. We may consider other scientific degrees. We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 5. Student destinations Careers in industry, eg manufacturing, automotive and aerospace; PhD Mechanical Engineering. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/238 See shared details (page 180)

182

taught MSc level course modules. The two taught modules will be agreed with Purpose your project supervisors at the beginning For well-qualified mechanical engineering of the academic year. Examples of modules graduates interested in research but not yet available include: CFD, CAD, Robotics, ready to embark on a full three-year PhD. Nanotechnology, Rapid Prototype Engineering, Sensors & Actuators, Description Advanced Numerical Methods, Computer The main focus of the programme is a major Vision, and Heat & Mass Transfer. research project, related to the current research activities in the department. It will run throughout the academic year and will be supervised by two academics of our department. In addition, you will take two

About the programme

Entry requirements Second class British honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering, computer science). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September or January to January. Student destinations Careers in industry, eg manufacturing, automotive and aerospace to companies such as Cummins Inc. and Transport Alstom; research. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/239

About the programme

Description

Mechatronics is a multidisciplinary activity dealing with the integration of Institution of Mechanical Engineers. mechanical devices, sensors, electronics and ‘intelligent’ computer-based Purpose controllers. Core modules are: Dynamical To provide graduates in engineering or Systems & Simulation; Group Design relevant scientific disciplines with specialist Project; Computer-Aided Manufacture; knowledge of mechatronics, with emphasis Computer-Aided Design; Sensors & on robotics and automation applications. Actuators; Real Time Systems & Control; Robotic Systems; Individual research project. Accreditations

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Mechatronics MSc

See shared details (page 180)

Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 40. Student destinations Careers in industry and commerce, or further study. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/240 See shared details (page 180)

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Engineering and Technology. Purpose

For students wishing to work in the telecommunications industry.

Processing; Digital Communications; Random Variables & Stochastic Processes; Antennas & Propagation; Communications Theory; Introduction to Telecommunications Networks; Mobile & Personal Communications Systems; Individual research project, plus either Compression Methods for Multimedia or Wavelets & Transforms in DSP.

Description

Our programme offers introductory modules followed by specialised topical modules on the latest aspects of communications technology. Core modules are: Fundamentals of Digital Signal

Multi-scale Fluid Process Engineering (Macro to Nano) MSc Entry requirements Second class honours degree in mechanical or chemical engineering or other relevant subject. We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Student destinations Industry, academia, research labs, consulting firms, government bodies. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/499 See shared details (page 180)

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Mechanical Engineers. Purpose

To provide students with in-depth knowledge of the fundamental and practical aspects of flow and transfer processes, with particular emphasis on the effect of different scales, their interaction and their effect in the determination of the behaviour of multiscale systems.

Description

For engineering students with mechanical, chemical or process engineering backgrounds to address industrial needs for improved process design via enhanced understanding and control of the small scale phenomena. The range of scales to be addressed will range from coarse-grain molecular modelling, nano particles, up to the larger scales normally addressed in most engineering modules. Core modules are: Heat & Mass Transfer; Advanced Numerical Methods for Engineers; Multiscale Processes; Computational Fluid Dynamics; Individual Project. Plus three from options including: Fluid Mechanics; Nanotechnology; Dynamical Systems & Simulations; Project Management; Operations Management.

183

Engineering

Mobile & Personal Communications MSc

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Nanotechnology Engineering MSc Entry requirements Second class honours degree in mechanical engineering or related subject, eg physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, materials science, chemical engineering, process engineering. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 15 FT, 5 PT. Student destinations Industry, academia, research labs, consulting firms, government bodies. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/462

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Engineering and Technology. Purpose

To provide students with a concise overview and knowledge of the fundamentals and all modern aspects of micro- and nano-technology specifically from an engineer’s point-of-view.

engineering, physics and life sciences. Core modules are: Nanotechnology; Special Topics in Nanotechnology Engineering; Dynamical Systems; Project Management; Advanced Numerical Methods for Engineers; Experimental or computational research project. Plus options including: Robotic Systems; Sensors & Actuators; Real Time Systems & Control; ComputerAided Design; Computer-Aided Manufacture; Computational Fluid Dynamics.

Description

Engineering

See shared details (page 180)

Nanotechnology is widely considered a major technology for the 21st century offering great research and commercial opportunities at the interface of

Signal Processing for Communications MSc Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 20. Student destinations PhD studies, careers in the defence and commercial sector including communications, aerospace and consumer electronic industries. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/459 See shared details (page 180)

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Engineering and Technology. Purpose

For students and practitioners with a background and/or interest in signal processing and communications who wish to further their studies on the cutting edge topics of communications and signal processing and explore a variety of applications thereof, including the flourishing area of wireless communications.

Description

Our programme has been designed in response to the growing demand in a broad range of commercial sectors for engineers proficient in communications and signal processing technologies. We aim to reflect the current requirements and anticipate the future needs of the ITC sector, specifically, of the fast growing area of wireless communications. Core modules are: Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing (DSP); Statistical DSP; Real-time DSP; Communications Theory; Mobile & Personal Communications; Digital Communications; Individual research project. Plus two other modules in the areas of signal processing and communications.

Signal Processing for Multimedia Technologies MSc Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Intake Approximately 15 FT. Student destinations PhD studies, careers in the defence and commercial sector with communications, aerospace, audio, portable multimedia devices and other consumer electronic industries, finance. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/460 See shared details (page 180)

184

About the programme Accreditations

Institution of Engineering and Technology. Purpose

For those wishing to extend their expertise and qualifications in the art of digital signal processing with particular emphasis on multimedia applications, such as compression methods for multimedia, image/video processing, coding and transmission, and audio and speech technologies.

Description

Our programme has been established in response to the growing skills shortage in IT industries for highly qualified engineers in signal processing. This programme is tailored towards those wishing to further their careers in multimedia signal processing. Core modules are: Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing (DSP); Statistical DSP; Real-time DSP; Compression Methods for Multimedia; Multimedia Signal Processing; Wavelets & Transforms in DSP; Individual research project. Plus two modules from: Pattern Recognition; Adaptive & Array Signal Processing; Communications Theory; Mobile & Personal Communications; Introduction to Telecommunications Networks.

In pure mathematics, our department is a leading centre of research over a wide range of subjects, with internationally renowned groups in analysis and in number theory. In addition, the Geometry Group specialises in arithmetic algebraic geometry, geometric representation theory and index theory and has close links with the other pure mathematics groups.

In applied mathematics we have a large group of theoretical physicists whose members have made key discoveries in super-symmetry, string theory and conformal field theory. Research in the disordered systems group covers the development of mathematical tools for analysis of complex or disordered systems in areas ranging from physics and biology to financial markets. Our research group in financial mathematics has grown rapidly since its inception and is one of the strongest in the UK; it enjoys a close relationship with many financial institutions in the City. We offer four MSc programmes, each of which draws on our research, enabling us to present material relating to latest developments in mathematics and its applications.

Induction & training

Facilities

Research is carried out in apprenticeship mode as a PhD student works with a supervisor. Our PhD students receive various forms of training during their period of research, eg attendance at EPSRC summer schools; provision of advanced lecture courses; College training courses for graduates who will give tutorial teaching to undergraduates; weekly seminars in the area of your research; frequent research group meetings; attendance at national and international conference and research meetings. Communication skills are developed by: preparing and presenting seminars in the department, assisted by your supervisor; apprenticeship in writing papers and, in due course, the PhD thesis. Students also have the opportunity to give tutorials (with training, see above) to undergraduates.

Our department provides computer rooms and social space for MSc students. We provide extra computing facilities when required for project work. Each of our PhD students has personal study space and a computer. There is also communal space for social activity, refreshments and mathematical discussion. Funding

Several doctoral training grants and studentships through Science and Technology Facilities Council are usually available for PhD students. We can also provide a small scholarship for the MSc.

Research opportunities Mathematics Research MPhil/PhD (Applied Mathematics or Pure Mathematics) Head of programme Professor Andrew Pressley. Entry requirements First-class or 2:1 first degree. Duration Expected to be: PhD minimum three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake PhD: 8–15 FT, 2–5 PT per year; MPhil: 5–10 FT, 1–5 PT per year. Closing date Please see our web pages or email for further information if you wish to apply for funding. Funding MPhil: students are self-funded. PhD: usually EPSRC, STFC and self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus and Drury Lane. Student destinations One of our former PhD students, in topology, has an Oscar credit. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/247

Research profile RAE score 5. Current number of academic staff 31. Current number of research students 38 PhD

students and eight postdoctoral. Research grants Our department has a rolling research grant from STFC together with research grants from EPSRC. Our grants include studentships for graduate research students, and we are an EU Marie Curie training site.

Partner organisations We are also a partner in

several EU networks.

About the programme Our department has a large number of active and internationally renowned researchers and postdoctorates. The research groups organise regular seminars, where top-ranking scientists from around the world present new results, which our research students can witness firsthand. The students also organise their own informal seminars and discussion groups. The lively environment and the exceptionally friendly atmosphere at our department contribute to the high success rate of our students. You can apply for supervision in all fields of interest of our staff members. There is enough flexibility to allow you to transfer to another supervisor should you become fascinated by an area you did not previously consider. The department holds several major grants, which enable PhD students to attend suitable schools and conferences during their studies.

research seminars and take part in other research related activities in your research group, the department and more widely in the University of London. We do not specify fixed attendance hours, but we expect a good level of attendance, and our research students benefit from informal interaction with each other. You will be provided with working and storage space, as well as a computer. On arrival you will discuss your research programme with your supervisor, and attend general induction sessions. Training

See Induction & training above. Application procedure

You can apply for supervision in all fields of interest of our staff members. Your application is considered and processed by the relevant admissions officers in the department and the School. We aim to reply within six weeks. To suitably qualified applicants, we offer opportunities to meet with prospective supervisors. Each February we hold an open day which provides information about our research Study environment activities and an opportunity to meet with You will be assigned a supervisor with whom relevant members of the department. See you will work closely. You will also attend website for more details. 185

Mathematics

Address Department of Mathematics, King’s College London, Strand Campus,Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.mth.kcl.ac.uk

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Mathematics

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Research groups in Mathematics There are full details of these groups on our website. Analysis Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/228

Financial Mathematics & Applied Probability Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/226

Disordered Systems Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/225

Number Theory Group Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/229

Theoretical Physics (Mathematics Department) Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/227

Staff research interests

Mathematics

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Colin Bushnell Number theory; representation theory of p-adic groups. Professor Andrew Pressley Infinite dimensional Lie groups and algebras; quantum groups. Dr Konstanze Rietsch Lie theory; quantum cohomology; mirror symmetry; positivity. Dr Alice Rogers Supermanifold theory; applications to supersymmetry; supergravity, BRST theory and geometry. Analysis Professor E Brian Davies Mathematical analysis; operator theory; non-self adjoint operators; spectral theory of differential operators; matrix analysis. Dr Alexander Pushnitsky Spectral theory of PDEs; scattering theory. Professor Yuri Safarov Spectral theory, microlocal analysis and related fields of mathematics. Dr Simon Scott Geometric index theory of elliptic operators; applications to quantum field theory. Dr Eugene Shargorodsky Partial differential equations; microlocal analysis; global analysis; complex variables; spectral theory.

186

Disordered Systems Dr Alessia Annibale Disordered systems. Professor Anthony Coolen Theory of disordered systems; processes on complex networks; nonequilibrium statistical mechanics; econophysics. Dr Reimer Kühn Disordered and complex systems. Dr Isaac Perez Castillo Statistical mechanics of disordered systems; theory of minority games; metabolic networks; quantam integrable models. Professor Peter Sollich Statistical mechanics of disordered and complex systems; statistical inference and machine learning. Financial Mathematics & Applied Probability Dr Cristin Buescu Mathematical finance. Dr Andrea Macrina Mathematical finance. Professor William Shaw Mathematical finance; multivariate dependency; computational finance; complex variables. Number Theory Group Dr Manuel Breuning Algebraic number theory; arithmetic algebraic geometry; computational number theory; homological algebra.

Professor David Burns Number theory: Galois module structure, arithmetic algebraic geometry. Dr Payman L Kassaei Pure maths, geometry. Professor Fred Diamond Number theory. Dr David Solomon Number theory, algebraic and p-adic methods, L-functions. Theoretical Physics (Mathematics Department) Professor Paul Howe Quantum field theories; supersymmetry and supergravity; string theory. Dr Neil Lambert Supersymmetry; string theory and M-theory. Dr George Papadopoulos String theory, M-theory, supersymmetry, supergravity and differential geometry. Dr Andreas Recknagel Conformal field theory; strings; branes. Dr Ingo Runkel Conformal field theory; string theory; matrix models; algebra in monoidal categories. Dr Gerard Watts Two-dimensional quantum field theory, particularly conformal field theory and integrable field theories. Professor Peter West Field theories, supersymmetry and string theories.

Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Closing date None. Funding Self-funded. Location Strand Campus. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 2107, fax 020 7848 2017, pg.maths@kcl.ac.uk,

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Taught programmes Application procedure Your application will be assessed by an admissions tutor and we aim to reply within six to eight weeks of the date of submission.

Financial Mathematics MSc

See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

For students or professionals with a strong mathematical background. The part-time programme is designed to be compatible with the needs of those already working in the financial sector. Covers principles and techniques of quantitative finance to prepare students for advanced work in the financial sector or research in mathematical finance. Description

in Finance; Interest Rate & Foreign Exchange Dynamics; Exotic Derivatives; Portfolio Risk Management; Credit Risk Management; Martingales. Following written examinations, you will carry out a three-month research project and write a report on a topic in Financial Mathematics. Format & assessment

At least eight taught modules assessed by written examinations and one individual project. Two prizes are normally awarded each year for best overall performance in the MSc in Financial Mathematics.

Consists of eight lecture modules including: Applied Probability & Stochastics; Riskneutral Valuation; Financial Markets; Stochastic Analysis; Distribution Theory; Numerical & Computational Methods

Information Processing & Neural Networks MSc Entry requirements First class or upper second class degree in a suitable quantitative discipline, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, or engineering. A sound background in basic mathematics, in particular a familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory, will be assumed. Intake 10–15 FT, 5–10 PT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Student destinations Our graduates are highly sought after: the applicability of neural networks to areas as diverse as financial forecasting, prediction of energy demand for power grids, or pattern detection in post-genomic biology results in a broad range of opportunities. Some graduates are employed by the companies or laboratories that supervise their MSc research projects, or continue to PhD study. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/244 See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

For graduates in mathematics, or in other suitable scientific disciplines with a strong background in mathematics, who want to work in research and development in

an academic or industrial environment. The course aims to develop a knowledge and understanding of neural information processing systems and algorithms and their uses, and to enable students to use mathematical techniques to quantify, predict and improve the operation of such systems and algorithms. Description

Compulsory modules: Neural Networks; Advanced Neural Networks; Research Project. Elective modules (from which to choose six): Information Theory in Neural Networks; Statistical Mechanics of Neural Networks; Computational Learning Theory and Neural Networks; Algorithms & Computation; Artificial Intelligence, Cryptography and Information Security; Communications Theory; Applied Probability & Stochastics; Linear Systems with Control Theory; Distribution Theory; Fundamentals of Signal Processing; Financial Mathematics. Format & assessment

Written examinations in eight lecture modules, plus an oral presentation and assessed report on the research project.

When I saw the MSc in Information Processing & Neural Networks, I knew that it would be an opportunity to deepen my understanding before continuing on to research. I certainly haven’t been disappointed. The lecture courses are well organised and the lecturers have been very responsive to the input of students. Casper Clemence (Student), Information Processing & Neural Networks MSc

187

Mathematics

Entry requirements Equivalent of a 2:1 minimum British BSc degree in mathematics or mathematics-based subject. Intake Approximately 20 FT, 10 PT. Closing date End of August 2009, or until places are filled. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £17760, FT overseas £17760, PT home/EU £8880, PT overseas £8880. Student destinations Our graduates are highly sought after by investment banks, corporate risk management units, insurance companies, fund management institutions, financial regulatory bodies, brokerage firms, and trading companies. Some graduates have pursued research degrees in financial mathematics. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/243

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Mathematics MSc Entry requirements 2:1 minimum first degree, or equivalent, with mathematics as a main field of study. A 2:2 may be acceptable. Those with a third class degree or other qualification may be admitted after passing the Diploma in Mathematics with a distinction or merit. Intake Approximately 20 FT, 10 PT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding The E T Davies scholarship will be awarded to one, or shared by two, outstanding applicants. The value of the scholarship is not fixed, but will vary between £1,000 and the current home fee rate. Student destinations Analysts in investment banks; industrial researchers; PhD study. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/245

Mathematics

See shared details (page 187)

About the programme Purpose

For Mathematics graduates. Provides basic training for a research degree. Description

Our programme consists of a wide range of modules and a project. You will attend eight modules, taking a majority from the two main blocks of Pure Mathematics and Mathematical Physics. Certain modules from the Financial Mathematics programme are also available. You may also take up to two undergraduate modules and modules taught in other London colleges, subject to approval by the programme

director. For a module list, which changes slightly each year, see our website. Choice includes: Basic Analysis, Fourier Analysis, Operator Theory, Lie Groups, Partial Differential Equations, Manifolds, Quantum Mechanics, Quantum Field Theory, String Theory, Supersymmetry, Advanced General Relativity. Format & assessment

Eight courses assessed by written examinations; one individual project of approximately 10,000 words.

Mathematics Grad Dip Entry requirements A first degree or its equivalent with mathematics as a major subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Intake 5–10 FT, 2–6 PT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £3038, FT overseas £8475, PT home/EU £1519, PT overseas £4238. Student destinations Further study at MSc and PhD level, employment as analysts in investment banks and industrial researchers in large companies. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/246 See shared details (page 187)

About the programme Purpose

For students with an undergraduate

degree or equivalent who wish to have the experience of one year in a leading UK Mathematics Department, or who may not be immediately eligible for entry to a higher degree in the UK and who wish to upgrade their degree. If you successfully complete this programme with a Merit or Distinction we may consider you for the MSc programme.

website. You may also take a limited number of modules taught in other London colleges and modules from the Financial Mathematics programme, subject to approval. Examples are: Real Analysis, Complex Analysis, Geometrical Structures, Galois Theory, Topology, Logic, Special Relativity & Electromagnetism. Format & assessment

Description

You will attend eight of the modules currently offered to BSc or MSc students which may include an individual project on a subject of your choice. Subject to timetable constraints, considerable choice is possible. A list of modules offered in our department, which changes slightly from year to year, can be found on our

Eight modules assessed by written examinations; one of the courses may be substituted by an optional individual project. Application procedure

Your application will be considered by an admissions officer. We aim to reply within six to eight weeks of submission.

Theoretical Physics MSc Entry requirements 2:1 or first class UK honours degree or equivalent, with mathematics or physics as a main field of study. 2:2 in exceptional circumstances. Intake 10–15 FT, 5–10 PT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding The E T Davies scholarship may be awarded to one (or possibly shared by two) outstanding applicants. The value of the scholarship is not fixed, but will vary between £1000 and the current home fee rate. Student destinations Our graduates go on to further study at PhD level or take up full-time employment. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/373 See shared details (page 187)

About the programme Purpose

To provide a coherent and comprehensive introduction to the main building blocks of modern theoretical physics, preparing students for active research at the forefront of this discipline. Description

The programme is organised on a module system together with an individual project. You will take at least eight taught modules, of which at least five will be from the list: Mechanics, Relativity & Quantum Theory; Quantum Field Theory; Lie Groups & Lie Algebras; Manifolds; General Relativity; Supersymmetry &

Related programme The following programme is offered by a different King’s School but covers related subject matter:

188

Mathematics Education MA (see page 231).

Gauge Theory; Point Particles & String Theory. The remaining modules can be drawn from the wide range of theoretical physics or pure mathematics MSc modules available in London, the Financial Mathematics MSc in King’s and at most two modules from the undergraduate programme at King’s. The project is undertaken over the summer in an area of current research. Format & assessment

At least eight taught modules assessed by written examinations and one individual project.

Founded in 1829 and having produced four Nobel Prize winners, our prestigious department carries an international reputation which attracts students and staff from all over the world. The cosmopolitan atmosphere helps create a friendly, diverse and supportive working environment. Our research groups enjoy both national and international academic links and collaborations and our department has strong links with industry.

In recent years, areas of research excellence have been strengthened significantly through the introduction of extensive materials modelling, biophysics and cosmology research. The department’s successful Master of Research (MRes) programme Physics at the Nanoscale, provides experience of real research in the rapidly developing interdisciplinary areas of ab initio modelling, biophotonics, molecular dynamics, nanomaterials, nanophotonics and X-ray physics.

execution and dissemination of research. Training needs in specialised research techniques are assessed on an individual basis. There are various induction events for new graduate students which take place during the first week of term. These include a general information session and a social event, giving new students the opportunity to meet staff and students. In addition, there are increasing opportunities for learning new skills through the extensive training programmes offered by the Graduate School.

Induction & training

Facilities

The department holds a weekly series of research colloquia and seminars. Associated with the MRes programme the department provides training in transferable skills, including the planning,

There has been considerable investment in recent years in the research infrastructure. For example, each computationally based group has significant dedicated and shared computer power, centred on a new server

farm. The ‘Wolfson Bio-Nanotechnology Laboratory’ has been established, and some £1.5m has been invested in providing each experimentally based group with new equipment. In Summer 2008 the departmental offices moved into the newly refurbished space in the Strand Building. Funding

The department receives significant and growing funding for research from the UK Research Councils, the European Commission and charities. In particular, the department is involved with a number of EU Collaborations and Research Training Networks and RCUK Basic Technology Consortia. Home and EU students are eligible for a number of funded PhD studentships which the department has available each year.

Research opportunities Physics Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor David Richards. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in physics or a related subject. Duration Expected to be three years FT, four–six years PT. Start usually September. Intake Approximately 5–10. Closing date None. Funding Studentships (covering living allowances, tuition fees etc) are granted annually by EPSRC, but are often also attached to research grants funded by EPSRC, STFC, BBSRC, EU, the government, NHS or industry; these opportunities arise throughout the year. As they arise, these vacancies are displayed on the graduate opportunities section of our home page. There are also opportunities for College funded studentships. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact Postgraduate Student Officer, Physics Department, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/249

Research profile Current number of academic staff 17. Current number of research students 30 PhD. Current research projects

• Ab initio modelling of biomolecules and nanostructures. • Defects in diamond and silicon.

• Nanoparticles. • Bio and nano fluorescence Raman imaging. • Smart X-ray optics. • Early universe cosmology. Partner organisations

Our research groups enjoy strong collaborations with institutions around the world including Athens, Cambridge, CERN, Geneva, Gray Cancer Institute, Imperial College, Jena, McGill, Nottingham, Oxford, Paris 6, Shanghai, Texas Tech, Trieste, Valencia, UCL and ETH Zurich.

About the programme In recent years, areas of research excellence have been strengthened significantly through the introduction of extensive materials modelling, biophysics and cosmology research. Research in the department encompasses ab initio molecular and materials modelling, solid state physics, bio- and nano-photonics and X-ray physics, with activities in biophysics enjoying strong links with the Randall Division for Cell & Molecular Biophysics in the School of Biomedical & Health Sciences. Research in theoretical physics and cosmology has a particular focus on the interdisciplinary area

of astro-particle physics. Study environment

Each of our research students is associated with a research group and supervised by a member of staff from this group. As part of this supervision you will take part in a monitoring exercise every six months. Your supervisor will help you learn the techniques you may need and advise on training/courses to attend. We have excellent student facilities, including personal computers and office space for each of our graduate students. There is very extensive online access to journals and an excellent study environment in the College Library. Networking with other graduate students in the College is encouraged through the activities of the Graduate School. Training

See Induction & training. Application procedure

Your application is assessed by a relevant academic member of staff, and we aim to respond to you within four to six weeks. We interview most students living in the UK, and may hold telephone or email interviews for those overseas. 189

Physics

Address Department of Physics, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/physics

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering

Physics

School of Physical Sciences & Engineering Physics

Research groups in Physics There are full details of these groups on our website. Bio- and Nano-photonics Contact Professor D Richards, Dr K Suhling, Dr M Green, or the Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/351

Solid State Physics Contact Professor G Davies, Professor A Mainwood, or Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/41

Materials and Molecular Modelling Contact Dr C Molteni, Dr L Kantorovitch, Dr A De Vita, Dr F Baletto, Dr N Doltsinis or the Postgraduate Student Officer, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/236

Theoretical Physics and Cosmology Contact Professor N Mavromatos, Dr J Alexandre, Dr M Sakellariadou, Professor S Sarkar, Dr M Fairbairn or Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/44

X-Ray Physics Contact Dr GR Morrison, Professor AG Michette or Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/45

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Jean Alexandre Quantum field theory; particle physics; exact renormalisation; string phenomenology; cosmology. Dr Francesca Baletto Computational modelling of materials. Professor Gordon Davies Optical studies of defects in diamond, silicon and silicon-germanium. Dr Alessandro De Vita Ab initio modelling of self-assembled nanostructures, nanomechanics and bioactivity of materials interfaces. Dr Nikos Doltsinis Ab initio molecular dynamics simulations; applications in biology, geochemistry, materials science. Dr Malcolm Fairbairn Dark matter; dark energy; cosmic inflation; particle astrophysics.

Dr Mark Green Synthesis and application of nanoparticles, nanotechnology. Dr Lev Kantorovitch STM & AFM modelling; embedding; KMC; self-assembly; non-equilibrium; stochastic processes; non-adiabatic. Professor Alison Mainwood Quantum mechanical modelling of defects in semiconductor materials; solid state physics. Professor Nick Mavromatos Cosmology; astro-particle physics, exotic quantum phases; theoretical particle physics, including string theory. Professor Alan Michette Advanced X-ray optics and sources and their applications. Dr Carla Molteni Quantum mechanical modelling of nanomaterials and biomolecules.

Dr Graeme Morrison X-ray microscopy, phase contrast, novel X-ray imaging methods. Professor Roy Pike Chaos and non-linearity; speech acoustics; inverse problems; optical imaging; antenna theory. Professor David Richards Nano-optics, biophotonics, fluorescence and Raman spectroscopy; scanning probe microscopy. Dr Mairi Sakellariadou Early universe cosmology; astro-particles; general relativity; brane world cosmology; topological defects; inflation; loop quantum cosmology. Professor Sarben Sarkar Quantum field theory; cosmology; exotic quantum phases; open systems. Dr Klaus Suhling Fluorescence lifetime imaging applied to biology, photon counting imaging.

Taught master’s by research Physics at the Nanoscale MRes Entry requirements Equivalent of minimum 2:2 first degree in physics or another relevant subject. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 10–15 FT. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £13600. Funding EPSRC funded places for UK applicants are available. EU applicants can apply but will receive funding for fees only. See our web pages for further information. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Many students go on to do a higher Physics degree, work in scientific research or work in the financial sector. Contact Postgraduate Student Officer, Department of Physics, tel 020 7848 2155, fax 020 7848 2420, physics-admin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/248

190

transferable skills, and specialised research techniques together with a research Purpose project. The project starts in January, The MRes programme provides experience carrying through to the end of the module. of research in the rapidly developing Experts in the chosen field will act as interdisciplinary areas of Biophotonics, project supervisors. Each student studies Nanomaterials and Nanophotonics, X-ray a major module on the Fundamentals of Physics and Computational Modelling. Physics at the Nanoscale and a module in Topics include: the application of Advanced Topics in Nanoscale Physics. fluorescence techniques and nanoparticles There are other modules focusing on in biophysics; nanoscale optical imaging Research Techniques and Transferable of nanomaterials and biological cells; Skills. X-ray sources, detectors and optics for Format & assessment X-ray microscopy and lithography; You will study specialised taught material, first principles, calculations of materials properties, molecular dynamics simulations attend seminars on techniques, carry out related assessed tasks, design experiments, of bio- and nano-systems. Provides experience of the planning, administration, prepare an assessed research proposal, select your project topic and plan how your execution and dissemination of research, project will be performed. Assessments and equips students with the background include a project plan, and a patent draft. knowledge and transferable and generic skills required to become an effective Application procedure researcher. Your application will be assessed by at least Description two members of staff. We will interview Consists of taught components, combining applicants at a mutually convenient time specialised taught material in Nanoscale where reasonable. physics, general research techniques and

About the programme

Institute of Psychiatry

Institute of Psychiatry 193 Research degrees 193 Biostatistics & Computing 193 Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 194 Clinical Neuroscience 195 Forensic Mental Health Science 196 Health Service & Population Research 197 Neuroscience 197 Psychological Medicine & Psychiatry 200 Psychology 201 Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry 202 Taught programmes

191

Institute of Psychiatry

Institute of Psychiatry Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus Address Institute of Psychiatry, De Crespigny Park, Denmark Hill, London SE5 8AF Contact Robina Cloralio, tel 020 7848 0335, robina.cloralio@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.iop.kcl.ac.uk

The only UK graduate institution devoted to the study and practice of psychiatry and related disciplines. The Institute, situated in South London, opened in 1923 and has since become part of King’s. In the 2001 research assessment exercise (RAE), it achieved a 5* rating, and is one of the world’s leading centres for research expertise in disciplines related to mental health.

The Institute of Psychiatry’s local partnership with the Maudsley Hospital and the rest of the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust (SLaM) means academics work together with doctors, nurses and therapists to develop the best care for people with mental health problems. This partnership also means that many of our students benefit from a wide range of clinical placements with expert supervision.

Induction & training

different research groups. In 2006-7 three new centres opened: the Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour (CCBB), part of the Centre for Cell & Integrative Biology where research is carried out to understand how cells behave (including stem cells); the MRC Neurodegeneration & Clinical Neuroscience Centre; and the Psychosis Centre which brings together experts in the Funding fields of schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorder, Please see individual programme entries. Alzheimer’s Disease and Motor Neurone Research degrees Disease. A PhD is a programme of advanced study Facilities In 2007 refurbished facilities opened for The Institute’s library is the largest in and research, which will help you gain an Forensic Mental Health, Biostatistics and Europe dedicated to psychiatry and important step in your career. It is both Epidemiology. Additional improvements its related disciplines, with a stock training in how to do research and a piece include group study areas for interactive/ of approximately 39,000 books and of research work itself. peer-led learning, expansion of the audio 3,000 printed journals. In addition, The people who work at the Institute visual training materials catalogue, and of Psychiatry are internationally renowned approximately 550 current journals are flexible revision space for peak study regularly received. Any items not held can periods. There is a dedicated suite for for ground-breaking research, which usually be requested via a rapid inter library imaging research and one-way mirror has informed government mental health lending service. All students are registered policy and led to a greater understanding rooms for clinical case presentations. Other users of the intranet and have access to of mental health problems and diseases resources include a refurbished self-service email, web-browsing facilities etc. of the brain – as well as the development restaurant and coffee area for informal In 2003 the Medical Research Council of pioneering new treatments. These meetings, shared by both students and staff. Social, Genetic and Developmental researchers are able to supervise PhD In 2008, King’s, Guy’s and St Thomas’, Psychiatry Centre building opened, giving King’s College Hospital and South students and research assistants. Full-time a new home to scientist and researchers – graduate research students are allocated London and Maudsley NHS Foundation ranging from molecular biologists to social their own work spaces and computer and Trusts began working together to create psychologists. A year later the Centre for work closely with their supervisors. the UK’s largest Academic Health Science Neuroimaging Sciences opened with three Centre (AHSC). Students will be able To apply for a research degree, firstly of the latest functional magnetic resonance to draw on the resources of the AHSC identify a suitable supervisor within the relevant department: for a searchable list of imaging machines that give accurate association, which will bring together available supervisors, please see our website images of the structure of the brain and its the widest range of clinical and research activity and contribute to the work of many experience in the UK. www.iop.kcl.ac.uk/apps/supervisors Taught programmes

The Institute offers the widest range of mental health postgraduate programmes in the UK. Several different types of programmes are available, both full-time and part-time, and ranging from short courses to master’s degrees. Specialised graduate programmes are taught in relatively small student groups. Close contact occurs between staff and students throughout the programmes which enables students to become part of the dialogue of their chosen discipline. Teaching by staff with research and clinical expertise allows students to gain specialist knowledge in topics related to psychiatry, psychology, and basic clinical neuroscience and thus to develop their careers as clinicians, therapists, researchers and educators.

192

There is an induction day for all new students on the first day of term. An induction programme for research students is held during the first week of term and subsequent training sessions are run to support research students during their studies. A variety of training courses are held throughout the year.

Shared details Information in this section is common to all of the research areas within the Institute of Psychiatry, unless otherwise stated in the entries below.

our website (www.iop.kcl.ac.uk/apps/supervisors). Alternatively, you can contact the department directly for general guidance on potential supervisors whose research interests most closely match those of your own. You will then need to complete an application form, available from our website, and provide two references. Successful applicants will be required to obtain approval for their research project prior to registration. The relevant form can be downloaded at www.iop.kcl.ac.uk. Forms should be completed in collaboration with your prospective supervisor. For information on application and project approval procedures please contact educationsupport@iop.kcl.ac.uk.

Research opportunities

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK degree/ overseas equivalent. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside the United Kingdom need to demonstrate that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. All applicants need to possess an adequate level of English competence. Duration Three years FT; six years PT. Accelerated PT rates available – email education support@iop.kcl.ac.uk for further information. Registration is carried out at four points in the year: October, January, April and July. Intake No set number. Closing date Applications are accepted throughout the year although you are advised to apply as early as possible, and at least three months prior to the date you wish to start. Students will be admitted on the basis of ability by suitably qualified supervisors who are limited in the number of students they may supervise.

Funding Self-funded, unless otherwise indicated. Please see the Institute’s website, and the general graduate funding webpage, for funding opportunities. Fees See general fees section. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Study environment Graduate research students work closely with their supervisors and enjoy regular meetings to discuss their progress. They also liaise with other members of staff with relevant research interests and are encouraged to attend and participate in departmental research presentations and other Institute seminars. There is a full induction for new graduate students on commencing their studies. Each full-time graduate research student is allocated their own workspace and computer; facilities for part-time students can be arranged according to their needs. Training Training courses run by the department, the Institute or through the Graduate School can be utilised as required to provide training in a wide variety of topics, from transferable skills to academic areas directly relevant to the student’s thesis. Application procedure Firstly identify a suitable supervisor within the relevant department: for a searchable list of available supervisors, please see

Biostatistics & Computing Department MPhil/PhD Head of department Dr Sabine Landau. Contact Ms Harriet Meteyard, tel 020 7848 0077, h.meteyard@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/269 See shared details (above)

Our academic statisticians carry out much collaborative and applied statistical research. Recent examples include: mixture modelling in imaging; robustness of methods for analysing longitudinal data to misspecification of covariance matrix;

confirmatory factor analysis of Gulf War data; point pattern analysis of neurons; fMRI time-series modelling; multi-level modelling of violent incidents; cluster analysis for psychological measurement scales.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Michael Brammer Brain imaging, especially functional magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Dr Irina Chis Ster Bayesian perspectives in statistical modelling. Dr Sergi Costafreda Development of statistical tools for functional brain imaging in psychiatry.

Dr Vincent Giampietro Development, implementation, support of conventional and realtime fMRI analysis methods and toolkits. Dr Sabine Landau Spatial statistics, the analysis of spatial cell pattern and of repeated measurements.

Dr Janaina Mourao-Miranda Developing pattern recognition methods to analyse fMRI data. Dr Daniel Stahl Statistics; scale development; multiple comparison methods; model selection; structural equation modelling.

Child & Adolescent Psychiatry Department MPhil/PhD Head of department Professor Eric Taylor. Student destinations Students have become senior lecturers at the Institute; continued research; gained MRC fellowships; become consultant psychiatrists; become professors. Contact Ms Julie Burnell, tel 020 7848 0478, julie.burnell@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/270 See shared details (above)

The department’s research includes basic and applied clinical studies, with a particular focus on common and severe disorders of childhood that often persist into adulthood (especially hyperactivity, autism, conduct disorder, anxiety, learning disabilities and the effects of psychosocial deprivation and brain disorders). We aim to find DNA alterations that underlie genetic influences, clarify the gene environment correlations and interactions with genetic and longitudinal strategies, and determine

Institute of Psychiatry

Research opportunities

neurocognitive and social changes that may mediate expression. We build on our development of magnetic resonance imaging in young people, and a dedicated fMRI scanner, to clarify brain alterations underlying disorders. Randomised clinical trials in progress include psychological therapies in obsessive compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, eating disorders and conduct problems and medication in hyperkinetic disorder.

193

Institute of Psychiatry

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Patrick Bolton Neuropsychiatric disorders in childhood; autism; communication disorders; behavioural phenotypes of genetic disorders. Dr Mark Dadds Developmental psychopathology of behavioural and emotional disorders of childhood; family processes and parenting. Professor Robert Goodman Psychiatric consequences of chronic neurodevelopmental disorders.

Dr Isobel Heyman Developmental neuropsychiatry; epilepsy; obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD); Tourette Syndrome. Dr Armin Raznahan Neuropsychiatric disorders in childhood; autism; typical and atypical brain development; structural neuroimaging; genetics. Dr Katya Rubia Brain imaging of normal development and child psychiatric disorders; neuropsychology of impulsiveness. Professor Stephen Scott Conduct disorder and antisocial behaviour; parenting interventions; attachment; adoption and fostering.

Professor Emily Simonoff Learning disabilities; ADHD; autism; antisocial behaviour; genetics; epidemiology. Dr Anna Smith Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), executive function, functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), time estimation. Dr Argyris Stringaris ADHD; developmental psychiatry; epidemiology; mood disorders; oppositionality; comorbidity.

Research opportunities

Clinical Neuroscience MPhil/PhD Head of department Professor Christopher E Shaw Funding The Neurodegeneration IRG generally has three MRC-funded studentships each year, as well as a number of studentships funded by the Wellcome Trust, the Alzheimer’s Research Trust and the Motor Neurone Disease Association. Contact Ms Sophie Morris, tel 020 7848 5183, sophie.morris@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/273 See shared details (page 193)

Our research strategy is currently focused on stroke and neurodegeneration, and epilepsy. Research themes also include muscle disorders and acute brain injury. In the field of neurodegeneration, the department is internationally known for its work on motor neurone disease and movement disorders, particularly atypical Parkinsonian syndromes such as progressive supranuclear palsy and multiple system atrophy. Our research on motor neurone disorders focuses on causation, including

molecular genetics, molecular cell biology, biomarkers (proteomics, metabolomics) and cellular and transgenic animal models. There is strong research in neuroimaging: the new Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences houses three dedicated scanners. Imaging activities extend beyond neurodegeneration into cognitive function, neuropsychiatry, pain and the imaging of animal models of disease. The department now has an active interest in stem cell research.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Ammar Al-Chalabi Mendelian and complex disease genetics and epidemiology in neurological diseases mainly MND. Dr Safa Al-Sarraj Distribution of TDP-43 in MND and related disorders; timing of traumatic head injury. Dr Gonzalo Alarcon Mechanism of human epilepsy; surgical treatment of epilepsy; neurophysiology of human epilepsy. Dr Thomasin Andrews Clinical aspects of Huntington’s disease including development of modifying agents in clinical trials. Dr Keyoumars Ashkan Functional neurosurgery and neuro-oncology eg improved surgical techniques, brain imaging and brain tumour treatment. Professor Gareth Barker Implementation and development of quantitative MRI for application in neurodegeneration research eg epilepsy. Dr Istvan Bodi Neuropathology of epilepsy; TDP-43 and Argyrophilic Grain Disease in MND. Dr Thomas Britton Movement disorders and sleep disorders. Dr Ray Chauduri Parkinson’s Disease and nonmotor problems; sleep disorders as applied to movement disorders; restless leg syndrome; RNA. Dr Robert Elwes Clinical neurophysiology; epilepsy. Dr Ulrich Ettinger Functional and structural MRI, schizophrenia, schizotypy, genetics, psychopharmacology and eye movements. Dr Rosalie Ferner Neurofibromatosis 1 and 2, malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumours and PET; NF1-associated optic pathway gliomas. Dr Gerald Finnerty Role of experience-dependent plasticity to develop treatments for neurological conditions, eg Alzheimer’s disease.

194

Dr Jean-Marc Gallo Role of the cytoskeleton in neurodegeneration especially in tauopathies. Dr Robert Hadden Clinical trials and treatment guidelines in inflammatory demyelinating peripheral neuropathies. Dr Paul Holmes Cerebrovascular disorders; international carotid stenting study and IST 3. Dr Tibor Hortobágyi Neuropathology of neurodegeneration; motor neurone disease; Alzheimer’s disease; dementia with Lewy Bodies. Dr Matthew Howard Structural and functional neuroimaging and psychometric testing of acute and painful conditions. Professor Richard Hughes Systematic reviews of treatment for neuromuscular disease. Dr Jo Jarosz Neuroimaging. Dr Andrew King Molecular neuropathology. Professor Nigel Leigh Neuroimaging (PET, MRI) in motor neurone disease and Parkinsonian disorders and clinical trials. Dr David Lythgoe MR Physics; structural imaging; chemical shift imaging; pulse sequence programming. Dr Andrew Makoff Molecular genetics, RNA editing, epilepsy, schizophrenia. Dr Mitul Mehta Understanding drug action in the brain using fMRI, PET and EEG. Professor Chris Miller Understanding the molecular mechanisms of Alzheimer’s disease and motor neurone disease. Professor Kerry Mills Transcranial magnetic stimulation, motor control, motor neurone diseases and EMG quantification. Dr Lina Nashef Genetics of Idiopathic epilepsy and sudden death in epilepsy.

Professor Mark Richardson Epilepsy including structural and functional neuroimaging, seizure prediction, single neurons in vivo in humans, transcranial magnetic brain stimulation, EEG. Dr Leone Ridsdale Neuro-epidemiolgy; neurology services in general practice; trials for novel neurology services in the community. Dr Michael Rose Clinical trials, systematic reviews, and quality of life issues in muscle disease. Dr Richard Selway Surgical treatment of epilepsy; vagus nerve and deep brain stimulation; outcome assessment in neurosurgery. Professor Christopher Shaw Genetic, molecular and cellular studies in the familial motor neurone disorders, eg ALS. Dr Eli Silber MS and other CNS immune disease research including MRI, clinical trials and ethnicity. Dr Andy Simmons Functional, structural, volumetric and diffusion MRI; MRS; genetics-imaging correlates; Image processing; e-learning. Professor Anthony Strong Traumatic brain injury; cortical spreading depression; experimental stroke; fluorescence imaging; speckle imaging. Dr Christos Tolias Brain injury pathophysiology and neuroregeneration including spreading depression and stem cell research. Dr Antonio Valentin Basic neurophysiology of human epilepsy, surgical treatment and diagnosis; surgical treatment of movement disorders. Professor Steve Williams Functional, anatomical and metabolic neuroimaging; pre-clinical models of CNS disorders. Dr Fernando Zelaya MRI of brain physiology; functional MRI of cerebral blood flow; modulation of psychoactive drugs.

Institute of Psychiatry

Research groups in Clinical Neuroscience There are full details of these groups on our website. Cellular & Molecular Biology Group Contact Mrs Felicity Whitton Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 5187, felicity.whitton@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/362

Motor Neurone Disease Research Group Contact Mrs Felicity Whitton, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 5187, felicity.whitton@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/365

Epilepsy Research Group Contact Dr Gonzalo Alarcon, tel 020 7848 5163, Dr Mark Richardson, tel 020 7848 5364, galarcon@aol.com, mark.richardson@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/361

Movement Disorders Research Group Contact Mrs Felicity Whitton, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 5187, felicity.whitton@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/363

Neurophysiology Contact Professor Kerry Mills, tel 020 7346 8360, kerry.mills1@kingsch.nhs.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/356

Neurogenetics (Denmark Hill) Contact Sophie Morris, tel 020 7848 5183, sophie.morris@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/381

Psychopharmacology Contact Heather Hipwell, tel 020 3228 3060, heather.hipwell@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/359

Research opportunities

General Practice & Primary Care: Population Neurology Contact Mrs Felicity Whitton, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 5187, felicity.whitton@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/364

Neuropathology Contact Dr Safa Al-Sarraj, tel 020 7346 1955, Heather Hipwell, PA to Professor Williams, tel 020 3228 3060, s.al-sarraj@iop.kcl.ac.uk, heather.hipwell@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/355

Forensic Mental Health Science Department MPhil/PhD Head of department Professor Tom Fahy. Funding Students are generally self-funded. Potential sources of funding include the MRC and the Department of Health National Programme in Forensic Mental Health. Contact Forensic Mental Health Teaching Unit, tel 020 7848 0624, forensic.teachingunit@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/271 See shared details (page 193)

Study of antisocial, violent, and criminal behaviours among people with mental disorders. The people we work with have a pattern of antisocial behaviour that in many cases includes violence, crime, and substance abuse. The field of study is complex and extensive. Knowledge about antisocial behaviour and mental disorders must be developed and considered in light of new research on mental disorders and on antisocial behaviour. Two principal

themes, major mental disorders and antisocial behaviour, and personality disorders and antisocial behaviour, and two minor themes that focus on people with learning disabilities and those with brain damage who engage in antisocial behaviour.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Nigel Blackwood Cognitive psychological and functional imaging studies of reality distortion in psychosis. Dr Colin Campbell Developmental neurobiology of aggression; personality disorders; antisocial behaviour. Dr Kimberlie Dean Epidemiology and aetiology of association between serious mental disorders including schizophrenia, and increased risk of violence.

Professor Tom Fahy Evaluation of community mental health services for mentally disorderd offenders. Professor Sheilagh Hodgins Investigating proximal and distal determinants of antisocial and violent behaviour. Dr Kristin Laurens Examining the aetiology of schizophrenia using ERR, sMRI fMRI and genetic analysis.

Dr Kris Naudts Neurobiology of antisocial and criminal behaviour in people suffering from psychosis. Dr Anna Plodowski Using ERPs and fMRI to investigate antisocial behaviour. Dr Shubulade Smith Physical health in SMI, management of acute violence, endocrine effects of antipsychotics. Dr Susan Young Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder; treatment programmes for antisocial and violent behaviour.

195

Institute of Psychiatry

Health Service & Population Research Department MPhil/PhD Head of department Professor Graham Thornicroft. Contact Janice Dickson, tel 020 7848 0738, janice.dickson@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/272 See shared details (page 193)

The department, established in 1999, promotes and conducts mental health services and epidemiological research in the local community, the UK, and internationally. It comprises three Research Centres and aims to conduct high-quality health service and population research in mental health relevant to policy and

practice, nationally and internationally; to enable and encourage service user and carer involvement in mental health research; to provide teaching and training in health service and population research skills; and to communicate research findings to those able to benefit from this knowledge.

Staff research interests

Research opportunities

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Melanie Abas Depression, developing countries, epidemiology, international mental health, migration. Dr Emiliano Albanese Cognitive decline, dementia, depression, developing countries, epidemiology, mild cognitive impairment, nutrition, stroke. Professor Sube Banerjee Application of epidemiological methodology to health services research, particularly in old age psychiatry. Professor Dinesh Bhugra Pathways into care of ethnic groups, health care beliefs and helpseeking. Professor Nick Bouras Mental health problems for people with learning/intellectual disabilities: epidemiology, health service research. Professor Tom Craig Social factors in the aetiology and treatment of common mental disorders. Dr Michael Dewey Epidemiology, statistics. Dr Cleusa Ferri Ageing and dementia in developing countries, perinatal psychiatry, addiction. Professor Sir David Goldberg Psychiatric aspects of primary care and training primary care staff.

Dr Frank Holloway Treatment of first episode patients, rehabilitation services. Dr Louise Howard Women’s mental health services research. Professor Rachel Jenkins Mental health policy; services; primary care; prison health care; outcome indicators; suicide. Dr Sonia Johnson Dual diagnosis, women’s use of mental health services. Professor Martin Knapp All aspects of mental health economics and policy, community care, social policy. Dr Morvan Leese Health service evaluation; statistical analysis of quality of life measures; cluster analysis. Dr Paul McCrone Economic evaluation of mental health services, economics of forensic services. Dr Paul Moran Personality disorder in primary care. Dr Craig Morgan Schizophrenia. Ms Joanna Murray The development and application of qualitative research methodologies, carer research.

Professor Martin Prince International mental health and epidemiology; dementia and retirement in developing countries. Dr Diana Rose User-led research; social and cultural analysis of mental problems. Dr Mike Slade Routine outcome assessment: outcome measures; feasibility: mental health problem severity. Dr Robert Stewart Vascular risk factors for dementia and cognitive decline. Dr George Szmukler Ethical aspects of community care (coercion, mental health legislation), carers, care planning. Professor Graham Thornicroft Mental health services research, needs assessment, mental health policy, community care. Professor André Tylee Primary care; mental health care, notably detection and management of depression.

Centres and Sections within Health Service & Population Research There are full details of these Centres and Sections on our website. Centre for Innovation & Evaluation in Mental Health Contact Enitan Ledger, tel 020 7848 5103, enitan.ledger@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/369 Centre for Public Mental Health Contact Enitan Ledger, tel 020 7848 5103, enitan.ledger@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/371 Centre for the Economics of Mental Health (CEMH) Contact Linda Hall, tel 020 7848 0198, linda.hall@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/50 Section for Mental Health & Learning Disability Contact Steve Hardy, tel 020 7378 3215, estia@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/53 Section of Community Mental Health Contact Stefanie O’Hara, tel 020 7848 0714, stefanie.o’hara@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/184

196

Section of Epidemiology Contact Claire Camberton, tel 020 7848 0136, claire.camberton@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/372

Section of Primary Care Mental Health Contact Julie Smith, tel 020 7848 0150, julie.smith@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/55

Section of Mental Health & Ageing Contact Laraine Colbourne, tel 020 7848 0120, laraine.colbourne@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/54

Service User Research Enterprise (SURE) Contact Diana Rose or Ali Culpeck, tel 020 7848 5066/0430, diana.rose@iop.kcl.ac.uk, alison.culpeck@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/60

Section of Mental Health Nursing Contact Catherine Beaufort, tel 020 7848 0139, catherine.beaufort@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/56 Section of Mental Health Policy (including WHO Collaborating Centre for Research & Training in Mental Health) Contact Professor Rachel Jenkins, tel 020 7848 0383/0668, rachel.jenkins@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/61

Social & Cultural Psychiatry Contact Cultural Psychiatry: Andrea Livingstone, tel 020 7848 0047. Social Psychiatry: Monica Arnell, tel 020 7848 0736, andrea.livingstone@iop.kcl.ac.uk, monica.arnell@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/52

Head of department Professor Brian Anderton. Entry requirements Minimum UK 2:1 first degree/ overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject; or an appropriate registration qualification awarded by a university in medicine/overseas equivalent; or an appropriate graduate degree; or an approved professional or other qualification obtained by written examination. Funding The MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research generally has two or three MRC-funded studentships each year, as well as a number of studentships funded by the Wellcome Trust, the Alzheimer’s Research Trust and the Motor Neurone Disease Association. Contact Samantha Smith, tel 020 7848 0259, samantha.smith@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/275

In May 2006 the MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research (CNR) was established with Professor Brian Anderton as its director. The CNR focuses on two neurodegenerative diseases: Alzheimer’s disease and motor neurone disease. Please visit www.cnr.iop.kcl.ac.uk

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Brian Anderton Mechanisms of neurodegeneration with special emphasis on Alzheimer’s disease. Dr Nicholas Bray Schizophrenia genetics and gene expression. Professor Noel Buckley Transcriptional and epigenetic analysis of neural stem cells. Dr Jonathan Cooper Neurobiology of paediatric lysosomal storage disorders. Dr Kurt De Vos Axonal transport, mitochondria, molecular motors, neurodegeneration. Dr K Peter Giese Neural basis of learning and memory. Dr Diane Hanger Biochemistry, molecular and cell biology of proteins involved in the pathogenesis of neurodegenerative disease.

Dr Frank Hirth Evolution, development, and disease of the brain using Drosophila as a model system. Dr Richard Killick Notch signalling in memory and Alzheimer’s disease. Professor Chris Miller Signal transduction in the nervous system. Dr Mike Modo Restorative neurobiology following brain damage, with particular interest in cerebral ischaemia and neurodegeneration, as well as stem cell transplantation. Dr Wendy Noble Molecular mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of neurodegenerative disease. Dr John Powell Molecular genetics of psychiatric and neurodegenerative disorders using complementary approaches of linkage.

Professor Jack Price Developmental neurobiology: neural stem cells. Dr Salvador Soriano Study of the role of presenilins on catenin signalling in the central nervous system. Dr John Stephenson Neuropharmocology, neurophysiology. Dr Yuh-Man Sun Molecular mechanisms directing neural stem cell development. Dr Sandrine Thuret Dietary modulation of adult hippocampal neurogenesis and its behavioural effect. Dr Brenda Williams Basic biology of neural stem cells and the neural progenitor cells that they generate.

Centres and Sections within Neuroscience There are full details of these Centres and Sections on our website. Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour (CCBB) Contact Juliet Sargeant, tel 020 7848 0413 or Jason Rust, tel 020 7848 5307, Section Administrators, juliet.sargeant@iop.kcl.ac.uk, jason.rust@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/325

MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research Contact Catherine Thickett, Centre Administrator, tel 020 7848 0611, catherine.thickett@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/326

Section of Neuroscience Contact Samantha Smith, Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 0259, samantha.smith@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/324

Psychological Medicine & Psychiatry (Division of) MPhil/PhD Head of division Professor Robin Murray. Intake 10 FT, 20 PT Contact Vicky Amoah, tel 020 7848 0192, victoria.amoah@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/277 See shared details (page 193)

The division brings together over 300 clinicians, researchers and teachers at the forefront of research into many aspects of mental illness. It represents the largest and most productive group of its type in Europe. Headed by Professor Robin Murray, it comprises approximately 27 individual sections, each engaged in specific areas of research. Most members

of the division’s research interests are informed by their work as psychiatrists or psychologists within the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust. Thus, members provide clinical services for a host of conditions that range from eating disorders, through psychosis and drug dependence, to dementia.

197

Research opportunities

See shared details (page 193)

Research is principally supported by the MRC, Wellcome Trust, research councils, medical research charities and the pharmaceutical industry. Most research falls within the remit of crossdepartment research centres and interdisciplinary research groups, eg neurodegeneration, psychosis, neurosis and addiction. The main research areas are molecular and cell biology of neurodegeneration; molecular genetics, and neural stem cell biology. In January 2007, a new Centre for the Cellular Basis of Behaviour (CCBB) was inaugurated, expanding the range and capacity of neuroscience research. When fully staffed, the CCBB will effectively double the effort in neuroscience at the Institute. Please visit www.neuroscience. iop.kcl.ac.uk

Institute of Psychiatry

Neuroscience Department MPhil/PhD

Institute of Psychiatry Research opportunities

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Paul Allen Neuroimaging in psychosis with emphasis on auditory visual hallucinations. Dr Maria Arranz Genetics and pharmacogenetics of schizophrenia and bipolar disorders. Dr Elvira Bramon Biological markers of risk of developing psychosis, particularly neurophysiology of psychosis. Professor Iain Campbell Eating disorders; functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), genetic. Dr Marco Catani Neuroimaging. Professor Trudie Chalder Epidemiological and aetiological studies of fatigue in adolescents and adults, evaluating efficacy of CBT. Dr Anthony Cleare Clinical psychopharmacology; neuroendocrinology. Professor David Collier Psychiatric and neuropsychiatric research; molecular genetics; bioinformatics; psychosocial risk; geneenvironment interaction. Dr Patricia Conrod Cognitive and genetic risk factors for substance misuse. Dr Michael Craig Reproductive and developmental psychiatry. Professor Anthony David Neuropsychology of schizophrenia; studies of insight in neuropsychiatry conditions and denial of illness. Dr Paola Dazzan Neuroimaging and its application to the study of early psychoses. Dr Quinton Deeley Autism, belief formation, cognitive anthropology, culture and cognition, dissociative disorders, hypnosis, psychopathy, social cognition, social neuroscience, suggestive processes. Professor Colin Drummond Understanding of addiction to drugs, alcohol and tobacco; preventative and treatment interventions. Dr Ivan Eisler Evaluation of psychological treatments; family therapy; family interaction research; attachment. Dr Nicola Fear Military/occupational epidemiology; risk-taking behaviours and suicide. Dr Paul Fearon Ethnicity/social factors in mental health; causes of high psychosis rates in ethnic minority groups. Dr Sophia Frangou Bipolar disorder; early onset schizophrenia. Professor Michael Gossop Nature of drug-related disorders; drug problems assessment; addictive disorders treatment.

198

Dr Angela Hodges Old age psychiatry. Dr Matthew Hotopf Epidemiology, palliative care: unexplained symptoms. Professor Robert Howard Old age psychiatry. Dr Oliver Howes Dopaminergic and related systems in early-stage psychotic illness; neuroendocrine function. Dr Khalida Ismail General hospital psychiatry. Dr Amy Iversen General hospital psychiatry; King’s Centre for Military Health Research. Professor Edgar Jones War and psychiatry and history of military psychiatry. Dr Richard Kanaan General hospital psychiatry; cognitive neuropsychiatry. Professor Shitij Kapur Studying the role of brain receptors and neurotransmitters, and the effect of antipsychotic drugs on dopamine and serotonin in particular. Professor Michael D Kopelman Memory disorders; neuroimaging; cognitive effects of pituitary lesions; calculation disorders; PTSD. Dr Eugenia Kravariti Neuropsychology; neurocognitive markers and neurocognitive function in psychosis and bipolar. Mrs Judith Lask Clinical supervision; education; psychotherapy. Dr Tao Li The genetic analysis of schizophrenia and its related endophenotypic traits. Professor Simon Lovestone Old age psychiatry. Dr John Marsden Psychosocial, behavioural and pharmacotherapy interventions for psychoactive psychostimulant and opiate use disorders. Dr Jane Marshall Alcohol damage and treatment studies. Dr David Mataix-Cols Neuroscience and emotion. Dr Soraya Mayet Addictions. Professor Philip McGuire Neurocognitive basis of psychotic phenomena. Dr Declan McLoughlin Old age psychiatry. Dr Nick Medford Interaction between emotion and higher cognitive processes at psychological and biological level. Professor Declan Murphy Biological determinants of brain development and ageing; neuropsychiatric disorders. Professor Robin Murray Identifying causes of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder; developing better treatments. Dr Chiara Nosarti General psychiatry.

Dr Carmine Pariante Psychoneuroendocrinology, stress, immunity. Dr Susan Pawlby Perinatal psychiatry. Dr Marco Picchioni Schizophrenia; twins; neuroimaging; at-risk mental states for psychosis. Professor Amanda-Jane Ramirez Psychological and social aspects of cancer. Dr Laurence Reed Addictions. Dr Abraham Reichenberg Causes schizophrenia and autism. Dr Kate Rimes General hospital psychiatry. Dr James Rubin Causes and treatments of electrosensitivity and multiple chemical sensitivity; psychological impact of terrorism. Dr Ulrike Schmidt Eating disorders; parasuicide; self-help; new technology in treatment. Professor Gunter Schumann Addiction biology using genetics, molecular biological and neuroimaging techniques; pharmacogenetics. Dr Sukhwinder Shergill Biological basis of symptoms of psychosis; psychophysical and neuroimaging methods. Professor John Strang Addictions. Dr Simon Surguladze Neurobiology of emotional processes; neuroimaging; neuropsychological investigations. Ms Gay Sutherland Addictions. Dr Kate Tchanturia Neuropsychological, cognitive and emotional aspects of eating disorders. Dr Timothea Toulopoulou Putative cognitive endophenotypes for schizophrenia using family and twin designs. Professor Janet Treasure Eating disorders. Dr Lucia Valmaggia At risk mental state, cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT), cognitive models, early intervention, psychosis, social defeat, virtual reality. Professor Simon Wessely Unexplained symptoms/ syndromes; military health; epidemiology. Dr Kim Wolff Pharmacokinetics, biological indicators of drug-dependence, methadone and pregnancy, graduate education.

Institute of Psychiatry

Units and Sections within Psychological Medicine & Psychiatry There are full details of these Units and Sections on our website. Section of Cognitive Neuropsychiatry Contact Professor Anthony David, tel 020 7848 0138, anthony.david@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/68

Section of Neurobiology of Psychosis Contact Audrey Beharie, tel 020 7848 5022, audrey.beharie@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/79

King’s Centre for Military Health Research Contact King’s Centre for Military Health Research, tel 020 7848 5351, kcmhr@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/378

Section of Eating Disorders Unit Contact Dr Ulrike Schmidt, tel 020 7848 3180, edu@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/70

Section of Neuroimaging Contact Sandra Whitehead, tel 020 7848 0355, sandra.whitehead@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/81

Section of Addiction Contact Dawn Mellors, tel 020 7848 0438/0819, dawn.mellors@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/64

Section of Epidemiology & Social Psychiatry Contact Dr Paul Fearon, tel 020 7848 0535, paul.fearon@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/71

Section of Neuropsychiatric Genetics Contact Frankie Bishop, tel 020 7848 0661, frankie.bishop@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/77

Section of Addiction Biology Contact Professor Gunter Schumann, tel 020 7848 0095, gunter.schumann@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/374

Section of Family Therapy Contact Judith Lask, tel 020 7848 0693, familytherapy.admin@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/284

Section of Neuropsychiatry Contact Professor Michael Kopelman, tel 020 7188 5396, michael.kopelman@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/376

Section of General Hospital Psychiatry Contact Professor Matthew Hotopf, tel 020 7848 0796, matthew.hotopf@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/73

Section of Old Age Psychiatry Contact Alison Sharpe, tel 020 7848 0550, alison.sharpe@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/83

Section of General Psychiatry Contact Ms Averil Baxter, tel 020 7848 0100, averil.baxter@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/74

Section of Perinatal Psychiatry Contact Dr Carmine Pariante, tel 020 7848 0212, carmine.pariante@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/84

Section of Laboratory of Stress, Psychiatry & Immunology Contact Dr Carmine Pariante, carmine.pariante@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/377

Section of Schizophrenia, Imaging Therapeutics Contact Jas Rana, tel 020 7848 0593, jas.rana@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/440

Section of Behavioural Pharmacology Contact Professor Ian Stolerman, tel 020 7848 0370, ian.stolerman@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/65 Section of Brain Maturation Contact Section of Brain Maturation, tel 020 7848 0984, nuria.vazquez@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/66 Section of Cognition, Schizophrenia & Imaging Laboratory Contact Candice Ebelthite, tel 020 7848 0070, candice.ebelthite@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/375

Section of Neurobiology of Mood Disorders Contact Anthony Cleare, tel 020 7848 5130, anthony.cleare@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/78

Section of Social Psychiatry Contact Monica Arnell, tel 020 7848 7036, monica.arnell@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/286

199

Research opportunities

Cancer Research UK London Psychosocial Group Contact Agatha Ojugo, tel 020 7188 0907, agatha.ojugo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/285

Institute of Psychiatry Research opportunities

Psychology Department MPhil/PhD Head of department Professor Elizabeth Kuipers. Closing date Four months before planned date of admission. Funding Individual studentships are advertised on the Institute’s website and externally when they become available. Applicants may also apply if they have already obtained formal funding (eg from their employer, government or charitable foundation). Any offer of study will be conditional upon funding being obtained. The department does not typically accept applications from students intending to fund full-time study through their own means. Queries to the Education Support Team at educationsupport@iop.kcl.ac.uk Contact Linda Horrell, PA to Professor Anke Ehlers, tel 020 7848 5033, linda.horrell@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/278

The department represents one of the world’s largest groupings of clinical and health psychologists. It has established a strong and multi-stranded international reputation for its research; its pioneering development of cognitive behavioural therapy for the treatment of neurosis and psychosis. Its training course Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy), has established the scientist/practitioner model now followed almost universally in this field (for information on the DClinPsy and its admission processes see separate section on page 202).

The research interests of the department’s staff span the fields of clinical psychology, health psychology, forensic psychology and neuropsychology. All members of the department are linked into the Institute’s interdisciplinary research groups and the clinician psychologists in the department also offer an expert service to the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and to King’s College Hospital NHS Trust.

See shared details (page 193)

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Derek Bolton Anxiety disorders, particularly obsessive compulsive disorder in children. Dr June Brown Mental health promotion workshops for anxiety and depression using a CBT approach. Professor Richard Brown Neuropsychology and clinical psychology of neurodegenerative diseases; caregivers. Professor David Clark Anxiety disorder, cognitive therapy. Dr Catherine Donaldson Severe, treatmentresistant, partially remitted & recurrent depression, rumination, responsibility beliefs. Professor Anke Ehlers Post-traumatic stress disorder. Dr Ivan Eisler Evaluation of psychological treatments; family therapy; family interaction research; attachment. Dr Daniel Freeman Cognitive models of delusions and hallucinations; cognitive therapy for psychosis. Professor Philippa Garety Cognitive models of psychosis, delusions and hallucinations; cognitive behavioural therapy for psychosis. Dr Emma Godfrey Medically unexplained symptoms, primary care mental health, health psychology applied to children. Dr Laura Goldstein Neuropsychology with particular reference to motor neurone disease; epilepsy and related disorders. Dr Susan Grey Anxiety, fear, information processing, learning theory, psychological treatments.

200

Dr Beth Grunfeld Health psychology (applied to cancer and neuro-otology, decision-making, delay behaviour, survivorship issues). Professor Gisli Gudjonsson Forensic psychology, evidence reliability, false confessions, psychological vulnerabilities during detention, motivation for offending. Dr Colette Hirsch The causal role of cognitive processes involved in the maintenance of anxiety disorders. Professor Patricia Howlin Developmental/ genetic disorders (eg autism, Williams-Syndrome); cognitive/behavioural phenotypes; adult outcomes. Professor Myra Hunter Developing and evaluating cognitive behavioural interventions in women’s health, cardiology and oncology. Dr Louise Johns Early intervention in psychosis Professor Elizabeth Kuipers Understanding interventions in psychosis; family interventions and individual cognitive-behaviour therapy. Professor Veena Kumari Neurobiology of cognitive and affective deficits and their treatment in schizophrenia. Dr Melissa Lamar Impact of normal and pathological ageing on prefrontal cortex and executive functioning. Professor Theresa Marteau Psychological aspects of genetic disease. Dr David Mataix-Cols Obsessive-compulsive (spectrum) disorder; anxiety; chronic fatigue; emotion; neuroimaging; neuropsychology; CBT; outcome predictors.

Dr Andrea Mechelli Advanced imaging techniques to investigate the neurological organisation of language and memory. Professor Robin Morris Neuropsychology. Dr Vassilis Mouratoglou Amputation, psychosocial rehabilitation, stroke. Dr Sean Perrin Childhood anxiety disorders; posttraumatic stress disorder, cognitive-behavioural treatment. Dr Emmanuelle Peters Cognitive models of psychotic symptoms, cognitive-behaviour therapy for psychosis, schizotypy and spirituality. Professor Paul Salkovskis Anxiety disorders, OCD, panic and agoraphobia, psychopathology, health psychology. Dr Patrick Smith Aetiology and treatment of post-traumatic stress reactions in children and adolescents. Dr Nicole Tang Chronic pain, cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT), insomnia, sleep. Dr David Veale Body dysmorphic disorder, cosmetic surgery, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), vomit phobia. Professor John Weinman Health psychology; illness cognition and self-regulation; stress and wound healing. Professor Til Wykes Psychological interventions for schizophrena, service user involvement in research. Dr Lidia Yágüez Neuropsychology, movement disorders and neuroimaging.

Head of department Professor Robert Plomin. Duration For traditional PhD, expected to be three years FT, five–six years PT; for MSc and PhD, expected to be one and three years (see page 214 for MSc programme). Closing date 1 March each year. 16 January 2009 and 16 March 2009 for the MSc and PhD. Funding Students are supported through grants or other award schemes. Studentships on the 1 + 3 programme are Research Council supported. Contact Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 0819, peter.dolan@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/279

The centre’s scientific goal is to undertake interdisciplinary research and training, bringing together developmental, genetic and environmental strategies in order to understand how nature and nurture interact in the development of complex behavioural disorders and dimensions. Research focuses on key common mental health problems that are most likely to profit from a developmental nature-nurture interdisciplinary strategy, including:

emotional disorders (especially anxiety and depression), disorders involving disruptive behaviour (including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) and disorders involving cognitive problems (including problems related to theory of mind, executive function and language).

Institute of Psychiatry

MRC Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD

See shared details (page 193)

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Kathy Aitchison Psychiatric pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics. Dr Louise Arseneault Victimisation; mental disorders; antisocial behaviours and their development. Professor Philip Asherson ADHD; neurodevelopmental disorders; clinical and genetic studies of ADHD; neuropsychiatric disorders. Dr David Ball Psychiatry; addiction and molecular genetics. Professor Patrick Bolton Behavioural phenotypes of genetic disorders. Dr Gerome Breen Genetics of addiction and psychosis. Using bioinformatics to identify functional polymorphisms/VNTRs. Professor Avshalom Caspi Developmental psychopathology; personality assessment; health psychology. Professor David Collier Molecular genetics of eating disorders; schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Professor Ian Craig Molecular genetics; high throughput association studies; epigenetics and sex differences in behaviour. Dr Ursula D’Souza Gene expression in the brain; genetic polymorphisms; vitro methods. Dr Sylvane Desrivieres Functional genetics; research at the molecular and cellular levels; drug addiction.

Professor Judy Dunn Social developmental psychology. Dr Thalia Eley Behaviour genetics, developmental psychopathology. Professor Anne Farmer Psychiatry; genetic and environmental risk factors for unipolar depression and bipolar disorder. Dr Cathy Fernandes Animal behaviour; molecular genetic techniques (mutation detection, genotyping and gene expression profiling). Dr Francesca Happe Cognitive neuroscience, specifically studies of autism spectrum disorders. Dr Sara Jaffee Developmental psychopathology; gene-environment interplay; antisocial behaviours and their development. Dr Jo Knight Statistical methods for analysing complex traits. Dr Jonna Kuntsi Genetic influences on cognition and behaviour; developmental disorders; attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Professor Cathryn Lewis Statistical methods for gene identification in complex genetic disorders. Professor Barbara Maughan Conduct disorder; psychosocial risks for childhood disorders; childhood-adulthood continuities. Professor Peter McGuffin Psychiatry, statistical and molecular genetics.

Dr Jonathan Mill Epigenetics; the molecular basis for gene-environment interactions. Professor Terrie Moffitt Developmental psychopathology. Dr Christian Muller Addiction; alcohol; animal models; behaviour genetics; cocaine; neurochemistry; psychopharmacology; schizophrenia. Professor Robert Plomin Psychology; learning abilities and disabilities; quantitative and molecular genetics. Dr Tom Price Statistical methods of gene identification for complex traits; microarray and proteomics experiments. Dr Frühling Rijsdijk Statistical genetics; behavioural genetics; developing methods for analysing (selected) data. Professor Sir Michael Rutter Developmental psychopathology. Dr Leonard Schalkwyk Functional genomics, systems genetics, mouse behaviour. Professor Gunter Schumann Addiction biology using genetics, molecular biological and neuroimaging techniques; pharmacogenetics. Dr Essi Viding Study of psychopathic tendencies combining cognitive neuroscience and behaviour genetic approaches.

201

Research opportunities

Staff research interests

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

Specialist doctorate Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in psychology, or an appropriate master’s degree, qualifying the applicant for graduate registration with the British Psychological Society, plus one year’s relevant clinical experience (except in exceptional circumstances). Duration Three years FT, September to September. Intake 20 FT. Closing date 1 December 2008. Tuition fees (2009) Please contact the Institute for details. Funding Students are funded by the NHS. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Most students go on to work as clinical psychologists in the National Health Service. Contact Clearing House for Postgraduate Courses in Clinical Psychology, 15 Hyde Terrace, Leeds LS2 9LT, chpccp@leeds.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/254

About the programme Accreditations

Registration as a Chartered Clinical Psychologist. Purpose

To provide recognised professional training leading to registration as a Chartered Clinical Psychologist. To train students in a scientific approach to psychiatric problems, drawing on the methods, theories and findings of general psychology. To enable trainees to apply the methods and findings of psychology to both casework and clinical research.

teach through a programme of formal lectures and workshops and through tutorial work. Clinical experience and supervision are provided to fulfil the requirements of the programme and the British Psychological Society. A variety of excellent placements are available within and outside the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust. Format & assessment

Academic teaching; clinical experience and supervision; examinations in the first and second year; clinical case studies; service evaluation; research project. Application procedure

Description

This programme aims to enable you to apply the methods and findings of psychology to both clinical work and clinical research. The emphasis is on an applied scientific approach to clinical problems within a predominantly cognitive-behavioural framework. We

All applications should be made via the Clearing House for Postgraduate Courses in Clinical Psychology (see Contact section). It has details of all clinical psychology training courses run throughout Britain. Selected applicants are interviewed in May.

Taught programmes Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace PG Cert Entry requirements First degree in medicine or psychology; or in any subject followed by health-related qualification; or other qualifications/ experience which demonstrates ability. Duration PT, 6 months. Starts September. Intake No set number. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) Contact Institute for details. Funding NHSPLUS will provide five bursaries of £1000 to support students on the programme. Otherwise students are self-funded or funded by their employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students go on to pursue/ further enhance careers in occupational medicine and addictions services. Contact Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 0682, pa.wolff@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/555

202

About the programme Purpose

This programme, which is supported by NHSPLUS and the Faculty of Occupational Health Physicians, aims to allow trainees in occupational medicine and related disciplines to study the speciality of substance misuse, and the policy and management of alcohol and drug use in the workplace, in greater depth.

drug use in the context of the workplace; processes of identification and the related interventions for drug and alcohol use in the workplace; develop knowledge of the treatment and management systems in the UK for individuals with substance misuse disorders for use in clinical practice. Format & assessment

Academic teaching and supervision; assessment includes written assignments and case studies.

Description

Screening, identification and occupational health management of alcohol and drug use in the workplace. Students explore biological, psychological, and physiological symptoms and signs of drug and alcohol use in the workplace; advances in biological testing and monitoring, standardised assessment, clinical screening and interventions into occupational healthcare practice; understanding of recreational

Application procedure

About the programme Purpose

A programme for international and UK-based psychiatrists, paediatricians, and psychologists, which aims at developing knowledge, skills and research methodologies relating to child psychiatry, child development, therapeutic interventions and service models. Students develop clinical skills, and are able to contribute to culturally sensitive and clinically effective services through relevant research, including health service development research.

and evaluation. Clinical placements within CAMHS teams are arranged for students on the programme. Students complete a research project using quantitative or qualitative methodologies. Format & assessment

A research review is submitted at the end of the first term; continuous assessment of performance in seminars; two clinical essays, including a management plan; dissertation (either a clinical or a research approach) to be submitted at end of third term; two examinations in third term. Application procedure

Description

Comprising four modules: Knowledge of Methodology & Statistics; Evidence Base for Child & Adolescent Mental Health; Clinical Strategies/Presentation & Analytical Skills; Dissertation. Students develop their skills in diagnosis, formulation and planning therapeutic interventions, service design, monitoring

Selection is made on the basis of the application and references. The programme leader will sometimes conduct telephone interviews; potential students are welcome to visit the department, please arrange a suitable time in advance.

Clinical & Public Health Aspects of Addiction MSc Entry requirements BSc or BA degree 2:1 or equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, three years PT September to September. Intake 14 FT; 10 PT (two years); 6 PT (three years). Closing date 1 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £3090 (two years) £2090 (three years). Funding Students are self-funded or funded by their employer, home government, British Council or the World Health Organization. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Addiction specialist within multidisciplinary team, clinical specialist, psychology assistant, drug worker, research assistant, substance misuse nurse specialist, social worker or further study, eg PhD or Doctorate in Clinical Psychology Programme. Contact Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 0823, mscaddictions@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/252

About the programme Purpose

For candidates with a medical, nursing, psychology or psychiatric background who have an interest in the substance misuse field. Provides an internationally recognised vocational qualification with an integrated, multidisciplinary teaching approach to misuse of, and dependence on, alcohol, nicotine and other drugs. Description

Enables you to develop the skills needed to provide treatment for misuse and dependence, organise treatment services, perform high-quality health service-related research, train other professionals and to act as a health advocate. The programme comprises seven modules: Introduction to Phenomenology; Research Methods & Epidemiology; Psychopharmacology & Neurobiology; Psychology – Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice; Public Health & Policy; Clinical Issues, Assessment & Skills; Research Project.

Format & assessment

Academic seminars; small group teaching; journal club; clinical teaching skills seminars; individual/clinical placements; clinical oral examination; unseen written exams; six coursework assignments and a dissertation. Application procedure

Your application is assessed by two academics and requires consideration of an up-to-date curriculum vitae and two independent referees. Offers will not be made without all the information. Overseas students additionally need evidence of competency in English. Students without a first degree may be required to sit an entrance examination. Interviews are held in the summer for those who do not have previous experience in the addictions field.

203

Taught programmes

Entry requirements A basic medical qualification with graduate experience or a qualification in general psychiatry, clinical psychology or paediatrics, and three years’ clinical work in a mental health/paediatrics setting. Duration One year FT, September to September. Two years PT for UK-based clinicians. Intake Approximately 12 FT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £18500. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations UK and international graduates return to clinical practice with enhanced skills and knowledge in child mental health. Contact Ms Helen Stacey, tel 020 7848 0179, h.stacey@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/250

Institute of Psychiatry

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc Entry requirements 2:1 UK degree/overseas equivalent; one year clinical training in psychiatry (SHO, SpR, consultant) or psychology with or working towards clinical accreditation, chartered with the BPS; other clinicians (eg nurses) with professional accreditation; experience working with people with mental disorders. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 5 full-time equivalent (most students are part-time. UK-based students are expected to study part-time alongside a clinical post). Closing date 26 June 2009 Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £3090. Funding Most applicants are self-funded. Some overseas applicants have been successful in obtaining government funding or international scholarships. Part-time applicants are sometimes able to secure full or partial funding from employers using CPD budgets. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; placements take place at various locations. Student destinations Students have used the MSc as evidence of professional development and commitment in applying for promotion posts (eg moving from SpR to consultant, becoming a Nurse Consultant) or training posts in clinical or forensic psychology. Contact MSc Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 0624, forensic.teachingunit@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/407

About the programme Purpose

Designed for candidates with at least one year’s experience of psychiatry (SHO, SpR, consultant) or psychology (with, or working towards, chartered psychologist status with the British Psychological Society) and other clinicians (eg nurses) with professional accreditation, or with an overseas qualification or experience of an equivalent standard. Description

Six compulsory modules: CL1: Associations between Mental Disorders and Antisocial & Criminal Behaviours; CL2: Risk Management, Treatment & Services for Mentally Disordered Persons; CL3: Supervised Clinical Work (two contrasting 30-day placements in forensic settings); CL4: Evidence-based Clinical Practice (Journal Club and attendance at departmental programme of clinical case conferences and research presentations); CL5: Civil and criminal law affecting individuals with mental disorders; CL6: Dissertation. Students attend a workshop on the use of the HCR-20 risk assessment tool, and have opportunities to develop their research methodology skills.

Format & assessment

Seminars assessed by essays; supervised clinical practice (two 30-day placements) assessed by clinical oral examination; Journal Club assessed by oral and written critiques of a journal paper; dissertation. Application procedure

Applications from non-EU students: we aim to process these as soon as possible after receipt. Applications from EU students: assessed at a selection meeting in mid-July. Applicants are not normally interviewed but occasionally an applicant may be telephoned or emailed to clarify points arising from the application. No application can be considered until full details of academic and employment history are received, including transcripts and copies of degree certificates. We also require two references, one clinical and one academic, which the applicant must arrange to be sent to us.

Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK degree/ overseas equivalent; graduate basis for registration with the British Psychological Society; substantial clinical/forensic experience; experience of working with people with mental disorders; experience of working in multidisciplinary teams. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 10–15 FT. Closing date 31 March 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £18500. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; placements take place at various locations. Student destinations Students have used the MSc as evidence of professional development and commitment in applying for training posts in clinical or forensic psychology. Contact Dr Susan Young, Programme Leader, or Margaret Glover, MSc Co-ordinator, 020 7848 0624, forensic.teachingunit@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/475

204

Accreditations

setting for a minimum of 75 days (two days a week throughout the programme); dissertation.

Accredited by the Division of Forensic Psychology, British Psychological Society.

Format & assessment

About the programme

Purpose

Designed to give psychologists the advanced knowledge and skills to conduct clinical work in forensic psychology, with an emphasis on evidence-based and reflective practice. Students have exceptional opportunities for clinical and research training while on the programme, building on intensive and wide-ranging theoretical teaching from a distinguished multi-disciplinary team. Description

Students take six compulsory modules: Associations between Mental Disorders and Antisocial & Criminal Behaviours; Risk Management, Treatment & Services for Mentally Disordered Persons; Research Methodology; The Psychology of the Legal & Investigative Process; Practice in Forensic Psychology; training on psychometric assessment of mentally disordered offenders, training on actuarial risk assessment tools (HCR-20 and PCL:SV), working in a clinical forensic

Taught modules: seminars assessed by essays or unseen examination; placement module assessed by case studies/essays and evaluation from placement supervisor; research dissertation. Application procedure

Applications should be received in full by the deadline. Selected applicants will be called for interview in April 2009. The interview panel will comprise the programme leader, a placement provider and an academic colleague. Applicants will be required to make a short research presentation. No application can be considered until full details of academic and employment history are received, including transcripts and copies of degree certificates. We also require two references, one clinical and one academic, which the applicant must arrange to be sent to us. Please state explicitly that you have graduate basis registration (GBR) and provide evidence. Offers will be subject to obtaining satisfactory CRB clearance.

Entry requirements A university degree in scientific, biological or medical science subjects. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Intake 15 FT expected. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations It is expected that those who successfully complete the programme will be well equipped to work in the field of neurology and will be able to advise and train clinical colleagues. Contact Kou Yu, MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration, tel 020 7848 5438, kou.yu@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/490

About the programme Purpose

Provides students with a clinical background or interest, with a unique understanding of the underlying principles of neurological symptoms, signs, investigations and diseases. Particular emphasis is given to translation from basic science to clinical practice. Suitable for degree holders in medicine, nursing and other professions allied to medicine. Will equip graduates with the tools for the next stage of their career. Description

Format & assessment

Units are taught twice a week. Units consist of formal lectures and clinical case presentations, followed by a master class in which the case is discussed in depth. There is a written assessment and presentation of essay for each module, and an end-of-term programme dissertation. Application procedure

Applications are normally processed within two weeks of receiving references. All applicants are welcome to visit the department by arrangement.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip Entry requirements Candidates from overseas must be able to demonstrate that they have a work permit and are working in a mental health setting in Britain where they have access to patients. Duration One year FT. Intake 45. Closing date 16 July. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £5575. Funding IAPT or employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations The programme contributes to requirements for registering as a Cognitive Behaviour Therapist with the BABCP. Qualification for registration on completing the programme will depend upon your prior experience. Contact Caroline Goffin, Course Administrator, tel 020 7848 0886, fax 020 7848 5006, cbt@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/257

About the programme Accreditations

Towards BABCP therapist accreditation. Purpose

From October 2008, the Institute in collaboration with the School of Nursing, will deliver this high-intensity programme within the Department of Health initiative Improving Access to Psychological Therapies. Mental health practitioners seeking post-qualification specialist training in CBT will be employed in NHS IAPT sites and attend the Institute. To develop practical skills in CBT and a critical understanding of the theoretical and empirical base of CBT. For students with some knowledge and experience of CBT wishing to further their clinical training.

Description

Compulsory modules: Fundamentals of CBT; CBT for Anxiety Disorders; CBT for Depression. Covers core clinical skills and academic teaching on the models and techniques for treating depression and anxiety disorders. The first module gives a thorough grounding in the basic skills of CBT with opportunity to develop detailed knowledge of essential components. The modules on anxiety and depression consist of seminars by experts such as Professor David Clark and Professor Paul Salkovskis in the treatment of anxiety disorders and Dr Stirling Moorey on depression. Format & assessment

Teaching two days a week; group supervision; master classes; journal clubs; examined by coursework assignments; clinical reports of case work; audio-taped therapy sessions and a portfolio. Application procedure

Applicants will be assessed by two academics following the deadline. Selected applicants will be interviewed. If shortlisted, you will be requested to bring a brief case report of clinical work with a client using CBT and evidence of access to suitable training cases for the programme.

205

Taught programmes

The programme provides students with the skills and knowledge to: develop a detailed understanding of the anatomical, physiological and pathological basis of symptoms and signs of neurological disorders; systematically integrate advances in genetics, molecular neuroscience, electrophysiology and

neuroimaging into clinical practice; work independently within a multidisciplinary environment; work at an advanced level to develop and sustain evidence-based practice; appraise and conduct clinical research, and critically evaluate their own and others’ research.

Institute of Psychiatry

Clinical Neuroscience MSc

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies for Children & Adolescents PG Dip Entry requirements The programme is only open to employees of the NHS. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 12 FT. Closing date None, but early application is advised. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £18500. Funding There are five funded places available for clinical psychologists, mental health nurses, and therapists without medical training who are employed by the South London and Maudsley and OxLeas NHS Trusts. A small bursary is provided by the College. Most students are full- or part-funded by their NHS/HSE employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students on this programme work in child and adolescent mental health services in the UK and Ireland. Contact Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 5011, cbtchildadolescent@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/255

About the programme Accreditations

This programme contributes to but does not fulfil the BABCP supervision/training requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist. Purpose

The aim of this programme is to equip child and adolescent mental health NHS professionals with the core skills that define Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) as it is applied to children and adolescents, and to equip students with an understanding of child development and the scientific principles underlying CBT.

Development and Cognitive Behavioural Methods for Common Mental Health Problems of Childhood & Adolescence. The first module involves weekly lectures on the aetiology of disorders as well as the evidence base for CBT. The second module involves weekly supervision groups and clinical skills workshops. Both modules benefit from the input of the faculty of the Department of Psychology, a worldrenowned centre of excellence in research on CBT. Format & assessment

Teaching modules are assessed by essays and case studies, as well as videotaped therapy sessions. Students are required to present a minimum of four training-cases.

Description

This programme comprises two modules which must be completed in the same academic year: Theory of Change &

Application procedure

Applications are available online and shortlisted applicants will be interviewed.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis PG Dip Entry requirements Professional mental health qualification; experience of working with people with severe mental health problems. Must work in NHS Trust mental health services and have access to settings where they can access suitable clients. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 16 FT. Closing date 5 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £18500. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Contributes towards requirements for eligibility for practitioner accreditation with the BABCP. Qualification for registration on completing the programme will depend upon your prior experience. Graduates acquire enhanced skills to continue working in clinical settings with patients with psychosis. Contact Course Administrator, tel 020 7848 5011, cbtpsychosis@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/451

206

This programme contributes to but does not fulfil the BABCP supervision/training requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist.

The programme is modular, following a credit framework, and builds from early therapy activities through intervention to modifications for particular difficulties and client groups, and state-of-the-art developments in cognitive behavioural therapies.

Purpose

Format & assessment

This programme equips mental health professionals working with people with a schizophrenia spectrum psychotic illness with a critical understanding of psychological models of psychosis and their evidence base, equipping them with the tools to become a skilled and creative practitioner of and trainer in cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) for psychosis.

Programme begins with three introductory intensive one-day workshops. Teaching modules are examined by assignments, including an essay, case reports of clinical work and audio-taped therapy sessions. Students work with at least four clients on a weekly basis from assessment to completion or termination of therapy.

About the programme Accreditations

Application procedure Description

Cognitive behavioural therapy for psychosis is a cutting-edge therapeutic intervention for people with schizophrenia spectrum diagnoses and requires of independent practitioners an advanced theoretical understanding of cognitive models of psychosis and specialist post-qualification skills in relationship building, formulation and intervention.

Applications which fulfil the entry requirements will be assessed on an individual basis by the programme leaders. Selected applicants will be invited for interview. Candidates selected for interview will be requested to participate in a short role-play with an actor playing the role of the client and an interview with the programme leaders.

About the programme Purpose

Comprehensive overview of all clinical aspects of human epilepsy underpinned by an understanding of the basic mechanisms, clinical pharmacology and investigative technologies.

Format & assessment

Six modules including weekly lectures and seminars, extracurricular activities and a dissertation. Application procedure

You will be interviewed.

Description

A multidisciplinary programme covering topics related to all aspects of human epilepsy, from underlying neurobiological mechanisms to clinical aspects and psycho-social consequences. Students take compulsory modules in Fundamental Science; Diagnosis of Epilepsy; Treatment & Management of Epilepsy; Special Topics, Psychosocial & Legal Issues; Research Project (MSc only). Includes practical experience in clinical or research departments.

Taught programmes

Entry requirements UK first degree/an overseas equivalent in a biological or medical science. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Maximum 20. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Most graduates return to work in their previous posts (neurologists, mental health nurses, epilepsy specialist nurses, paediatricians, psychologists, psychiatrists, EEG technologists, occupational therapists, GPs) and about 10–20 per cent go on to do a PhD. Contact Dr Gonzalo Alarcon, tel 020 7848 5161/5565, fax 020 7346 3725, msc.epileptology@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/161

Family Interventions in Psychosis PG Dip Entry requirements Recognised mental health qualification obtained by a formal examination, and post-qualification experience of working with people with severe and enduring mental health problems. Applicants must work in NHS Trust mental health services and have access to settings with suitable clients. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 12 FT. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) Contact the Institute for details. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students will usually continue in their own professional practice with their careers and practice enhanced by the skills and experience provided by the programme. Contact Juliana Onwumere, tel 020 7848 0197, Suzanne Jolley, tel 020 7848 5028, j.onwumere@iop.kcl.ac.uk, s.jolley@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/486

Institute of Psychiatry

Epilepsy MSc

About the programme Accreditations

Foundation level Accreditation with Association for Family Therapy pending. Purpose

Programme provides specialist post-qualification training in family interventions (FI) in psychosis. Aims to equip qualified mental health professionals, working with individuals with schizophrenia spectrum psychosis and their families, with a critical understanding of the broad range of theories informing family interventions in psychosis, their evidence base, and with the skills to become a competent and independent practitioner of family interventions in psychosis. Description

Draws on a broad range of theoretical frameworks and practice, aiming to provide students with general skills for working with families where there is psychosis. Develops the practitioner’s competence in planning, evaluating and critically reflecting on Family Interventions (FI) in mixed groups, and a critical

awareness of the strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of FI for different clients. The programme encourages reflective practice and encourages students to consider new possibilities for future research contributing to the further development of FI in psychosis. Format & assessment

Teaching modules are examined by programme assignments comprising essays, case reports of clinical work and audio-taped therapy sessions. Students will be required to work with at least three individuals with psychosis and their families (carers) from assessment to completion. Application procedure

Applications which fulfil the entry requirements will be assessed on an individual basis by the programme leaders. Candidates selected for interview will be requested to participate in a short roleplay with two actors playing the role of the client and carer, and complete an interview with the programme leaders.

207

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

Family Therapy (subject to approval) PG Dip Entry requirements Relevant degree and/or relevant professional training and experience in clinical or similar setting. Duration Nine months FT, September to June (PT version for employees of selected NHS Trusts, two academic years). Intake 8 FT; 8 PT. Closing date 31 March 2009. Tuition fees (2009) Contact the Institute for details. Funding Some students from the South London and Maudsley and Oxleas NHS Trusts are funded through contracts. No scholarships are provided by the programme. Most full-time students are self-funded, funded by their NHS/HSE employer or receive external scholarships. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students can go on to study the final part of the training (MSc in Family Therapy) or use their knowledge and skills to incorporate systemic work in existing clinical practice. Contact Judith Lask, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 0693, familytherapy.admin@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/259

About the programme Accreditations

The existing Grad Cert progamme is seeking approval to offer as a PG Dip. The Grad Cert was accredited at intermediate level by the Association for Family Therapy and Systemic Practice and the UK Council for Psychotherapy. Check website for updates.

cycle developments in different family forms; issues of difference and power and their relevance to family therapy; systemic thinking in a range of contexts; basic principles of research and evaluation, and personal and professional issues relating to this field of work. Students develop clinical skills for working with families and couples, and gain a deeper understanding of the role of family therapy in multidisciplinary teams.

Purpose

For professionals working in a mental health setting (nurses, GPs, paediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists) who wish to complete an intermediate level programme in family therapy, or aim to incorporate systemic work in existing clinical practice.

Format & assessment

Academic seminars, small group reading and clinical skills seminars, personal and professional development groups, clinical placements (full-time only). Part-time students link with a workplace mentor and carry out their clinical work within their own setting.

Description

A comprehensive introduction to family therapy and systemic practice. Development of understanding of: the theoretical base of family therapy; life

Application procedure

Selected applicants will be interviewed in April and May.

Family Therapy MSc Entry requirements First degree in a relevant subject such as psychology, medicine, social work, social science, nursing studies or education and/ or professional qualification in a mental health related programme. Significant clinical experience and an intermediate qualification in family therapy is required. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT (PT for selected NHS Trusts). Intake 8 FT, 4 PT. Closing date 31 March 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7530, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £3765. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Prepares students for registration with the UKCP as a systemic family therapist. Students go on to work within the NHS or similar settings. Contact Judith Lask, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 0693, familytherapy.admin@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/260

208

About the programme

training professionals to work within multidisciplinary environments.

Accreditations

Leads towards registration with UK Council for Psychotherapy as a systemic family therapist. Purpose

To enable professionals from mental health and related disciplines (nurses, GPs, paediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists) to acquire knowledge of the theory and practice of family therapy and gain confidence in its application in their own socio-cultural and professional settings to the standard required for registration with UKCP. Description

The programme offers a comprehensive clinical training in family therapy. You will undertake supervised clinical work with families in both adult and child mental health settings. There is a strong focus on

Format & assessment

Academic seminars; small group reading seminars; application to practice seminars; skills workshops; tutorial groups; personal and professional development groups, clinical practice groups; individual/clinical placements. Small groups and high level of tutor support. Application procedure

Selected applicants will be interviewed in April and May.

About the programme Purpose

Designed for individuals with degrees in health related disciplines (any science or social science degree) who wish to develop analytical and research skills to pursue scientific work on the aetiology and effective treatment of persons with mental disorders who engage in antisocial and/or criminal behaviours. We expect this MSc to provide an ideal first step towards a PhD.

Format & assessment

Assessment is by seminars, essays, a written examination, and a dissertation (including poster presentation). Journal Club is assessed by oral and written critiques of a journal paper. Application procedure

Applications from non-EU students: we aim to process these as soon as possible after receipt. Applications from EU students: assessed at a selection meeting in mid-July. Applicants are not normally Description interviewed but occasionally an applicant Students take five compulsory modules. may be telephoned or emailed to clarify R1: Associations between Mental points arising from the application. No Disorders and Antisocial & Criminal application can be considered until full Behaviours; R2: Risk management, details of academic and (where relevant) treatment and services for mentally employment history are received, including disordered persons; R3: Research transcripts and copies of degree certificates. Methodology; R4: Evidence-based clinical We also require two academic references, practice (Journal Club, poster presentation which the applicant must arrange to be sent of dissertation; R5: dissertation (smallto us. scale empirical research project).

Health Psychology MSc Entry requirements The programme is only open to graduates with a first degree in Psychology (minimum 2:1) who are eligible for graduate basis registration (GBR) of the British Psychological Society. GBR is an essential requirement to become a Chartered Health Psychologist. US students should have GPA of 3.3 or above. Duration One year FT (two days per week for three terms), two years PT (one day per week for three terms), September to September. Intake 25 FT and PT. Closing date 15 May 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £3550, FT overseas £17600, PT home/EU £1775. Funding There are four MRC studentships and three Cancer Research UK bursaries divided between King’s College and University College. Location Psychology Unit, Guy’s Campus; University College London. Student destinations Research Assistants, PhD studies, jobs in behaviour relevant to health, illness and health care delivery, eg smoking cessation adviser. Contact Pat Salmon, tel 020 7679 9478, p.salmon@ucl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/164

About the programme

Format & assessment

Assessment by coursework, including a systematic review; a research proposal, Accredited by the British Psychological critical reviews, essays, written Society as Stage One training towards examinations and a research project on an becoming a Chartered Health Psychologist. approved topic; an oral examination, at the examiners’ discretion. Accreditations

Purpose

To provide a thorough grounding in the main findings, theories and methods, primarily as training for researchers in health psychology. Also to provide an opportunity to examine the applicability of psychological interventions in this area.

Application procedure

Selected applicants will be interviewed.

Description

This programme is run jointly with University College London. The programme is divided into six modules: Basic Research Methods & Statistics; Health-Related Behaviours & Cognitions; Coping with Chronic Illness & Disability; Advanced Research Methods & Statistics; Psychological Aspects of the Healthcare Process; Linked Themes & Related Disciplines.

209

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK degree/ overseas equivalent, which should have included at least an introduction to empirical research in a health related field. Duration Two years PT, one year FT, September to September. Intake Approximately 5 FT equivalent (most students are PT). Closing date Please contact MSc Co-ordinator. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Most applicants are self-funded. Some overseas applicants have been successful in obtaining government funding or international scholarships. Part-time applicants are sometimes able to secure full or partial funding from employers using CPD budgets. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students have used the MSc as evidence of professional development and commitment in applying for promotion posts (eg moving from SpR to consultant, becoming a Nurse Consultant) or training posts in clinical or forensic psychology. Other students have moved onto posts in academic research. Contact MSc Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 0624, forensic.teachingunit@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/408

Institute of Psychiatry

Forensic Mental Health Science MSc

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

International Addiction Studies MSc Entry requirements First degree or equivalent (in either medicine or psychology; or in any subject, followed by a relevant health-related graduate diploma or certificate); or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate ability. Preference to applicants with clinical experience in the substance misuse field. Duration One year FT, August to August. Intake No set number. Closing date 1 August 2009. Tuition fees (2009) Contact the Institute for details. Funding Students are self-funded or funded by their employer or home government. Location Online, with access to facilities at King’s, University of Adelaide and Virginia Commonwealth University. Student destinations Clinical specialist/director; positions in local/national organisations requiring understanding of policies dissemination at local/ state/national/international level; managing addictions services; drug worker; substance misuse nurse specialist; further study, eg PhD. Contact Kim Wolff, tel 020 7848 0823, k.wolff@iop.kcl.ac.uk, Dr Femke Pijlman (Adelaide), femke.pijlman@adelaide.edu.au, Dr Mary Loos (USA), meloos@vcu.edu, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/492

About the programme Purpose

Designed to be the leading international online programme in addiction studies, attracting a range of students from around the world. Its particular emphasis on translation of research into practice and substance abuse policy, as compared with a treatment focus, makes it unique among masters programmes offered in the UK and internationally. Description

A new international online programme jointly operated by the Institute of Psychiatry, Virginia Commonwealth University and University of Adelaide; three of the top research institutions in the field of Addictions. Each institution offers two content-specific modules in their areas of specialisation, eg the Institute will offer: Evidence Base for Addiction Treatment; Theoretical Models of Psychological Interventions; Policy & Guidelines for Special Populations; Dissertation. The programme focuses on addictions policy, programme development and evaluation.

Format & assessment

Delivered completely online. Modules will be in five-week blocks with pre-recorded lectures audio-streamed or sent via CDRom to participants. Evaluation will be based on participation in non-synchronous online discussions, written assignments and a final examination at the end of each semester. Application procedure

Your application is assessed by a committee comprising two members from each university and requires consideration of an up-to-date curriculum vitae and two independent referees. Applications to the programme should be submitted electronically.

Mental Health Services Research MSc Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject or overseas equivalent; or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine, or overseas equivalent; or a professional or other qualification obtained by formal examination and approved by the Institute. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 11 FT. Closing date None, but early application is advised. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding A limited number of bursaries are available. Students are generally self-funded or funded by their employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Graduates pursue further research (PhD) and enhanced careers in mental health and social care as clinicians, managers and policy makers. Contact Linda Daley, tel 020 7848 0497, linda.daley@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/263

About the programme Purpose

Aimed at mental health practitioners, GPs, entry level mental health academics, psychology graduates, users and advocates interested in research and policy, research managers, commissioners and mental health service policy-makers. Provides grounding in the ethical and scientific principles common to all mental health research disciplines, together with skills in statistics, epidemiological and social research methodologies. 210

Description

This programme is strongly focused on methodology, study design, outcome, cost and process measurement. We explore the interface between health services research, policy and the practice of social and clinical care in both UK and international contexts. This is a flexible modular programme that provides a sound foundation in research methodologies for you to develop specific areas of interest in the following areas: Qualitative Research, Mental Health Economic Evaluation, Systematic Reviews, International Mental Health and Advanced Statistical Methods. Format & assessment

A combination of lectures, group tutorials and discussions, classroom and computerbased practicals, student presentations, and practical workshops. Assessments are by informal progress assessments, critical appraisal, regular assignments, a dissertation and a final exam. Application procedure

Selection is made on the basis of application and references.

The benefits of studying at one of the world’s leading research centres for psychiatry, psychology and neuroscience were evident from the first day of term. Being taught directly by some of the world’s experts, who are actively conducting research, was inspiring. The facilities and opportunities, from the impressive library, seminars, presentations and workshops, reflect the attention to detail given by the Institute. Carmen Tsang (Student), Mental Health Services Research MSc

About the programme Accreditations

The programme is accredited by the General Social Care Council to provide the Post-Qualifying Award in Advanced Social Work. Purpose

The programme enables experienced social workers to have greater confidence and competence in working with people with mental health problems. It helps practitioners to become advanced practitioners and leaders in their chosen speciality by refreshing their knowledge, learning new skills and undertaking their own research. Description

The programme is nationally renowned, providing advanced practice and research teaching to experienced social workers. Accredited by the General Social Care Council at the advanced level in the Post-Qualifying Framework for Social Work, it provides an opportunity for practitioners to become more reflective and evidencebased in their practice in addition to becoming professional leaders in their field.

The programme is comprised of four core modules: Research Methods & Critical Appraisal, Research Protocol, Practice Portfolio and Research Thesis. Utilising a unique method of advanced case consultation involving insights from a range of therapeutic traditions, the programme has a strong track record in developing confident, advanced practitioners. Students learn practical and research skills, and advances in anti-discriminatory ways of working. Weekly seminars examine the legal, psychosocial and societal influences and responses to mental health, whilst Martin Webber (Staff) Programme Leader, Mental practice consultation enhances practice Health Social Work with Children & Adults and supervision skills. Students also complete a piece of original research in the second year. Format & assessment

One day a week format with small group seminars. Assessment is continuous throughout the programme and comprises assessment of a critical appraisal of three research papers; a research protocol; practice portfolio; practice viva; presentations; research thesis. Application procedure

Applications are usually processed within three weeks; we interview in person all applicants who meet the entrance criteria.

211

Taught programmes

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK honours degree/overseas equivalent; social work qualification and Post-Qualifying Award in Social Work or equivalent; two years post-qualifying experience in social work; registration with the General Social Care Council. Students need to be working or have access to practice environments. Duration Two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 14 PT each year. Closing date None, but early applications are advised. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £3100. Funding Employers frequently fund their practitioners to undertake the programme, otherwise practitioners are self-funded and supported by educational bursaries available from bodies such as the Social Workers Educational Trust. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Graduates become advanced practitioners who influence the development of policy and practice in their agencies, take up senior social work positions or move into teaching and research. Contact Julie Smith, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 0150, fax 020 7848 0333, julie.smith@iop.kcl.ac.uk. Martin Webber, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 5096, fax 020 7848 0333, martin.webber@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/264

Institute of Psychiatry

Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults MSc

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

Mental Health Studies MSc Entry requirements Applicants should normally hold a relevant first degree or equivalent professional qualification and have at least one year’s experience working in the mental health field. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 40 FT expected. Closing date 30 June 2009. Applications received after this date will be placed on a waiting list for the first available place. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Graduates pursue various careers in mental health including psychology and other clinical training. Contact Mental Health Studies Programme Office, tel 020 7188 0193, mhsp@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/343

About the programme Purpose

Aims to provide high quality and upto-date coverage of theory, practice and research in the field of mental health and illness. Designed for students who already have some experience of working in the mental health field, in clinical, therapeutic or educational capacities, who want to build on their existing knowledge, experience and understanding. Description

The programme offers mental health professionals a range of opportunities for continuing professional development. Many of our students have not yet embarked on professional training but come with a relevant first degree, usually psychology and a minimum of one year’s

work experience in the mental health field. Modules include Basic Mental Health, Research Methods and Dissertation, and two elective modules including CBT, Psychological Therapies, Women’s Mental Health, Pharmacotherapy, Social and Community Mental Health, Mental Health in the Workplace, Mind and Brain, Mental Health in Learning Disabilities. Format & assessment

Teaching methods include lectures, group work, discussions, videos, case analyses. Assessment is by essays, written examinations, research project. Application procedure

Selection is made on the basis of the application, references and interview.

Mental Health Studies (Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology) MSc Entry requirements Applicants should normally hold a relevant first degree or equivalent professional qualification and have at least one year’s organisational work experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 15 FT/PT. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or are funded by employer. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations Graduates pursue various careers in the management of mental health policy and services in the workplace, either within HR departments or as organisational consultants offering a range of services from policy development to intervention delivery. Contact Mental Health Studies Programme Office, tel 020 7188 0193, mhsp@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/342

About the programme Purpose

This programme is one of the first of its kind in the UK and Europe and is designed for people wishing to gain upto-date knowledge and understanding of psychology and psychiatry as applied to the workplace. Students include HR managers, organisational consultants, occupational health professionals and psychology graduates wishing to enter these occupations. Description

The programme draws on psychological, psychiatric and organisational theory and evidence to examine the causes, effects and consequences of mental ill health in the workplace. Modules include: Basic Mental Health; an introduction to the concepts of

psychological theory and organisational analysis and their applications; in-depth coverage of mental health issues in the workplace (the interaction between individuals, organisations and broader social, political and economic contexts of work), strategies and interventions to improve and promote mental health, and the use of organisational case studies; a research module. Format & assessment

Teaching methods include lectures, group work, discussions, videos, case analyses. Assessment is by essays, written examinations, research project. Application procedure

Selection is made on the basis of the application, references and interview.

Mental Health Studies in Learning Disabilities MSc Entry requirements A professional qualification/ first degree in a relevant subject with a minimum of one year’s relevant experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 10 FT places. Closing date 30 June 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location Guy’s Campus. Student destinations For practitioners: professional development within learning disability services; for psychology graduates: research posts in health psychology/health services research; NHS psychology assistants; or PhD research. Contact Mental Health Studies Programme Office, tel 020 7188 0193, mhsp@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/172

212

About the programme Purpose

Designed for professionals and graduates working with people who have learning disabilities and mental health needs in health and social care settings. Applications are also welcomed from psychology graduates who want to enhance their knowledge in this area. Students enhance their knowledge and understanding of issues at philosophical, theoretical and practical levels.

theoretical perspectives on mental illness; diagnosis and assessment; psychiatric disorders and approaches to treatment, management and care. The specialist modules cover specific clinical issues in this field: aetiological approaches; assessment and treatment; forensic issues; behavioural phenotypes; autism spectrum disorders. Format & assessment

Formal lectures, clinical case studies, videos and group discussions. Assessment comprises written examinations, essays, and a research dissertation.

Description

Modules include: Basic Mental Health, research methods and a dissertation, and two specialist modules. The basic mental health module provides an overview of:

Application procedure

Selection is made on the basis of the application, references and interview.

About the programme Purpose

The programme provides post-basic specialist training in neuroscience, with an emphasis on subjects relevant to psychiatry and neurology. It seeks to equip graduates from a wide range of basic sciences for the next stage of their career, which may be either further full-time study in a neuroscience related academic research environment, or employment in an academic, clinical or pharmaceutical organisation. Description

The syllabus consists of four taught modules (Organisation & Development of the CNS; Neurodegeneration, Systems Neuroscience & Behavioural Neuroscience; Neurogenetics, Neuroimaging & Clinical Neuroscience; Receptors, Cell Signalling & Neuroimmunology) and three research modules (Laboratory Notebook; Research

Report; Poster Presentation). The taught modules are given first and finish at the end of January. A period of revision follows ending with written exams around the end of March. Students then begin their research projects, submitting their report and laboratory notebook in mid-August. Format & assessment

Written exams, coursework essays, laboratory notebook, research report and poster presentation. Application procedure

Applications are normally processed within two weeks of receiving references. All applicants are welcome to visit the department by arrangement, and students from unusual, ie non-biological, backgrounds are normally interviewed.

Psychiatric Research MSc Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject or overseas equivalent; or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine, or overseas equivalent; or a professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination and approved by the Institute. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 10 FT expected. Closing date None, although early application is advised. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Further research (PhD); enhanced careers in mental health and social care as clinicians and policy makers. Contact Linda Daley, tel 020 7848 0497, linda.daley@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/267

About the programme Purpose

For entry level mental health academics, mental health practitioners (psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, social workers, GPs), research managers and commissioners and mental health service policy-makers. To provide a grounding in the ethical and scientific principles common to all mental health research disciplines, together with basic skills in univariate statistics and epidemiological, biological and social research methodology. To provide a sound practical and theoretical knowledge base to guide practice and interpretation of research. Description

Equal priority given to social, epidemiological and biological methods, emphasising the interface between these approaches, but its modular structure allows you to focus on any of these areas. It has a practical orientation, developing skills in critical appraisal of existing research, hypothesis formulation, study design,

data gathering, research management, data analysis and writing research reports. The programme consists of a core study module covering Study Design, Basic Epidemiology and Statistics, and several optional study units, including Social Psychiatry, Neuroimaging, Psychiatric Genetics, Advanced Statistical Methods and Brain Behaviour Interface. Format & assessment

First semester, September–December, core research methods and statistics; second semester, January–May, choice of study units; third semester, May–September, dissertation preparation. Assessment: summer examination on first semester teaching; written assessment at end of each second semester unit. Application procedure

Selection is made on the basis of application and references. Potential students are welcome to visit the department: please arrange a suitable time in advance.

213

Taught programmes

Entry requirements At least a 2:2 in a biological subject; an approved professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination or, for medical students, as an intercalated MSc. US applicants should aim for at least a GPA 3.2. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 35 FT and 12 PT. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Up to three studentships and three feesonly bursaries may be available. Most students are self-funding. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Past students have obtained PhD positions both in the UK and overseas, entered medical school, the pharmaceutical industry, or trained as clinical psychologists; clinicians have obtained clinical research positions. Contact Ms Catherine Thickett, tel 020 7848 0611, catherine.thickett@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/265

Institute of Psychiatry

Neuroscience MSc

Institute of Psychiatry Taught programmes

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc Entry requirements 2:1 or above first degree/ overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject; or registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine/overseas equivalent; or professional or other qualification obtained by an approved formal examination. Duration One year FT, September to September. (Upon successful completion of the MSc, students will be expected to register for MPhil/PhD which will last another three years.) Intake 10. Closing date We have two deadlines: 16 January and 16 March. Both closing dates will be given equal consideration. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500. Funding MRC/ESRC. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Student destinations Students are aiming at a PhD programme in Social, Genetic and Developmental Psychiatry. Graduates pursue careers in academia or industry. Contact Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 0819, peter.dolan@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/266

About the programme Purpose

To develop knowledge and skills in interdisciplinary research methods by investigating the effects and interplay of genes, development and the environment in complex psychiatric phenomena. To develop an awareness of the practical and ethical issues related to research, and the transferable skills and knowledge needed for a career in academia or industry. To use the MSc to prepare for a PhD in the discipline.

Description

Designed as the first year of a fouryear programme leading to a PhD, the programme provides research training at the interface between social, genetic and developmental psychiatry and promotes an ethos of interdisciplinary and collaborative research. Training is tailored to your needs and designed to facilitate your individual learning objectives in relation to statistics and the core research areas. You will have tutorials from leading experts in the six key areas: quantitative genetics, molecular genetics, developmental psychology, social psychology, psychopathology and statistical genetics. Format & assessment

Tutorials; essay writing; statistics assignment; research dissertation; oral presentation. Half of the time is spent on research in collaboration with supervisor. Application procedure

Please send your CV with a covering letter including: why you want to take the four-year interdisciplinary programme at the SGDP; your research interests; two academic referees; whether you are eligible for an MRC/ESRC studentship; whether you are an overseas, home or EU student. Selected applicants from the UK/EU will be interviewed. Interviews will be held one week after the closing date. You are welcome to visit the department: please arrange a suitable time in advance.

Several months after I joined the programme, the high expectations I initially had have all been surpassed. The facilities and resources are striking, but the strongest asset is the people. I found myself surrounded by excellent scientists and world-leading experts, all of whom are approachable and always ready to help. Yannis Paloyelis (Student), Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc/PhD

War & Psychiatry MSc Entry requirements A first degree or equivalent in medicine or psychology; or a 2:1 first degree in any subject; or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate an ability to undertake the programme. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Intake 6 FT, 6 PT. Closing date 22 August 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £18500, PT home/EU £2950. Funding Self-funded or funded by employer. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; Strand Campus. Student destinations Relevant for a career in military psychiatry and related NGO, emergency and anti-terrorist services. Contact Professor Edgar Jones, tel 020 7848 5413, edgar.jones@iop.kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/258

214

About the programme Purpose

For students and professionals interested in the way human beings respond in situations of extreme stress. Provides an internationally recognised qualification in military psychiatry which will give students transferable skills and a higher level of theoretical understanding. Students include psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses in the armed forces, emergency service workers and students of war studies.

on multidisciplinary expertise, it compares the experiences of different nations over the last century to identify both theoretical and practical elements of the subject. Format & assessment

The MSc has four elements. Two core modules: an introductory series of seminars; an advanced module of seminars in various aspects of military psychiatry; third option module from a range of subjects offered by the Department of War Studies; dissertation.

Description

Application procedure

Enables students to develop skills and knowledge about the way individuals, both in the armed forces and civilians, respond to psychological trauma. Drawing

Selection is made on the basis of the application and references.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

School of Social Science & Public Policy 217 Biomedicine & Society 217 Research degrees 218 Taught programmes 219 Education & Professional Studies 220 Research degrees 223 Taught programmes 232 Geography 233 Research degrees 235 Taught programmes 242 Gerontology 243 Research degrees 244 Taught programmes 246 Management 246 Research degrees 248 Taught programmes 250 Public Policy 250 Research degrees 251 Taught programmes 252 War Studies 253 Research degrees 255 Taught programmes

215

School of Social Science & Public Policy

School of Social Science & Public Policy Location Strand Campus Address School of Social Science & Public Policy, King’s College London, Room 129, Strand Building, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Postgraduate Admissions Officer, tel 020 7848 1977, sspp.schooloffice@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/sspp/

The School of Social Science & Public Policy (SSPP), established at the start of this decade, is one of the largest groups in any UK university to focus on policy-oriented, multidisciplinary research. Since 2001 SSPP has grown rapidly, doubling its research income and successfully launching a number of interdisciplinary initiatives, including a number that cross School boundaries. The School eschews traditional disciplinary silos: its six constituent departments all boast multidisciplinary academic staff organised into research groups that are problem-based, and so well-placed to draw together and apply insights from leading-edge research to a variety of issues and from a wide range of perspectives.

The School’s six departments (comprising Defence Studies, Education & Professional Studies, Geography, Gerontology, Management and War Studies) sit alongside a number of interdisciplinary research centres. These include Military Health; Biomedicine & Society; Language, Discourse & Communication; and Patient Safety & Service Quality. In addition an interdisciplinary programme in public policy is based in the School. All of these groupings reflect SSPP’s outwardfacing, policy-orientated and developing post-disciplinary research culture. The School houses a large number of well-established research groups: some examples of which are Science Education, the King’s Centre for Risk Management, Human Resource Management & Employment Relations, and the Conflict Security & Development Group. Innovative programmes that involve students working across Schools in the College have been established including an MA in International Peace & Security (War Studies and Law) and an MSc in War & Psychiatry (War Studies and the Institute of Psychiatry – co-ordinated by the Institute). The international profile of much of the scholarship carried out by SSPP enables the forging of links with the policy community within most parts of the world and with a range of international organisations. The School enjoys particularly strong links with a number of overseas partners including, for example, Hong Kong University. With such a multidisciplinary approach to research and teaching, the School maintains close links with a number of other Schools within King’s and with other Colleges of the University of London. There are, therefore, a wide range of opportunities for students to attend research seminars, lectures, conferences and colloquia. Notable events at King’s over recent years have included major policy speeches from a wide range of

UK government ministers (including the Foreign Secretary, Secretary of State for Defence and others), and lectures by, for example, Ellen Johnson-Sirleaf, President of Liberia; Mikheil Saakashvili, President of Georgia; Dr Alex Kalache, Head of the World Health Organisation’s Ageing Programme; Professor Sir Jonathan Sacks, the Chief Rabbi; General Sir Rupert Smith, retired Deputy Supreme Allied Commander – NATO; and Admiral Sir Jonathon Bond, First Sea Lord and Chief of Naval Staff. The School’s London-based departments are on the Waterloo and Strand campuses of the College – both of which are in the heart of London with easy access to the policy community and to the cultural and intellectual heart of the city. The School’s Defence Studies Department is housed within the UK Defence Academy at Shrivenham.

216

Induction & training

In conjunction with individual departments, the School runs an induction and training programme for graduate research students. Research students will agree a programme of training with their supervisor at the start of each academic year. Funding

Sources of funding are diverse, and in some cases discipline-specific. In addition to the UK research councils (ie NERC, AHRC and ESRC), graduates have been funded by major charities (eg Wellcome, Leverhulme) and through research grants held by staff from a wide range of organisations including UK and overseas governments, the European Union, NATO, and the US National Science Foundation. Overseas students are often supported by British Council scholarships as well as by their home governments. In addition, Research degrees the School submits applications each year The strong research base of the School has from outstanding overseas students for the allowed it to establish strong links not only Overseas Research Studentship scheme. with the policy community in the UK and Funding may be available through the internationally but also with industry and Graduate School, and each spring the commerce, ranging from UBS and Barclays School offers a small number of Research to Pfizer and EDS. All departments Studentships on a competitive basis. Please have well-established research groups contact the School Office for further details and research students are encouraged to about application procedures. work with the relevant group. Academic Facilities staff are internationally renowned for the In addition to the facilities provided interdisciplinary and policy-orientated within individual departments, there is research. PhD students work under the dedicated space in the Maughan Library supervision of these researchers and in in Chancery Lane for graduate students. addition are encouraged to develop their Students are entitled to use the libraries of research interests in working with other the other University of London colleges parts of the School and the College. and graduate students can usually also Taught programmes be admitted to the British Library. These The multidisciplinary nature of the School facilities provide a rich and stimulating allows it to offer a range of innovative environment for graduate studies. master’s programmes backed by cuttingedge research. The School responds to developing issues and subject areas, and introduces new programmes each year.

CBAS is a leading international centre for social science research on biomedicine, translational research and the political forces driving the global bioeconomy. Since 2001 this group of Professors Clare Williams, Steven Wainwright and Brian Salter and Dr Barbara Prainsack has been awarded over £4 million in research funding (with £1.3 million from the ESRC, £1.5 million from the Wellcome Trust and €1.5 million from European sources) for their interdisciplinary research on new medical technologies and has published over 100 papers in a wide array of leading international journals.

CBAS is the world’s foremost centre for social science research on stem cells gaining more than a quarter of the grants in the ESRC Stem Cell Initiative. Our recently completed ESRC stem cell project was rated ‘outstanding’. With over 40 papers in leading journals CBAS has made a major international contribution to social science

publications on the stem cell field. CBAS is committed to training new researchers. Our MSc Medicine, Science & Society has a unique focus on social science perspectives on translational research (the links between the lab and the clinic). A distinctive feature of CBAS is our interaction with scientists, clinicians

and policy makers. We are committed to policy relevant research and we foster and facilitate policy engagement. CBAS hosts a prestigious Wellcome Trust Biomedical Ethics Strategic Award which funds LABTEC - London & Brighton Translational Ethics Centre.

Research opportunities Biomedicine & Society (Centre for) MPhil/PhD Head of Centre Professor Clare Williams. Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. If an applicant possesses an undergraduate degree below 2:1 standard, subsequent graduate qualifications may be taken into account. Duration Expected to be: PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Recent students have been funded by the ESRC, the Wellcome Trust, the Department of Health, and some are self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Research Fellowship, lectureship. Contact Professor Clare Williams, 020 7848 2293, clare.2.williams@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Brian Salter, tel 020 7848 2300, brian.g.salter@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/474

Research profile RAE score Not available. This is a new group that is one of the leading centres for research on the social aspects of biomedicine. Research income Over £4 million. Current number of academic staff 6. Current number of research students 12 PhD. Key areas of research include The global bioeconomy; the politics of biomedical regulation; how new biomedical

knowledge influences notions of personhood; expectations in stem cell research; ethics of genetic testing/ screening/translational research. Current research projects Ethical frameworks for embryo donation: views, values and practices of IVF/PGD staff; Spaces of stem cell science: exploring processes of translational research; Genes without borders - towards global genomic governance; Government strategies and commercial models: the politics of the global stem cell bioeconomy; The global politics of human embryonic stem cell research. Partner organisations Much of our research is funded by the Wellcome Trust and the ESRC.

About the programme We focus on translational research issues on the shift of innovative therapies from ‘the bench to the bedside’ and on the politics of the global bioeconomy. Our novel interdisciplinary research combines medical sociology, science studies and politics and explores the far-reaching personal, ethical and socio-political effects of ‘biomedical revolutions’ in fields such as stem cells and genomics. Our innovative interdisciplinary teaching provides a stimulating and supportive research environment for MSc and PhD students, eg through seminars and workshops.

King’s is a leading international centre for biomedical science and clinical research, which enables our research students to examine cutting-edge science and novel clinical treatments. Our current research focuses on the interactions between the laboratory and the clinic, and the political, ethical and regulatory dimensions of the emerging global economy. Study environment

We have a lively and thought-provoking programme of seminars, workshops, and a colloquia, all of which encourage interaction between graduates and research staff within CBAS and more widely. In addition, we have over 60 Associate Fellows who contribute to the multidisciplinary intellectual vibrancy of the Centre. CBAS also regularly hosts a number of internationally renowned Visiting Fellows who add an important global dimension to our stimulating academic environment. Training

CBAS is committed to training the next generation of researchers, as exemplified in our Wellcome Trust LABTEC award. Application procedure

Your application is reviewed by at least two members of staff and we try to process all applications within a month of receiving a completed application form. 217

Biomedicine & Society

Contact Clare Williams, tel 020 7848 3214, clare.2.williams@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/sspp/ interdisciplinary/cbas/

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Centre for Biomedicine & Society (CBAS)

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Kathryn Ehrich Medical sociology/ anthropology; bioethics; medical technologies (PGD, stem cells); parenting; professional regulation. Dr Alison Harvey Social science of genomics, particularly nutrigenomics; science and technology studies; sociology.

Dr Barbara Prainsack Governance of biosciences; religion and politics; DNA profiling and databasing in forensics. Professor Brian Salter Biomedical politics; global bioeconomy; science policy; politics of bioethics; state strategies.

Professor Steven Wainwright Sociology of: medicine, science, the arts; particularly new medical technologies, eg stem-cells. Professor Clare Williams Medical sociology; sociology of bioethics; innovative reproductive/ medical technologies; gender.

Taught programme

Biomedicine & Society

Medicine, Science & Society MSc Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. If an applicant possesses an undergraduate degree below 2:1 standard, subsequent graduate qualifications may be taken into account. Duration One year FT, September to September. Two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 25. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6800, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £3400, PT overseas £6190. Funding The Centre for Biomedicine & Society will award two bursaries of £2,000. The awards are made solely on academic merit and students are automatically considered for the bursary. There is no additional form to complete. If successful the bursary awarded will be transferred directly into your tuition fees account. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations Enhanced job prospects for both social science and science graduates in burgeoning global biomedical markets. Other options include undertaking PhD research in medicine, science and society. Contact Professor Steven Wainwright, tel 020 7848 2292, steven.wainwright@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Barbara Prainsack, tel 020 7848 1585, barbara.prainsack@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/480

218

About the programme Purpose

The sociology of medicine and science is a rapidly growing area within social science. This perspective provides an analytical lens through which to address many of the problems and concerns of modern societies. This programme focuses on innovative medical technologies, particularly the interaction between the laboratory and the clinic ie translational research. The programme will enable students to combine training in key theories and concepts with the study of substantive problems and issues.

societies’. Core modules include: Social Science Approaches to Biomedicine; Translational Research: Linking Medicine, Science & Society; Qualitative Research; Quantitative Research; students optional modules (eg Social Science, Bioethics & Biomedicine); dissertation. Format & assessment

Two compulsory modules, two research modules and optional modules chosen from an approved list, plus a dissertation. Assessment by extended coursework essays for the core modules; a mix of written examinations and coursework for some optional modules; a 15,000-word research dissertation.

Description

The sociology of medicine and science is a burgeoning field that addresses many of the concerns of modern societies. This interdisciplinary programme focuses on new medical technologies, particularly the interaction between the lab and the clinic. The MSc is set in a leading international centre for biomedical science and clinical research. We encourage students to apply concepts critically, and equip them with the skills to debate the nature of contemporary ‘biomedical

Application procedure

Your application will be assessed by two academics. We aim to process all applications within one month of receipt. Interviews are held only for: (i) those who have been absent from higher education for a substantial period; (ii) applicants may be interviewed by telephone or email where their qualifications appear marginal.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Education & Professional Studies Our department has an international reputation for the quality of its research, curriculum development and teaching. We pursue a broad base of work on education and professional development in a range of settings from schools to higher education, from health services to the training of members of the ministry and from traditional learning contexts to virtual learning environments.

Fundamental to our activities is a strong and dynamic research culture with over 40 academic staff and 17 full professors. Departmental research programmes, many of which are funded by major agencies such as the ESRC, are undertaken in the learning of mathematics and science, the educational use of information and communication technologies, public policy, religion, ministry and theology, assessment, and language and literacies. Our interests are fundamentally in researching and teaching about learning and the construction of knowledge. We also have a strong interest in the evolving practices and policy contexts of work in the public, private and other sectors and professional development. Professors Brian Street, Margaret Brown, Ben Rampton and Jonathan Osborne are just some of the scholars with an international reputation who work

here. All teaching programmes, from undergraduate to doctoral, are informed by this research and we run a wide variety of graduate taught programmes for both full and part-time students.

together with the opportunity to use the University of London library at Senate House. Research students have the use of their own newly refurbished work room with computers as well as a common room.

Induction & training

Funding

All graduate students are offered a full induction programme which includes an introductory tour of the library and a description of all the facilities available to them. We also carry out an extensive research training programme in the department which is compulsory for all research students.

Sources of funding include the UK funding councils (eg AHRC and ESRC), the major charities, eg Wellcome and Leverhulme and the European Union. Some overseas students are supported by British Council scholarships or their home governments. Each year the department submits applications from outstanding students for the Overseas Research Studentship scheme. The School of Social Science & Public Policy offers some studentships every year. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

Facilities

The department is based in the FranklinWilkins Building, Waterloo Bridge Wing with all the facilities offered by the College easily available. The on-site library and computing facilities are readily accessible

219

Education & Professional Studies

Address Department of Education & Professional Studies, Franklin-Wilkins Building, King’s College London, Waterloo Campus, Waterloo Road, London SE1 9NH Contact Caroline Gill, tel 020 7848 3167, caroline.gill@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/education

School of Social Science & Public Policy Education & Professional Studies

Research opportunities Education & Professional Studies Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Christopher Winch. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject to the research area; also, one or more of the following: a teaching qualification or equivalent experience; two or more years of research in education; an appropriate master’s degree; an approved professional or other qualification. Duration Expected to be PhD: three years FT, four to six years PT. Students may start the programme in September, January or May. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Most students are either self-funded or funded by their employers. The department also offers a limited number of Quota Studentships funded by the Economic and Social Research Council. Within King’s, the School of Social Science & Public Policy also offers several research studentships every year, and there are some other awards offered by the College. Overseas students may be able to apply for an ORS subsidy (Overseas Research Studentship) to reduce overseas student fees to the level of the home/ EU fees – ORS details are available in the autumn term for entry the following October from the Graduate School. The British Council sometimes awards fellowships to graduate overseas students, and enquiries should be made to the nearest British Council Office in your own country. All of these studentships are highly competitive, and it is important to discuss the possibilities with potential supervisors well in advance of the closing dates for applications. Fees See general fees section. Location Waterloo Campus. Contact Admissions Administrator, tel 020 7848 3129, deps-pgr-admissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/299

220

Research profile

Mediated Learning as a cross-cutting theme. If you are intending to study for a research degree, you should either identify the group or theme which seems best suited to your interest, or you should specify the specialist field associated with a particular member of academic staff.

RAE score Consistently highly rated over all the research exercises. Research income In the region of £1m per annum. Current number of academic staff Over 45 research active academics. Current number of research students Over 110 Study environment The department offers a supportive, PhDstudents/5 postdoctoral. Recent publications lively and outward-looking intellectual • Hospitality as Holiness: Christian witness environment, with newly refurbished study amid moral diversity. rooms for research students. You will be • Effective Teaching and Learning: allocated two supervisors who will work Numeracy. with you through your studies, and there • Health and the Good society. are regular seminars linked to each of our • Language in Late Modernity: interaction research areas, as well as a programme of in an urban school. departmental seminars. • Primary mathematics and the developing Training professional. Research projects Our extensive research training for MPhil/ • Talking to learn, learning to talk in PhD students consists of (i) an initial secondary science. foundation programme that covers different • The ‘black’ middle classes and education; approaches, assumptions and philosophies a qualitative study. guiding research and introduces you to a • Increasing student competence and range of tools, techniques and methods confidence in Algebra and Multiplicative used in empirical work; (ii) a programme reasoning. of Advanced Methods workshops, • Christianity, urban politics and pursuit providing support relevant to the second of the common good through broad based and third years of your project; (iii) a coalitions. very full programme of subject-specialist • Sociolinguistic ethnography in a changing seminars run by the main research and society. theme groups. Many of these sessions are Partner organisations We work in constructed around students’ own research partnership with schools throughout the problems, and all of them provide extensive country both secondary and primary as opportunities for students to learn from one well as museums, local authorities and another. In addition, if you would prefer to government departments. complete your foundation-level research training before starting on the MPhil/ PhD, we run two master’s in research About the programme methods programmes: Education & Social Our highly-rated department provides Science, and Language, Discourse & extensive research training recognised Communication. by the Economic and Social Research Application procedure Council. We run research programmes Your application will be considered by at for MPhil and PhD, two professional least two members of staff, and all home doctorates (Doctor of Education/Doctor applicants are invited for an interview. of Professional Studies & Doctor of We try to process all applications within Ministry), and two master’s in research six weeks of the receipt of a completed (Education & Social Science; Language, application form (which has to include Discourse & Communication). Our research infrastructure is organised around statements from two referees). We strongly seven research groups: Assessment; Centre encourage you to apply well in advance of the time when you would like to begin for Public Policy Research; Centre for your study. Starting an MPhil/PhD can Theology, Religion & Culture; Language involve a lot of organisation, arranging & Literacy; Mathematics Education; accommodation, financial support etc. Psychology & Cognitive Processes; Science Education – with Technology

There are full details of these groups on our website. Assessment Contact General enquiries: Professor Constant Leung, tel 020 7848 3713, constant.leung@kcl.ac.uk. Assessment for Learning: Dr Christine Harrison, tel 020 7848 3110, christine.harrison@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/327 Centre for Public Policy Research Contact Professor Alan Cribb, tel 020 7848 3151, alan.cribb@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Sharon Gewirtz, tel 020 7848 3138, sharon.gewirtz@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/192

Language & Literacy Contact Professor Brian Street, tel 020 7848 3157, brian.street@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Ben Rampton, tel 020 7848 3711, ben.rampton@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Constant Leung, tel 020 7848 3713, constant.leung@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/188 Mathematics Education Contact Professor Jill Adler, tel 020 7848 3780, jill.adler@kcl.ac.uk, Professor Mike Askew, tel 020 7848 3178, mike.askew@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/189

Science Education Contact Dr Justin Dillon, tel 020 7848 3096, justin.dillon@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/190 Technology Mediated Learning Contact Dr Ian Stevenson, tel 020 7848 3117, ian.stevenson@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Mary Webb, tel 020 7848 3116, mary.webb@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/187

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Chris Abbott E-inclusion; assistive technologies; inclusion; ICT and literacies. Professor Jill Adler Teaching mathematics in multilingual classrooms; professional development of mathematics teachers. Mr Nick Andon Language learning and teaching; language teaching materials; teacher development; ICT and ESP. Dr Jannis Androutsopoulos Sociolinguistics; media discourse; popular culture; youth language; multilingualism; orthography/spelling. Professor Louise Archer Education policy; race, gender and social class within education; feminist theory and methodology. Professor Mike Askew Teaching and learning primary mathematics; teacher and pupil beliefs, understandings, practices identities. Dr Philip Barnes British religious education; religious conflict and education; philosophy of religious education. Dr Luke Bretherton Christian ethics; faith-based organisations; church-state relations; citizenship, democratic politics and inter-faith relations. Professor Margaret Brown Mathematics/ numeracy curriculum, assessment and teaching, primary, secondary and adult. Mr Jeremy Burke Social activity theory; effective pedagogy; ICT; management of mathematics teaching; secondary mathematics. Professor Diana Coben Adult numeracy/ mathematics education; professional development of adult educators. Mr Simon Coffey Life narratives of language learners; identity (re)construction in the language learning project; intercultural learning; MFL methodologies. Professor Alan Cribb Healthcare ethics; moral and political philosophy; health education theory and practice. Dr Justin Dillon Outdoor and environmental education; science teaching and learning; teacher development; public engagement. Dr Peter Duncan Health education and health promotion history; theory and practice; public health ethics. Dr Johannes Eckerth Second language acquisition;

task-based research; assessment; classroom discourse analysis; research methodology. Dr Maria Evagorou Argumentation in science; socio-scientific issues; computer-supported learning environments; nature of science. Mr Alan Fortune Second language acquisition; form in second language classrooms; teacher education; materials development. Professor Sharon Gewirtz Education policy; social justice; social class; teachers work; values in schools and HE. Mr Simon Gibbons Historical perspectives on English teaching; initial teacher training; pedagogy and practice; education policy. Ms Melissa Glackin Outdoor science education; Initial teacher education; biology education. The Very Revd Dr Christopher Hancock Historic Protestantism in China; Chinese philosophy and theology; Asian Christianity; religious pluralism. Dr Roxy Harris Language and new ethnicities; language and literacy; Creole language, education and society. Dr Christine Harrison Biology education; formative assessment; teacher development; cognitive development; TV/text in schools. Dr Jeremy Hodgen Mathematics teaching and learning; assessment; progression; teachers professional development; primary; secondary. Dr Jane Jones MFL teaching; primary provision; whole school language policies; school management and governance. Dr Clive Kanes Numeracy/mathematics curriculum: primary, secondary, adult; activity; technology; knowledge; communication. Professor Peter Kutnick Groupwork in classrooms; gender and underachievement in schools; social pedagogy and learning. Professor Constant Leung Additional/second language development and assessment; language policy in multilingual settings; classroom discourse. Dr Gerard Lum Philosophy of education; occupational knowledge; curriculum design; approaches to professional education. Professor Meg Maguire Education, urban, primary, post-16 and teacher; social injustice and exclusion; education policy.

Ms Alex Manning Initial teacher development; gender and urban issues related to science education. Dr Bethan Marshall Assessment especially in English; history of English teaching; literacy development; media education. Professor Alister McGrath Systematic theology; science and religion; natural theology; theology and ministry; preaching; apologetics. Professor Jonathan Osborne Informal learning; the role of discourse in science; public understanding of science. Professor Ben Rampton Socio- and applied linguistics; urban multilingualism; language, ethnicities and education; discourse; ethnography. Professor Celia Roberts Intercultural communication; second language socialisation; medical interactions; language in institutionalised racism. Revd Dr James Steven Contemporary worship and ecclesiology; worship and theology; worship leadership. Professor Brian Street Language in education; languages/literacies, cross-cultural perspective; academic literacies; ethnography of communication. Professor Andrew Walker Theological anthropology; theological education; theology and sociology of charismatic movements. Dr Pete Ward Youth ministry; popular culture and theology; cultural studies and worship. Dr Mary Webb ICT effects on teacher education and children’s learning; educational software; computer-based modelling. Professor Christopher Winch Education policy and management; philosophy of education; workplace learning; political economy and vocational education. Dr Ursula Wingate Students’ transition from school to university; academic writing and online teaching; language learning. Professor Andrew Wright Religious and theological literacy; spirituality and education; modern and post-modern hermeneutics.

221

Education & Professional Studies

Centre for Theology, Religion & Culture Contact Professor Alister McGrath, alister.mcgrath@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/193

Psychology & Cognitive Processes (PCP) Contact Dr Gabriella Rundblad, tel 020 7848 3136, gabriella.rundblad@kcl.ac.uk, Dr Jill Hohenstein, tel 020 7848 3100, jill.hohenstein@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/328

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research groups in Education

School of Social Science & Public Policy Education & Professional Studies

Specialist doctorates Doctorate in Ministry DMin Entry requirements A master’s degree in a subject related to theology and ministry and three years’ or equivalent experience in the practice of ministry. If you have a master’s degree in a subject unrelated to theology and ministry you may be considered provided you can demonstrate graduate study and relevant experience. Duration Minimum five years PT starting in the autumn term. Intake 12. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2040, PT overseas £6688. Funding A variety of bursaries and studentships are available from the School and the Department of Theology & Religious Studies. Location Strand Campus, Waterloo Campus. Student destinations The programme acts as a source of professional development for some, while for others, it enables entry into theological education. Contact Programme Director, Dr Luke Bretherton, tel 020 7848 3243, luke.bretherton@kcl.ac.uk; Course Administrator, tel 020 7848 3129, dmined@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/390

About the programme Purpose

This professional doctorate is designed to offer clergy, those in full-time church related work and others working in a variety of professional and voluntary contexts an opportunity to pursue doctoral level studies through a programme relevant to their ministry and theological interests. It provides the skills and opportunities for research into the links between academic theology, ministry and professional practice.

ministry). The Ministerial-Focused Study which will look at ministry in practice; and the research-based thesis enables students to explore an aspect of theology and ministry of personal interest. Format & assessment

The taught components are completed over two academic years and assessed by coursework. The Ministerial-Focused Study is completed in one academic year and the research-based thesis in two-three years. There are no written examinations. Application procedure

Description

Taught from the Department of Theology & Religious Studies as well as the Department of Education & Professional Studies. There are three component parts studied sequentially: a taught component consisting of modules on different aspects of theology and ministry (for example, systematic theology, biblical studies, sociology of religion, moral theology and empirical research methods for the study of

All applications will be assessed by the Programme Director and one other academic. All applicants will be interviewed. We aim to process all applications within six weeks of receipt.

Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies EdD/DrPS Entry requirements Master’s degree from UK/ overseas equivalent and evidence of the study of education or a related social science at graduate level; at least four years’ professional experience. Duration Minimum four years PT, starting September. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2040, PT overseas £6688. Funding Employer or self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations This degree enhances the promotion prospects of students through developing research management, commissioning, evaluation capacities, as well as enabling the student to become a skilled researcher. Contact Programme Director: Dr Jill Hohenstein, tel 020 7848 3100, jill.hohenstein@kcl.ac.uk; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3133, edd@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/285

About the programme Purpose

Designed to allow experienced professionals (particularly those in fulltime practice) to pursue a Doctoral level programme relevant to their professional interests. The programme consists of two integrated parts: a substantial taught element provides a coherent structure and prepares students for engagement with manageable independent research concerning issues arising from professional practice. Suitable for professionals working in a wide variety of contexts: school 222

teachers, lecturers in higher or further education, and educators in a variety of professional settings. Description

Core component of theory, research training and research and is designed specifically for professionals at work, thus differing significantly from the traditional doctorate. It aims to promote understanding of professional knowledge, develop critical awareness of policy and practice interplay and high level research skills. Core taught modules are Theory & Research in Educational Settings, Methods of Inquiry, Foundations of Professionalism and Advanced Research Methods. The Institution-Focused Study examines issues in an institutional setting. The final component is the research-based thesis. Format & assessment

The taught part of the programme (first two years) uses block teaching, either two days at the weekend or one week (for overseas students). These are assessed by written papers. The remaining two parts are assessed by a report (institution-focused) followed by a thesis. Application procedure

All applications will be considered by the Programme Director and one other member of the academic staff. All applicants will be interviewed, face to face where possible, otherwise by telephone. We aim to process all applications within five weeks.

I am the director of the taught doctorate in Education (EdD) and Professional Studies (DrPS). This professional doctorate was one of the first of its kind in the UK, providing internationally recognised expertise through interdisciplinary approaches to subject areas related to education and professionalism, including psychology, sociolinguistics, mathematics and science education, museum learning as well as healthcare. Jill Hohenstein (Staff), Lecturer Psychology in Education

Education MRes About the programme Purpose

The programme aims to provide advanced training in research methods across the full range of the social sciences for both prospective researchers and those currently working in the field, as well as in-depth knowledge of educational issues.

and Applied Social Science: Research Design & Project Management. You will also choose two specialist Education master’s modules from an approved list of over 20 and carry out a pilot research study in an aspect of education. Format & assessment

Description

The core modules are compulsory. All modules are assessed by coursework. There are no written examinations.

You will gain a thorough theoretical and practical knowledge of the variety of data collection methods available to the social scientist and of the principal methods of analysing social data. The programme includes four compulsory interdisciplinary modules in Social Science research methods: Qualitative Research Methods; Quantitative Research Methods; Theory & Methodologies of the Social Sciences;

All applications are considered by the Admissions Tutor and one other member of staff. Home students are invited for interview and both home and international students are asked, if appropriate, to complete a short written task. We endeavour to process all applications within six weeks of receipt in the department.

Application procedure

Language, Discourse & Communication MRes Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £9400, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £4700. Funding Students are self-funded. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses. Student destinations Academic or vocational research. Contact Dr Roxy Harris, Programme Director, tel 020 7848 3712, roxy.harris@kcl.ac.uk; Course Administrator, tel 020 7848 3099, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/471

About the programme Purpose

Foundation level research training for academic or professional contexts.

Science Research Design & Project Management. Two other modules can be selected from a wide choice available in the College. Format & assessment

Description

The MRes has been designed to bridge the gap between undergraduate degrees and more advanced, doctoral level research. In contrast to conventional MA programmes, the MRes offers a strong foundation in social science research methods to provide students with the skills to conduct highlevel independent research, either in an academic or a professional capacity. Four compulsory modules in social science research methods are required: Qualitative Research Methods; Quantitative Research Methods; Theory & Methodologies of the Social Sciences and Applied Social

The MRes has four compulsory modules; a pilot research study; and two modules selected from a range offered across the College. Details of coursework will vary from module to module and full details will be given out during each module. Coursework will be assessed by means of an essay or equivalent. Application procedure

Applications will be considered by the Course Director. The majority of UKbased applicants are called for interview. We aim to process all applications within six weeks.

223

Education & Professional Studies

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a social science subject or overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £9400, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £4700. Funding ESRC funding. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses. Student destinations Students may go on to do further research at doctoral level or pursue a career in social science research. Contact Professor Diana Coben, tel 020 7848 3105, diana.coben@kcl.ac.uk, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3099, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/284

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Taught master’s by research

School of Social Science & Public Policy Education & Professional Studies

Taught programmes Postgraduate Certificate in Education/Professional Certificate in Education PGCE Entry requirements A degree, or a qualification recognised as equivalent by the University of London. Knowledge and understanding of the subject you intend to teach. GCSE grade C or above, or an equivalent qualification, in English Language and Mathematics. Duration 36 weeks FT, September to end June. Intake 216. Closing date There is no deadline for applications but in view of the stiff competition for places it is advisable to apply early in the academic year. You may meet all the criteria but preference will be given to candidates in whom we can identify greater potential. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £3300, FT overseas £9400. Funding PGCE students defined as home students will receive a non-means-tested grant of £1200. Eligible students will also be entitled to apply for an additional means-tested grant of up to £1500. Those students who are eligible for the meanstested grant will also be eligible to receive a King’s myBursary which will match 50 per cent of the means-tested part of the maintenance grant. Full details of the funding available can be found at www.kcl.ac.uk/funding. All home and EU students are eligible for the Trainee Salary, which will be £9000 for all subjects apart from Classics and English which will be £6000, paid in nine monthly instalments. Golden hellos are available to eligible Newly Qualified Teachers who have trained to teach, information and communications technology, modern foreign languages, religious education, mathematics or science. The amount you receive will depend on your subject, with mathematics and science attracting £5000 and all other priority subjects £2500. Location College sessions at Waterloo Campus; teaching placement in schools in London and the Home Counties. Student destinations The majority of trainees go into teaching or other areas of education: many become heads of departments or members of senior management teams; some take up careers in educational administration in the advisory or inspection services. Contact PGCE admissions officer, tel 020 7848 3170, pgce@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/294

224

About the programme Accreditations

Trainees reach Qualified Teacher Status and are awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education or Professional Certificate in Education from King’s. 60 master’s level credits can be obtained. Purpose

For those wishing to train as teachers of pupils aged 11–18 in the following subjects: Classics, English, Information and Communication Technology, Mathematics, Modern Foreign Languages (French, German or Spanish), Religious Education or Science (National Curriculum science plus one of Biology, Chemistry and Physics). The programme will lead to the DfES Standards for QTS which are assessed through teaching practice observation, portfolios and written assignments.

Description

We work in close partnership with schools to combine the theory and practice of education. In College, you will consider the principles and practices of teaching your subject including curriculum design, material development, lesson planning and aspects of classroom management, as well as participating in a programme of lectures and seminars to consider broad generic issues of learning, teaching and life in schools. A large part of the training takes place in two complementary secondary schools with some primary school experience. This will aid you to recognise good teaching and to develop your own skills and understanding about how schools work and how you can support children’s learning. Format & assessment

Course assessment: King’s and its partnership schools assess trainees through their work in schools and college, Pathways coursework assignments and subject There are two pathways to a teaching work assignments. To be awarded PGCE certificate and Qualified Teacher Status trainees must meet the Department for (QTS): (i) Postgraduate Certificate in Children, Schools and Families standards Education which gives 60 credits at M level for Qualified Teacher Status. which could be put towards completing Application procedure an MA with one further year of part-time Applications should be made through the study or (ii) a Professional Certificate in central national system for applying for Education. Entry to the Postgraduate teacher training courses, Graduate Teacher Certificate will normally require a 2:1 or Training Registry (GTTR), Rosehill, above in your first degree. New Barn Lane, Cheltenham GL52 3LZ, 01242 544788 (see www.gttr.ac.uk).

Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £9400, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £4700. Funding Self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus.

Application procedure All applications are considered by the Admissions Tutor and one other member of staff. Home students may be invited for interview and both home and international students are asked, if appropriate, to complete a short written task. We endeavour to process all applications within four to six weeks of receipt in the department.

Child Studies MA/PG Dip

See shared details (above)

About the programme Accreditations

Carries Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health and Law Society CPD points.

child protection proceedings, alternative care) and Multidisciplinary Practice (practice-based problems are addressed from a multidisciplinary perspective). The curriculum is subject to change to keep up with policy developments.

Purpose

Format & assessment

Designed for professional and personal development, as well as academic. We aim to enable our students to develop a multidisciplinary approach to childhood issues within the context of current policy developments. Students come from a variety of disciplines and professions including medicine, education, law, psychology and sociology.

FT: Weekly half-day lecture sessions (Wednesday) for PG Dip programme. Twelve full-day MA seminars (Thursdays). PT: year one (PG Dip): weekly half-day lecture sessions (Wed). Year two (MA): Twelve full-day seminars (Thurs). PG Dip: essays; one written examination MA: dissertation.

Description

Please submit an application form, transcripts of your previous degree(s) or results to date if the degree is yet to be completed, and two references.

Application procedure

Four modules (PG Dip): Children’s Rights: (international obligations; UK law & policy; medical treatment; SEN and disabled children; unaccompanied asylum-seekers; young offenders), Child Health & Development (neonatal care; child development, physical and mental health; education), Safeguarding Children (poverty/social exclusion, children in need, abuse and neglect;

E-Inclusion MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree. Normally a minimum of two years’ relevant work experience: teaching, healthcare, social care etc – candidates with appropriate alternative experience will also be considered. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Intake Maximum 20 per year. Closing date None. Location Waterloo Campus or online using the King’s e-learning service. Student destinations Career enhancement. Contact Dr Chris Abbott, tel 020 7848 3165, chris.abbott@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/502 See shared details (above)

About the programme Purpose

For all those who are involved with e-Inclusion: the use of technology by and for people with learning difficulties and disabilities. Students will focus on the use of technology for learning, within a broad theoretical framework that acknowledges the social model of inclusion. Description

This is an unique programme which is not available elsewhere. It will be taught by researchers who work closely with leading practitioners. Block teaching will enable full-time students to attend for only part of

the year and then study at a distance from home. Students will follow an integrated programme consisting of three taught modules and an extended dissertation. The three modules, Enabling e-Inclusion, ICT & Literacy and Social Justice in the City, will be studied and an extended dissertation will complete the programme. Format & assessment

Three modules (90 credits) plus dissertation (90 credits). Each module is assessed through coursework. There are no written examinations. Block teaching.

225

Education & Professional Studies

Entry requirements Applicants will normally have an upper second class honours degree or equivalent qualification and/or substantial professional work experience in an area relevant to work with children. A score of 60 per cent in the PG Dip element of the programme is required to progress to to the master’s dissertation. Duration Two years PT (one year for PG Dip), September to May (PG Dip), September to August (MA). One year FT September to September. Intake Approximately 10 FT, 10 PT. Closing date 31 May 2009, or until places are filled. Tuition fees (2009) Contact School for fees. Student destinations Our graduates frequently progress to senior practitioner posts involving child-related work. Many students have found that the multidisciplinary aspect of the programme has opened up unexpected or unique opportunities, including research or policy positions with some of the larger children’s charities. Contact Administrator, tel 020 7848 2377, fax 020 7848 3182, child.studies@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/558

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Master’s programmes

School of Social Science & Public Policy Education & Professional Studies

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA Entry requirements A good honours degree in a relevant subject, although those with other qualifications may be considered. Applicants should also have experience equivalent to three years’ full-time in language teaching or a related post. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Fast track four terms. Starts September. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Some students are funded by their employers; others are self-funded. Applicants are encouraged to explore financial assistance from their employers, national governments and other international educational grant providers. Student destinations This programme is especially popular with UK-based and international students who are at a point in their career when a master’s degree is helpful in professional advancement. Our graduates have found that their promotion opportunities have been greatly enhanced by this advanced qualification. Contact Admissions Tutor, Mr Nick Andon, tel 020 7848 3715, nick.andon@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/288 See shared details (page 225)

About the programme Purpose

For experienced language teachers who want to reflect upon and further develop their understanding of the various theoretical and practical issues that impact on the field of language learning and teaching. Description

Provides opportunities to explore recent research, to find out more about specialisms such as teacher education, materials development, teaching English for academic purposes, management and evaluation in ELT, and intercultural studies. Core modules deal with: Principles & Practice in Language Teaching; Linguistic Analysis for Language Teaching; Sociolinguistics: Language in its Social Context; Second Language Acquisition (SLA); Psycholinguistics; and Research Methods. The programme places particular emphasis on the notion of informed teaching and the need for teachers to mediate between theory and practice in constructing pedagogies according to specific teaching-learning contexts.

As a Chevening Scholarship fellow, I decided to come to King’s for a number of reasons: its reputation, authenticity and location. Studying applied linguistics at King’s has been a great experience because I receive hands-on professional training in an overall native English-speaking environment. Ching Ching Yip (Student) English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA

Format & assessment

The standard programme includes all the core modules plus two optional modules. The fast track version for those who have the RSA/UCLES DELTA or Trinity House Diploma exempts students from Principles & Practice in ELT, and one optional module. Assessment is by assignment and dissertation.

Health & Society MSc/PG Dip Health Promotion MSc/PG Dip Entry requirements Applicants should have a minimum of 2:2 honours degree and/or a registerable professional qualification appropriate to the programme, eg in nursing. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, October to August. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Some students are funded by their employers; others are self-funded. Student destinations Students report that the programme has assisted them to reflect on their role in their profession. Contact Programme Director, Dr Peter Duncan, tel 020 7848 3152, Programme Administrator tel 020 7848 3168, peter.duncan@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/380 (Health & Society) /289 (Health Promotion) See shared details (page 225)

226

About the programme Purpose

For students from a variety of backgrounds including school teaching, nursing, medicine, dentistry, NHS and local authority health education and health promotion services and voluntary agencies. To develop and enhance knowledge, understanding and critical reflection on theories and ideologies central to the notion of health, and appreciation of the social influences and context of health and health related practice. To develop awareness of modern social theory and the relationship between health and society. Description

The four core taught modules are: Health: Concepts & Theories; The Social Context of Health; Values, Ethics & the Public

Health; Researching Health. There is also a taught special study: Theorising Health and Society (for Health & Society programme) or Health Promotion: Professional Perspectives (for Health Promotion programme). MSc students also need to complete a dissertation by independent supervised study. Format & assessment Successful completion of the core moules together with the special study modules leads to the postgraduate diploma. MSc students also need to complete a dissertation by independent supervised study. All taught modules are assessed by assignments. There are no written examinations.

Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the theology & ministry master’s programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

ministry. The new programmes offer unrivalled diversity of programme content and teaching expertise. Designed in unique co-operation between theologians and ministers, they combine intellectual depth with a wide range of practical issues – from contemporary worship to Fair Trade. They will challenge, inspire and refresh anyone engaged in Christian ministry, from ministers and ordinands, to laity and members of faith-based organisations. Format & assessment Taught core and optional modules assessed by coursework essay and a dissertation. Application procedure Your application will be assessed by at least two academics. We interview all applicants, either in person or by phone if overseas, and you are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks although this may take longer in February and March, and over holiday periods.

Bible & Ministry MA Student destinations This programme can further ministerial training. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/527 See shared details (above)

About the programme Description

The MA in Bible & Ministry connects cutting-edge academic research with contemporary issues of Christian life and ministry. It will do justice to the complexity of academic debates but it will always relate them to the practical and the present. Drawing on the expertise of

the Department of Theology & Religious Studies and the Department of Education & Professional Studies, this programme exemplifies the strengths of King’s as both a leading research university and a centre for professional development. It promises a level of interdisciplinary excitement and pastoral engagement that would be hard to match elsewhere.

Christian Education MA Student destinations Students may use this programme as part of their training for ordination. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/526 See shared details (above)

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module for the MA in Christian Education is Educational Issues in Christian Ministry. Students take one other compulsory module, which is Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the Theology & Ministry programme. It will equip students with theological tools to analyse the styles

and the purposes of Christian ministry. In addition to the dissertation, students take two modules which may include: Church, Mission & Society; Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry; Ministry in the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Worship; Patterns in Youth Ministry; Philosophy & Postmodern Culture; Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations; Theology, Church & Worship.

Contemporary Ecclesiology MA Student destinations This programme can be used as part of ordination training. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/525 See shared details (above)

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module for the MA in Contemporary Ecclesiology is Patterns in Contemporary Ecclesiology. Students take one other compulsory module, which is Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the Theology & Ministry programme. It will equip students with theological tools to analyse the styles and

the purposes of Christian ministry. In addition to the dissertation, students take two modules which could include: Church, Mission & Society; Educational Issues in Christian Ministry; Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry; The Pastoral Use of the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Worship; Philosophy & Postmodernism; Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisation.

227

Education & Professional Studies

Entry requirements Second class honours degree or professional qualification or experience of working in a church context equivalent to three years’ full-time employment. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 3 FT, 3 PT. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £9400, PT home/EU £650 (per standard credit module), PT overseas £1675 (per standard credit module). Funding Self-funded. Location Waterloo and Strand campuses. Contact Dr Dominic Erdozain, tel 020 7848 2304, dominic.erdozain@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk. Accreditations Can be accredited to an ordination training programme. Purpose The following programmes are all part of a new modular degree programme at King’s. It seeks to provide intellectual frameworks and practical insights for Christian mission and

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Master’s programmes in Theology & Ministry

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Contemporary Worship MA Student destinations This programme can be used as part of ordination training. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/524 See shared details (page 227)

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module for the MA in Contemporary Worship is Patterns in Contemporary Worship. Students take one other compulsory module, which is Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the Theology & Ministry programme. It will equip students with theological tools to analyse the styles and

purposes of Christian ministry. In addition to the dissertation, students take two more modules which could include: Church, Mission & Society; Educational Issues in Christian Ministry; Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry; Ministry in the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Ecclesiology; Patterns in Youth Ministry; Philosophy & Postmodern Culture; Reformation, Revival & Revolution.

Education & Professional Studies

Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age MA Student destinations Students can include this module in their ordination training programme. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/523 See shared details (page 227)

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module for Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age is Reformation, Revival & Revolution: Models of Ministry 1547-2000. Students take one other compulsory module, which is Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the Theology & Ministry programme. It will equip students with

theological tools to analyse the styles and the purposes of Christian ministry. In addition to the dissertation, students take two other modules which may include: Church, Mission & Society; Educational Issues in Christian Ministry; Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry; Ministry in the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Ecclesiology; Patterns in Youth Ministry; Theology, Church & Worship.

Pastoral Ethics MA Student destinations The programme will enable students to develop their ministry. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/522 See shared details (page 227)

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module is Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry. Students take one other compulsory module, Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the Theology & Ministry programme. It will equip students with theological tools to analyse the various styles and the

purposes of Christian ministry. In addition to the dissertation, students can take two of the following modules: Church, Mission & Society; Educational Issues in Christian Ministry; Ministry in the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Ecclesiology; Patterns in Contemporary Worship; Patterns in Youth Ministry; Philosophy & Postmodern Culture; Reformation, Revival & Revolution: Models of Ministry 1547-2000.

Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA Student destinations Students may include this module as part of their ordination training. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/521 See shared details (page 227)

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module for the MA in Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations is Theology, Politics & FaithBased Organisations. Students take one other compulsory module, which is Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the Theology & Ministry programme.

It will equip students with theological and other research tools to analyse their contexts, practices and organisations. In addition to the dissertation students take two modules which may include: Church, Mission & Society; Educational Issues in Christian Ministry; Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry; Ministry in the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Ecclesiology; Patterns in Contemporary Worship.

Youth Ministry MA Student destinations This programme will provide a strong background for the improvement of their ministry. Contact Tel 020 7848 3168 (programme administrator), 020 7848 3272 (MA organiser), peter.ward@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/298 See shared details (page 227)

228

About the programme Description

The subject-specific module for the MA in Youth Ministry is Patterns in Youth Ministry. Students take one other compulsory module, which is Theology in Practice. This module links all the MAs on the programme. It will equip students

with theological tools to analyse the styles and purposes of Christian ministry. In addition to the dissertation, students take two other modules which could include: Church, Mission & Society; Ethical Issues in Pastoral Ministry; Ministry in the Bible; Patterns in Contemporary Worship; Philosophy & Postmodern Culture; Reformation, Revival and Revolution.

Shared details

enable professionals concerned with education to reflect on their practice and to inform such reflection by extending their knowledge. Students will be made aware of significant current developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. Format & assessment In consultation with staff you will construct a portfolio which gives you a minimum of 180 credits of which 60 credits must be in the form of a dissertation. Each module is assessed through coursework. There are no written examinations. Some teaching takes place during the evenings (17.30-20.00). Application procedure Applications will be considered by the Programme Director and one other member of staff. The majority of UK-based applicants are called for interview. We aim to process all applications within four to six weeks.

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA Location Waterloo Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. Student destinations This programme will enhance careers and enable students to progress in their teaching methods. Contact Dr Bethan Marshall, tel 020 7848 3114; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, bethan.marshall@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/420 See shared details (above)

About the programme Description

UK English teachers as well as primary and drama teachers can learn a great deal that is potentially relevant to school curricula and teaching from the ways in which arts organisations bring artistic works to life and devise educational activities for the school groups with which they work. To reflect this understanding this unique programme will be taught in two types of settings, the academic arena of the College and the primarily practical settings of Shakespeare’s

Globe Theatre and other performing arts organisations. The compulsory modules are Performing Arts in the Classroom and a practical placement at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. Format & assessment In consultation with staff you will construct a portfolio which gives you a minimum of 180 credits of which 60 credits must be in the form of a dissertation. Over 20 different modules are available for study. Each module is assessed through coursework. There are no written examinations.

Education & Professional Studies MA Contact Professor Meg Maguire, tel 020 7848 3150, MA Administrator tel 020 7848 3168, meg.maguire@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/283 See shared details (above)

About the programme Description

Students must take two out of five focused modules, including Recent Developments in Educational Management; Social Context of Schooling; Educational Assessment; Teacher Development and Language Practices in Multiethnic & Multilingual Classrooms.

Application procedure

Applications will be considered by the Course Director and one other member of staff. Some applicants are called for interview. We aim to process all applications within four to six weeks.

Education Management MA Contact Dr Gerard Lum, tel 020 7848 3049; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, gerard.lum@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/286 See shared details (above)

develop evaluation and decision-making skills. It offers the opportunity to reflect on Description current education management practice The programme has a strong problemand contextualises current issues in relation solving perspective, which situates to historical, economic and political factors. education management in schools, colleges Core modules include School Effectiveness and universities within the current political, & Improvement; Teacher Development social and educational context, seeking to and Recent Developments.

About the programme

229

Education & Professional Studies

Our department has offered a successful modular MA programme for over a decade. The current programme comprises 10 subject-based programmes as well as one broad-based generalist pathway. In the current policy climate, with the increased devolution of managerial responsibility and shared responsibilities, educationalists need knowledge and expertise which extends beyond their immediate subject area. This offers you the opportunity to construct a broad-based programme that suits your specific professional needs and research interests. Although rooted in practical experience, these programmes emphasise the theoretical study of education. The following general information is common to all the modular programmes, but please check individual programme entries for exceptions and additions.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree, plus PGCE or equivalent. Minimum of two years’ teaching experience (related to the focus of the chosen degree when applying for a specialist subject programme) but candidates with an appropriate academic or professional diploma will be considered. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £9400, PT home/EU £650 (per standard credit module), PT overseas £1675 (per standard credit module). Funding Contact the department for details. Location Most programmes are taught at the Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Career enhancement. Purpose For all those who teach, lecture or organise educational provision at any level. To

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Modular MA programme

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Education, Policy & Society MA Contact Professor Meg Maguire, tel 020 7848 3150; Masters Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, meg.maguire@kcl.ac.uk,edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/297 See shared details (page 229)

Description

This interdisciplinary programme draws on sociology, political science, economics, history and contemporary policy-making to address the challenge of education

policy and processes in relation to issues of race, social class, gender, employment and unemployment, as well as changes such as globalisation and new managerialism. The compulsory module Education, Policy & the City together with over 20 other modules are available for study.

English in Education MA Contact Dr Bethan Marshall, tel 020 7848 3114; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, bethan.marshall@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/287 See shared details (page 229)

Education & Professional Studies

About the programme

About the programme Description

Two core modules, Notions of English and English, the Arts & Language, draw on current research and scholarship to address topics that include the history of and current approaches to English teaching in schools; the nature of speaking and writing; learning, knowledge and thinking in English; assessment for learning in

English; the vernacular and poetic; English and students’ other languages; language and other media; key concepts in English; underlying principles of English teaching. Format & assessment

Teaching is in the evening. Application procedure

Some UK-based applicants are called for interview.

ICT Education MA Student destinations Career enhancement, research, educational software design. Contact Dr Ian Stevenson, Programme Director tel 020 7848 3117; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/282 See shared details (page 229)

About the programme Purpose

For all those who teach, lecture or organise educational provision at any level. To enable professionals concerned with education to reflect on their practice and to inform such reflection by extending their knowledge. Students will be made aware of significant current developments in contemporary pedagogical practices using e-learning.

learning. You will have the opportunity to develop your practical capabilities by designing and evaluating digitally-based activities using a variety of approaches to e-learning/technologically enhanced learning. The programme is open to UK, EU and international students, and is taught using a blend of three four-day faceto-face blocks during the year, and online activities. A compulsory module is Recent Developments in ICT & Education. Format & assessment

Description

Through this programme, which draws on the latest research about e-learning/ technologically enhanced learning, you will develop a critical understanding of your professional expertise in using digital technologies for teaching and/or

In consultation with staff you will construct a portfolio which must incude a dissertation. For each module, teaching consists of two face-to-face sessions held on Saturdays at the start and middle of each term, and 10 online sessions.

Jewish Education MA Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree. You must satisfy the department that you are sufficiently well prepared to undertake both the educational and religious components. Location London School of Jewish Studies (Schaller House, 44a Albert Road, London, NW4 2SJ); Waterloo Campus. Contact Programme Director Dr Philip Barnes, tel 020 7848 3143, philip.barnes@kcl.ac.uk; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, edm@kcl.ac.uk. Prospective students can also contact Dr Tamra Wright at the London School of Jewish Studies (tel 020 8203 6427, info@lsjs.ac.uk), www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/503 See shared details (page 229)

230

major philosophies and theories of Jewish education, including a study of the key Description classical and contemporary texts on Jewish The programme focuses on current issues, views of education and on what it means themes and approaches to Jewish education to be an educated Jew. An optional module in the context of the subject’s historical on Jewish education provides a critical development and the changing nature of overview of its history and of the key schools and society in multi-faith Britain. sociological, political and economic issues In the compulsory module, attention is that inform its context. given to the key characteristics of the

About the programme

Contact Dr Roxy Harris, tel 020 7848 3712, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, roxy.harris@kcl.ac.uk,edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/291 See shared details (page 229)

About the programme Description

Although rooted in practical experience, this programme emphasises the theoretical study of education. It will assist students

to become conversant with ethnicity and multilingualism in urban education. The two focused modules are Language Contact, Bilingualism & Black Englishes and Language Practices in Multiethnic & Multilingual Classrooms.

Mathematics Education MA Contact Dr Clive Kanes, tel 020 7848 3879, Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, clive.kanes@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/292 See shared details (page 229)

About the programme Description

problems and innovations. At least two of the following core modules are required: Foundations of Teaching & Learning Mathematics; Recent Developments in Mathematics Education; Policy, Practice & the Mathematics Curriculum. Format & assessment

Education & Professional Studies

With up-to-date research and evidencebased information about mathematics learning, teaching, assessment, use of technologies and practice, you will be able to reflect on current and future mathematics education practices, policies, mathematics curriculum technologies,

Most teaching is in the evening.

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA Contact Dr Jane Jones, tel 020 7848 3145; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, jane.jones@kcl.ac.uk, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/293 See shared details (page 229)

About the programme Description

This programme will reflect on current modern foreign language provision in the light of past and present policy decisions as well as evaluating current research and curricular innovations with up-to-date knowledge and evidencebased information about modern

foreign language education practice and pedagogical developments. Compulsory modules include Teaching & Learning Modern Foreign Languages and Recent Developments in Modern Foreign Languages. Format & assessment

Most teaching is in the evening.

Religious Education MA Contact Programme Director Dr Philip Barnes, tel 020 7848 3143, philip.barnes@kcl.ac.uk; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/295 See shared details (page 229)

About the programme Description

The programme focuses on current issues, themes and approaches to religious education in the context of the subject’s historical development and the changing nature of schools and society in multifaith Britain. In the one compulsory module attention is given to the diversity

of methodologies (or models) employed by British religious educators, and to the legislative arrangements, national guidelines, statutory and non-statutory advice that pertain to religious education. Students are also introduced to the skills that will enable them to direct successful teaching and learning in religious education.

Science Education MA Student destinations Senior and middle management in schools, informal science education or science education research. Contact Dr Justin Dillon tel 020 7848 3096; Programme Administrator, tel 020 7848 3168, justin.dillon@kcl.ac.uk,edm@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/296 See shared details (page 229)

About the programme Description

The programme will offer you the opportunity to reflect on current provision in the light of past and present policy decisions and to evaluate current research and curricular innovations. It will provide you with up-to-date knowledge and evidence-based information about science

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA

education practice and pedagogical developments. Core modules are: Recent Developments in Science Education; Foundations of Teaching & Learning Science; Conceptual Development & Science Learning. Format & assessment

Most teaching is in the evening.

231

School of Social Science & Public Policy Geography

Geography Address Department of Geography, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London, WC2R 2LS Contact Lindsey McBrayne (Master’s), tel 020 7848 2239, Kathryn Kemp (PhD), tel 020 7848 2599, kathryn.kemp@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/geography

Our department is a centre of research excellence with one of the largest graduate geography schools in the UK. We currently have around 100 PhD students and approximately 180 master’s students.

Teaching is research-led, the research themes that provide the central focus for our international reputation centre on: the study of cultural, political and social change in cities, where our work explores major cities in Europe, North America, Asia and Africa; linkages between environment and development in lowincome locations with a specialist interest in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean and Latin America; monitoring and modelling of environmental processes and risk. Our research and teaching interests have a multidisciplinary flavour both between human and physical geography and across neighbouring disciplines, with academic staff having first degrees in archaeology, biology, environmental science, geology, history, physics, political science, social statistics and sociology as well as geography. These interests are reflected in the wide range of our taught programmes.

humanities type human geography, ESRC for social scientific human geography and NERC for physical geography). During induction you will be assigned to the appropriate training programme (ie human or physical), your training needs assessed, and an individualised research training plan designed by you and your supervisory committee. These individual training plans are then approved by the Departmental Postgraduate Research Student Committee (DPRSC) to ensure quality and consistency.

Induction & training

The department holds an induction programme the week before start of term. We provide research training in accordance with the specific guidelines of the various Research Councils (ie AHRC for

232

Facilities

It is departmental policy to provide each graduate research student with desk space and access to computers for doing their work. The graduate room is equipped with networked workstations and printer access. In addition, the department has excellent computer facilities especially for graduates in specific rooms, with a designated Masters computer room for students requiring specialist software. The Department of Geography has two laboratories dedicated to the work of the Environmental Monitoring and Modelling research group, and some of these facilities

are also used within the department’s postgraduate teaching programmes. The department has a dedicated Experimental Hydrology and Geomorphology Laboratory, equipped with a sand fall flume, and 8m3 soil test facility and a cloud-chamber for simulating moisture conditions within tropical cloud forests. The department has an extensive range of field equipment for atmospheric, land surface and sub-surface investigations. Departmental stationery is supplied and students have access to photocopying and fax facilities. There are weekly seminars relating to departmental research groups during term time and a departmental common room for graduate students to relax and discuss their work with fellow students and staff. Funding

Funding is available from a wide range of sources and includes departmental, School and College bursaries, as well as research council funding (AHRC, ESRC and NERC). Please visit our website for more details of graduate funding opportunities.

Geography Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Research income £2.28 million (2007-8). Current number of academic staff 42. Current number of research students

Approximately 100. Current number of postdoctoral 17. Recent publications include

• Development of a Modelling Methodology for the Investigation of Riparian Hydrological Processes. • Wind Fields & Turbulence Statistics in an Urban Street Canyon. • Accessible Housing: Quality, Disability & Design. • Measuring Vulnerability to Urban Natural Disaster Risk. • Frontiers: Histories of Civil Society & Nature.

About the programme The Department of Geography has a vibrant community of scholars most of whom are members of one of four research groups: Cities; Environment, Politics & Development; Environmental Monitoring & Modelling; Hazards and Risk. Staff research ranges well beyond these group interests and involves both individual scholarship and colleagues in other institutions as well as within the department.

Training

To ensure that you develop the skills necessary to complete your research programme and fulfil your career goals, the department will provide you with research training in accordance with the specific guidelines set out by ESRC for human geography and NERC for physical geography. During induction you will meet with your primary supervisor to assess your skills and training needs and design an individualised training programme for you, which is set out in a research plan that must be approved by the Departmental Postgraduate Research Student Committee (DPRSC). Although the specific training programmes provided for physical geography and human geography students differ somewhat, both use a variety of means, including lectures and practical classes, individual reading and study, and informally through discussion with other graduates. Application procedure

Completed applications will be accepted at any time prior to the start of the degree programme. However, early applications are encouraged particularly as deadlines for outside funding can fall several months before entry.

Study environment

We believe that individualised tuition from a committee of supervisors who are themselves experts in your chosen research area is the foundation for PhD programmes of study. Accordingly you will meet regularly with a primary and secondary supervisor. In the first year you will have at least three formal meetings and a minimum of two each year thereafter to discuss the biannual student training and research progress reports. In addition you will usually have more informal meetings with your primary supervisor, fortnightly in the first year, and as often as necessary thereafter to discuss work. Contact with part-time students is generally less frequent, depending on individual circumstances, although regular progress meetings are required.

During my time at King’s I’ve taken advantage of research training opportunities within and outside the department, along with teaching opportunities. Highlights of my time at King’s include my field research and attending conferences both in the UK and abroad. I recently won an award for a presentation I gave at the European Geosciences Union General Assembly. Jennifer Holden (Student), Geography PhD

233

Geography

PhD tutor Dr Ray Bryant. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 degree (or their equivalent) and/or a good master’s degree. Duration Expected to be: two years FT; three-four years PT for MPhil; three years FT; five years PT for PhD. Intake Variable. Closing date None. Funding Commonwealth Scholarships, AHRC, British Council, Chevening, ESRC, EU, Leverhulme Trust, NERC, scholarships from a variety of national governments, School and departmental bursaries. The Department of Geography also maintains an extensive list of potential funding sources on our website. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations. Student destinations Students go on to become lecturers and research assistants, directors and senior managers of international consultancies; lawyers; consultants for environmental agencies, governments, charities and research organisations. Contact PhD Deputy Admissions: Professor Sue Grimmond, tel 020 7848 2275, sue.grimmond@kcl.ac.uk, Postgraduate Research Programme Officer, Kathryn Kemp, tel 020 7848 2599, kathryn.kemp@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/313

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research opportunities

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research groups in Geography There are full details of these groups on our website. Cities Contact Rob Imrie, Head of research group, rob.imrie@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/195

Environmental Monitoring & Modelling Contact Martin Wooster, Head of research group, martin.wooster@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/198

Hazards & Risk Contact David Demeritt, Head of research group, david.demeritt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/396

Environment, Politics & Development Contact Mark Pelling, Head of research group, mark.pelling@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/196

Staff research interests

Geography

Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Andreas Baas Aeolian geomorphology; sediment transport; turbulence; dunes; vegetation; deserts; complex systems; selforganisation. Dr Kathy Baker Agricultural development in the tropics; Third World tourism; West Africa; South Asia. Dr Raymond Bryant Political ecology; forestry policy; NGOs and environmental politics; urban pollution; Asia. Professor Tim Butler Urban regeneration and gentrification; London; the geography of education choice and achievement. Dr Margaret Byron Immigration and housing; race, work and gender. Dr Michael Chadwick Aquatic ecology; ecosystem function; river and estuary invertebrates; ecological responses to environmental change. Dr Hannah Cloke Flood modelling; floodplain processes; catchment hydrology. Dr Chris Day Microbial food safety and hygiene management; the role and practice of Environmental Health in the UK; the 19th-century public health movement. Professor David Demeritt Politics of climate change; environmental history; philosophy of science. Dr Nick Drake Remote sensing; GIS; semi-arid and arid zone geomorphology and geoarchaeology. Professor Paul Ekins Environmental, energy and climate change economics and policy; technology and innovation; sustainable development. Dr Robert Francis Riparian plant ecology and hydrogeomorphology; landscape ecology; plant physiological variability. Dr Michael K Goodman Alternative food production and consumption; fair trade; commodity geographies; rural development. Dr David Green Historical geography; 19th-century labour protests; social exclusion of young people. Professor Sue Grimmond Urban climatology; surface-atmosphere exchanges: heat, carbon and water; micrometerological measurements; landsurface parameterisation schemes.

234

Professor Angela Gurnell Fluvial geomorphology; biogeomorphology; hydroecology; river management and restoration. Professor Chris Hamnett Social polarisation in global cities; gentrification; wealth, inheritance and income distribution. Dr Clare Herrick Health; consumption; public health; lifestyles; political economy of food; urban political ecology. Professor Keith Hoggart Rural development; city hinterlands; migration; housing supply; local government. Dr Michael Howard Health and safety and food law enforcement and compliance strategies; worker participation in safety management, and stress at work. Professor Rob Imrie Urban governance and community development; urban policy; disability and built environment. Dr Marcus Köhler Atmospheric transport and chemical processes, with a focus on global emissions from the transportation sector and their impact on the climate system. Professor Loretta Lees Gentrification; urban public spaces; urban renaissance; geographies of youth; architectural geography. Dr Jamie Lorimer Environmental and social theory; cultural geography; nature conservation; urban wildlife; postcolonialism; Geographies of Nature. Professor Ragnar Löfstedt Risk communication and management; renewable energy policy; transboundary environmental issues; telecommunications; biosafety. Dr Bruce Malamud Natural and environmental hazards: wildfires, earthquakes, floods, landslides; heavy metals; time series analyses. Dr Helen Moggridge Riparian ecology; fluvial geomorphology; biogeomorphology; hydroecology; habitat restoration. Dr David Moore Global change biology; ecosystem modelling; plant ecophysiology; environmental monitoring and modelling.

Dr Mark Mulligan Environmental change; tropical forests; biodiversity; hydrological processes and modelling; ground penetrating radar. Dr Daanish Mustafa Critical water resources geography; social networks and environmental management; approaches to terrorism. Professor Linda Newson Historical geography; nutrition and slavery; demography; Spanish Empire; Latin America and the Philippines. Dr Mark Pelling Human impacts and adaptation to climate change and natural disasters, sustainable urbanisation. Dr Debby Potts Sub-Saharan Africa; urbanisation; rural-urban migration; land tenure and reform; Southern Africa. Dr Mike Raco Economic development; urban regeneration projects; processes and practices of devolution in the UK. Professor Michael Redclift Sustainable development; global environmental policy; environmental security; Latin America; histories of commodities. Dr Brooke Rogers Public/expert perceptions of risk and risk communication as applied to CBRN terrorism, nuclear energy and climate change. Dr Henry Rothstein Risk regulation; regulatory transparency; accountability and public participation; regulatory reform; science and governance. Mr Richard Schofield Geography of international boundaries and territorial disputes; Arabia and the Persian Gulf. Dr Neil Strachan Energy-economic modelling; transition to low carbon and resilient energy systems. Dr Richard Wiltshire Geographical mobility of labour within large organisations; employerprovided housing; local agenda 21. Professor Martin Wooster Earth observation; remote sensing; global biomass burning; atmospheric pollution; carbon cycle; volcanology.

Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Location Strand Campus. Contact Dr Mark Pelling, Master’s Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 2462, mark.pelling@kcl.ac.uk; Lindsey McBrayne, Postgraduate Taught Programme Officer, tel 020 7848 2239, lindsey.mcbrayne@kcl.ac.uk Format & assessment Specialist taught modules assessed by essay, presentation, lab work and occasionally by examination. The three-month dissertation is compulsory and can be taken overseas or in the UK. Application procedure We run a rolling admissions system. We aim to process all applications within four weeks; during February and March and over holiday periods, applications may take longer to process. There is no set deadline.

Geography

Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5100, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £2550, PT overseas £6800. Funding Varied including Research Councils, University of London Scholarships, departmental bursaries and career development loans. For overseas students Chevening Scholarships are available from the British Council. For advice, please contact the Master’s Admissions Tutor in the Department of Geography.

Aquatic Resource Management MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent in biological or environmental sciences, chemistry, geography or other science subject. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake 21 FT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6800, FT overseas £15160. Funding Six NERC Advanced Studentships open to UK nationals holding at least a 2:1 or equivalent. At the discretion of the programme director, some NERC studentships may be offered as half awards, thus providing partial support (50 per cent fees and 50 per cent stipend) to two students. Location Strand Campus, marine modules at University Marine Biological Station Millport, Scotland, internships in UK and overseas. Student destinations This vocational programme has an outstanding employment record with 95 per cent of graduates gaining employment or undertaking research within water management. Many graduates now occupy senior management positions. Contact Programme Co-ordinator, Dr Tony Bark, tony.bark@kcl.ac.uk; Postgraduate Taught Programme Officer, Lindsey McBrayne, tel 020 7848 2239, lindsey.mcbrayne@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/72 See shared details (above)

About the programme Accreditations

Extensive links with governmental and private sector organisations dealing with water management who provide placement (internship) opportunities and visiting lecturers. An external advisory board of senior water management personnel advises on curriculum development and delivery.

element is the three month project placement (internship) within the water industry. Core modules: Field Techniques & Monitoring; The Functioning, Assessment & Management of Aquatic Systems; Methods for Environmental Research; Freshwater & Marine Resource Management; 12-week project placement (internship). Two optional modules are selected from a choice of five. Format & assessment

Purpose

To provide training in the core scientific, technical and interdisciplinary skills essential for aquatic resource management and research. Designed for those seeking employment or research opportunities within the broad field of freshwater, estuarine and marine resources, and their sustainable development, conservation, regulation and management.

Lectures; small group seminars and workshops; computer and problem-based learning excercises; poster presentations; extensive field and laboratory work including five weeks at the University Marine Biological Station Millport, Scotland and one week in Shropshire. Thirty per cent exams, 35 per cent coursework and 35 per cent report. Application procedure

Description

Taught jointly by King’s and the University Marine Biological Station at Millport, Scotland, and with extensive input from the UK water industry, the programme develops the core scientific and technical skills and understanding which underpin the sustainable development of aquatic resources. A key programme

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Taught programmes

Your application will be assessed by two academics. We aim to process all applications within four weeks. UK applicants may be called for interview. You are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit or attend our open days which usually take place in December and July. During holiday periods, applications may take longer to process.

235

School of Social Science & Public Policy Geography

Carbon: Science, Society & Change (subject to approval) MSc Intake Approximately 17 FT/PT. Student destinations We expect that students who choose to enter the job market immediately after graduation will be highly marketable in the business and policy realm. Further research and an academic career is also encouraged. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/533 See shared details (page 235)

the carbon cycle and economic need for trained professionals who can make Purpose informed decisions about policies The aim of this programme is to expose designed to reduce greenhouse gases. students to current research in carbon This programme will examine the carbon science, conservation, sequestration and cycle, how it functions and explore both mitigation strategies and to develop in them natural and human influences on it. You skills to evaluate this research critically, will investigate how societal strategies to mindful of the societal implications of this curb the rise of carbon in the atmosphere science. can range from behavioural change and conservation, market-based approaches Description or environmental management and learn The rise in atmospheric carbon dioxide the scientific basis and the environmental (CO2) will modify the global climate consequences of steps taken to ameliorate system. There is a growing interest in the rise of atmospheric carbon.

About the programme

Cities, Culture & Social Change MA Intake Approximately 20 FT/PT. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to: undertake further postgraduate study as research students; work as research analysts for international consultancies; occupy senior management positions. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/300 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

For those seeking a critical understanding of contemporary urbanisation in both developed and developing countries. The programme provides an understanding of contemporary urban issues including regeneration, urban design and sustainability.

Description

This programme comprises of a compulsory dissertation and two compulsory modules: Practising Social Research 1 and Conceptualising Cities. Specific optional modules include: Analysing Tourism in Practice at Heritage Sites; Changing Cities, Health, Lifestyles & Cities; International Migration; Social Change in Global Cities; Sustainable Urbanisation; Urban Studies internship. Plus up to 40 credits from a range of other available modules. Please note that not all modules run in any given year and you should not choose this programme on the expectation that an optional module will be running.

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc Intake 20 FT/PT. Student destinations Research and policy development on disaster risk management and development programming for adaptation. Destination organisations include government agencies, international and national nongovernmental organisations and academic research institutes. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/519 See shared details (page 235)

236

About the programme Purpose

The MA Disasters, Adaptation & Development aims to provide students with an in-depth and critical awareness of the politics and geographies of disaster risk reduction and its contribution to sustainable adaptation and disaster response. It is appropriate for practitioners wishing to formalise their knowledge as well as those wanting an entry qualification into research on disaster risk management and adaptation to climate change.

Description

This programme is designed to provide an advanced understanding of the relationship between disaster risk, development and adaptation to climate change, grounded in differing regional contexts across the global South. It comprises a dissertation, two compulsory modules in Disasters & Development and Practising Social Research 1 and three optional modules chosen from among: Environment, Livelihoods & Development in the South; Environmental GIS; Environmental Internship; Managing Hydrological Variability & Change; Risk Communication; Risk Governance; Southern Africa; Sustainable Urbanisation in Africa, Asia & Latin America; and Water Resources & Water Policy.

Intake Approximately 35 FT/PT. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to: undertake further graduate study as research students; work as research assistants for international development agencies; fundraisers for the VSO. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/302 See shared details (page 235)

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Environment & Development MA About the programme Purpose

To provide an advanced understanding of the relationship between development problems and environmental issues; this is of particular interest to those who have completed an undergraduate programme of study in related subjects and wish to gain an advanced understanding before proceeding either into further graduate study or employment in the NGO, state or private sector. It is also geared to those who have had experience working in these fields who now wish to gain an appropriate qualification before resuming their career. Description

Ignacio Gomez (Student), Environment & Development MA

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA Intake Approximately 30 FT/PT. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to: undertake further graduate study as research students; work as research assistants for international consultancies and government agencies; occupy senior management positions. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/303 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

For those seeking to develop their intellectual and practical skills to engage in both academic debates and the construction of environmental policy at national and international scales.

Description

This programme comprises a compulsory dissertation and two compulsory modules: Globalisation & the Environment; Practising Social Research 1, plus 60 credits from a range of options available. Specific options include: Biotechnology and the Cultural Politics of Nature; Consumers, Ethics and the Global Environment; Disasters and Development; Environmental Internship; Environmental Policy and Politics. Please note that not all modules run in any given year and you should not choose this programme on the expectation that an optional module will be running.

237

Geography

This programme is designed to provide an advanced understanding of the relationship between development problems and environmental issues, grounded in differing regional contexts. This will involve the critical appraisal of paradigms generated in the North from the viewpoint of the South, as well as the detailed study of paradigms emerging in the South. This programme comprises of a compulsory dissertation and three compulsory modules: Development & Environmentalism in the ‘South’; Environment, Livelihoods & Development in the ‘South’; Practising Social Research 1, plus 60 credits from a range of options available.

As soon as I started my studies I found myself immersed in a group of international, talented and enthusiastic people. This was at the very heart of my experience. Encouraged by academic staff, the opportunity to share ideas and debate with fellow students brought strands of thought together that helped me produce better results from my research.

School of Social Science & Public Policy Geography

Environmental Health MSc Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours degree in a subject relevant to environmental health, though this can be drawn from the social as well as the physical sciences. A lower classification may be accepted if the applicant possesses additional qualifications, or has acquired other relevant experience. Duration Two years PT. Intake 26 PT. Closing date Although there is no closing date for applications, if you submit your application forms by the end of July you will be considered for entry in September of the same year. You can apply for deferred entry, but only for one year hence, ie the September of the following year. Funding Self-funded, or through your employer. Student destinations Employment in: local and central government (eg FSA, HSE); the health service; non-governmental organisations; private industry and consultancies; academia. Contact Dr Chris Day, Programme Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 1692, chris.day@kcl.ac.uk. Dr Michael Howard, Admissions Tutor, tel 020 7848 1173, michael.howard@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/466 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Accreditations

This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health (CIEH) and, together with the Institute portfolio of work-based learning, enables graduates to enter for the CIEH professional examinations. Purpose

This degree is for graduates who wish to qualify as Environmental Health Practitioners, or to develop their understanding of environmental health to a higher level. Some people taking the degree are already working in Environmental Health, though this is not a pre-requisite.

Health & Safety at Work; Integrative Studies in Environmental Health Practice; Environmental Health Dissertation. Format & assessment

Specialist taught modules, practical and laboratory sessions, research dissertation. Application procedure

All suitable applicants are called for interview. We aim to process all applications within four weeks of receipt. However, during holiday periods, applications may take a little longer to process.

Description

Year One: Fundamentals of Environmental Health Practice; Risk Assessment; Research Methods and the Evidence Base for Practice in Environmental Health; Housing & Environmental Protection. Year Two: Food Safety & Control;

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc Intake Approximately 30 FT/PT. Funding Four NERC Advanced Studentships open to UK nationals holding at least a 2:1 or equivalent. University of London Scholarships, departmental bursaries and career development loans. For overseas students Chevening Scholarships are available from the British Council. For advice, please contact the Master’s Admissions Tutor in the Department of Geography. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to careers in: environmental consultancy; further postgraduate study as research students; research assistants for international consultancies and environmental or development agencies; teaching, remote sensing or GIS careers in the public and private sector. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/305 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

For those seeking a deeper understanding of environmental processes and techniques for managing environmental change. Provides advanced-level training in the application of environmental modelling and monitoring, remote sensing and geographical information systems (GIS) to environmental management and the prevention, mitigation or adaptation to environmental change. Description

You can choose to take either a Research or a Consultancy stream. Students following the Research stream must take six compulsory modules, plus a dissertation. Students following the Consultancy stream must complete a dissertation plus five compulsory modules and an optional module from other master’s degree programmes in the department. The compulsory modules for both include: Environmental Remote Sensing, Environmental GIS, Modelling Environmental Change at the Land Surface and Methods for Environmental Research.

The MSc in Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management is one of the oldest, yet forward looking and exciting environmental taught programmes in the UK. My particular research is in natural and environmental hazards but, like many of my colleagues, I also very much enjoy teaching and use my research to motivate and illustrate this. Bruce Malamud (Staff), Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc

238

Intake 10 FT/PT. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to: undertake further graduate study as research students; work as research assistants for international consultancies; teaching. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/307 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

To provide an advanced foundation in geography, covering both human and physical topics, bringing students up to date with the latest developments in their chosen fields of study. Relevant to employment where both advanced generic skills are of value and where advanced geographical skills are of immediate relevance. This programme serves as a prerequisite for graduate teacher training.

Description

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA Intake Approximately 15 FT/PT. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to occupy senior management positions in government agencies and international consultancies; work with NGOs involved in dispute resolution; international law firms; government ministries; oil companies, departments of the United Nations and the European Union. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/309 See shared details (page 235)

relations theory. The programme comprises a dissertation, and a compulsory module on Purpose Boundaries, Sovereignty & the Territorial For those seeking: an advanced State. There is a choice of dedicated appreciation of territorial geopolitics optional modules that run each year, (classical and contemporary); a theoretical namely Territorial & Boundary Dispute and historical grounding in the principal Resolution and Geopolitics & Natural concepts involved in territorial and Resource Disputes. You will also be able international boundary studies; a practical to choose from up to 40 credits in modules application of these views and approaches from other master’s programmes offered to developing real-world situations. The in the Department of Geography, plus programme is particularly suitable for social available options in the Department of War science students with an international Studies (Comparative Civil Wars; Security interest, government and foreign service and Development). personnel, lawyers, military and strategic Format & assessment researchers. Specialist taught modules assessed by Description written exam, essay and occasionally This programme is rooted in geopolitical presentation, and laboratory work. The analysis but necessarily includes aspects three-month dissertation is compulsory of international law and international and can be taken overseas or in the UK.

About the programme

Global Environmental Change (subject to approval) MSc Intake Approximately 20 FT/PT. Student destinations The MSc is designed to prepare students for a PhD or for starting immediate careers in environmental change research, consultancy and/or policy development. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/536 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

Meets the need for multidisciplinary, science-led training in large-scale ‘global’ environmental change, focusing across Earth’s terrestrial, hydrologic and atmospheric environments and covering both anthropogenic influence and natural variability. Aimed at those with first degrees across a range of subjects. Designed to prepare students for careers in environmental change research, consultancy and/or policy development, and covers both the scientific background, the research methods and tools, and the societal and policy implications of current research understanding.

Description

With a focus on the ‘global’ environmental changes currently taking place in the Earth system, this MSc focuses on the terrestrial, hydrologic and atmospheric environments, examining anthropogenic influences in the context of both natural variability and previous Earth history, and elucidating the physical, biological, and societal consequences. It includes interdisciplinary coverage of the scientific background, training in the methods and research tools deployed in the field, and analysis of the societal and policy implications of our current research understanding. The programme is designed to prepare students for careers in environmental change research, consultancy and policy development.

239

Geography

This programme provides a general grounding in geography. The distinction between the MA and the MSc arises from the modules taken. The MA is awarded for degrees that focus on human geography, including such fields as environment and development; environmental policies and politics, geopolitics, urbanisation and globalisation. The MSc focuses on physical geography modules in the environmental monitoring, modelling and management programme. This programme comprises a compulsory dissertation and one compulsory module on either Practising Social Research 1 (MA) or Methods for Environmental Research (MSc), plus 100 credits from a range of other available modules.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Geography MA/MSc

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Risk Analysis MA/MSc Intake Approximately 25 FTEs. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6800, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £3400, PT overseas £6190. Student destinations Risk management, assessment, communication and governance are new, expanding fields. Graduates are able to work in industry, consultancies, governmental and nongovernmental agencies. Contact Dr Henry Rothstein, Programme Co-ordinator, tel 020 7848 1123; Lindsey McBrayne, Postgraduate Taught Programme Officer, tel 020 7848 2239, lindsey.mcbrayne@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/447

About the programme Purpose

This master’s programme provides an advanced foundation in interdisciplinary risk studies. It will help students enter careers in risk governance, management, assessment or communication, or to undertake further academic research. We focus on the societal, public health and environmental (but not financial) aspects of risk analysis.

Description

This programme comprises a compulsory dissertation and five compulsory modules: Practising Social Research 1; Risk Assessment (but students can opt out of this module and will be awarded an MA); Risk Communication, Risk Governance, Risk Management plus 20 credits from a range of other available modules. Please note that not all modules run in any given year and you should not choose this programme on the expectation that an optional module will be running.

Geography

See shared details (page 235)

Sustainable Cities MSc Intake Approximately 30 FT/PT. Student destinations Programme graduates work in a wide variety of areas including: international organisations, agencies and consultancies, national and city governments, charities, research organisations (governmental and non-governmental) and academia. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/467 See shared details (page 235)

substantive modules are Changing Cities, which evaluates the political and Purpose policy challenges in seeking to create The degree combines pure and applied sustainable cities and explores theories research methods from human and physical and ideas relating to sustainable urbanism; geography leading to an advanced level and Understanding & Managing the understanding of contemporary debates Urban Environmental System, which about sustainable cities. Specific foci explores the knowledge required for will be the human and physical processes understanding urban biophysical systems shaping urban ecologies, environments and and developing sustainable environmental social structure and process. management strategies for cities. Methods for Environmental Research or Practising Description Social Research provide the core This programme explores human methodological environmental and social and physical processes shaping urban science components respectively. ecologies and environments. The core

About the programme

Terrorism, Security & Society MA Intake Approximately 25 FT/PT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £6190. Student destinations The programme will be particularly attractive to traditional masters students hoping to move into government posts, consulting or research. Also government agencies, emergency responders and military employees and mature students considering a career move such as becoming a government consultant. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/534 See shared details (page 235)

240

About the programme

Description

Terrorism is recognised as a contested and multifaceted phenomenon. This Aims to provide an advanced foundation programme aims to develop more and comprehensive understanding of specialised knowledge and understanding one of the most contested concepts in of terrorism defined from differing contemporary discourse, terrorism, and its disciplinary perspectives. Students taking relationship with relevant and related issues this programme will follow one of two in the field of security studies. Based on the pathways: Terrorism and Security or multi-dimensional and multi-disciplinary Terrorism and Society. Core modules nature of the phenomenon, the programme include a dissertation; Terrorism and provides an overview of the theories and Counter Terrorism; Practising Social paradigms related to the concepts of Research; Critical Geographies of terrorism and counter terrorism in order Terrorism (Terrorism and Society stream to enable students to undertake further only), plus 40 credits from those available research or enter into careers targeted at on the chosen pathway. understanding these issues. Purpose

Intake 20 FT/PT. Student destinations Students on this programme have gone on to: undertake further postgraduate study as research students; employment in the tourism industry and as Tourism and Development Officers for local councils; journalism; senior managers for various organisations. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/311 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

For those seeking to explore the relationships between tourism, development and the environment with particular reference to the world’s poorest countries. It is particularly attractive to students who have either worked in tourism, or wish to understand the contribution of tourism to social and economic development. For those seeking tourism-related employment, this programme provides a qualification which adds to your marketability.

Description

Water: Science & Governance (subject to approval) MSc Intake Approximately 25 FT/PT. Closing date None. Student destinations The target market will range from recent graduates and postgraduates, through early and mid-career scientists, managers and planners seeking career advancement or wishing to make a career change. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/535 See shared details (page 235)

About the programme Purpose

The aim of the programme is to develop an ability to evaluate critically current and advanced scholarship in the fields of water science and governance. It promotes initiative and the exercise of independent critical judgement in identifying, analysing and solving problems at an advanced level.

Description

The programme meets the needs of those analysing the use and management of water resources and the policy options available in constrained environmental and political contexts. The staff delivering the programme and their networks are internationally recognised in the fields of aquatic and hydrological science and in water policy studies. They are intimate with the underlying fundamentals of water and hydrological systems, with its seasonal availability, its chemical and biological qualities and its economic value. They are also aware of the power of water users whose perceptions determine how water is valued in different cultures and societies.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter:

International Conflict Studies MA (see page 257). International Relations MA (see page 257).

241

Geography

Adopting an analytical approach, this programme aims to explore the complex relationships between tourism, the environment and development, with particular reference to the developing world. It explores the advantages and disadvantages of tourism as a form of development, and examines its environmental impact. It has close links with the MA Environment & Development, with students developing their own particular interests in tourism by choosing from a wide range of systematic and regional modules. Comprises of a dissertation, three compulsory modules on Tourism & Development; Development & Environmentalism in the ‘South’; Practising Social Research 1, and three optional modules.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Tourism, Environment & Development MA

School of Social Science & Public Policy Gerontology

Institute of Gerontology Address Institute of Gerontology, King’s College London, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2735, fax 020 7848 1866, gerontology@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gerontology

Gerontology is the study of the process of ageing, the institutions related to ageing populations and the needs and circumstances of older people. We aim to promote the understanding of ageing and later life and to develop the means of improving the well-being of older people.

These aims are pursued through research, teaching, conference and seminar presentations and the development of international links and cross-national research. We offer programmes at graduate level only (MSc, MA, Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Certificate, MRes and MPhil/PhD in Gerontology). The Institute’s teaching is rated ‘Excellent’ in curriculum design, management, student support and guidance and student progression and achievement. The department is a UK ESRC recognised research training outlet.

programmes and our PhD students have the option to belong to a writing group. All graduate students have a personal tutor to assist them through their years of study. Facilities

The department is situated on the Strand Campus, where teaching takes place. The Strand Campus offers many computer rooms and other extensive student facilities. Gerontology also has dedicated library facilities at the nearby Waterloo Campus. Funding

Induction & training

The Institute holds an Introductory Day for students beginning their studies in the department. Students are also invited to departmental seminars where, typically, members of the department present their research. MPhil/PhD students agree training requirements at the beginning of each year with their supervisors. We also run a bi-monthly PhD workshop and study

Our primary activity is research and at any given time we will hold a number of research grants. A substantial proportion come from the government’s research councils (ESRC, BBSRC and EPSRC), with the remainder from charitable foundations and (from time to time) government departments. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

The Institute of Gerontology is one of the foremost gerontological teaching and research centres in Europe. It brings together experts from a wide range of disciplines, drawing on long-established links throughout the College and beyond. A key aim of the Institute is to bring evidence to established debates, plus investigate new areas of concern, such as the first national prevalence study of elder abuse in the UK. Karen Lowton (Staff), Gerontology

242

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research opportunities Gerontology Research MPhil/PhD

Research profile RAE score 4. Research income £1.5m research funding

(over five years), with over £1.1m from research councils (ESRC, BBSRC and EPSRC). Remaining research funds come from a wide spectrum of local and national NGOs (for example Age Concern England, Atlantic Philanthropies, Comic Relief, Helen Hamlyn, Nuffield Foundation, British Heart Foundation) and commissions from government departments such as the Department of Health and of Work and Pensions. Current number of academic and reasearch staff 12. Current number of research students 14 PhD. Recent publications

• Trials and Tribulations: Understanding Motivations for Clinical Research. • Participation Amongst Adults with Cystic Fibrosis. • Beyond Appearances: Perspectives on Identity in Later Life & Some Implications for Method. • Gender and Generational Continuity: Breadwinners, Caregivers & Pension Provision in the UK.

• Introducing Assistive Technology into the Existing Homes of Older People: Feasibility, Acceptability, Costs & Outcomes. Current research projects

• Elder abuse and mistreatment. • The use of assistive technologies. • Extra care housing. • Disruptions in family and work life: implications for support at older ages. • Money and later life. Partner organisations We work closely with Guy’s and St Thomas’ Hospital NHS Trust and Age Concern.

About the programme The Institute has an established research programme with a strong emphasis on multidisciplinary and multi-method research. Fields of interest include: social and economic situations and population change; the individual, service providers and the state; psychological and social aspects of ageing; material environment and its relation to ageing interests. Study environment

I was awarded a three-year training fellowship to undertake a PhD funded by the National Institute of Health Research (NIHR) Comprehensive Biomedical Research Centre at Guy’s and St Thomas’. Having recently completed a parttime MSc at the Institute, whilst working as a physiotherapist, I had personal experience of the enthusiasm and high quality of teaching and support that I could expect at King’s.

MPhil/PhD students study in a lively and stimulating environment. Bi-monthly PhD workshops and study programmes run by the PhD tutor and graduate students cover methodological, conceptual and practical Amanda Buttery (Student), Gerontology PhD issues arising during the PhD process. PhD students can also participate in a monthly peer-review writing group. Graduate students participate in departmental seminars. Within the department, students meet regularly with their supervisors to discuss progress. Every six months, progress is reviewed by the department. As well as training in IT skills, the Graduate School runs a structured programme of workshops. Application procedure

If applying for a funded studentship associated with a particular research study, please read the instructions for that particular studentship first before following the application procedures below. If you are applying for a research council studentship, please also read their instructions carefully first and note that in most cases (eg ESRC) you will have to secure an offer from the department before you can make the studentship applications. All MPhil/PhD applications must read the application guidelines on the department website before making an application. Please note that our requirements differ in some instances from King’s standard requirements.

243

Gerontology

Head of Institute Professor Simon Biggs. Entry requirements Master’s level preferred, but exceptionally a high 2:1 first degree in a relevant topic will be considered. Duration Expected to be three years FT, six years PT. Most candidates begin the programme in September; January entry may be considered. Intake Variable. Closing date Please see our website for details. Funding Students of outstanding ability may be nominated for ESRC studentships, or for School of Social Science & Public Policy studentships. If you think that you might be eligible for one of these studentships, you should make contact with the Admissions Tutor no later than February of the year in which you wish to begin your MPhil/ PhD to begin discussions about funding. If you have a project that might be suitable for CASE funding from the ESRC, or an Overseas Research Studentship, then you must contact us no later than November in the year before you wish to begin your MPhil/PhD, and ideally you should contact us a year in advance. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Student destinations PhD candidates have been successful in obtaining academic and research posts in universities including the UK, Taiwan, and New Zealand. Other students have developed their careers in private clinical practice. Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2735, fax 020 7848 1866, gerontology@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/60

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Simon Biggs Adult ageing and personal identity; adult lifecourse; social policy; intergenerational relationships. Mr Tom Daly Qualitative research and secondary analysis of the lives, interests and finances of older people. Dr Karen Glaser Support; multiple roles; co-residence; kin availability; proximity; care; wellbeing; later life.

Dr Karen Lowton Adults with cystic fibrosis; palliative care; sociology of health and illness. Dr Debora Price Social policy; economic and the lifecourse concerning older people. Mrs Rachel Stuchbury Survey and census data; analytical techniques; family relationships; old age. Professor Anthea Tinker Ageing; social policy; ethics; housing; assistive technology; elder abuse; carers.

Professor Robert Weale Epidemiology of eye and other diseases; eye physiology; art and eyesight. Dr Fay Wright Quality of care home life, quality of life in extra care housing. Dr Hannah Zeilig Care housing for older people; money and older people; how literature can inform social sciences and gerontology.

Taught master’s by research

Gerontology

Gerontology MRes Entry requirements First or high 2:1 honours degree in a relevant discipline. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Variable. Closing date 18 February 2009 for ESRC applicants. All others 31 July 2009. You are strongly advised to check our website for current advice. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding Students may apply for ESRC studentships (full fees plus stipend) for either MRes (one year) or MRes plus PhD (four years). Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses. Student destinations Most of our students work with older people or in research and policy relating to older people, or are intending to do so in the future. Contact Departmental Administrator, tel 020 7848 2735, gerontology@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/341

About the programme

Ageing in Society; Experiencing Ageing & Health; Key Issues in Health Policy.

Purpose

We provide a broad foundation in social sciences, and subject-specific training in the study of ageing and later life. The programme is suitable for graduates wishing to do an MPhil/PhD in age-related studies, or who are planning a career in social research.

Format & assessment

Lecture and tutorial-based teaching using problem-based tasks and projects, assessed through coursework essays, written examinations, oral presentations and a dissertation. Application procedure

Description

Core modules: Principles of Gerontology; Applied Social Science: Research Design & Project Management; Qualitative Research Methods; Quantitative Research Methods; Theories & Methodologies of the Social Sciences; Gerontology Research Project. Optional modules: Health & Healthcare in Gerontology; Social Policy in Gerontology; Population Studies in Gerontology; Ageing in a Global Context;

Your application will be assessed by the Admissions Tutor. You may be invited to be interviewed. We will only assess complete applications with supporting documents and references. We aim to process applications within three weeks; during holiday periods applications may take longer to process.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

244

Entry requirements Minimum good honours first degree in any field, or overseas equivalent. PG Dip/PG Cert equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience considered. Overseas students must meet the formal standard of English. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake 10 FT, 20 PT approximately. Closing date 31 July 2009. You are strongly advised to check our website for current advice. Funding Some department bursaries are awarded. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses. Student destinations Students of the Institute have gone on to careers including strategic, analytical and policy positions in government/ public sector, policy positions in NGOs, voluntary organisations, consultants in geriatric medicine and research posts worldwide.

Contact tel 020 7848 2735, gerontology@kcl.ac.uk. Format & assessment Lecture and tutorial-based teaching using problem-based tasks and projects, assessed through coursework essays, written examinations and oral presentations. Dissertation based on an independent project. Application procedure Your application will be assessed by the Admissions Tutor. You may be invited to be interviewed. We may interview non-UK candidates by telephone and may ask applicants to write an essay. We will only assess complete applications with supporting documents. Please see our website for more details. We aim to process applications within three weeks; during holiday periods applications may take longer to process.

Entry requirements Minimum good first honours degree in any field, or overseas equivalent. PG Dip equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience are considered. Holders of the DGM (Diploma in Geriatric Medicine, Royal College of Physicians) may fast track and omit one-third of the MSc. Duration MSc: One year FT, two days teaching per week. Two years PT, one day teaching per week (September to September). Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5100, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2550, PT overseas £6190. Please contact the department for fees for PG Cert and PG Dip. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/58 See shared details (page 244)

About the programme Purpose

Aimed at: health professionals including geriatricians, psychiatrists, GPs, nurses, social workers, physiotherapists, occupational therapists and others from the medical and health sciences, as well as students from other disciplines including social and natural sciences, management, policy and politics, law and humanities.

in Gerontology; Social Policy in Gerontology; Population Studies in Gerontology; Ageing in Society; Experiencing Ageing & Health; Ageing in a Global Context. Additional optional modules which may be available: Key Issues in Health Policy (through the Department of Management); Biology of Ageing (level six, through the Department of Physiology).

Description

Core modules: Principles of Gerontology; Research Methods & Statistics; Gerontology dissertation. Optional modules include: Health & Healthcare

See shared details (page 244)

About the programme Purpose

Offers the opportunity for students with an interest in government, policy, nongovernmental organisations, development work and comparative studies to develop a specialist understanding of old age and ageing populations. Description

PG Cert: One core 30 credit module (Principles of Gerontology); two compulsory 15 credit modules (Ageing in a Global Context, and Population Studies in Gerontology). PG Dip: As

PG Cert, plus one compulsory 30 credit module (Research Methods & Statistics); two optional 15 credit modules or one optional 30 credit module. MSc: As PG Dip, plus 60 credit dissertation (Dissertation in Global Ageing). Optional Modules include: Health & Healthcare in Gerontology, Social Policy in Gerontology, Ageing in Society, Experiencing Ageing & Health, The Policy Process (30 credits), Comparative Public Policy (30 credits); Key Issues in Health Policy (through the Department of Management); Biology of Ageing, Level 6 (through the Department of Physiology).

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £3090, PT overseas £6800. Please contact the department for fees for PG Cert and PG Dip. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/540 See shared details (page 244)

About the programme Purpose

Offers the opportunity for students with an interest in government, policy, politics NGOs, the voluntary sector, development work, comparative studies and ageing to develop specialist understanding of policymaking for old age and ageing populations. Description

PG Cert: Two 30 credit core modules (Principles of Gerontology; The Policy Process). PG Dip: As PG Cert, plus one 30 credit compulsory module (Comparative

Public Policy) and two optional 15 credit gerontology modules. MA: As PG Dip, plus 60 credit dissertation (Dissertation in Public Policy & Ageing). Optional modules include: Population Studies in Gerontology; Ageing in a Global Context; Social Policy in Gerontology; Health & Healthcare in Gerontology; Ageing in Society; Experiencing Ageing & Health. Additional optional module which may be available: Key Issues in Health Policy (through Department of Management).

245

Gerontology

Global Ageing MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £3090, PT overseas £6800. Please contact the department for fees for PG Cert and PG Dip. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/539

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

School of Social Science & Public Policy Management

Management Address Department of Management, FranklinWilkins Building, King’s College London, Waterloo Campus, 150 Stamford Street, London SE1 9NH Contact Please see individual programme entries for contact names, telephone numbers and email addresses for each programme. www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/sspp/mgmt

A leading, research-led management department with a strong international reputation for its contribution to scholarship, teaching and practice within various fields and disciplines in the social sciences. It has two research centres; Human Resource Management & Employment Relations, and Work, Interaction & Technology; and research groups in International Business & Comparative Management, Accounting & Accountability and Public Services Management.

A number of themes and interests pervade research across the groups including organisational analysis, healthcare, public policy, markets and accounting, technology, international comparative analysis, work and occupations, regulation and governance. In recent years, the department has expanded rapidly and offers taught graduate MSc programmes in International Management, Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis, and Public Services Policy & Management, as well as an MRes and an expanding MPhil/PhD programme.

Induction & training

Funding

Each programme has its own induction to welcome new students. Regular training workshops are run for PhD students.

Please see our website for the latest funding information available from the department. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

Facilities

Our students have access to the extensive facilities in the Franklin-Wilkins Building, where the department is based, including a multi-media laboratory and a common room dedicated for the use of graduate students. Research students have exclusive use of a newly refurbished departmental PhD room including computers, internet access and photocopying facilities.

Research opportunities Management Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Stephen Bach. Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in a relevant subject or equivalent for overseas students. Students should have completed a master’s degree before undertaking a PhD in the department. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, four years PT. PhD three years FT, six years PT. Intake Approximately 10 FT/PT. Closing date 30 June. Funding The department offers a small number of teaching assistantships. The School of Social Science and Public Policy and the Graduate School also offer several PhD studentships (deadline end April). Overseas students may apply for ORS awards, which cover the difference between overseas and home fees. The ESRC research studentship competition is open to home students (EU students may apply for ‘fees only’ awards). School and College deadlines are usually early in the new year. Further details on studentships can be found in the Department of Management PhD prospectus. Fees See general fees section. Location Waterloo Campus. Contact Dr Andrea Sudbury, tel 020 7848 4097, andrea.sudbury@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/318

246

Research profile International profile The department has a high international profile in our core areas of research through which our academic staff have made a major contribution to the shaping and development of management theory and practice. Research income We attract a substantial amount of research income, from both research councils (ESRC, EPSRC, AHRC) and from other institutions such as the Leverhulme Trust, EU, CIPD, CIMA, RPSGB and several government bodies.

About the programme The Department of Management offers a stimulating and friendly intellectual environment within which to study. The department’s ESRC-recognised doctoral training programme is provided in collaboration with other departments of the School of Social Science & Public Policy. The department has always sought to create and maintain a supportive intellectual environment, built around a number of strategic research groupings: HRM & Employment Relations; Accounting & Accountability; International Business & Comparative Management; Work, Interaction

& Technology; Public Services Management. Groups are inclusive, encouraging crossgroup membership, multidisciplinarity, internal and external collaborative work, as well as both theoretically-driven and applied research. Study environment

We believe that our graduate students are a vital part of departmental life. Doctoral students have access to dedicated offices, computing facilities, photocopying, expenses for conferences, etc. You will have two supervisors with whom you meet on a regular basis. Each year we hold a two-day PhD conference where all doctoral students present their work to the department and receive feedback from supervisors and other academics. A series of PhD workshops are held throughout the academic year on a variety of topics, including getting published, presenting work and career planning, in addition to research methods training. These give students a chance to meet and discuss issues informally and network with other academic staff. We hold frequent department and research group seminars given by external speakers which our graduate students are strongly encouraged to attend.

Application procedure

The department recognises that research training is fundamental to any successful PhD. The Department of Management, with the other departments in the School, is recognised by the ESRC as a centre of research training excellence.

A College application form must be completed (either online or by hard copy) and returned along with two academic references and copies of supporting documents. Applications should include a research proposal, outlining the intended

area of research. Prospective students are strongly encouraged to identify a potential supervisor in the department before applying. Guidelines for applicants (including guidance about how to write a research proposal) are available on the department’s website.

Research groups in Management There are full details of these groups on our website. Accounting and Accountability Contact Professor Richard Laughlin, richard.laughlin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/199

Work, Interaction and Technology Contact Professor Christian Heath, christian.heath@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/202

Public Services Management Contact Professor Alison Wolf, alison.wolf@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/338

Management

Human Resource Management and Employment Relations Contact Professor David Guest, david.guest@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/200

International Business and Comparative Management Contact Professor Pervez Ghauri, pervez.ghauri@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/201

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Accounting and Accountability Dr Elisabetta Barone Market-based accounting research; quality of disclosure and corporate reputation; social and environmental reporting. Dr Aditi Gupta Executive compensation, multiple directorships, managerial labour markets, director reputation, corporate governance. Professor Richard Laughlin Accounting-led changes in the public sector; PFI; critical theory and accounting. Dr Kim Soin Accounting change; culture and control; risk management, regulation and compliance; interpretive approaches. Human Resource Management and Employment Relations Professor Stephen Bach Industrial relations; health sector employment relations; public sector management; pay determination. Professor Stephen Deery Employee turnover; call centres and interactive service work; new forms of work-organisation. Dr Martin Edwards Identification and commitment at work; employer branding; individual and organisational linkages and well-being. Professor Howard Gospel International management; comparative industrial relations and HRM; Japanisation; apprenticeship training. Professor David Guest HRM and performance, employment contracts, the psychological contract and worker well-being; careers in public and private sector organisations. Dr Graeme Lockwood UK business and employment law; impact of legislation on trade union activity. Professor Riccardo Peccei The impact of HRM on organisational performance; involvement and participation in organisations. Dr Patrice Rosenthal Customer orientation in service organisations; management control/ worker interests; gender and work. Dr Jane Sturges The employment relationship; careers; the psychological contract; work/life balance and conflict.

Dr Matt Vidal Comparative employment relations; economic sociology; employee involvement; globalisation; industrial relations; manufacturing; organisational sociology; technical efficiency; work and organisations. Professor Janet Walsh Workforce diversity; gender and organisations; working-time and the work-family interface. International Business and Comparative Management Professor Keith Brouthers International entry mode choice; joint venture management; strategic decision-making. Dr Tony Edwards Comparative HRM; industrial relations in multinational enterprises; comparative management systems. Dr Douglas Fuller Technology management in emerging economies; offshoring impact on technical skills; technology policymaking. Professor Pervez Ghauri Internationalisation process; international marketing; entry strategies and international business negotiations. Professor Jenifer Piesse Firm-level measures of performance and productivity; international financial systems; developing economies. Dr Sarika Pruthi International entrepreneurship and strategy; resource-based view of the firm. Professor Roger Strange corporate governance; effects of location on competitiveness; manufacturing outsourcing and internalisation of production. Dr Chia-Ching Fatima Wang Retailing; culture; cross-border knowledge management; internationalism. Dr Cagri Yalkin Consumer socialisation; consumer culture; brand management; consumption and marketing of fashion. Public Services Management Dr Juan Baeza Health policy analysis; professionalism; intraprofessional relations; health care reform.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Training

Dr Anneliese Dodds Comparative public policy; economic liberalisation; public sector risk and regulation. Professor Ewan Ferlie Organisational studies; public services management; healthcare; universities, organisational change; professionals. Professor Naomi Fulop Organisation and delivery of healthcare; policy implementation; relationship between research and policy. Dr Sharon Gilad Retail financial services, consumer complaints, public administration and regulation. Dr Paul Lewis Vocational training; performancerelated pay; economics of public policy. Dr Gerry McGivern Professional knowledge; practice and regulation; professional identity; organising healthcare. Dr John Meadowcroft Public policy; public administration; political economy of the public services. Dr Stephen Pratten Economic methodology; critical realism in economics. Professor Paul Ryan Political economy of training and apprenticeship; labour market structure; youth employment. Professor Alison Wolf Public sector management; higher education and qualifications policy; professions; labour market skills. Work, Interaction and Technology Professor Christian Heath Workplace studies and organisational analysis; social interaction; technology and collaborative work. Dr Jon Hindmarsh Workplace interaction; computer-supported co-operative work; ethnomethodology and conversation analysis. Dr Elizabeth Kelan Gender at work; diversity in the workplace; technologies; young professionals; ethnography; discourse analysis. Dr Finola Kerrigan Arts marketing: marketing film, music, visual art, theatre; ethical marketing, social marketing, societal impact of marketing. Dr Paul Luff Studies of work, interaction, new technologies; ubiquitous systems, computer supported co-operative work; human-computer interaction.

247

School of Social Science & Public Policy Management

Taught master’s by research Management & Social Science MRes Entry requirements A 2:1 at first degree level in a subject appropriate to your intended area of research. Please contact the Director of the MRes Programme, Professor Jenifer Piesse, if you have degrees in other subjects, relevant work experience or other unusual qualifications and to discuss intended research plans. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Variable. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding The department and School offer some scholarships, usually with deadlines in March and May. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Some students progress to the MPhil/PhD programme, while others will follow a variety of careers. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 4067, mres-mgmt@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/317

About the programme Purpose

To ensure management graduates have a basic competency in the research skills and knowledge generic to the social sciences and specific to management. To provide advanced-level specialist expertise to enable students to undertake a PhD. Description

This ESRC-recognised programme is offered by the Department of Management, in collaboration with other departments in the School of Social Science & Public Policy. Interdisciplinary elements are taught collaboratively on a School-wide basis. Students take core modules in: Quantitative Research Methods; Qualitative Research Methods; Theory & Methodologies of the Social Sciences; Applied Social Science: Research Design & Project Management. Students also study three terms of optional modules chosen from MSc programmes taught in the Department of Management.

Format & assessment

Core modules are assessed by coursework; optional modules assessed by coursework or a combination of examination and coursework; dissertation. Application procedure

You should include with your application a short proposal outlining your intended research project plus a brief statement of your future career plans. Your application will be assessed by academic staff in the department. We aim to process all applications within four weeks. In February, March and holiday periods, applications may take longer to process.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Closing date 30 June. Early application is advised. Funding Most students are self-funded, a few are sponsored by employers. Location Waterloo Campus.

Application procedure Your application will be assessed by academic staff in the department; we aim to process all applications within four weeks, but during February, March and holiday periods, applications may take longer to process.

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in the social sciences. You may be considered with a degree in another discipline, particularly if you have relevant work experience. Intake Professional stream: approximately 35 FT and PT. International stream: approximately 40 FT and PT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7900, FT overseas £15160, PT home/EU £3950, PT overseas £7580. Student destinations Programme graduates go on to more advanced study in the field of HRM and OA and/or to work as human resource experts in public and private sector organisations in the UK and abroad. Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 3969, MScHRM@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/315 See shared details (above)

248

About the programme Purpose

For graduates and professionals seeking to develop advanced knowledge and skills in people management and/or work as human resource experts. To present a contemporary and international perspective on key developments in the management of human resources and the analysis of organisations for the 21st century. Streams

Professional Stream: For students seeking to obtain Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional accreditation as part of the MSc (£1500 additional payment for CIPD-accredited element of the programme). International Stream: For students seeking to obtain the MSc with a concentration in international HRM.

Description

Professional stream modules: Compulsory: (1) The Management of Human Resources; (2) The Business & Financial Context of Management; (3) The Analysis of Management of Organisations; (4) Research Methods in HRM & OB; (5) The New Workforce; (6) Managing Diversity; (7) High Performance & Employee Wellbeing; (8) The New Employment Relations; (9) Dissertation; (10) Organisational visits/workshops. International stream: Compulsory: (1); (2); (3); (4); (9); (11) Critical issues in Comparative HRM; (12) International HRM; Options: two modules chosen from (5) – (8). Format & assessment

Written examinations for all main modules; dissertation; workshops; company link scheme, assessed by a management report.

Entry requirements GMAT score and a first or 2:1 degree in social sciences (management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, September to September. Intake Approximately 75 FT. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £7900, FT overseas £15160. Student destinations Graduates go on to management consultancies, the financial sector, and large retail and manufacturing organisations, international NGOs and to further study. Contact Programme Administrator, 020 7848 4067, MScIM@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/316 See shared details (page 248)

About the programme Purpose

Managers in international companies increasingly need to develop global perspectives on business; informed by a deep understanding of the different national and cultural contexts in which firms operate. Our MSc offers an integrative understanding of these issues that prepares students for successful careers in the world of international business.

modules include International Business Strategy; Comparative Management; International Finance & Accounting and Research Methods. Term two consists of two streams: (1) International Management, with modules that provide an understanding of the issues managers face in the international marketplace or (2) International HRM, with modules that focus on improving international human resources skills. Format & assessment

Description

Term one: The international business environment; how & why businesses differ around the word. Term two: Advanced international and comparative management topics or advanced international HRM topics; an opportunity to pursue your own interests. Term three: individual research project.

2009. Please check our website for up-todate details.

Public Services Policy & Management MSc Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in social sciences (or an overseas equivalent); or a 2:1 (or equivalent) in another discipline plus good quality work experience in public services. Students without recent relevant social science experience are expected to attend a one-week pre-sessional economics course. Intake 40–50 FT and PT. Closing date Early application is advised, but no set date. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £3090, PT overseas £6800. Student destinations Graduates enter a variety of public sector and policy positions: eg formulating policy for a major UK employer organisation, management positions in the health sector, working on the policy team of their sponsoring employer. For more see www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/ sspp/mgmt/pg/mscpspm/comments.html Contact Postgraduate Administrator, tel 020 7848 3969, mscps@kcl.ac.uk; or for informal discussion, Professor Alison Wolf, alison.wolf@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/437 See shared details (page 248)

About the programme Purpose

The MSc equips students to understand and evaluate policy options for organising and delivering contemporary public services. The programme is for both midcareer managers and recent graduates planning to enter public and voluntary sector/NGO management. Description

Students develop the skills to appraise policies for effective service delivery, including the design and analysis of evaluations and management data, and examine the rationale for ‘New Public Management’ reforms and the growing body of evidence about their impact. Core modules cover: Political Economy of the Public Services; Management Finance, Accounting & Audit; Politics, Governance & Regulation; Human Resource Management; Research Methods. Options mostly cover specific services in depth, including education, health, defence, urban regeneration, but also include in-depth modules on project evaluation and policy design. Format & assessment

Written examinations and coursework for core modules; coursework only in some extra-departmental modules; a dissertation.

I was impressed by the modules in my programme, such as Human Resource Management in the Public Services , which combined informative lectures, interesting case studies and challenging coursework. I have also attended many seminars which gave me wonderful opportunities to broaden my vision and connect what I learnt in class with reality. Bo Feng (Student), Public Services Policy & Management MSc

249

Management

The programme is delivered by a group of world-renowned scholars, many with practical experience in business and public policy. It provides a stimulating learning environment using various techniques to link theoretical knowledge to good business practice. Term one: Core

International Marketing (subject to approval) MSc The Department of Management intends to offer this new programme for entry in

School of Social Science & Public Policy

International Management MSc

School of Social Science & Public Policy Public Policy

Public Policy Programme Contact Professor Ken Young, Programme Director, tel 020 7848 2708, ken.young@kcl.ac.uk, eirona.morgan@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/publicpolicy

The Public Policy Programme provides a focus for crossdepartment and cross-School teaching programmes in which public policy is a pervasive theme. Drawing on King’s existing strengths in the study of education, the law, the military, psychiatry, religion and European studies, the programme provides a multidisciplinary resource dedicated to the development and understanding of effective public policy with a blend of internationalism, interdisciplinarity and commitment to active policy engagement. The programme team work with other parts of the College to develop new graduate programmes that integrate core public policy options with more specialist thematic courses.

Induction & training

Facilities

Funding

A generic course in research design is provided to MA students and is available to research students where appropriate.

The Public Policy Programme is delivered from the Strand and Waterloo campuses. Both campuses offer extensive student facilities including library and computer rooms.

Some limited bursaries are available for students taking MA programmes in the public policy field.

Research opportunities Public Policy Research MPhil/PhD Head of programme Professor Ken Young. Entry requirements A good master’s degree in a relevant subject and/or practical experience in the field of study. Duration MPhil two years FT, three years PT, PhD three years FT, four–six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Self or employer funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses. Contact Professor Ken Young, tel 020 7848 2708, ken.young@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/544

Research profile Current number of academic staff Five

members of core programme team. Research centres and groups Members of the

core team work closely with other centres and research groups at King’s, including the Centre for Public Policy Research (CPPR), Centre for Conflict Security and Development (CSDG), the Social Care Workforce Research Unit (SCWRU), Centre for Biomedicine & Society (CBAS) and the King’s Centre for Risk Management (KCRM).

About the programme King’s offers supervision for the MPhil/ PhD research degrees covering most areas of public policy, drawing on academic expertise across and beyond the School of Social Science and Public Policy. Supervision may be provided from within the Public Policy core team, or – more often – jointly with other staff of the School.

250

principal supervisor from within the public policy group. He or she will be qualified and experienced in the relevant research area and responsible for all aspects of supervision, to include giving advice about the nature of research, the level of standards expected, literature and sources, and attendance at taught classes. Each student is allocated a second supervisor who may be a member of the public policy group, but is more likely to be a subject specialist drawn from another department within the School of Social Science and Public Policy. Research students have access to a series of graduate seminars and taught programmes in public policy. The public policy group enjoys close links with a range of think tanks and public bodies where research collaborations may be possible. Training

The public policy group provides a master’s level course in Research Design in Public Policy which research students are encouraged to take as a supplement to School and College provision.

Study environment

Application procedure

The supervisory relationship is central to the development of the student’s knowledge base in relation to his or her research topic. Admission to the public policy programme is highly selective and is dependent upon a good match being found between student interests and supervisor capabilities. Each student is allocated a

Applications are made to the head of the group and are reviewed by two members of the teaching team, in conjunction, where appropriate, with a subject specialist from among the departments of the School. All candidates are invited for interview and are expected to submit substantial written material in support of their application.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr Juan Baeza Public policy, especially in the role of the medical professions. Dr Anneliese Dodds Comparative public and social policy; regulation and risk in the public sector.

Professor Naomi Fulop Health and public policy. Dr John Meadowcroft Public policy; political economy; public choice; ethics of the market; social capital.

Professor Ken Young Public policy; political science; politics; defence studies; local government

Taught programme Public Policy MA Description

The programme is designed around core taught modules: The Policy Process; Comparative Public Policy; Research Design and a dissertation. A wide range of optional modules are offered in policy analysis, security studies, health, education, urban affairs and social policy. Teaching is by a mixture of lectures, seminars, and group work. Students also have the opportunity to engage with visiting speakers and senior figures from the worlds of politics and policy. Format & assessment

Lectures and workshops with an emphasis on group work. Assessment by a mix of examinations and written work. Application procedure

About the programme Purpose

The MA Public Policy reflects King’s commitment to developing public policy as a discipline, and to integrating it with the expertise of sector specialists from across the College. The MA is broad-based, and emphasises the theories and concepts of policy analysis needed to understand the workings of the policy process in contemporary societies. It is designed both for recent graduates hoping to make a career in public policy and those working in government or NGOs in the UK or abroad. There are no disciplinary prerequisites for entry to the programme.

Public Policy

Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent; applicants with degree/professional qualification and at least three years’ experience in government or NGO service may also be eligible. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Intake Approximately 35. Closing date 31 July 2009. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £6180, FT overseas £13600, PT home/EU £3090, PT overseas £6800. Funding Self or employer. Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses. Student destinations Students progress into academic employment or careers in the world of public policy in a governmental or NGO setting. Contact Professor Ken Young, tel 020 7848 2708, ken.young@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/448

I decided to apply to King’s because of its central location and strong academic reputation. The course has helped me to be more insightful and knowledgeable at work, at a national government agency, and will help me in the future when applying for promotions or other government roles. The department has been supportive, as have my fellow course mates.

Applications may be made from the beginning of the academic session in September for the following year. Normally a decision will be made within four weeks of the receipt of all the required documentation. Two members of academic staff assess each application and candidates – particularly those planning to study part-time while in relevant employment – may be invited for interview. Open days are also held, where applicants and those considering applying are given Laura Rigby (Student), Public Policy MA the opportunity to visit King’s and meet members of the teaching team.

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter:

Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies EdD, DrPS (see page 222) Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC (see page 41) Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC (see page 159)

Education, Policy & Society MA (see page 230) European Public Policy MA (see page 94) Public Policy & Ageing MA, PG Dip, PG Cert (see page 245) Public Services Policy & Management MSc (see page 249)

251

School of Social Science & Public Policy War Studies

War Studies Address Department of War Studies, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS Contact Administrative Officer (Master’s Programmes); Administrative Secretary (MRes, MPhil/PhD Programmes), MA applicants: tel 020 7848 2193, fax 020 7848 2026; MRes and MPhil/PhD applicants: tel 020 7848 2749, fax 020 7848 2026, war-masters@kcl.ac.uk, war.admissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/warstudies

The Department of War Studies is a multidisciplinary institution devoted to the study of all aspects of war and conflict and the broad remit of international relations. The department is an acknowledged leader in research and teaching within its specialist areas and has flourishing undergraduate and graduate programmes.

In the most recent national Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) the department received a 5* rating. War Studies is one of only two departments in the ‘Politics and International Studies’ category to have received the highest possible rating in the last three RAEs; this rating denotes that departmental staff have international excellence in research activities. The department scored the maximum 24/24 in the last review of teaching quality undertaken by the Quality Assurance Agency. A range of teaching methods are used; lectures are accompanied by seminars and tutorials which are as small and informal as the timetable will allow. The department recruits leading experts who bring with them not only a wealth of knowledge and ideas but an extensive and continually growing network of links

with other departments, think-tanks, organisations, policy-making bodies and institutions. A remarkable diversity of research interests, disciplinary approaches, opinion and background exists in the department among both staff and students, reflecting the variety and complexity of the issues raised by war and the study of war.

252

Induction & training

Our students attend a Department of War Studies induction session one week before the start of term and participate in the School induction programme.

military personnel, politicians, academics and journalists. The library has a vast collection of relevant material and good IT resources and students also have access to the collections at the Liddell Hart Centre for Military Archives based at King’s College London. All students are entitled to use the libraries of the other University of London colleges and graduate students can usually also be admitted to the British Library. These facilities provide a rich and stimulating environment for graduate studies. Funding

Facilities

During the autumn and spring terms the departmental research groups organise numerous public lectures and seminars. The guest speakers discuss in depth a range of specialist issues; former speakers include

Please see our website for the latest funding information available from the department and the School of Social Science & Public Policy. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

War Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Research profile RAE score 5*. Research income Expected to be £1.7 million

(2008). Current number of academic staff 34 FTE. Current number of research students

Approximately 100. War Studies Group Together the Department of War Studies and the Defence Studies Department form the War Studies Group – the largest independent focus of defence studies expertise in Europe. Research centres, groups and programmes The research centres, groups and programmes listed below have been developed on the strength of the range of skills and interests of academic staff in the Department of War Studies and the Defence Studies Department. Recent publications

• A Choice of Enemies: America confronts the Middle East. • Spying on the Nuclear Bear: Anglo- American intelligence and the Soviet bomb. • Natural Resources and Conflict in Africa: the tragedy of endowment. • Peace and Justice: seeking accountability for war crimes, crimes against humanity and genocide. • Security and Sovereignty in the Former Soviet Union.

Partner organisations

International Institute of Strategic Studies (IISS), Chatham House, the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI), the Joint Services Command & Staff College (JSCSC), the Royal College of Defence Studies (RCDS), the Imperial War Museum, the Ministry of Defence, the Foreign & Commonwealth Office, Parliament, the BBC, the Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC), the European Commission, the British Council and the John D & Catherine T MacArthur Foundation.

About the programme The department has an excellent reputation as a graduate training institution. All MPhil/PhD candidates undertake research training modules from the MRes in Research Methodology (War Studies) in their first year. Successful completion leads into the MPhil/PhD programme. The MPhil involves a 60,000 word thesis, plus minimum two years registration (three years part-time). Students can upgrade to PhD, involving a 100,000-word thesis, and minimum three-year registration (four years part-time). The PhD thesis must form a distinct contribution to knowledge of the subject and afford evidence and originality. The department is especially interested in receiving applications from students planning their research projects in fields that will enhance the strength of the department’s research groups, centres and programmes (see the departmental website for further information, www.kcl.ac.uk/ warstudies), and assumes that normally research students will be attached to one or more of these. Study environment

MPhil/PhD students are allocated a primary and secondary supervisor. Research students have access to a small workspace in the Department of War Studies, this workspace contains PCs with internet connections and printers. Students have access to the collections in the Liddell Hart Centre for Military Archives and at IISS, RUSI, Chatham House, and RCDS. There is an annual research training workshop attended by years one to three. Students organise occasional informal research colloquiums and there are frequent departmental public lectures and seminars.

research training is delivered centrally by the School of Social Science & Public Policy with specific courses also offered in War Studies. Research training needs are assessed in Years two and three. The department will offer additional training if required. Application procedure

Your application should be supported by complete academic transcripts to date, a research proposal, an example of previous academic writing and references. Applications are assessed by a committee of academic tutors who will allocate an appropriate supervisor on your behalf. You may be invited to interview.

After completing a master’s degree in international relations, I was looking for a prestigious doctoral programme with specific expertise in security and terrorism. The Department of War Studies at King’s was both an ideal and natural choice. The main reason for choosing King‘s was the remarkable combination of leading scholars and London’s worldrenowned political, financial and cultural experiences. Amir Frayman (Student) War Studies PhD

Training

The following research training is offered to ensure that students develop the skills necessary to complete their research programme and fulfil their career goals. In Year one, students will complete a programme of research training taught in tandem with MRes (War Studies), this 253

War Studies

Entry requirements Students must possess a first or 2:1 honours degree or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard. It’s not essential to have taken a graduate programme in this field but students are urged to consider taking the MRes, MA or a similar before undertaking the MPhil/PhD in War Studies. Duration Expected to be: MPhil two years FT, four years PT, PhD three years FT, six years PT. Intake Varies. Closing date If you wish to be considered for a PhD commencing September 2009 you must submit your PhD application form by 30 June 2009. If you wish to be considered for funding opportunities you must submit your application earlier. Please see the Application Guidelines on the Department of War Studies website for details of funding deadlines. Funding AHRC, ESRC, ORS, KCL, SSPP and Department of War Studies studentships, see War Studies web pages for details of funding opportunities. Fees See general fees section. Location Strand Campus. Contact The Administrative Secretary, tel 020 7848 2749, fax 020 7848 2026. Please obtain a departmental prospectus and a copy of the MPhil/PhD application guidelines (before completing the application form). You can download a copy of the War Studies prospectus and the application guidelines from the department, www.kcl.ac.uk/warstudies, war.admissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/322

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research opportunities

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research groups within War Studies There are full details of these groups on our website International Studies

Military Studies

Policy Studies

Centre for International Relations Contact Professor Vivienne Jabri, vivienne.jabri@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/418

Campaign History Contact Dr Niall Barr, nbarr.jscsc@defenceacademy.mod.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/423

British Defence Policy & Military Operations Contact Dr Andrew Dorman, andrew.dorman@kcl. ac.uk, adorman.jscsc@defenceacademy.mod.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/427

Conflict, Security & Development Contact Professor Mats Berdal, mats.berdal@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/419

History of Warfare Contact Dr Joe Maiolo, joseph.maiolo@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/425

Centre for Defence Studies Contact Dr John Gearson, john.gearson@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/428

War Studies

International Centre for the Study of Radicalisation & Political Violence Contact Dr Peter R Neumann, peter.neumann@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/420 International Peace & Security Programme Contact Professor James Gow, james.gow@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/421

Insurgency Contact Dr John Mackinlay and Dr David Betz, john@mackinlay.swiftserve.net, david.betz@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/424

Centre for Military Health Research Contact Professor Christopher Dandeker, christopher.dandeker@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/431

Laughton Naval History Unit Contact Professor Andrew Lambert, andrew.lambert@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/426

Centre for Science & Security Studies Contact Professor Wyn Bowen, wyn.bowen@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/430 Corbett Centre for Maritime Policy Studies Contact Corbett Centre for Maritime Policy Studies, Corbettcentre.jscsc@da.mod.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/429

War Crimes Contact Dr Rachel Kerr, rachel.kerr@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/groups/422

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Dr James Acton Nuclear weapons; radiological weapons; International Atomic Energy Agency safeguards; illicit trafficking of nuclear material. Professor Mats Berdal Strategic studies; conflict and development; the UN; international security; comparative civil wars; Cold War history. Dr David Betz Strategy; specific problems of contemporary warfare; civil-military relations; defence reform; Eastern Europe; Asia-Pacific. Professor Didier Bigo Security and liberty; biometrics and databases; Europe anti-terrorist policies; international political sociology. Professor Wyn Bowen Nuclear and WMD proliferation; non-proliferation and counterproliferation; US security policy; asymmetric conflict; terrorism and counter-terrorism. Dr Ahron Bregman Arab-Israeli conflict; Middle East peace process; security issues in the Middle East. Dr Peter Busch Cold War history; Vietnam war; media and war; television and the ‘War on Terror’. Professor Christopher Dandeker Sociology of the military profession; personnel issues affecting the British armed forces. Dr Ruth Deyermond Post-Soviet security; Russian foreign and security policies; international relations theory; sovereignty theory; Russia-US security relations (21st century). Professor Saki Dockrill International relations since 1918; East Asian security; US foreign and national security policy since 1945; Cold War; 9/11. Dr Petra Dolata-Kreutzkamp Canadian foreign policy; US and Canadian diplomatic history; national security, energy and geopolitics; international relations theory; 20th century international history.

254

Dr David Easter The Cold War, South East Asian history; British foreign and defence policy; signals intelligence. Professor Theo Farrell Military transformation; contemporary military operations; organisational and strategic culture; international law. Professor Sir Lawrence Freedman (Vice-Principal, Research) Contemporary defence and foreign policy issues. Professor Mervyn Frost (Head of Department) Ethics in international relations. Dr John Gearson Terrorism and asymmetric conflict; defence policy; British foreign and security policy; diplomatic history. Dr Michael S Goodman Intelligence studies; nuclear weapons history; Cold War history. Professor James Gow International peace and security; UK and Euro-Atlantic security policy; war crimes; the Yugoslav war 1991-2003; civil-military relations; revolution, war and the arts. Ms Jackie Gower European security; Russia and Europe (especially relations with the EU); EU foreign and security policy; EU enlargement. Professor Elspeth Guild Human rights law; immigration law and asylum law. Professor Brian Holden Reid British and American military thought in the 20th century; the American Civil War. Dr Jan Willem Honig Politics and war; Western strategic thought and practice; theories of Clausewitz; European security and foreign policymaking. Professor Vivienne Jabri Critical and poststructural theories of politics and international relations. Dr Alan James Early modern European naval warfare; imperialism; confessional conflict, and state-building; pre-revolutionary France.

Professor Bhupendra Jasani Military applications of outer space; British and European space programmes. Dr Rachel Kerr International law and the use of force; international criminal justice; war crimes; peace and justice; post-conflict reconstruction. Dr Natasha Kuhrt Russian and post-Soviet foreign and security policies; post-Soviet debates on international relations; regional security complexes. Professor Andrew Lambert 19th-century history and strategy; naval warfare. Dr Silviya Lechner IR theory and diplomatic theory; moral and political philosophy; philosophy of history and the human sciences; social choice theory; rule-following. Professor Anatol Lieven Insurgency and counterinsurgency; terrorism; Islamist movements; Pakistan, Afghanistan and Iran; Russia and the former Soviet Union; US political culture and strategy. Dr John Mackinlay Conflict analysis; international forces; peace support operations. Dr Joe Maiolo 20th-century international history; naval history; intelligence studies. Dr Susan Martin International relations theory; security studies; deterrence and proliferation. Dr Christoph O Meyer EU politics and integration theory; European public sphere and political communication; EU security and defence policy. Dr Peter Neumann Strategy; terrorism and insurgency, radicalisation. Dr Barrie Paskins The ethics of politics and war; the literature of war. Dr Preeti Patel Military sociology and peacekeeping; health and security; sexual violence and HIV/AIDS.

Professor Philip Sabin Ancient warfare; air power; World War Two; conflict simulation. Dr Domitilla Sagramoso Conflict, security and development in Russia, the Caucasus, and Central Asia; terrorism, violence and Islam in Eurasia.

Professor Yezid Sayigh International and comparative politics of the Middle East; politics and sociology of development; nationalism, and political sociology of war and the military. Professor Jack Spence International theory; South African politics and diplomacy. Dr John Stone Theory and history of military strategy.

Taught master’s by research War Studies MRes About the programme Purpose

The MRes is intended to serve as a foundation year for War Studies students, who, upon successfully completing the programme will be eligible to apply to progress to the MPhil/PhD. It is also a ‘stand alone’ degree for those wanting a general qualification in social science methodology and War Studies.

State & Global Politics and Concepts & Methods in International Relations; History of Warfare. MRes students are also required to complete a dissertation. Format & assessment

War Studies

Entry requirements First or 2:1 first degree in a broadly relevant discipline or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university, GPA must be above 3.4. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Approximately 5. Closing date All applicants are strongly advised to submit before 30 June. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £4050, FT overseas £11300, PT home/EU £2025, PT overseas £5650. Funding If you wish to be considered for an MRes commencing September 2009 you must submit your MRes application form by 30 June 2009 but if you wish to be considered for ESRC 1+3 funding you must submit the MRes application form by 31 January 2009. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses. Student destinations Students are likely to go on to research degrees or to build careers as social science research specialists in government or NGOs. Contact Administrative Secretary, tel 020 7848 2749, war.admissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/320

Students take core research training modules, War Studies components and complete a dissertation. Students will be assessed by essay, examination and dissertation.

Description

MRes students must take all of the following core research training modules: Quantitative Research Methods, Theory and Methodologies of Social Sciences, Applied Social Science: Research Design & Project Management, Qualitative Research Methods. Students must choose one of the following elements: Approaches to War; Intelligence in Peace & War; Security & Development; Theories of International Relations and Concepts & Methods in International Relations; Violence, the

Application procedure

Entry requirements First class or 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Intake Variable. Closing date All applicants are strongly advised to submit before Friday 17 July. Tuition fees (2009) FT home/EU £5900, FT overseas £12380, PT home/EU £2950, PT overseas £6190. Funding Students are generally self-funded. Location Strand Campus.

Student destinations Whilst this is not a vocational programme, students on MA programmes in the department have gone on to build careers in: further academic research, NGOs, Civil Service, NATO, UN, media and publishing, finance and investment, teaching, and the armed forces. Contact Administrative Officer (Master’s Programmes), tel 020 7848 2193, war-masters@kcl.ac.uk Format & assessment Continuous assessment by essay; examinations and a dissertation. Application procedure All applications are assessed by a committee of academic tutors. This process takes on average eight weeks. On very rare occasions, applicants may be invited to interview.

Your application will considered by a committee of academic tutors. This process takes on average eight weeks. Applicants are invited to interview at the discretion of the committee.

Taught programmes Shared details Information in this section applies to all of the taught programmes listed below, unless separate details are given in the individual programme entries.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Dr William Philpott 19th- and 20th-century British, French and European defence policy and strategy. Professor Michael Rainsborough Strategic theory; history of strategic thought. Dr Julian Reid War in social, political, and philosophical thought; war and international relations; liberal ways of war; the ‘Global War on Terror’.

255

School of Social Science & Public Policy War Studies

Conflict, Security & Development MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/381 See shared details (page 255)

of academic enquiry and policy-making. Issues covered include: the relationship Purpose between development, socio-economic This programme is for graduates and change and violent conflict in the professionals who are keen to explore the developing world; linkages between food conceptual, historical and policy issues security, famines and war; the role of surrounding security and development natural resources and scarcity in zones of and how these manifest themselves in the conflict; the manner in which questions wider context of contemporary warfare and of security and development have been international security. addressed. Students must take the core module, Security & Development; they Description take optional modules chosen from a range This programme examines issues of of possibilities (including African Security security and development in their mutual and Natural Resources and Conflict); and interaction rather than as separate areas complete a dissertation.

About the programme

History of Warfare MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/446

About the programme

See shared details (page 255)

Purpose

This programme offers students the opportunity to engage critically with the methods, materials and debates inherent in the study of the history of warfare. Description

This programme challenges graduate students to examine war from broad historiographical and interdisciplinary perspectives. It takes as its starting point

that the history of warfare cannot be isolated from the study of general history. It encompasses more than what usually falls into the category of military history to include war from the viewpoint of combatants, societies, economies and cultures across the landscape of modern history, and in the spirit of war studies draws on the literature and methodology of other academic disciplines. Students take the core module, History of Warfare; optional modules chosen from a range of possibilities; and will complete a dissertation.

Intelligence & International Security MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/379

About the programme

See shared details (page 255)

Purpose

This programme is for graduates and professionals with an interest in understanding the nature and role of intelligence. Description

Issues of intelligence have assumed increasing prominence in world affairs as analysts and policy-makers attempt to assess the nature of new threats in the international system. This programme offers a unique multidisciplinary approach based on the strengths of the Department of War Studies. It will enable students to examine the nature, processes, roles and case studies of intelligence and their interaction with developments in international security. Students will take the core module, Intelligence in Peace & War; optional modules chosen from a range of possibilities; and complete a dissertation.

International exchange and diversity make the experience at the College unique. The teaching arrangements combined with student seminars enable students to get the utmost out of education, as well as King’s relationship with external organisations such as IISS, Chatham House and RUSI make this experience inclusive. Valon Ahmeti (Student) Intelligence & International Security MA

256

www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/414

About the programme

See shared details (page 255)

Purpose

The programme provides students with a comprehensive understanding of international conflict. It combines the intellectual endeavour associated with advanced learning and the practical policy implications emerging from particular approaches used in the study of conflict at regional, transnational, and global levels of interaction.

Description

This programme emphasises the application of social and political theory in developing understanding of the origins, dynamics, and resolution of international and transnational conflict and political violence. It will help students engage critically with the social, political, and philosophical approaches to the study of conflict and peace, the impact of globalisation on the complexities of presentday conflict, the politics of identity and how it relates to the emergence of violent conflict. Students take core modules, Violence, the State and Global Politics and Concepts and Methods in International Relations; optional modules chosen from a range of possibilties; and complete a dissertation.

War Studies

International Relations MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/413

About the programme

See shared details (page 255)

Purpose

To provide students with the capacity to engage critically with the literature in the field of international relations and the ways in which this literature interprets the empirical world of global politics. Description

This programme will provide students with advanced training in the conceptual and theoretical debates in the discipline of international relations. This programme is distinguished by its critical orientation; it offers you the opportunity to engage with contemporary thought in the social sciences and humanities and its use in unravelling the dynamics of change in social and political relations. Students must take the core modules, Theories of International Relations and Concepts and Methods in International Relations; they take optional modules chosen from a range of possibilities; and complete a dissertation.

School of Social Science & Public Policy

International Conflict Studies MA

The department has an excellent relationship with the world of international relations. This means that there are many opportunities to hear influential speakers on a whole variety of issues, whatever the area of focus there’s always something applicable. There is also information about important conferences and talks taking place in London. These links to other organisations gave me the opportunity to complete valuable work experience. Joy Shannon (Student) International Relations MA

257

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Non-Proliferation & International Security MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/515

About the programme

See shared details (page 255)

Purpose

This programme is for graduates and professionals with an interest in understanding the causes, processes and effects of weapons proliferation, the evolution and effectiveness of the international non-proliferation regime, and the way in which proliferation influences other key issues in international relations. Description

War Studies

The development and spread of weapons technology has always been of central importance in international relations, and

it remains so in today’s world with growing concern about the spread of chemical, biological and nuclear weapons and their means of delivery to both state and nonstate actors. The MA enables students to examine the causes, processes and effects of weapons proliferation, the evolution and effectiveness of the international nonproliferation regime, and the way in which proliferation influences other key issues in international relations. Students take a core module, Non-Proliferation & International Security; optional modules chosen from a range of possibilities; and complete a dissertation.

Science & Security MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/439

About the programme

See shared details (page 255)

Purpose

The programme is designed to provide students with an integrated understanding of science and international politics to cope with the demands of the emerging security agenda. Description

The programme provides students with an understanding of the science underlying key weapons systems and technologies, the main concepts and tools of international politics and security studies, and the process by which scientists and policymakers can interact productively in the policy process. The goal is to equip students to analyse the impact of current and future scientific developments on security. Students take the core modules, The Science of Security, Introduction to Security Studies and Case Studies in Science & Security; they take optional modules chosen from a range of possibilities; and they complete a dissertation.

The department’s reputation attracts leading figures in military and foreign policy circles to deliver guest lectures and seminars. Leading NGO, private, governmental and international organisations in security, development and defence areas have links with the department and circulate employment, work experience and visiting opportunities among its students. Jessica Smith (Student), Science & Security MA

258

Duration Minimum two years and six months, maximum six years. Intake 45 Tuition fees (2009) PT home/EU £2200 per 20 credit module (£4400 per 40 credit module, £1880 for dissertation module), PT overseas £2200 per 20 credit module (£4400 per 40 credit module, £1880 for dissertation module). Location Fully e-learning, non-residential. Student destinations Students are lawyers, management consultants, government personnel, serving military officers, bankers, working for NGOs. Contact War in the Modern World Co-ordinator, ewaradmissions@kcl.ac.uk, or tel 020 7848 1430, fax 0207 848 2026. All queries about fees should be made to the administrator in the first instance, ewaradmissions@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/427

Description

Application procedure

The programme will give students an understanding of military campaigns and operations since 1945, in the light of the wide-ranging economic, social, technological and political changes in the world between the end of World War II

All applications are assessed by a committee of academic tutors. This process takes on average four weeks.

a wide range of backgrounds including politics, history and strategic studies; and professionals in defence, diplomacy and foreign affairs wanting to reflect on the broader implications of their experiences.

elucidated, but we remain a long way from understanding war ‘in the round’. Such a goal demands a more holistic approach. This programme is designed to meet this demand, it offers a broad-based interdisciplinary curriculum. Students will take the core module, Approaches to War; optional modules chosen from a range of possibilities (including Diplomacy, Strategy, Navies and Seapower, and The JIC and British Intelligence); and complete a dissertation.

Purpose

War Studies

See shared details (page 255)

To bring the field of war studies to both graduate students and professionals, using the unique flexibility and convenience that distance learning offers - wherever you live or work. This student-friendly modular programme is for those who want to understand the current operational environment by studying conflict from 1945 to the present day.

and today. It will equip students to engage critically with scholarly debate about the conduct and nature of contemporary warfare, and enable them to understand the contexts in which modern military operations take place. Working in small tutor groups with a worldwide student body with wide experience and intense interest in defence studies and foreign affairs, students have frequent and direct tutor interaction and feedback throughout the programme.

About the programme

War Studies MA www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/319 See shared details (page 255)

About the programme Purpose

Description

To introduce the field of war studies to graduate students and professionals, professionals with an interest in deepening their understanding of war. The programme will appeal to students from

The study of war from a single standpoint, or through the lens of any one academic discipline, inevitably produces a narrow perspective which cannot accommodate war’s complexities. Individual issues are

War Studies & Academic English Grad Dip Entry requirements Applicants must possess a first or 2:1 honours degree in an appropriate subject of the University of London, or an equivalent qualification from another university. GPA must be above 3.25 and applicant must have either IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 6.0) or TOEFL scores of 550 PBT or 83 iBT. Duration One year FT, September to June. Intake Approximately 10 FT. Tuition fees (2009) FT overseas £11300. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses. Student destinations Master’s programme within War Studies. www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/537 See shared details (page 255)

By the end of the programme, students will have improved their overall language Purpose and academic skills and have a more The Graduate Diploma in War Studies & detailed understanding of their chosen Academic English provides a structured academic discipline. Those who meet pathway into war studies master’s level the required standard will be eligible to programmes for international students who complete a master’s degree in their chosen need to develop their academic English programme. All students take the following and critical thinking skills. By integrating three compulsory modules: War Studies war studies and academic English tuition, it & Integrated Study Skills; Individual allows students to master their chosen war Research Project; Academic English Skills. studies subject at a more measured pace, Format & assessment and to do full justice to their intellect and Lecture and seminar classes, supported experience. by academic English tutorials; individual Description supervision for the research project; The programme combines war studies assessment by dissertation, coursework with the development of academic English, essays, oral presentations and unseen study skills and critical thinking skills. examinations.

About the programme

Related programmes The following programmes are offered by a different King’s School/department but cover related subject matter:

Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA, PG Dip (see page 125). Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA (see page 239).

School of Social Science & Public Policy

War in the Modern World (by e-learning) MA

International Peace & Security MA (see page 125). War & Psychiatry MSc (see page 214).

259

King’s Learning Institute

King’s Learning Institute Location Waterloo Campus Address King’s Learning Institute, King’s College London, James Clerk Maxwell Building, 57 Waterloo Road, London SE1 8WA Contact King’s Learning Institute, tel 020 7848 3081, katarzyna.mazurkiewicz@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/learningteaching

The Institute’s research activity explores a wide range of national and international higher education issues. Participants may examine topics of a generic nature such as learning, assessment and quality, and issues stemming from teaching and learning in their own academic disciplines.

Research degrees

Taught programmes

Induction & training

The Institute offers students the opportunity to undertake MPhil/PhD research degrees in Higher Education. Institute staff have a wide range and depth of expertise and are able to support students in their examination of national and international higher education issues related to academic practice.

The Institute provides taught programmes which explore academic practice in the students’ own work environment as well as in a broader context. For those students who are healthcare professionals, there is a specific programme which addresses issues related to clinical pedagogy.

All Institute programmes commence with an induction session. Funding

Self-funded.

Research opportunities Higher Education MPhil/PhD Head of Institute Professor Paul Blackmore. Entry requirements Minimum of 2:1 degree in an appropriate academic discipline. Duration Expected to be MPhil two years FT, three years PT. PhD three years FT, four to six years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Funding Self-funded. Fees See general fees section. Location Waterloo Campus. Contact Dr Ian Kinchin, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 3987, fax 020 7848 3253, ian.kinchin@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/564

Research profile

About the programme

Research income £123,000. Current number of academic staff 12. Recent publications

• Web-based video conferencing in transnational higher education. • Pedagogies and good practice. • Universities as centres of non-learning. • Zen, motorcycle maintenance and quality. • Understanding learning behaviour of Malaysian adult learners. Current research projects Funded by Higher Education Academy, Centre for Distance Learning, Society for Educational Studies, Leadership Foundation in Higher Education.

Study environment

Regular Institute seminars are held at which students can discuss common academic and research issues. Training

The Institute provides research methods sessions. Application procedure

Applications should be made using the form in the Institute’s prospectus or the electronic version on the website. All shortlisted applicants will be interviewed.

Staff research interests Each accomplished in their own field, our staff actively pursue their own research. For contact details see our website. Professor Paul Blackmore Strategic staff development; academic development; academic leadership. Dr Stylianos Hatzipanagos E-learning; blended learning; assessment.

260

Dr David Hay Measuring student learning quality; visualising personal understanding; learning theory and human cognition. Dr Ian Kinchin University pedagogy; clinical teaching; concept mapping.

Dr Laurie Lomas Quality assurance and enhancement; higher education management; European higher education.

King’s Learning Institute

Taught programmes Academic Practice MA/PG Dip Entry requirements PG Cert in Higher Education or equivalent award. Duration PG Dip 18 months PT, MA two years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date December 2009. Tuition fees (2009) Please contact the Institute. Funding Self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Academia. Contact Ms Sharon Markless, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 3718, fax 020 7848 3253, sharon.markless@kcl.ac.uk. Dr Laurie Lomas, Assistant Director, tel 020 7848 3941, fax 020 7848 3253, laurie.lomas@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/554

About the programme Accreditations

PG Dip accredited by the Higher Education Academy. Purpose

The intention of the master’s in Academic Practice programme is to create a learning environment in which participants are able to consider the theories and values that underpin adult education and further develop their abilities and knowledge to become effective professional lecturers able to cope with, initiate, and evaluate change. Description

The PG Dip comprises three modules: Professionalism in Academic Practice; Pedagogic Research in Higher Education and the Development of a Research Proposal. The MA dissertation is based on the PG Dip research proposal. Format & assessment

PG Dip: Two written assignments; one research proposal. MA: Dissertation. Application procedure

Prospective students are welcome to call the department to arrange a visit; we aim to process all applications within four weeks. Your application will be assessed by two academics; we interview all applicants either in person or by phone.

I completed the Postgraduate Certificate in Academic Practice with King’s Learning Institute, as part of my professional development as a new lecturer. The course is a fantastic induction to what it means to be an academic in higher education. The classes were engaging and inspiring. For me they are representative of how teaching should be conducted in higher education. Harvey Wells (Student), Academic Practice PG Cert

Clinical Pedagogy (subject to approval) MA/PG Dip/PG Cert Entry requirements Relevant first degree and a minimum of three years’ professional experience in a clinical environment. Duration PG Cert one year PT, PG Dip eighteen months PT, MA two years PT. Intake No set number. Closing date None. Tuition fees (2009) Please contact the Institute. Funding Self-funded. Location Waterloo Campus. Student destinations Enhanced teaching role in the student’s own clinical environment. Contact Dr Ian Kinchin, Programme Leader, tel 020 7848 3987, fax 020 7848 3253, ian.kinchin@kcl.ac.uk. Dr Laurie Lomas, Assistant Director, tel 020 7848 3941, fax 020 7848 3253, laurie.lomas@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp09/programme/553

About the programme Purpose

This programme offers participants a choice from a range of discipline-specific and interdisciplinary modules which reflect the changing environment of the National Health Service and for those working within healthcare professions.

E: Research; Dissertation, Research Methods, Evaluating Pedagogic Research. Students are required to complete 60 credits for each of the PG Cert (one module from A, B, C and D), PG Dip (any four modules selected from B, C, D and E) and MA (by taking the Dissertation in Part E). Format & assessment

Description

Students select modules from five key areas: Introduction; Development; Context; Pedagogy; Research; Part A: Introduction; Fundamentals of Pedagogy. Part B: Development; Managing People, Professional Development, Personal Development, Interprofessional Leadership & Learning. Part C: Context; Dentistry, Pharmacy. Part D: Pedagogy; Models of Expertise, E-Pedagogies, Curriculum Models, Basic Science. Part

Each module will be assessed by means of a written assignment. Application procedure

Prospective students are welcome to call the Institute to arrange a visit. We aim to process all applications within four weeks. Your application will be assessed by two academics. We interview all applicants either in person or by phone.

261

Applying to King’s

Applying to King’s You can apply online for our graduate programmes. Before completing our application form, please check the application procedure for your particular programme in this prospectus. Please read this section before making your application to King’s. You will also need to refer to specific advice given within each programme description concerning application procedure, closing dates, and entry requirements. There is more detailed information and advice for each programme online. All our programmes require you to complete our graduate application form. Our online graduate application form makes applying easier and quicker for you, and means we can receive your application faster and more securely. Your referees can also use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit your references. To complete the online application form, please see our website, where full instructions are given. We do not normally accept paper applications, however, if you are unable to access or complete our online application form please contact the relevant Admissions Office at King’s for assistance. King’s is planning to introduce a new applicant online portal called ‘myApplication’ in 2009/10. This will allow you to track the status of your application, view information on King’s, and respond to an offer of a place all via your own King’s webpage.

262

Before completing our online application form, please check the application procedure for your particular programme in this prospectus. We aim to fulfil the response times listed in the programme entries, but cannot do so if applications are incomplete.

group in which you wish to study is able to supervise and resource your MPhil/ PhD appropriately. If your application is successful, your research proposal will also need to be formally approved by the appropriate person in the department or School. Your supervisor will guide you Qualifying for King’s through this process. King’s welcomes students with a range of Entry requirements for our MPhil and qualifications from all over the world. Entry PhD programmes vary, so please check the requirements vary for each programme of individual entries in this prospectus. The study, and the minimum requirements for minimum requirement is a 2:1 first degree, entry are included within each programme but you may also be required to have listing. You should make sure that you studied at master’s level. Please check the fulfil all the entrance requirements for the entry requirements for your area of interest. programme to which you are applying, including English language requirements if Students with disabilities We welcome applications from students relevant. Please note that competition for with disabilities and/or special needs. places on some programmes is extremely Disclosing a health condition, specific high, and that the minimum requirement learning difficulty or disability will not given may not be sufficient to secure an affect the academic assessment of any offer. Please check the details given for application. It is helpful to know about your programme of interest and if you are the nature of any disability so we can seek unsure about what is required, contact the to address students’ specific needs and relevant office. ascertain whether facilities are available. Depending on your subject, there may Students with disabilities are asked to be additional requirements for entry onto complete the relevant sections of the our programmes. These could include application form, and are encouraged occupational health, Criminal Records Bureau or Academic Technology Approval to contact the Disability Adviser in the relevant School prior to applying to seek Scheme (ATAS) clearance. ATAS applies advice, and ideally pay an information visit. to students who require Entry Clearance This will enable you to make a personal to study in the UK, and are intending and realistic assessment of facilities and to undertake study in certain science, engineering or technology subjects (please provision in relation to your disability, see our website or visit www.fco.gov.uk for so you can decide whether the College provides you with a suitable environment more details). in which to study. Departments may be When you apply for your MPhil/PhD, you will be asked to submit a brief synopsis able to provide: special seating, handouts and book lists in advance, extended bookof your research proposal. For certain loans, rearranged timetables, extra time programmes, you may also be asked to for examinations, and consideration with submit a research proposal/project with coursework. Additional funding is available your application. Your application will be to home and international students viewed by at least two suitably qualified with disabilities to assist and support academics and home students should their learning while at King’s. For more expect to be called for interview to discuss information see the College’s Disability and your proposal. It is important for both you Dyslexia Guide and the College that the department or

English (see page 259), Graduate Diplomas in Humanities & Academic English (see page 69), plus programmes with nursing and pharmaceutical and biomedical sciences. Updates will be on our website. The table below shows our minimum entry requirements for our graduate programmes. For entry onto any of the English Language Centre programmes outlined above, please refer to details given Contact on their website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc Disability Support Team, Equality & Even if you meet the minimum standards Diversity Department, tel 020 7848 3398, listed in the table, you are still welcome equality@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/ to apply for an English language course. equal-opps/support These courses help you to further improve your English language and study skills The English Language Centre (ELC) and to get used to your new academic and When applying for postgraduate If you have not yet achieved the required social environment. programmes in the UK, King’s level, you can take the College’s PreOnce you start your degree, the ELC sessional Course in English and Study Skills offers free part-time in-sessional and study College London was my first choice. for Academic Purposes. This course runs skills courses (including a writing tutorial I chose King’s for its outstanding throughout the summer and helps students service) across all campuses throughout the to reach their required language and skills academic year. These courses are designed academic standards and for its level. The ELC also offers a one-year and to support you further in your studies and unique central position. Moreover, six month pre-master’s programme for are open to all students, including native day after day I realise how friendly overseas students who wish to prepare for speakers. entry to law, humanities, social science and The Centre also offers advanced English and lively life is at King’s – everybody psychology graduate programmes. language courses for students wishing to sit told me when I was applying, and From September 2008, a series of the Cambridge Proficiency or Cambridge I can totally confirm it. Graduate Diploma programmes, run in Advanced Examinations or to further Marina Romani (Student) collaboration with King’s departments will improve their linguistic skills. Comparative Literature MA also start. They will form the first year of Contact a two-year master’s degree. At the time of ELC, tel +44 (0)20 7848 1600, going to press these include the Graduate elc@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/elc Diploma in War Studies & Academic Title of English language qualification

King’s School/department (Please check which School/department offers your programme of interest) Humanities Biomedical & Health LLM programme Physical Sciences Social Science Sciences & Engineering & Public Policy Dentistry (excluding (not Gerontology, Computing, IT Law & Medicine Management) Nursing & Midwifery Management MSc) Psychiatry Computing IT Law & Management MSc

Law (excluding LLM) Management Gerontology

GCSE/ IGCSE IGCSE E2L IB Hong Kong Certificate of Education (HKCEE) Syllabus B IELTS

C C SL4 C

B B SL5 B

B B SL6 B

6.5 overall with a minimum of 5.5 in all skills

7.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 in all skills

580 + 4.0 TWE/93 + minimum 18 in all skills

603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 20 in all skills

603 +5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 24 in all skills

Cambridge Advanced Cambridge Proficiency King’s College London International Pre-Master’s Programme (IPP) King’s College London Pre-Sessional Programme (PSP)

B C B

7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in Writing & Reading and 6.5 in Listening & Speaking 603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 24 in Writing & Reading, 22 in Listening & Speaking Not acceptable B B+

7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in all four skills

TOEFL (Paper/ internet)

7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in Writing & Reading and 6.0 in Listening & Speaking 603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 24 in Writing & Reading, 20 in Listening & Speaking Not acceptable B B+

70%

65%

A B B 70%

Not acceptable A B+

263

Applying to King’s

www.kcl.ac.uk/equal-opps/support/guide The Disability Support Team is situated within the Equality & Diversity Department which provides information and advice on the breadth of equality and diversity issues. The department has a number of useful web pages providing up-to-date information on College equalities policy, training and disability provision.

Fees, funding & finance

Fees, funding & finance Further details about all of the issues in this section can be found on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Fees The majority of fees shown in the programme sections of this prospectus are for 2009 entry and are accurate at the time of going to press, but occasionally revisions need to be made, so please check the website or with the relevant School Office to confirm. Also please note that fees listed are for the first year of a programme only; if your programme continues into subsequent years, the fees for those years may differ. As fees are confirmed, they will be updated on the website. Fees for all taught programmes can be found listed either alongside individual programmes, or at the beginning of departmental or section entries. If in any doubt, you are advised to check with the School Office to which you are applying. For research fees, please refer to the table opposite. Equivalent or lower level qualifications

The UK government is currently revising funding arrangements for home/EU students who are seeking to obtain an equivalent or lower level qualification (known as ELQ) than they already hold. This will affect the fee status of some home/EU applicants regardless of where they took their first degree. We await final confirmation of the affected programmes and are therefore not able to give definitive details of the exemptions from this policy. King’s College London is deciding how this is likely to affect the tuition fees for 2009-10. Updated information will be posted on our website www.kcl.ac.uk/ graduate/fees/ Tuition fees quoted in this publication and on our online prospectus only apply to students who do not have an existing higher education qualification, or are not studying at a lower level than their existing qualifications. Instalments and deposits

You can pay tuition fees in instalments, but if you pay in full by the stipulated date you will receive a two per cent discount. For 264

Full-time research degrees (MPhil/PhD)

Arts-based subjects (includes Geography research (Arts-based) and Mathematics but excludes Law and Education) Science-based subjects (includes Geography research (Science-based) Clinical-based subjects (including MDs) Education Institute of Psychiatry Law Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Doctorate in Clinical Psychology

Home /EU students £ (2009)

Overseas students £ (2009)

3450

11700

3450 3450 3450 4600 5900

14000 27650 11700 14100 13000

4050 Contact IoP

12540 N/A

Home /EU students £ (2009) 1725 1725 1725 1725 2300 2950

Overseas students £ (2009) 5850 7000 13825 5850 7050 6500

2025 2040

6270 6688

2040

6270

Part-time research degrees

Arts-based subjects Science-based subjects Clinical-based subjects (including MDs) Education Institute of Psychiatry Law Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Exceptions: EdD, DMin PhD in Healthcare (School of Biomedical & Health Sciences)

Further information on all the topics covered in this section of the prospectus can be found on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding Fees for all taught programmes can be found listed either alongside individual programmes, or at the beginning of departmental or section entries. If in any doubt, you are advised to check with the School Office to which you are applying.

certain programmes, a fee deposit scheme is in operation. When you are offered a place to study on one of our programmes, you will be advised whether you are required to pay a deposit (likely to be around 10 per cent of the fee). This will affect some, but not all, of programmes in this prospectus and you will be sent all relevant information by the

School to which you are applying. Please check our website for the most up-to-date information. Research fees

The fees above are general guidelines for research programmes. Please check our website for updates.

When applying for graduate study it is important to consider availability of finances for both tuition fees and living costs. Sources of finance are wide ranging and vary for individual students. The majority of students on taught or research programmes pay their tuition fees through private sources, whether by industrial sponsorship, borrowed money, or scholarships from agencies and charities. However, King’s administers and provides an extensive range of funding opportunities for both taught programmes and research degrees throughout the year.

There are many excellent opportunities to help fund your graduate studies at King’s. The King’s Graduate School is offering a package of almost 100 new graduate studentships and bursaries available for 2009 entry. This is the largest scheme ever offered by the College. Details of other annual funding awards are given in the School entries of this prospectus. The College website is regularly updated via the funding web pages with studentships and other funding opportunities that become available centrally and through our Schools and departments. Some of this funding may be one-off studentships at either

master’s or research level, and may be tied to a project or programme funded by a Research Council or other major funding body, or may be aimed at students from specific countries. For details of the funding available via the Graduate School, please see our graduate funding brochure and for details of all funding opportunities available across the College please search our funding web pages at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Examples of funding opportunities currently offered by the College (Please note that this list is not exhaustive and that schemes can change from year to year. Please use this table as a guide to the types of opportunities available) Name of scheme

Eligibility Programme Subject/School Registration status Tuition fee status

Value

Graduate School Studentships King’s International Graduate Scholarships King’s Alumni Bursaries

MPhil/PhD

Stipend plus Home/EU fees Varies, £2500 or £5000 towards tuition fees 20% contribution towards tuition fees Varies, £2500 towards tuition fees Stipend plus Home/EU fees Difference between home and overseas fees

MPhil/PhD Master’s programmes MPhil/PhD Master’s programmes King’s International MPhil/PhD Partnership Scholarships Master’s programmes Annual Fund MPhil/PhD Studentships MPhil/PhD Overseas Research Students (ORS) Awards Dorothy Hodgkin MPhil/PhD Postgraduate Awards (DHPA) KC Wong Postgraduate MPhil/PhD Scholarship Programme Salim Habib Fellowship MPhil/PhD

Any

Full-time

Any

Full-time

Any

Full-time

Any

Full-time

Any

Full-time

Any

Full-time

Home/EU overseas Home/EU overseas*** Home/EU overseas Overseas

Health Schools; PSE *

Full-time

Overseas*

Stipend plus overseas fees

All except humanities Health Schools; PSE Selected programmes (see web for further details) Any

Full time

Chinese nationals

Full-time

Pakistani nationals

Full-time

Overseas**

Stipend plus overseas fees Stipend plus overseas fees Stipend plus overseas fees. Travel to/from UK

Full-time

Candadian nationals

£1000

Home/EU overseas Overseas

Commonwealth Shared Scholarship Scheme (CSSS)

Master’s programme

F Kenneth Hare Memorial Scholarship (Friends of King’s College London, Canada) Schilizzi Scholarships

Master’s programme

All undergraduate and Any graduate programmes

Full-time

Greek nationals

Up to £2500 per annum – subject to satisfactory academic progress. Tenure depends on level of study

Hong Kong Scholarships

All

All except undergraduate medicine and dentistry programmes

Full-time

Hong Kong nationals

Kwok & Yih Scholarship

All

Law

Full-time

Hong Kong nationals

Varies, up to £4500 per year for up to three years. Number of awards varies from year to year, usually up to three. One scholarship is awarded annually and has a value of £4500

USA Scholarship

Master’s programme

Any

Full-time

American nationals

US $2000

* only for students from India, China, Hong Kong, South Africa, Brazil, Russia and the developing world; Schools eligible to hold award(s) may change from year to year as subject eligibility is based on the source of funding offered. ** only for students from developing Commonwealth countries; see web for a full list of eligible programmes *** only for students who have studied at one of the following international partner institutions: University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA, Hong Kong University, National University of Singapore

265

Fees, funding & finance

Funding through King’s

Funding

Fees, funding & finance

Other sources of financial support Research Councils

The principal sources of funding (UK/EU students only) are: • Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC, www.ahrc.ac.uk) • Biotechnology & Biological Sciences Research Council (BBSRC, www.bbsrc.ac.uk) • Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC, www.esrcsocietytoday.ac.uk) • Engineering & Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC, www.epsrc.ac.uk) • Medical Research Council (MRC, www.mrc.ac.uk) • Natural Environment Research Council (NERC, www.nerc.ac.uk) • Science & Technology Facilities Council (STFC, www.scitech.ac.uk) Awards are available for both taught programmes and research. Applications are made through the College. Programmes with funding are listed on our funding website database and in the prospectus. Other sources of funding for overseas fee status students

If you are a student of overseas fee status, you must have sufficient funds to cover both fees and maintenance (for both yourself and any dependants in the UK) for the whole period of your study. This is a condition of your student visa. Sources 266

of finance for overseas students may include: funding by your government or sponsorship by your employer; private sources – a student’s own savings or funds borrowed from family; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities – contact your nearest British Council Office or education department. Additionally, some students obtain funding through scholarships and funding provided by the British Government. Do be aware however that it is very difficult to find new sponsorship or other financial help once you are in the UK. Other sources of funding for home fee status students

Some of the possible sources of funding for students of home fee status are: private sources (eg their own savings, family loans); part-time work; the support of their employer; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities; and loans. Student loans are not available for graduate students, but preferential rates may be obtained through some professional organisations, eg the Law Society. Career Development Loans are available for vocational programmes. Please see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding for more details about eligibility and how to apply. Availability of such loans for EU students depends on an individual’s circumstances. The College has identified many external sources of funding available to

students wishing to pursue graduate study at King’s. Please visit our funding pages (www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding) for details. Hardship funds

The following funds are for students who have unexpected financial difficulties after joining the College. These funds are limited and therefore it is not possible to guarantee that all cases of hardship can be addressed. Access to Learning Fund This fund is available for distribution by King’s to those students who can demonstrate their financial hardship with documentary evidence. Full-time and some part-time graduate home registered students can apply. Please note that the Access to Learning Fund cannot be used to assist students to pay their tuition fees. International Hardship Fund The College has established a hardship fund to which international and EU fee status students can apply. Applications are accepted from those students who encounter unexpected financial hardship after joining their course of study. Contact

Student Funding Office, King’s College London, Room 1.19 Franklin-Wilkins Building, 150 Stamford Street, London SE1 9NH, funding@kcl.ac.uk or at www.kcl.ac.uk/funding

Fees, funding & finance

I am currently enrolled in the PhD programme at the Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases and am fully funded by Roche Pharmaceuticals and various Canadian and British scholarships that includes the Overseas Research Student Award. I believe King’s reputation contributed to my success in obtaining this research funding.

My research has been supported by the AHRC, which in addition to paying my living costs and tuition fees has helped me to undertake a six-month research trip to Paris and present papers at conferences in the UK and USA. Jonathan Driskell (Student) Film PhD

Timothy Kaan (Student) Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases PhD

Choral and organ scholarships

The College offers about nine choral scholarships and one organ scholarship each year to students from all departments, each currently worth £250 (auditions are held between January and March). Please contact David Trendell, College Organist, for more details at david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk

Finance Living expenses

Your living expenses will depend on personal circumstances and choice. Basic prices for food, personal costs, bills, etc will be consistent wherever you study. Expenditure more specific to London and King’s relates to accommodation and travel. As a rough guide, our following estimates reflect the minimum you might expect to spend to live in reasonable comfort. Estimates cover accommodation, food and travel within London (for more details about travel costs see Transport for London’s website at www.tfl.gov.uk), but exclude tuition fees. Travel outside the capital, the costs of books, clothing and thesis presentations fall outside this amount. Living expenses will depend on the type of accommodation you have (see page 23 for more details). Estimated expenses are for a full year for the 2009-10 session. Price increases and unexpected expenditure should be taken into account. Students arranging initial short-term

There is a huge offering of theatre, music and art shows, but you can’t see it all. So be selective and always try to book tickets in advance (most shows, transportation, accommodation, etc are much cheaper if booked early). To move around London, the best choice is to get the Student Oystercard and top it up either with a weekly or a monthly travelcard. Inês Vieira Ferraz (Student) Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA/PG Dip

accommodation on arrival in London will additionally need to budget for this expense.

Paid work

Many students take up paid work during vacation periods and/or work parttime during the academic year. King’s Estimated expenses Careers Service advertises vacancies via UK students: their online jobs database JobOnline, single student: £10,248 and provides support throughout the couple: £15,707 (plus additional £2,000 job hunting process from CV writing to per child) interview technique. A wide range of work is available in International students: the students’ union, through paid work single student: £11,117 in KCLSU’s bars, catering outlets, shops, couple: £17,222 (plus additional £2,000 gym, administration or for the events per child) department as a steward or crew member. Other departments of the College also offer International students work opportunities. As part of their visa requirements, nonThe British government has introduced EEA (European Economic Area) students legislation to make it easier for international must ensure that they have sufficient students to gain part-time employment. funds for fees and maintenance (for both Unless your visa specifically prohibits you themselves and any dependants) for the from working, you will be permitted to entire period of study. Studying in another work up to 20 hours per week in termcountry represents a substantial financial time and full-time during vacation. In commitment and all students must consider the case of programmes that include a the cost of living when coming to London. work placement, this will normally be In determining the relative expense of extended. The majority of international studying in another country, students students who have successfully completed should take into account the shorter period and obtained a degree, postgraduate of time generally required to study for certificate, postgraduate diploma or PhD graduate degrees in the UK compared with in the UK are now allowed to work for other countries. up to two years after completion of their studies. More information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice and International Student Support Service www.kcl.ac.uk/welfare 267

Index

A–Z of taught programmes An additional index of taught programmes by subject area follows this list. Academic Practice (MA, PG Dip) 261 Advanced Computing (MSc) 175 Advanced General Dental Practice (MSc) 63 Advanced Musical Studies (PG Cert) 108 Advanced (Neuromusculo-skeletal) Physiotherapy (MSc) 49 Advanced (Sport & Performance) Physiotherapy (MSc) 50 Advanced Practice (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 161 Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 162 Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 162 Advanced Practice (Child Health) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 163 Advanced Practice (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 163 Advanced Practice (Critical Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Education) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Gastrointestinal Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Advanced Practice (Leadership) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Advanced Practice (Midwifery) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 166 Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 166 Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/ Community Matron/Case Manager) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 166 Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 167 Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/Public Health/ School Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 168 Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 168 Advanced Software Engineering (MSc) 176 Aesthetic Dentistry (MSc DL) 64 Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace (PG Cert) 202 American Studies (MA) 73 Analytical Science for Industry (MSc) 42 Analytical Toxicology (MSc) 43 Ancient History (MA) 80 Aquatic Resource Management (MSc) 235 Australian Studies (MA) 75 Bible & Ministry (MA) 227 Bible & Theology (MA) 118 Biblical Studies (MA) 119 Bioinformatics (MSc) 172 Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research (MSc) 43 Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English (Grad Dip) 44 Carbon: Science, Society & Change (MSc) 236 Child & Adolescent Mental Health (MSc) 203 Child Studies (MA, PG Dip) 225 Christian Education (MA) 227 Christianity & the Arts (MA) 119 Cities, Culture & Social Change (MA) 236 Classical Art & Archaeology (MA) 81 Classical Studies (Grad Dip) 81 Classics (MA) 81 Clinical Dermatology (MSc) 151 Clinical Forensic Psychiatry (MSc) 203 Clinical Forensic Psychology (MSc) 203 Clinical Neuroscience (MSc) 205 Clinical Nursing for International Students (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 159 Clinical Pedagogy (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 261

Clinical & Public Health Aspects of Addiction (MSc) 203 Cognitive Behavioural Therapies (PG Dip) 205 Cognitive Behavioural Therapies for Children & Adolescents (PG Dip) 206 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) for Psychosis (PG Dip) 206 Comparative Literature (MA) 83 Computer-aided Mechanical Engineering (MSc) 180 Computing & Internet Systems (MSc) 176 Computing, IT Law & Management (MSc) 177 Computing & Security (MSc) 177 Conflict, Security & Development (MA) 256 Conscious Sedation for Dentistry (PG Dip) 58 Construction Adjudication (PG Cert) 123 Construction Law & Dispute Resolution (MSc) 124 Contemporary Ecclesiology (MA) 227 Contemporary Worship (MA) 228 Creative Arts in the Classroom (MA) 229 Criminology & Criminal Justice (MA) 124 Critical Methodologies (MA) 70 Cultural & Creative Industries (MA) 88 Dental & Maxillofacial Radiology (MSc DL) 65 Dental Public Health (MSc) 59 Dental Public Health (MSc DL) 65 Diabetes & Endocrinology (MSc) 152 Dietetics (MSc, PG Dip) 44 Digital Asset Management (MA) 85 Digital Culture & Technology (MA) 70 Digital Humanities (MA) 86 Digital Signal Processing (MSc) 180 Digital Technology & Culture (MSc) 181 Disasters, Adaptation & Development (MA, MSc) 236 Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy) 202 Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies (EdD, DrPS) 222 Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) (DHC) 159 Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) (DHC) 41 Doctorate in Ministry (DMin) 222 Drug Discovery Skills (MSc) 44 Drug Metabolism & Toxicology (MSc) 45 E-Inclusion (MA) 225 Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission (MA) 90 Early Modern History (MA) 104 EC Competition Law (MA, PG Dip) 127 Economics for Competition Law (MA, PG Dip) 127 Education (MRes) 223 Education & Professional Studies (MA) 229 Education Management (MA) 229 Education, Policy & Society (MA) 230 Eighteenth-Century Studies (MA) 71 Electronic Engineering Research (MSc) 181 Electronic Engineering with Business Management (MSc) 181 Endodontology (MClinDent) 56 Engineering with Business Management (MSc) 181 Engineering with Finance (MSc) 182 English (MA) 91 English in Education (MA) 230 English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics (MA) 226 Environment & Development (MA, MSc) 237 Environment, Politics & Globalisation (MA) 237 Environmental Health (MSc, PG Dip) 238 Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management (MSc) 238

Epilepsy (MSc) 207 Ethics & the Philosophy of Religion (MA) 119 European Public Policy (MA) 94 European Studies (MA) 95 European Studies (MRes) 95 European Union Law (MA, PG Dip) 128 Experimental Oral Medicine (MSc) 59 Family Interventions in Psychosis (PG Dip) 207 Family Therapy (PG Dip) 208 Family Therapy (MSc) 208 Film Studies (MA) 97 Financial Mathematics (MSc) 187 Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics (MClinDent DL) 66 Forensic Mental Health Science (MSc) 209 Forensic Science (MSc) 45 French Language & Culture (MA, PG Dip) 99 French Literature & Culture (MA) 99 Geography (MA, MSc) 239 Geopolitics, Territory & Security (MA) 239 German Linguistics (MA) 101 Gerontology (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 245 Gerontology (MRes) 244 Global Ageing (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 245 Global Environmental Change (MSc) 239 Health & Society (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Health Promotion (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Health Psychology (MSc) 209 Healthcare & Academic English (Grad Dip) 160 Healthcare Research (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 160 History of Philosophy (MA) 111 History of Warfare (MA) 256 Humanities & Academic English (Grad Dip) 69 Human & Applied Physiology (MSc) 46 Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis (MSc) 248 Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics (MA, PG Dip) 125 ICT Education (MA) 230 Immunology (MSc) 148 Imperial & Commonwealth History (MA) 104 Implant Dentistry (MSc) 60 Information Processing & Neural Networks (MSc) 187 Integrative Biomedicine (MRes) 147 Intelligence & International Security (MA) 256 Intelligent Systems (MSc) 182 International Addiction Studies (MSc) 210 International Conflict Studies (MA) 257 International Management (MSc) 249 International Marketing (MSc) 249 International Peace & Security (MA) 125 International Relations (MA) 257 Jewish Education (MA) 230 Jewish Studies (MA) 119 Language, Discourse & Communication (MRes) 223 Language, Ethnicity & Education (MA) 231 Late Antique & Byzantine Studies (Grad Dip) 78 Late Antique & Byzantine Studies (MA) 78 Laws (Master of) (LLM) 123 Literature & Medicine (MA) 91 Management & Social Science (MRes) 248 Master of Laws (LLM) 123 Mathematics (MSc) 188 Mathematics (Grad Dip) 188 Mathematics Education (MA) 231 Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology (MSc) 60 Mechanical Engineering Research (MSc) 182 Mechatronics (MSc) 183 Medical Engineering & Physics (MSc) 148 Medical Ethics & Law (MA) 126 Medical Immunology (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 149 Medical Ultrasound (PG Cert, PG Dip, MSc) 153 Medicine, Science & Society (MSc) 218 Medieval History (MA) 104 Medieval Studies (MA) 71 Mental Health Services Research (MSc) 210 Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults (MSc, PG Dip) 211 Mental Health Studies (MSc) 212 Mental Health Studies in Learning Disabilities (MSc) 212 Mental Health Studies (Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology) (MSc) 212 Middle East & Mediterranean Studies (MA) 106

Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age (MA) 228 Mobile & Personal Communications (MSc) 183 Modern Foreign Languages Education (MA) 231 Modern Greek Studies (MA) 78 Modern History (MA) 104 Molecular Biophysics (MRes) 42 Multi-scale Fluid Process Engineering (Macro to Nano) (MSc) 185 Music (MMus) 108 Nanotechnology Engineering (MSc) 184 Neuroscience (MSc) 213 Non-Proliferation & International Security (MA) 258 Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 152 Nutrition (MSc, PG Dip) 46 Oral Surgery (MClinDent) 56 Orthodontics (MSc) 61 Paediatric Dentistry (MSc) 61 Pain: Science & Society (MSc) 47 Palliative Care (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 149 Pastoral Ethics (MA) 228 Periodontology (MClinDent) 57 Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control (MSc) 47 Pharmaceutical Technology (MSc) 48 Pharmacology (MSc) 48 Philosophy (MA) 112 Philosophy & History of Science (MSc) 112 Philosophy of Mental Disorder (MSc) 112 Philosophy of Psychology (MA) 112 Physics at the Nanoscale (MRes) 190 Physiotherapy (pre-registration) (MSc) 49 Portuguese Studies (MA) 114 Postgraduate Certificate in Education/ Professional Certificate in Education (PGCE) 224 Primary Health Care (MSc, PG Dip) 150 Prosthetic Dentistry (MSc) 62 Prosthodontics (MClinDent) 57 Psychiatric Research (MSc) 213 Public Health (MPH, MSc) 150 Public Policy (MA) 251 Public Policy & Ageing (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 245 Public Services Policy & Management (MSc) 249 Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry (MSc, PG Dip) 151 Religion in Contemporary Society (MA) 120 Religious Education (MA) 231 Rheumatology (MSc, PG Dip) 153 Risk Analysis (MA, MSc) 240 Science & Security (MA) 258 Science Education (MA) 231 Sedation & Special Care Dentistry (MSc) 62 Shakespearean Studies: Text & Playhouse (MA) 92 Signal Processing for Communications (MSc) 184 Signal Processing for Multimedia Technologies (MSc) 184 Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry (MSc) 214 Spanish & Latin American Studies (MA) 116 Sustainable Cities (MSc, PG Dip) 240 Systematic Theology (MA) 120 Terrorism, Security & Society (MA, MSc, PG Dip) 240 Text & Performance Studies (MA) 92 Theology & Religious Studies (Grad Dip) 120 Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations (MA) 228 Theoretical Physics (MSc) 188 Tourism, Environment & Development (MA) 241 UK, US & EC Copyright Law (MA, PG Dip) 128 Vascular Ultrasound (PG Cert, PG Dip, MSc) 154 War & Psychiatry (MSc, PG Dip) 214 War in the Modern World (by e-learning) (MA) 259 War Studies (MRes) 255 War Studies (MA) 259 War Studies & Academic English (Grad Dip) 259 Water: Science & Governance (MSc) 241 Web Intelligence (MSc) 177 Youth Ministry (MA) 228

268

KCL15_Endmatter3.indd 268

3/9/08 13:56:39

Taught programmes are listed below by general subject area. Key: DL=Distance Learning American literature & culture American Studies (MA) 73 Ancient world (see Classical & ancient world) Australian studies Australian Studies (MA) 75 Biomedical sciences (see Health sciences) Classical & ancient world Ancient History (MA) 80 Classical Art & Archaeology (MA) 81 Classical Studies (Grad Dip) 81 Classics (MA) 81 Late Antique & Byzantine Studies (MA, Grad Dip) 78 Computer science Advanced Computing (MSc) 175 Advanced Software Engineering (MSc) 176 Bioinformatics (MSc) 172 Computing & Internet Systems (MSc) 176 Computing & Security (MSc) 177 Computing, IT Law & Management (MSc) 177 Digital Asset Management (MA) 85 Digital Humanities (MA) 86 Information Processing & Neural Networks (MSc) 187 Intelligent Systems (MSc) 182 Web Intelligence (MSc) 177 Cultural studies (see Visual & cultural studies) Dentistry (Specialist programmes for qualified dentists, see also Health sciences) Advanced General Dental Practice (MSc) 63 Aesthetic Dentistry (MSc DL) 64 Conscious Sedation for Dentistry (PG Dip) 58 Dental & Maxillofacial Radiology (MSc DL) 65 Dental Public Health (MSc, MSc DL) 59, 65 Endodontology (MClinDent) 56 Experimental Oral Medicine (MSc) 59 Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics (MClinDent DL) 66 Implant Dentistry (MSc) 60 Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology (MSc) 60 Oral Surgery (MClinDent) 56 Orthodontics (MSc) 61 Paediatric Dentistry (MSc) 61 Periodontology (MClinDent) 57 Prosthetic Dentistry (MSc) 62 Prosthodontics (MClinDent) 57 Sedation & Special Care Dentistry (MSc) 62 Digital culture (see also Engineering) Digital Culture & Technology (MA) 70 Digital Humanities (MA) 86 Digital Technology & Culture (MSc) 181 Drama (see English literature, language & drama) Education Academic Practice (MA, PG Dip) 261 Advanced Practice (Education) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164

Advanced Practice (Leadership) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Child Studies (MA, PG Dip) 225 Christian Education (MA) 227 Clinical Pedagogy (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 261 Creative Arts in the Classroom (MA) 229 Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies (EdD, DrPS) 222 Doctorate in Ministry (DMin) 222 Education & Professional Studies (MA) 229 Education (MRes) 223 Education Management (MA) 229 Education, Policy & Society (MA) 230 E-Inclusion (MA) 225 English in Education (MA) 230 English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics (MA) 226 Health & Society (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Health Promotion (MSc, PG Dip) 226 ICT Education (MA) 230 Jewish Education (MA) 230 Language, Discourse & Communication (MRes) 223 Language, Ethnicity & Education (MA) 231 Mathematics Education (MA) 231 Modern Foreign Languages Education (MA) 231 Postgraduate Certificate in Education/ Professional Certificate in Education (PGCE) 224 Religious Education (MA) 231 Science Education (MA) 231 Youth Ministry (MA) 228 Engineering Advanced Computing (MSc) 175 Computer-Aided Mechanical Engineering (MSc) 180 Construction Adjudication (PG Cert) 123 Construction Law & Dispute Resolution (MSc) 124 Digital Signal Processing (MSc) 180 Digital Technology & Culture (MSc) 181 Electronic Engineering Research (MSc) 181 Electronic Engineering with Business Management (MSc) 181 Engineering with Business Management (MSc) 181 Engineering with Finance (MSc) 182 Intelligent Systems (MSc) 182 Mechanical Engineering Research (MSc) 182 Mechatronics (MSc) 183 Medical Engineering & Physics (MSc) 148 Mobile & Personal Communications (MSc) 183 Multi-scale Fluid Processing Engineering (Macro to Nano) (MSc) 185 Nanotechnology Engineering (MSc) 184 Signal Processing for Communications (MSc) 184 Signal Processing for Multimedia Technologies (MSc) 184 English literature, language & drama (see also Literature & criticism) American Studies (MA) 73 Comparative Literature (MA) 83 Critical Methodologies (MA) 70 Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission (MA) 90 Eighteenth-Century Studies (MA) 71 English (MA) 91 English in Education (MA) 230 English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics (MA) 226 Literature & Medicine (MA) 91 Shakespearean Studies: Text & Playhouse (MA) 92 Text & Performance Studies (MA) 92

Ethics Child Studies (MA, PG Dip) 225 Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics (MA, PG Dip) 125 Jewish Studies (MA) 119 Medical Ethics & Law (MA) 126 European literature, languages, culture & politics (see also Literature & criticism; Medieval studies) EC Competition Law (MA, PG Dip) 127 European Union Law (MA, PG Dip) 128 European Public Policy (MA) 94 European Studies (MRes, MA) 95 French Language & Culture (MA, PG Dip) 99 French Literature & Culture (MA) 99 German Linguistics (MA) 101 Humanities & Academic English (Grad Dip) 69 Late Antique & Byzantine Studies (MA, Grad Dip) 78 Modern Foreign Languages Education (MA) 231 Modern Greek Studies (MA) 78 Portuguese Studies (MA) 114 Spanish & Latin American Studies (MA) 116 War Studies & Academic English (Grad Dip) 259 Geography Aquatic Resource Management (MSc) 235 Carbon: Science, Society & Change (MSc) 236 Cities, Culture & Social Change (MA) 236 Disasters, Adaptation & Development (MA, MSc) 236 Environment & Development (MA, MSc) 237 Environment, Politics & Globalisation (MA) 237 Environmental Health (MSc, PG Dip) 238 Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management (MSc) 238 Geography (MA, MSc) 239 Geopolitics, Territory & Security (MA) 239 Global Environmental Change (MSc) 239 Risk Analysis (MA, MSc) 240 Sustainable Cities (MSc, PG Dip) 240 Tourism, Environment & Development (MA) 241 Water: Science & Governance (MSc) 241 Gerontology Advanced Practice (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 161 Gerontology (MRes, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 244-5 Global Ageing (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 245 Public Policy & Ageing (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 245 Health sciences (Programmes that generally require a good first degree in science and/or accept a variety of professional qualifications. See also Dentistry, Medicine, Nursing & midwifery, Psychology & psychiatry for specialist programmes.) Advanced (Neuromusculo-skeletal) Physiotherapy (MSc) 49 Advanced (Sport & Performance) Physiotherapy (MSc) 50 Advanced Practice (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 161 Advanced Practice (Education) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Leadership) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace (PG Cert) 202 Analytical Science for Industry (MSc) 42 Analytical Toxicology (MSc) 43 Aquatic Resource Management (MSc) 235 Bioinformatics (MSc) 172 Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research (MSc) 43 Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English (Grad Dip) 44 Clinical Pedagogy (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 261 Dietetics (MSc, PG Dip) 44 Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) (DHC) 159 Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) (DHC) 41

Drug Discovery Skills (MSc) 44 Drug Metabolism & Toxicology (MSc) 45 Epilepsy (MSc) 207 Environmental Health (MSc, PG Dip) 238 Forensic Science (MSc) 45 Gerontology (MRes, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 244-5 Health & Society (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Health Promotion (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Health Psychology (MSc) 209 Healthcare & Academic English (Grad Dip) 160 Human & Applied Physiology (MSc) 46 Immunology (MSc) 148 International Addiction Studies (MSc) 210 Literature & Medicine (MA) 91 Medical Engineering & Physics (MSc) 148 Medical Ethics & Law (MA) 126 Medical Immunology (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 149 Medicine, Science & Society (MSc) 218 Molecular Biophysics (MRes) 42 Neuroscience (MSc) 213 Nutrition (MSc, PG Dip) 46 Pain: Science & Society (MSc) 47 Palliative Care (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 149 Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control (MSc) 47 Pharmaceutical Technology (MSc) 48 Pharmacology (MSc) 48 Physiotherapy (pre-registration) (MSc) 49 Primary Healthcare (MSc, PG Dip) 150 Public Health (MPH, MSc) 150 Public Policy (MA) 251 Public Services Policy & Management (MSc) 249 Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry (MSc, PG Dip) 151

Index

Taught programmes by subject area

Environmental studies (see Geography)

Higher Education Academic Practice (MA, PG Dip) 261 Clinical Pedagogy (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 261 History (see also Medieval studies) American Studies (MA) 73 Ancient History (MA) 80 Australian Studies (MA) 75 Classical Art & Archaeology (MA) 81 Classical Studies (Grad Dip) 81 Classics (MA) 81 Early Modern History (MA) 104 European Studies (MA, MRes) 95 History of Philosophy (MA) 111 History of Warfare (MA) 256 Imperial & Commonwealth History (MA) 104 Late Antique & Byzantine Studies (MA, Grad Dip) 78 Medieval History (MA) 104 Medieval Studies (MA) 71 Middle East & Mediterranean Studies (MA) 106 Modern Greek Studies (MA) 78 Modern History (MA) 104 Philosophy & History of Science (MSc) 112 Portuguese Studies (MA) 114 Theology & Religious Studies (Grad Dip) 120 War in the Modern World (by e-learning) (MA) 259 War Studies (MA, MRes) 259, 255 Human resources (see Management) International studies (see also Geography; War studies) Conflict, Security & Development (MA) 256 Environment, Politics & Globalisation (MA) 237 Geopolitics, Territory & Security (MA) 239 History of Warfare (MA) 256 Intelligence & International Security (MA) 256 International Addiction Studies (MSc) 210 International Conflict Studies (MA) 257 International Management (MSc) 249 International Marketing (MSc) 249 International Peace & Security (MA) 125 International Relations (MA) 257 Non-Proliferation & International Security (MA) 258 Science & Security (MA) 258 Tourism, Environment & Development (MA) 241 Languages (see English; European literature etc)

269

KCL15_Endmatter3.indd 269

3/9/08 13:56:58

Index

Law Child Studies (MA, PG Dip) 225 Computing, IT Law & Management (MSc) 177 Construction Adjudication (PG Cert) 123 Construction Law & Dispute Resolution (MSc) 124 Criminology & Criminal Justice (MA) 124 EC Competition Law (MA, PG Dip) 127 Economics for Competition Law (MA, PG Dip) 127 European Union Law (MA, PG Dip) 128 Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics (MA, PG Dip) 125 International Peace & Security (MA) 125 Master of Laws (LLM) 123 Medical Ethics & Law (MA) 126 UK, US & EC Copyright Law (MA, PG Dip) 128 Linguistics English (MA) 91 English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics (MA) 226 German Linguistics (MA) 101 Language, Discourse & Communication (MRes) 223 Language, Ethnicity & Education (MA) 231 Modern Greek Studies (MA) 78 Literature & criticism (see also English literature; European literature) Classical Studies (Grad Dip) 81 Classics (MA) 81 Comparative Literature (MA) 83 Critical Methodologies (MA) 70 Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission (MA) 90 Eighteenth-Century Studies (MA) 71 Literature & Medicine (MA) 91 Medieval History (MA) 104 Medieval Studies (MA) 71 Shakespearean Studies: Text & Playhouse (MA) 92 Text & Performance Studies (MA) 92 Management Advanced Practice (Leadership) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Aquatic Resource Management (MSc) 235 Construction Law & Dispute Resolution (MSc) 124 Cultural & Creative Industries (MA) 88 Education & Professional Studies (MA) 229 Education Management (MA) 229 Engineering with Business Management (MSc) 181 Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis (MSc) 248 International Management (MSc) 249 Management & Social Science (MRes) 248 Public Policy (MA) 251 Public Services Policy & Management (MSc) 249 Maths & physics Advanced Computing (MSc) 175 Computer-Aided Mechanical Engineering (MSc) 180 Financial Mathematics (MSc) 187 Information Processing & Neural Networks (MSc) 187 Mathematics (MSc, Grad Dip) 188 Mathematics Education (MA) 231 Medical Engineering & Physics (MSc) 148 Nanotechnology Engineering (MSc) 184 Philosophy & History of Science (MSc) 112 Physics at the Nanoscale (MRes) 190 Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry (MSc, PG Dip) 151 Science Education (MA) 231 Theoretical Physics (MSc) 188 Medicine (Specialist programmes for qualified doctors/health practitioners, see also Health sciences) Clinical Dermatology (MSc) 151 Diabetes & Endocrinology (MSc) 152 Integrative Biomedicine (MRes) 147 Medical Ultrasound (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 153 Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 152 Rheumatology (MSc, PG Dip) 153 Vascular Ultrasound (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 154

Medieval studies English (MA) 91 French Literature & Culture (MA) 99 Medieval History (MA) 104 Medieval Studies (MA) 71 Spanish & Latin American Studies (MA) 116 Mental health (see Psychology & psychiatry) Midwifery (see Nursing & midwifery) Music Advanced Musical Studies (PG Cert) 108 Music (MMus) 108 Nursing & midwifery (Specialist programmes for qualified nurses and midwives, see also Health sciences) Advanced Practice (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 161 Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 162 Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 162 Advanced Practice (Child Health) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 163 Advanced Practice (Critical Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Education) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 164 Advanced Practice (Gastrointestinal Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Advanced Practice (Leadership) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 165 Advanced Practice (Midwifery) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 166 Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 166 Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/ Community Matron/Case Manager) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 166 Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 167 Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/Public Health/ School Nursing) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 168 Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 168 Clinical Nursing for International Students (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 159 Healthcare Research (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 160 Performing arts (see English; Music; Visual & cultural studies) Philosophy Ethics & the Philosophy of Religion (MA) 119 History of Philosophy (MA) 111 Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics (MA, PG Dip) 125 Medical Ethics & Law (MA) 126 Medieval Studies (MA) 71 Philosophy (MA) 112 Philosophy & History of Science (MSc) 112 Philosophy of Mental Disorder (MSc) 112 Philosophy of Psychology (MA) 112 Theology & Religious Studies (Grad Dip) 120 Politics (see European literature etc; Geography; War studies) Physics (see Maths & physics) Public policy (see also Education; Gerontology; Law; Management) European Public Policy (MA) 94 Medicine, Science & Society (MSc) 218 Public Services Policy & Management (MSc) 249 Public Policy (MA) 251 Public Policy & Ageing (MA, PG Dip, PG Cert) 245 Psychology & psychiatry (Specialist programmes for qualified psychiatrists and psychologists, see also Health sciences; Philosophy) Advanced Practice (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) (MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 163

Child & Adolescent Mental Health (MSc) 203 Clinical & Public Health Aspects of Addiction (MSc) 203 Clinical Forensic Psychiatry (MSc) 203 Clinical Forensic Psychology (MSc) 203 Clinical Neuroscience (MSc) 205 Cognitive Behavioural Therapies (PG Dip) 205 Cognitive Behavioural Therapies for Children & Adolescents (PG Dip) 206 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) for Psychosis (PG Dip) 206 Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy) 202 Family Interventions in Psychosis (PG Dip) 207 Family Therapy (PG Dip) 208 Family Therapy (MSc) 208 Forensic Mental Health Science (MSc) 209 Health Psychology (MSc) 209 International Addiction Studies (MSc) 210 Mental Health Services Research (MSc) 210 Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults (MSc, PG Dip) 211 Mental Health Studies (MSc) 212 Mental Health Studies in Learning Disabilities (MSc) 212 Mental Health Studies (Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology) (MSc) 212 Neuroscience (MSc) 213 Psychiatric Research (MSc) 213 Risk Analysis (MA, MSc) 240 Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry (MSc) 214 War & Psychiatry (MSc, PG Dip) 214

History of Warfare (MA) 256 Intelligence & International Security (MA) 256 International Conflict Studies (MA) 257 International Peace & Security (MA) 125 International Relations (MA) 257 Non-Proliferation & International Security (MA) 258 Science & Security (MA) 258 Terrorism, Security & Society (MA, MSc, PG Dip) 240 War & Psychiatry (MSc, PG Dip) 214 War in the Modern World (by e-learning) (MA) 259 War Studies (MA, MRes) 259, 255 War Studies & Academic English (Grad Dip) 259

Religion & theology Bible & Ministry (MA) 227 Bible & Theology (MA) 118 Biblical Studies (MA) 119 Christian Education (MA) 227 Christianity & the Arts (MA) 119 Contemporary Ecclesiology (MA) 227 Contemporary Worship (MA) 228 Doctorate in Ministry (DMin) 222 Ethics & the Philosophy of Religion (MA) 119 Jewish Education (MA) 230 Jewish Studies (MA) 119 Medical Ethics & Law (MA) 126 Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age (MA) 228 Pastoral Ethics (MA) 228 Religion in Contemporary Society (MA) 120 Religious Education (MA) 231 Systematic Theology (MA) 120 Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations (MA) 228 Theology & Religious Studies (Grad Dip) 120 Youth Ministry (MA) 228 Social studies Child Studies (MA, PG Dip) 225 Criminology & Criminal Justice (MA) 124 Gerontology (MRes, MSc, PG Dip, PG Cert) 244-5 Health & Society (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Health Promotion (MSc, PG Dip) 226 Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics (MA, PG Dip) 125 Medicine, Science & Society (MSc) 218 Public Policy (MA) 251 Public Services Policy & Management (MSc) 249 Risk Analysis (MA, MSc) 240 Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry (MSc) 214 Tourism, Environment & Development (MA) 241 Teaching & learning (see Education; Higher Education) Theology (see Religion & theology) Urban studies (see Geography) Visual & cultural studies Classical Art & Archaeology (MA) 81 Cultural & Creative Industries (MA) 88 Digital Culture & Technology (MA) 70 Digital Technology & Culture (MSc) 181 Film Studies (MA) 97 War studies Conflict, Security & Development (MA) 256

270

KCL15_Endmatter3.indd 270

3/9/08 13:57:12

Research programmes are listed below by general subject area and in some cases by further specialist areas. References are to departments or research divisions (RD). American literature & culture American Studies 72 Ancient world & archaeology (see Classical & ancient world) Australian Studies 74 Biomedical & biomolecular science (see Health sciences) Business (see Management) Classical & ancient world Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies 76 Classics 79 Palaeography 109 Computer science Algorithms Computer Science 174 Mathematics 185 Applied computing Digital Humanities 84 Geography 233 Artificial intelligence Computer Science 174 Bioinformatics Bioinformatics 171 Computer Science 174 Computer science Biostatistics & Computing 193 Computer Science 174 Digital Humanities 84 Software engineering Computer Science 174 Cultural & visual studies American Studies 72 Cultural, Media & Creative Industries 87 Digital Humanities 84 Education & Professional Studies 220 Film Studies 96 Dentistry (see Health sciences) Drama (see English literature, language & drama) Education & professional studies Education & Professional Studies 220 Higher Education 260 Engineering (including digital signal processing, fluid mechanics, mechatronics & telecommunications engineering) Engineering 178 English literature, language & drama English American Studies 72 Comparative Literature 82 English 89 Palaeography 109 English language teaching Education & Professional Studies 220 Environmental studies Geography 233 Ethics Biomedicine & Society 217 Law 129

European literature, languages, culture & politics Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies 76 Comparative Literature 82 European Studies 93 Film Studies 96 French 98 German 100 Portuguese & Brazilian Studies 113 Spanish & Spanish American Studies 115 Geography 233 (including development studies, environmental sciences, remote sensing & urban studies) Genetics (see Health sciences) Gerontology 243 Health sciences (includes research departments and divisions (RD signifies Research Division) from the Schools of Biomedical & Health Sciences, Medicine, Nursing & Midwifery, the Dental Institute, and the Institute of Psychiatry) Age-related studies Gerontology 243 Health Service & Population Research 196 Psychological Medicine & Psychiatry 197 Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Allergy Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (RD) 133 Analytical sciences Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Anatomy Applied Biomedical (RD) 32 MRC Developmental Neurobiology (RD) 35 Asthma Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (RD) 133 Biochemistry Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics (RD) 34 Biology Gerontology 243 Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Biomedical sciences Applied Biomedical (RD) 32 Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (RD) 133 Biomolecular science Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics (RD) 34 Biophysics Physics 189 Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics (RD) 34 Blood brain barrier Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Cancer Cancer Studies (RD) 135 Dentistry (RD) 53 Gene & Cell Based Therapy (RD) 138 Genetics & Molecular Medicine (RD) 140 Cardiology Cardiovascular (RD) 137 Imaging Sciences (RD) 143 Cell biology Cancer Studies (RD) 135 Dentistry (RD) 53 MRC Developmental Neurobiology Research (RD) 35 Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics (RD) 34

Nutrition Nutritional Sciences (RD) 36 Obstetrics Reproduction & Endocrinology (RD) 40 Oncology Imaging Sciences (RD) 143 Pain Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Palliative care Cancer Studies (RD) 135 Pathology MRC Developmental Neurobiology (RD) 35 Cancer Studies (RD) 135 Pharmacology, pharmacy & pharmaceutical sciences Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Physiology Applied Biomedical (RD) 32 Dentistry (RD) 53 Physiotherapy Applied Biomedical (RD) 32 Pregnancy Reproduction & Endocrinology (RD) 40 Primary healthcare Health Service & Population Research 196 Psychiatry & psychology Institute of Psychiatry (RD) (various entries) 191 Psychology Department 200 Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 193 Radiology Imaging Sciences (RD) 143 Renal medicine Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (RD) 145 Respiratory medicine Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (RD) 133 Rheumatology Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID), (RD) 145 Skin disorders Genetics & Molecular Medicine (RD) 140 Stem cells Reproduction & Endocrinology (RD) 40 Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Toxicology Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Vascular biology Cardiovascular (RD) 137

Index

Research programmes

Chemistry Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Dentistry Dentistry (RD) 53 (Including Mucosal Biology, Infection, Biomaterials & Biomimetics, Oral Health, and Cell & Developmental Biology) Dermatology Genetics & Molecular Medicine (RD) 140 Diabetes Cardiovascular (RD) 137 Gene & Cell Based Therapy (RD) 138 Reproduction & Endocrinology (RD) 40 Dietetics Nutritional Sciences (RD) 36 Endocrinology Reproduction & Endocrinology (RD) 40 Forensic science Forensic Mental Health Science Department 195 Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Genetics Cancer Studies (RD) 135 Gene & Cell Based Therapy (RD) 138 Genetics & Molecular Medicine (RD) 140 Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry 201 Haemotology Gene & Cell Based Therapy (RD) 138 Hepatology Gene & Cell Based Therapy (RD) 138 Healthcare Gerontology 243 Education & Professional Studies 220 Health & Social Care (RD) 157 Health services research Health Service & Population Research 196 Health & Social Care (RD) 157 Institute of Psychiatry 191 Health policy Education & Professional Studies 220 Immunology including HIV/Aids Dentistry (RD) 53 Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID), (RD) 145 Infection Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID), (RD) 145 Inflammation Cardiovascular (RD) 137 Genetics & Molecular Medicine (RD) 140 Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID), (RD) 145 Medicine Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (RD) 133 Health & Social Care (RD) 157 Imaging Sciences (RD) 143 Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID), (RD) 145 Mental health Institute of Psychiatry (RD) (various entries) 191 Psychology Department 200 Metabolism Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Microbiology Dentistry (RD) 53 Midwifery Health & Social Care (RD) 157 Reproduction & Endocrinology (RD) 40 Molecular biology Cancer Studies (RD) 135 Dentistry (RD) 53 MRC Developmental Neurobiology (RD) 35 Nutritional Sciences (RD) 36 Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics (RD) 34 Multiple sclerosis Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Muscle cell biology Cardiovascular (RD) 137 Neurobiology MRC Developmental Neurobiology (RD) 35 Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Neuroscience Clinical Neuroscience 194 Neurosciences Department 197 Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (RD) 31 Nursing Health & Social Care (RD) 157 Health Service & Population Research 196

Higher education 260 History Australian Studies 74 Classics 79 European Studies 93 French 98 German 100 History 102 Middle East & Mediterranean Studies (MA) 105 Palaeography 109 Portuguese & Brazilian Studies 113 War Studies 253 Human resources (see Management) International studies Education & Professional Studies 220 Geography 233 Management 246 War Studies 253 Languages (see English; European literature etc) Law 129 Linguistics Education & Professional Studies 220 Literature & criticism (see also English literature; European literature) Comparative Literature 82 English 89 Management 246 Maths & physics Algorithms Computer Science 174 Mathematics 185

271

KCL15_Endmatter3.indd 271

3/9/08 13:57:18

Index

Biophysics Pharmaceutical Science (RD) 38 Physics 189 Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics (RD) 34 Financial mathematics Mathematics 185 Mathematics Education & Professional Studies 220 Mathematics 185 Neural networks Mathematics 185 Physics Mathematics 185 Physics 189 Medicine (see Health sciences) Mediterranean studies (see European literature, languages, culture & politics) Middle East & Mediterranean Studies 105 Mental health (see Health Sciences) Middle East studies Middle East & Mediterranean Studies 105 Midwifery (see Health sciences)

Physics (see Maths & physics) Politics (see also European literature etc; Geography; War studies) Australian Studies 74 European Studies 93 French 98 Middle East & Mediterranean Studies 105 War Studies 253 Psychology & psychiatry (see Health sciences; Philosophy) Public policy (see also Law; Management) Biomedicine & Society 217 Education & Professional Studies 220 Gerontology 243 Public Policy 250 Religion & theology Education & Professional Studies 220 Theology & Religious Studies 117 Social studies Biomedicine & Society 217 Education & Professional Studies 220 Gerontology 243 Stem cells (see Health sciences)

Music 107 Nursing (see Health sciences) Palaeography 109 Performing arts (see also Cultural & visual studies) Cultural, Media & Creative Industries 87 English 89 Film Studies 96 Music 107 Philosophy 110

A-Z of general information

Teaching & learning (see Education)

Accommodation 22 Alumni 17 Applying 262 Campuses 19, 20 Careers service 27 Chaplaincy 28 Clubs & societies 17 Commercial opportunities 15 Cost of living 267 Counselling services 27 Dates of terms Inside front cover Disabled students 28, 262 Employability 25 English language requirements 263 Entertainment 17 Entry requirements 262 Equal opportunities Inside back cover Fees, funding & finance 264 Foreign language study 15

Graduate School 10 Halls of residence 22 Health 27 International students 25 IT facilities 27 Libraries 27 London 18 Map 18, 272 Open days 20 Part-time study 15 Qualifications 262 Religious provision 28 Research 10 Scholarships 265 Sports 17 Students’ Union 17 Tuition fees 264 Welfare & support 27 Working 267

Theology (see Religion & theology) Urban studies (see Geography) War studies & security War Studies 253

In addition to the illustrated sites, the Defence Studies Department (a department of King’s dedicated to professional military education) provides academic support to the Joint Services Command and Staff College, Wiltshire, the Royal College of Defence Studies in London, RAF Cranwell, Lincolnshire and RAF Halton, Buckinghamshire.

272

KCL15_Endmatter3.indd 272

3/9/08 13:57:28

This publication is available in alternative formats.

before you use this prospectus. This prospectus was printed in the autumn of 2008. It contains information King’s is committed to promoting and on the graduate programmes that King’s developing equality of opportunity in College London intends to run for students all areas and to achieve this aim we seek who are planning to start university in the to: ensure that prospective and current autumn of 2009. students, job applicants and staff are Contact the Marketing Department, The College has made every effort to treated solely on the basis of merit, ability King’s College London, tel 020 7848 3997. ensure that the information provided is and potential without any unjustified both helpful and accurate, and that it is discrimination on grounds of age, sex, Designed by Esterson Associates. kept as up-to-date as possible – however, disability, family circumstances, race, Edited by the External Relations Department, this information is subject to change. Some colour, nationality, citizenship, ethnic King’s College London. origin, social and economic status, religious circumstances (such as staff changes Photography by Julian Anderson, Patrick Barth, or resource limitations over which belief, sexual orientation, marital status or Richard Cook, Suki Dhanda, Alfredo Falvo, the College has no control) or the level other irrelevant distinction; promote good Florence Nightingale Museum Trust, Greg Funnell, relations between individuals from different of demand for a particular module may Chris George, Getty Images, Paul Grundy, Andrew groups; recognise and develop the diversity result in the College having to withdraw or Hamilton, Conor Masterson, Ed Park, Ingrid change aspects of the programmes detailed of skills and talent within both its current Rasmussun, PA Photos, Phil Sayer, Science Photo and potential staff and student body; foster in this prospectus. This could include, but Libray, Naresh Verlander and others. a culture based on trust and mutual respect; not necessarily be limited to, programme/ Illustrations by Jason Ford, Peter Kent. module content, staffing, the location undertake a programme of action to Printed by St Ives Westerham Press Ltd. where the programme/module is taught, make equality policies effective; regularly and the facilities provided to deliver the Every effort has been made to contact all copyright monitor progress towards achieving programme. equality of opportunity; communicate holders. The publishers will be glad to make good Prospective candidates should note to staff, students, associates and others in future any errors or omissions brought to their that, in the event of such circumstance the promotion of equal opportunities and attention. occurring, the College cannot accept College procedures to sustain it. liability for any claims for costs or damages The Equality & Diversity Department This prospectus has been printed on revive made by a student resulting from any provides information and advice for staff 50:50 Silk paper. This paper is made from pre change to, or withdrawal of, a programme/ and students on equality and diversity and post consumer waste and virgin wood fibre, module that he/she had intended to study. independently certified in accordance with the FSC issues. The Department has a number For this reason it is particularly important of useful web pages providing up-to(Forest Stewardship Council). It is manufactured that you should check the website for date information on College equalities at a mill that is certified to ISO14001 environmental updates (www.kcl.ac.uk/gsp) or contact management standards. The pulp is bleached using policy, training and disability provision. the College using the contact details an elemental chlorine free (ECF) process. The inks For further information or to make an contained within this document. appointment for advice, contact: used are all vegetable oil based.

Equal opportunities

Printed at St Ives Westerham Press Ltd, ISO14001, FSC certified and CarbonNeutral®

Equality & Diversity Department King’s College London 7.36 James Clerk Maxwell Building 57 Waterloo Road, London SE1 8WA, tel 020 7848 3398, fax 020 7848 3490, equality@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/equal-opps

Disclaimer The following message contains some very important information. Please read it

Degree awarding powers In July 2006 the Privy Council granted the College degree-awarding powers in its own right. The College enacted these powers at the start of the 2007-8 academic year for the vast majority of its degree-awarding programmes. As the new degree will indicate, King’s will remain a constituent College of the University of London. The enactment of this change in awarding authority will not affect the degree programme curricula, the teachers or the methods of teaching, the modes of assessment, or the high quality of the academic and associated support provision.

Abbreviation key The following abbreviations are used in the programme entries: FT = full-time PT = part-time DL = distance learning

King’s College London is one of the world’s top 25 universities* and ranks among Europe’s foremost research institutions, with an outstanding reputation for both teaching and research. Study with our 6,600 graduate students from across the globe and become part of a distinguished network. *Tımes-Higher-QS World University Rankings, 2007

www.kcl.ac.uk

Main College address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS United Kingdom Tel +44 (0)20 7836 5454